_gge 3 sg L 9G68t710 LOLI € | AOVIAMIUNUONULIMT OLNOHOL 4O ALISHSAINN Digitized by the Internet Archive in 2009 with funding from University of Toronto http://www.archive.org/details/transactionsO8conn TRANSACTIONS CONNECTICUT ACADEMY ARTS AND SCIENCES. VOLUME VIII. INGE. W ) HAVEN: PUBLISHED BY THE ACADEMY. 1888 to 1892. OEKICERS OF WH ACADEMY, 1892-95. President. WILLIAM H. BREWER. . Vice-President. CHARLES 8. HASTINGS. Q [ Corresponding Secretary. & : ADDISON VAN NAME. C, if Recording Secretary. SAMUEL L. PENFIELD. Librarian. ADDISON VAN NAME. Treasurer. WILLIAM W. FARNAM., Publishing Committee. HUBERT A. NEWTON, CHARLES 8. HASTINGS, GEORGE J. BRUSH, ADDISON E. VERRILL, RUSSELL H. CHITTENDEN, EDWARD 8S. DANA, ADDISON VAN NAME. Auditing Committee. ADDISON E. VERRILL, ADDISON VAN NAME, — ee! <= , _— oN PE WINES. Last or Appirions ro THE Lisprary, Art. I.—Some EXPERIMENTS ON THE PuystoLoGicaL AcTION oF Uranium Satts. By R. H. Cuirrenpen and AVS to oie II.—Evastinr anp Exasrose Bopires. By R. H. Curr- PEND MEMO CE we ART, . 1. 22.2 Su ot ee Il..—Tue Ineivence or UREtTHAN, PARALDEHYDE, ANTI- b] b PYRIN, AND ANTIFEBRIN ON Prorrerp METABOLISM. iit iy de OS hi rr 1V.—Tsre INFLUENCE OF SEVERAL NEW THERAPEUTIC AGENTS ON AMYLOLYTIC AND PrRoTEoLtyric ACTION. By R. H. Cairrenpen and C. W. Srewart,----- V.—Casgosks, CASEIN DysPEPTONE, AND Casein PEp- TOME tayo bb POMMEEMN DEN, ....2..s-.-.25---- VI.—Somr ExXpERIMENTS ON THE INFLUENCE OF ARSENIC AND ANTIMONY ON GLYCOGENIC FUNCTION AND Fatty D&GENERATION OF THE LivER. By R. H. CMmreNnENe and era. LAKE, ......-..------+-- Vil.—Tuer Nature anp CuHemicaL CoMposirioN OF THE Myosin oF Muscte Tissur. By R. H. CuirrenpreN Ooi GMMING Hee |= 2 Le - VIIL.—Myosrnoses. By W. Ktune and R. H. Cuirrenven. I1X.—Tue Revative Agsorption oF NICKEL AND COBALT. By R. H. Cairrenpen and C. Norris, JR.,------ X.—RESULTS OBTAINED BY ErcutneG A SPHERE AND CRryYs- TALS OF Quartz witH Hyproriuoric Acip. By O. Mryrr and S. L. Penrievtp. Plates 1, 2,----- XI._—New EnGtanp Spipers oF THE Famiuies Drassip 4, AGALENID& AND Dysprerip&%. By J. H. Emerton. ne SS Let iet XII.—Tae DrEvELopmMENT oF A Pateozotc PoRIFEROUS Corat. By C. E. Beecuer. Plates 9-13, --- 60 66 207 ’ hi CONTENTS. XIII.—Symmerricat Cert DEVELOPMENT IN THE Favost- a Tipa. By C. EH. Bercums. Plates 14, 15,.__<3ayeme XIV.—New Encuanp Spipers oF THE Famity ATTID. By. Ee OR Meet ON se iaiesetb ots... eos 220 XV.—A Provisionat List oF THE Hepatic“ OF THE Hawauan Isitanps. By A. W. Evans. Plates 99, Ooo.) Se ach: MUN eRe XVI.—ANn ARRANGEMENT OF THE GENERA OF HEPATIC. By (ASW. iy Ape eee oes. er 262 XVII.—On tHE FERMENTS CONTAINED IN THE JUICE OF THE PrNEappLe (Ananassa sativa). By R. H. Carrt- TENDEN, E. P. Jostin and F. S. Meara,.._-~__-.- 281 XVIII.—Tne Nepurostomss oF Rana. By O. C. Farrinc- DON GE abe 245, 0c Uo 2. eee es ee oe XIX.—Nores on THE Fauna oF THE Js~tAnD or Dominica, British West Invites. By G. E. Verriryt. Plates Dares. 5 ote. se, oT i) en 315 XX.—On a CoLurEcTION oF Lanp Mo.uuscaA FROM THE Istanp oF Dominica, West Inpizs. By H. A. TTP 99,5 aS a te 2 eo Se ee XXI.—Nerw ENGLAND Spipers OF THE Famity THROMSID®. By J.) Murron.. ‘Plates 28-82, ..-- 252 eu: 359 XXII—TuHre Marint NEMERTEANS oF NEw ENGLAND AND ADJACENT Waters. By A. E. Verritr. Plates See39. 2 oe ee eS eee eae 382 XXITI.—Dinorniriwa or New Eneianp. By A. E. Ver- qira, Plate’ 26, Vigures 6,°67,\... - <2. seme oe 457 XXITV.—Marineé Pranarians or New Encianp. By A. E. ' Venn, Plates’ 40-440 o 05 tol bs eee, See ADDITIONS TO THE LIBRARY OF THE Connecticut Academy of Arts and Sciences, By GIFT AND EXCHANGE, FROM AUG. 1, 1888, TO Dre, 31, 1890. American Association for the Advancement of Science. Proceedings. Meeting XX XVII, XXXVIII, 1888-89. Salem, 1889-90. 8°. ALBANY.—WNew York State Library. Annual report... LXX-LXXII, 1887-89. 8°. — New York State Museum of Natural History. Annual report. XL-XLIII, 1886-89. 8°. Bulletin. No. 1-10, 1887-90. 8°. Memoirs. Vol. I. 1, 1889. 4°. ANNAPOLIS.— United States Naval Institute. Proceedings. Vol. XIV. 3, 4, XV, XVI. 2-4, 1888-90. 8°. Index to vol. I-XV. ‘ BALTIMORE.—Johns Hopkins University. American chemical journal. Vol. X. 5, 6, XI, XII, 1888-90. 8°. Studies from the biological laboratory. Vol. IV 5-7, 1889-90. 8°. University circulars. No. 380, 1890. 4°. Maryland Academy of Sciences. Transactions. Vol. 1, pp. 1-68, 1888-89. 8°. Boston.—American Academy of Arts and Sciences. Proceedings. Vol. XXIII, XXIV, 1887-89. 8°. Society of Natural History. Memoirs. Vol. IV. 7-9, 1890. +4°. Proceedings. Vol. XXIII. 3, 4, XXIV, 1888-90. 8°. BROOKLYN.— Entomological Society. Entomologica Americana. Vol. IV. 5-12, V, VI, 1888-90. 8°. CamBRiIDGE.—Harvard College. Annual reports of the president and treasurer. 1887-58, 1888-89. 8°. Astronomical Observatory of Harvard College. Annals. Vol. XVIIL 6-10, XIX. 1, XX, XXI, XXII, XXIV, XXXI. 1, _ 1888-90. 4°. Annual report. XLIII, XLIV, 1888-89. 8°. Henry Draper Memorial Annual report. III, IV, 1889-90. 4°. History, 1840-90. 8°. Museum of Comparative Zoilogy at Harvard College. Memoirs. Vol. XIV. 1, pt. 2!, XVI.3, XVII. 1, 1889-90. 4°. Bulletin. Vol. XVI. 2-9, XVII, XX. 1-5, 1889-90. 8°. Annual report. 1887-88, 1888-89. 8°. ——Fntomological Club. Psyche. No. 138-40, 147-176, 1885-90. _3°. New England Meteorological Society. Investigations. 1889. 4°. Bulietin. 1889 appendix. 4°. v1 Additions to the Library. CHAPEL HILL.—Elisha Mitchell Scientific Society. Journal. Vol. V, VI, VII. 1, 1888-90. 8°. CINCINNATI.— Observatory. Publications. No. X, 1882-86. 8°. — Society of Natural History. Journal. Vol. XI. 2-4, XII, XIII. 1-3, 1880-90. 89°. CoLoRADO SpRiInGs.—Colorado College Scientific Society. Colorado College studies. I, 1890. 8°. Davenport.— Academy of Natural Sciences. Proceedings. Vol. V. 1, 1884-89. 8°. FRANKFORT.—Kentucky Geological Survey. Chemieal report. Vol. A, pt. ITI. 1888. 8°. Report on the geological and economic features of the Jackson Purchase region. By R. H. Loughridge. 1888. 8°. Reports on the geology of Bath, Fleming, Henry, Shelby, Oldham andg Mason counties. By W. McLinney. [1886-88]. 8°. Kentucky fossil shells. By Henry Nettelroth. 1889. 4°. GRANVILLE.—Dennison University. Bulletin of the scientific laboratories. Vol. IV, V. 1888-90. 8°. HARRISBURG.—Second Geological Survey of Pennsylvania. Annual report for 1886. Pt. IV and atlas. 8°. Atlas of northern anthracite field. Pt. II-V. 1888-89. 8°. Atlas of eastern anthracite field. Pt. If, III. 1888-89. 8°. Atlas of southern anthracite field. Pt. IT. 1889. 89. South Mountain atlas. 8°. Catalogue of the geological museum. Pt. III. 1889. Dictionary of fossils. Vol. I. 1889. 89. LittLe Rock.—Arkansas Geological Survey. Annual report, 1888. Vol. I-III. 89°. Mapison.— Washburne Observatory. Publications. Vol. VI, VII. 1, 1890. 8°. — Wisconsin Academy of Sciences, Arts and Letters. Transactions. Vol. VII, 1883-87. 8°. — University of Wisconsin. Agricultural station. Annual report. V, 1887-88. 8°. MERIDEN.— Scientific Association. Transactions. Vol. III, 1887-88, 8°. MIDDLETOWN.— Wesleyan University. Annual report of the curators of the museum. XVIII, XIX, 1888-90, 8°. MINNEAPOLIS.— Geological and Natural History Survey of Minnesota. Geology of Minnesota. Final report. Vol. II, 1888. 4°. —— Minnesota Academy of Natural Sciences. Bulletin. Vol. III. 1, 1885-86. 8°. NEW ORLEANS,—Academy of Sciences. Papers. Vol, I. 2, 1887-88. 5°. New York.—Academy of Sciences. Annals, Vol. IV, 5-12, V. 1-8, 1888-90. 8°. Transactions. Vol. VII, VIII, 1X. 1-8, 1887-90. 8°, American Geographical Society. Bulletin. Vol, XX. 3, 4, and supp’t, XXI, XXII. 1-8, 1888-90. 8°, —— American Museum of Natural History. Bulletin. Vol. If, 2-4, IIT, pp. 1-194, 1889-90, 89, Annual report. 1888-89, 1889-0, 8°, Astor Library. Annual report. XXXIX-XLI, 1887-89. 8°, Additions to the Library. vii New York.— Microscopical Society. e Journal. Vol. IV. 3, 4, V, VI, 1888-90. 8°. Torrey Botanical Olub. Bulletin. Vol. XV. 8-12, XVI, XVII, 1888-90. 8°, PHILADELPHIA.—American Entomological Society. Transactions. Vol. V-XVI, XVII. 1, 2, 1874-90. 8°, Franklin Institute. Journal. Vol. CXXVI. 3-6, CXXVII-CXXX, 1888-90. 8°. Wagner Free Institute of Science. Transactions. Vol. II, III, 1889-90. 8°. RocuHEsTER.— Academy of Science. Proceedings. Vol. I. 1, 1889-90. 8°. SACRAMENTO.— California State Mining Bureau. Annual report of the state mineralogist. IX, 1889. 8°. Bulletin. No.1, 1888. 8° SaLem.—ZHssex Institute. Bulletin. Vol. XX, XXI, XXII. 1-3, 1888-90. 8°. San FranNcIscO.— California Academy of Sciences. Memoirs. Vol. Il. 2, 1888. 4°. Proceedings. Ser. II. Vol.I, II, 1889. 89. Occasiona] papers. I, II, 1890. 8°. Technical Society of the Pacific Coast. Transactions and proceedings. Vol. V. 2-4, VI, VII. 1-3, 1888-90. 8°. TopeKksa.—Kansas Academy of Science. Transactions. Vol. X, XII. 1, 1885-89. 8°. —— Washburn College Laboratory of Natural History. Bulletin. Vol. I. 9-11, 1889-90. 8°. TRENTON, N. J.—Natural History Society. Journal. Vol. II. 1, 1889. 8°. WaASHINGTON.— Bureau of Education. Report of the commissioner of education. 1886-87, 1887-88. 8°. Circulars of information. 1888, 1889, 1890, i. 8°. — Chief Signal Officer. Annual report. 1887 pt. 2, 1888, 1889. 8°. — Department of Agriculture. Division of Entomology. Bulletin. No. 1, 10-16, 19-22, 1888-¥0. 8°. Periodical bulletin. Vol. I, II, II. 1-3, 1888-90. 8°. —— United States Geological Survey. Annual report. VII, VIII, IX, 1885-86, 1886-87, 1887-88. 8°. Bulletin. No. 40-61, 63-4, 66, 1887-90. 8°. Monographs. Vol. I. XITI-XVI and atlas of vol. XII, 1888-90. 4°. Mineral resources of the United States. 1887, 1888. 8°. Mineral products of the United States. 1882-87. United States Naval Observatory. Astronomical and meteorological observations. 1884. 4°. Report of the superintendent. 1888, 1889. 8°. —— Smithsonian Institution. Annual report of the Bureau of Ethnology. V, VI, 1883-84, 1884-85. 8°. Bibliography of the Iroquoian languages. By James C. Pilling. 1888. 8°. Bibliography of the Muskhogean languages. By James C. Pilling. 1889. 8°. Textile fabrics of ancient Peru. By William H. Holmes. 1889. 8°, The circular, square and octagonal earthworks of Ohio. By Cyrus Thomas. 1889. 8°. The problem of the Ohio mounds. By Cyrus Thomas. 1889. 8°, \ > ee viii Additions to the Library. WASHINGTON. —Smithsonian Institution. Work: in mound exploration of the Bureau of Ethnology. By Cyxus Thomas. 1887. 8°. Perforated stones from California. By Henry W. Henshaw. 1887. 8°. Surgeon General's Office. Medical and surgical history of the war of the rebellion. Pt. III. Vol. I. 1888. 4°. WoRCESTER.—American Antiquarian Society. Proceedings. New series. Vol. V. 2, 3, VI, 1888-90. 8°. Amigns.—Société Linnéenne du Nord dela France. Bulletin. No. 175-210, 1887-89. 8°. Mémoires. Tome VII, 1886-88. 8°. AMSTERDAM.—Aon, Akademie van Wetenschappen. Jaarboek. 1886-89. 8°. Verslagen en mededeelingen. Afdeel. natuurkunde. 3de reeks. Deel III- VII, 1887-90. 8°. Kon. Zoologisch Genootschap “‘ Natura Artis Magistra.”’ bijdragen tot de dierkunde. Aflev. 14-16, and festnuminer. 1886-88. 4°. AUXERRE.—Société des Sciences Historiques et Naturelles de V Yonne. Bulletin. Tome XLII-XLIII, 1888-89. 8°. BARCELONA.—eal Academia de Ciencias Naturales y Artes. Memoria inaugural. Por D. Lauro Clariana y Rycart. 1889. 8°. Basev.—Naturforschende Gesellschaft. Verhandlungen. Theil VIII. 3, [X.1, 1890. 8°. BATAVIA.—Kon, Natuurkundige Vereeniging in Nederlandsch-Indié. Natuurkundige tijdschrift. Deel XLVIII, XLIX, 1889-90. 89°, —— Magnetical and Meteorological Observatory. Observations. Vol. VIII, X, XI, 1883-88, 4°. BERGEN.— Museum. Aarsberetning. 1887-89. 8°. BERLIN.—Konigliche Sternwarte. Berliner astronomisches Jahrbuch. 1891, 1892. 8°. BoLoGNna.—f. Accademia delle Scienze dell’ Istituto di Bologna. Rendiconto, Anno 1887-88, 1888-89, 8°. BomBay.—Bombay Branch of the Royal Asiatic Society. Journal. Vol. XVIT. 2, i889, 89°, Government Observatory. Magnetical and meterological observations. 1886, 1887. 4°, Bonn.—Naturhistorischer Verein der preussischen Rheinlande, Westfalens und des Reg.-—Bezirks Osnabriick, Verhandlungen. Jahrg. XLV, XLVI, XLVII. 1, 1888-90, 80°. BorDEAUX.—Avcadémie Nationale des Sciences, Belles-Lettres et Arts. Actes. Année XLVIII, 1886. 89, —~——— Société Linnéenne. Actes. Tome XXI1X, XXX, 1873-75, 89, Procés-verbaux. 1887, 1889. 8°, ——— Socidtd des Sciences Physiques et Natuvelles. Mémoires, 8° sér. Tome III. 2 and appendice, IV, V.1 and appendice 1887-89, 8°, BRAUNBOHWRIO.— Verein fiir Naturwissenschaft, Jahresbericht. V, 1886-87, 8°, BuemMan,—Naturwissenschaftlicher Verein. Abhandlungen, Bd, X, 8, XI. 1, 2, 1889-90, 80, Additions to the Library. ix BRESLAU.-—Schlesische Gesellschaft fiir vaterliindische Cultur. Jahres-Bericht. LXV-LXVII, 1887-89. 8°. Briinn.—WNatiirforscher Verein. Verhandlungen. Bd. XXVI, X XVII, 1887-88. 8°. Bericht der meteorologischen Commission. VI, VII, 1886-87. 8°, BRUXELLES.—Académie Royale des Sciences, des Lettres et des Beaux-Arts de Belgique. Mémoires couronnés et mémoires des savants étrangers. Tome XLIX, 1888. 4°. Mémoires couronnés et autres mémoires, Tome XL-XLII, 1887-89, 8°. Bulletins. 3° sér. Tome XIII-XVI, 1887-88. 8°. Annuaire. Année LIV, LV, 1888-89. 8°. Musée Royal de V Histoire Naturelle. Bulletin. Tome Y. 1, 1887-88. 8°. Observatoire Royal. Annales, 2¢sér. Annales astronomiques. Tome V. 3, VI, 1885-87. 4°. Annales météorologiques. Tome IJ, 1885. 4°. Société Hntomologique de Belgique. Annales. Tome XXXI-XXXIII, 1887-89. 8°. Société Royale Belge de Géographie. Bulletin. Année XII, XIII, XIV. 1, 2, 1888-90. 8°. Société Royale de Botanique. Bulletin. Tome XXVI. 2, XX VII, XXVIII, 1887-89. 8°. Tables générales, tome I-XXV. 1890. 8°. Société Royale Malacologique de Belgique. Annales. Tome XXII, XXIII, 1887-88. 8°. Procés-verbaux. Tome XVI, pp. 81-141, XVII, XVIII, pp. 1-132, 1887-89. shee Bucarest.—ZJnstitut Météorologique de Roumanie. Annales. Tome III, 1887. 4°. Bupapest.—Kon. ung. Central-Anstalt fiir Meteorologie und Erdmagnetismus. Jahrbticher, Jahrg. XVI, XVII, 1886-87. 4°. BuENos AtrES.—Museo Publico. Anales. Tome III. 3, 1888, 4°, Los caballos fosiles de la pampa Argentina descriptos par Dr. G. Burmei- ster. 1887. fe. ——Sociedad Cientifica Argentina. Anales. Tome XXV. 2-6, XXVI-XXIX, XXX. 1-5, 1888-90. 8°. — Province de Buenos-Ayres. Annuaire statistique. Année VIII, 1888. 8°. CaEn.—Société Linnéenne de Normandie. Bulletin. 4° sér. Vol. II, 1887-88. 8°. CaLcuTtTa.—Asiatic Society of Bengal. Journal. Vol. LVII, pt. i, ii, no. 2-5; LVIII, pt. i, ii; LIX, pt. i, no. 1-2, pt. ii, no. 1 and supp’t, 1888-90. 8°. Proceedings. 1888, no. 4-10, 1889, 1890, no. 1-3. 8°. Geological Survey of India, Paleontologia Indica. Ser. XIII, vol. iv, pt. 1, 1889. 4°. Memoirs. Vol. XXIV. 2, 1890. 8°. Records. Vol. XXI. 3,4, XXII, XXIII. 1-3, 1888-90. 8°. Bibliography of Indian geology, compiled by R D. Oldham. Preliminary issue. 1888. 5°. Meteorological Department of the Government of India. Indian meteorological memoirs. Vol, III. 3-4, IV. 5, 6, 1888-89. f°. Report on the meteorology of India. 1887, 1888. f°. Report on the administration of the meteorological department, 1887-88 He), x Additions to the Library. CaLcuTtTa.—WMeteorological Department of the Government of India. Meteorological observations recorded at seven stations in India, 1888. f°. Cyclone memoirs. Pt. II, 1890. 8°. Meteorological observations at Simla, 1841-45. Vol. II, Lond., :877. 4°. Handbook of the cyclone storms in the Bay of Bengal. By John Eliot. 1890, 8°. Charts of the Arabian Sea and the adjacent portion of the North Indian Ocean, showing the pressure, winds and currents in each month of the year [1888]. f°. CAMBRIDGE.—Philosophical Society. Transactions. Vol. XIV. 3,4, 1889. 4°. Proceedings. Vol. VI. 4-6, VII. 1-2, 1888-90. 4°. CatTanita.—Accademia Gioenia di Scienze Naturali. Atti Ser. III. Tomo XX. Ser. IV. Tomo I. 1888-90. 4°. Bullettino mensile. Nuovaserie. Fasc. 1, 4-138, 1888-90. 8°. CHEeRBOURG.—Sociélé Nationale des Sciences Naturelles. Mémoires. Tome XXVI, 1889. §°. CHRISTIANIA.—KAon. Universitdts-Sternwarte. Zonenbeobachtungen der Sterne zwischen 64° 50’ und 70° 10’ nérdlicher Declination. 1888. 49. Norwegisches meteorologisches Institut. Jahrbuch. 1886, 1887. 4°. —— Norwegian North- Atlantic Expedition, 1876-78. Publication XIX. 4°. Videnskabs Selskabet. Forhandlingar. 1888, 1889. 8°. Cuur.—Naturforschende Gesellschaft Graubiindens. : Jahres-Bericht. Neue Folge. Jahrg. XXXI-XXXIII, 1886-89. 80°, Corposa.—Academia Nacional de Ciencias. Actas. Tomo VI and atlas, 1889. 4°. Boletin. Tomo X. 2, 3, XI. 1-8, 1887-89 8°, Danzia.—Naturforschende Gesellschaft. Schriften. Neue Folge. Bd. VII. 1, 2, 1888-89. 80°, Dison.—Académie des Sciences, Arts et Belles-Lettres. Mémoires, 3° sér. Tome X. 4sér. Tome I. 1887-89, 89°, DorpPat.—Gelehrte Hstnische Gesellschaft. Sitzungsberichte. 1888-89. 8°, Naturforscher- Gesellschaft bei der Universitit Dorpat. Archiv fiir die Naturkunde Liv-Ehst-und Kurlands. Ser. I. Bad. IX. 5, 1889. 8°, Sitzungsberichte. Bd, VIII. 3, LX. 1, 1888-89, so, Schriften. V,1890. 8°. DrespEn.—Naturwissenschaftliche Gesellschaft Isis, Sitzungsberichte und Abhandlungen, 1888, 1889, i890, 8°, —— Verein fir Prdkunde. Mittheilungen, 1888, 8°, Festschrift zur Jubelfeier des 25jiihrigen Bestehens, 1888. 40, Jubileumsebrift. Litteratur des Landes-und Volkskunde des Konigreich Sachsen. Bearb, von Paul Emil Richter. 1889, ge. Duniin,—Royal Irish Academy. Transactions. Vol. XXIX, 1-18, 1887-90, 80, Proceedings. Ser. II. Polite lit. and antiq. Vol. IT. 8. IV. 6. Ser. III. Vol. I, 1-8, 1888-90, 80, Cunningham memoirs, No, V, 1890, 4°, Todd lecture series. Vol. I. 1, Il, 1887-89, 80, Science. Vol, Additions to the Library. xi Dusuin.—Royal Irish Academy. Irish manuscript series. Vol. II. 1, 1890, 89. List of papers published in the transactions, Cunningham memoirs, and Irish manuscript series, 1786-1886. 4°, Royal Geological Society of Ireland. Journal. Vol. XVII. 2, 1585-57. 8°. Eprnpureu.— Botanical Society. Transactions and proceedings. Vol. I. 1-3, III. 2, IV, V, X, XI, XII. 3, XIII. 2, 3, XIV-XVII, 1841-1889. 8°. Annual report and proceedings. I-VIII, 1836-44, 1855. 8°. Geological Society. Transactions. Vol. V. 4, VI. 1, 1888-90, Royal Physical Society. Proceedings. Vol. IX. 2, 3, X. 1, 1886-89. 8°. ——Royal Society. Proceedings. Vol. XV, XVI, 1887-89. 4°. Empun.—JNaturforschende Gesellschaft. Jahresbericht. LXXII-LXXIV, 1886-89. 8°. Errurt.—Kon. Akademie gemeinniitziger Wissenschaften. Jahrbiicher. Neue Folge. Heft XVI, 1890. 8°. Frrenze.— Biblioteca Nazionale Centrale. Bollettino delle pubblicazioni Italiane ricevute per diritto di stampa. No. 62-119, 1888-90. 8°. —_ R. Istituto di Studi Superiori Practici e di Perfezionamento. Pubblicazioni. Sezione di filosofia e filologia. Le seconde nozze del conjuge superstite. Studio storico di Alberto Del Vecchio. 1885. 8°. I piu antichi frammenti del costituto Fiorentino raccolti e pubblicati da Guiseppe Rondoni. 1882. 8°. Sezione di Scienze fisiche e naturali. Osservazioni continue della elettricita atmosferica istituite a Firenze dal Prof. Antonio Roiti. 1884. 8°. Linee generali della fisiologia del cervelletto. Prima memoria del Prof. Luigi Luciani. 1884. 8°. Sezione di medicina e chirurgia. Archivio della scuola d’anatomia patologica. Vol. II, 1882. 8°. Esegesi medico legale sul methodus testificandi di Giovan Battista Co- dronchi. Pel Prof. Angiolo Filippi. 1883. 8°. FRANKFURT a. M.—Deutsche malakozoologische Gesellschaft. Nachrichtsblatt. Jahrg. XX. 7-12, XXI, XXII, 1888-90. 8°. Senckenbergische naturforschende Gesellschaft. Abhandlungen. Bd. XV. 3, XVI. 1, 1888-90. 4°. Bericht. 1888-90. 8°. FREIBURG IN B.—WNatunforschende Gesellschaft. Berichte. Bd. IJ-IV, 1887-89. 8°. GENEVE.—Jnstitut National Genevois. Bulletin. Tome XXIX, 1890. 8°. Mémoires. Tome XVII, 1886-89. 4°. Société de Physique et d’ Histoire Naturelle. Mémoires. Tome XXX, 1888-90. 4°. Museo Civico di Storia Naturale. Annali. Ser. II. Vol. IlI-VI, 1886-89. 8°. GiESsEN.— Oberhessische Gesellschaft fiir Natur-und Heilkunde. Bericht. XXVI, XXVII, :889-90. 8°. GLascow.—Geological Society. Transactions. Vol. VIII. 2, 1886-88. 8°. xii Additions to the Library. Giasecow.—WNatural History Society. Proceedings and transactions. New series. Vol. II, III. 1, 1886-89. 8°. — Philosophical Society. Proceedings. Vol. XIX, XX, 1888-89. 8°. GOTTINGEN.—Konigl. Gesellschaft der Wissenschaften. Nachrichten. 1888, 1889. 8°. Gtstrow.— Verein der Freunde der Naturgeschichte in Mecklenburg. Archiy. Jahrg. XLII, XLITI, 1888-89. 8°, Hapana.—Seal Colegio de Belen. Observaciones magneticas y meteorologicas. 1856. iv, 1887, IS88.i 4°. Harirax,.—Nova Scotian Institute of Natural Science. Proceedings and transactions. Vol. I. 4, V. 3, 4, VI. 24, VII. 1-8, 1865-89. 8°. Department of Mines. Report. 1888, 1889. 8°. Hatie.—Kais. Leopoldinisch-Carolinische deutsche Akademie dev Naturforscher. Leopoldina. Heft XXIV, XXYV, 1888-89. 4°. Naturforschende Gesellschaft. Abhandlungen. Bd. XVII. 1, 2, 1888. 4°. Bericht. 1887. 8°. Naturwissenschaftlicher Verein fiir Sachsen und Thiiringen. Zeitschrift fiir Naturwissenschaften. Bd. LXI, LXII, LXIII. 1-3, 1889-90. 8°, HamBure.—Deutsche Seewarte. Archiv. Jahrg. X-XII, 1887-89. 4°. Monatliche Uebersicht der Witterung. 1888 Marz-Dec., 1889, 1890 Jan.- Mai. 8°. Deutsches meteorologisches Jahrbuch, 1887, 1888. 4°. Ergebnisse der meteorologischen Beobachtungen, 1876-1885. 4°, Naturwissenschaftlicher Verein. Abhandlungen. Bd. XI. 1, 1889. 4°. Wissenschaftliche Anstalten. Jahrbuch. Jahrg. VI, 1888. HAnnover.—Naturhistorische Gesellschaft. Jahresbericht. XXXVIII, XXXIX, 1887-89. 8°. Haritem.— Musée Teyler. Archives. Série II. Vol. II. 1, III. 2-4, 1884-90. 89, Catalogue de la bibliothéque. Vol. I. 7,8, II. 1,3. 1887-89, 89, Société Hollandaise des Sciences. Archives néerlandaises des sciences exactes ct naturelles. Tome XXIII, XXIV, 1888-90. 8°, HELstncrors,—Societas Scientiarum Fennica. Acta. Tom. XV, XVI, 1888, 4°. Ofversigt af forhandlingar. XXVIII-XXXI, 1885-89, 80, Bidrag till kinnedom af Finlands natur och folk. Hiift. XLV-XLVIII, 1887-89. 8°. Finska Vetenskaps-Societeten, 1838-1888, dess organisation och verksam- het. Af. A. E. Arppe. 1888. 8°, Societas pro Fauna et Flora Fennica, Acta. Vol. III, IV, V. 1, 1886-88. 8°, Meddelanden. Hiift. XIV, XV, 1888-89, Herbarium musei fennici, Ed, 2. 1. Plantae vasculares, 1889, 8°, Notae conspectus florae fennicae, Auctore H. Hjelt. 1888, 8°, HERMANNSTADT.— Siehenkiirgischer Verein fiir Naturwissenschaften, Verhandlungen und Mittheilungen, Jabrg. XXVIII. XXIX, 1888-89, 8°, a Additions to the Library. xiii Hopart.—Loyal Society of Tasmania. Papers and proceedings. 1887, 1888. 8°. JENA.— Medicinisch-naturwissenschaflliche Gesellschaft. Jenaische Zeitschrift fiir Naturwissenschaft. Bd. XXII. 3, 4, XXII, XXIV, 1888-90. 8°. KuarKkow.—Société des Sciences Lxperimentales annexée d V Université de Kharkow. Travaux de la section médicale. 1586-87, 1888. i, 1889. i-iii. 8°. Kiei.—Konigl. Christian Albrechts- Universitit. Schriften aus dem Jahre 1887-88, L888-89, 1889-90, 8° and 4°. Naturwissenschaftlicher Verein fiir Schleswig- Holstein, Schriften. Bd. VII. 2, VIII. 1, 1889. 89°. Kiny.—Kievskie Obshchestvo Lestestvoispytatelet. Zapiski. Tom. IX. 1, 2, X. 1-3, XI. 1, 1888-88. 8°. Ks6BENHAVN.—Kon. Danske Videnskabernes Selskab. Oversigt over forhandlinger. 1887. iii, 1888, 1889, 1890. i. 8°. KoOniGsBERG.—Konigl, physikalisch-dkonomische Gesellschaft. Schriften. Jahrg. XX VIII-XXX, 1887-89. 4°. Krakow.—KX. k. Sternwarte. Materyaly do klimatografii Galicyi. Rok 1887, 1888. 8°. La PLata.—Museo. La musée de La Plata. Rapide coup d’cil sur sa fondation et son dé- veloppement. Par F. P. Moreno. 1890. 8°. . LAuSsANNE.—Société Vaudoise des Sciences Naturelles. Bulletin. 3° sér. No. 97-101, 1888-90. 8°. Lreps.— Yorkshire Geological and Polytechnic Society. Proceedings. New series. Vol. X, XI. 1-2, 1888-89. 8°. LEIDEN.—WNederlandsche Dierkundige Vereeniging. Tijdscrift. Ser. II. Deel I. 3, 4, supplement deel II, 1888-89. 8°. Lrtpzic.—Astronomische Gesellschaft. Vierteljahrsschrift. Jahrg. XXIII, XXIV, XXV. 1, 2, 1838-90. 8°. Publication. XIX, 1889 4°. Catalog. Abth. I. Sttick IV, XIV, 1890. 42. ——Kn. stichsische Gesellschaft der Wits lation: Berichte. Math.-physische Classe. Bd. XL, XLI, XLII. 1, 1888-90. Register zu den Jahrg. 1866-35 der Berichte und Bd. I-XII der Abhand- lungen. 1889. 8°. ——Naturforschende Gesellschaft. Sitzungsberichte. Jahrg. XIII, XIV, 1886-87. 8°. — Verein fiir Erdkunde. Mittheilungen. 1887-89. 8°. Zoologischer Anzeiger. No. 283-350, 1888-90. 8°. LriGE.—Societé Géologique de Belgique. Annales. Tome XIII. 2, XIV. 2, XV.2 . 3, XVI. 1, 1888-89. 8°. ——Société Royale des Sciences. Mémoires. 2°sér. Tome XV, XVI, 1888-90. 8°. Lispoa.—Sociedade de Geographia. Boletin. Serie VII. 9-12, VIII, IX. 1-6, 1887-90. 8°. Catalogos e indices. As publicacoes. 1889. 8°. Indices e catalogos. A biblioteca. I. 1890. 8°. Historia do infante D. Duarte irmao de el-rei D. Joao IV. Por José Ramos-Coelho. Tomo I. 1889, 8°. LIVERPOOL.—Literary and Philosophical Society. Proceedings. No. XLI-XLIII, 1887-89. 8°. Lonpon.— Geological Society. Quarterly journal. Vol. XLIV. 3, 4, XLV, XLVI, 1888-90. 8°, Xiv Additions to the Library. Lonpon.—Linnean Society. Journal. Zoology. No. 118-123, 130-144, 1888-90. 8°. —Botany. No. 150, 152-157, 159-174, 181-182, 1887-90. 8°. Proceedings. 1887-88. 8°. List. 1888-90. 8°. Mathematical Society. Proceedings. No. 321-390, 1888-90. 8°. Royal Meteorological Society. Quarterly journal. New series. No. 67-76, 1888-90. 8°. List of fellows. 1889, 1890. 8°. Royal Microscopical Society. Journal. 1888. iv—vi, 1889, 1890. i-v. 8°. —Royal Society. Philosophical transactions. Vol. CLXXVIII, CLXXIX. A, B, CLXXX. A,B. 1887-89. 4°. Proceedings. No. 270-294, 1888-90. 8°. List of council and members. 1887-89. 4°. Lovvain.—La Cellule. Tome I-V, VI. 1, 1884-90. 8°. Lunv.— Universitet. Acta. Tom. VIII, XVIII, XXIV, XXV, 1871-89. 4°. Lyon.—Académie des Sciences, Belles-Lettres et Arts. Mémoires. Classe des sciences. Tome XXVIII, XXIX, 1886-88, 8°. Histoire des herbiers. Parle Dr. Saint-Lager. Paris, 1885. 8°. Recherches sur les anciens herbaria. Par le Dr. Saint-Lager. Paris, 1886. 8°: Viciscitudes onomastiques de ia globulaire vulgaire. Paris, i889, 8°. Musée Guimet. Annales. Tome XIII, XV—XVII, 1888-89. 4°. Revue de V’histoire des religions. Tome XVI, 2,3, XVII-XXI, 1887-90. 89. MADRAS.—Government Observatory. Observations made with the meridian circle, 1865-67. 4°. Maprip.—Comision del Mapa Geologico de Espana. Boletin. Tomo XIV, XV, 1887-88. 8°. Memorias. Descripcion fisica, geologica y minera de la provincia de Huelva. Por D. Joaquin Gonzalo y Tarin. Tome I, II, 1886-88. 89, Mapa geologico de Espafia. Hoja 6, 8, 12, 16, 19, 20, 28, 24, 27, 28, 31, 32. 1889. Observatorio. Observaciones meteorologicas. 1886-87. 8°. Resumen da las observaciones efectuadas en la peninsula, 1884, 1885, 8°, Sociedad Hspanola de Historia Natural, Anales. Tomo XVII. 2, 8, XVIII, 1888-89. 89. Real Academia de Ciencias Hxactas, Fisicas y Naturales. Memorias. Tomo XIIT. 2, 8, 1889. 4°. Revista de los progresos de las ciencias exactas. Tomo XXII. 5-7, 1888-89. 8°. Anuario, 1889. 89. Manounster.—Literary and Philosophical Society. Memoirs and proceedings. Series TV. Vol. (-III, 1888-90, 8°, MarBura.— Gesellschaft zur Beforderung der gesammien Naturwissenschaften. Sitzungsberichte. Jahrg, 1888, 1889. 8°. Metnournn.—National Museum, Prodromus of the zoology of Victoria. Decade XVI-XX, 1888-90, 8° Mretz.—Académie, Mémoires, 8° sér. Année XV, 1885-86. 8°, : q ? Additions to the Library. KY Mexico.— Observatorio Meteorologico-Magnetico Central. Boletin mensuel. Tomo [. 6-12, II, 1888-89. 49, Sociedad Cientifica ‘Antonio Alzate.” Memorias. Tomo [I, III, IV. 1-2, 1888-90. 8°. Sociedad de Geographia y Exstadistica. Boletin. EpocalIV. Tomo I. 1-4, 6, 1888-89. 8°. Svuciedad Mexicana de Historia Natwral. La naturaleza. Ser. II. TomolI.49. 1888-90. 4°. MIDDELBURG.—Zeeuwsch Genootschap der Wetenschappen. Zelandia illustrata. Vervoly. 1885. 8°, Levensberichten van Zeeuwen. Afl. I, IT, 1888-89. 8°, De stadsrekeningen van Middelburg. III. 1500-1549. Door H. M. Keste- loo, 8°. Vluchtbergen in Walcheren. Door Dr. J.C. Man. 1888. 8°. Miiano.—Real Istituto Lombardo di Scienze e Lettere. Rendiconto. Serie II. Vol. XX, XXI, 1887-88. 8°. Real Osservatorio di Brera. Pubblicazioni. No. XXXIII-XXXVII, 1888-91. 4°, Societa Italiana di Scienze Naturali. Atti. Vol. XXIV-XXXII, 1881-90. 8°, MopENA.—Regia Accademia delle Scienze, Lettere ed Arti. Memorie. Serie II. Tomo V, VI, 1887-88. 4°. Societa dei Naturalisti. ‘ Memorie. Ser. II. Vol. VII. 1, VIII, IX. 1, 1888-90. 89°. MONTPELLIER.—Académie des Sciences et Lettres. Mémoires. Section des lettres. Tome VIII. 2, 3, 1885-89. 4°. Moscovu.—Société Impériale des Natwralistes. Bulletin. Année 1888, 1889, 1890. i. 8°. Nouveaux mémoires. Tome XV. 6, 1889. 4°, Meteorologische Beobachtungen am Observatorium der landwirth. Aka- demie bei Moskau. Jahr. 1887. ii, 1888, 1889.i. 4°. MUncoHEeN.—Kon. bayerische Akademie der Wissenschaften. Sitzungsberichte. Philosph.-philolog. und histor. Classe. 1888, 1889, 1890. Bayt. 1, 2: 88: Mathemat.-physikal. Classe. 1888, 1889, 1890 Heft 1,2. 8°. Ueber die Molekularbeschaffenheit der Krystalle. Festrede yon Dr. Paul Groth. 1888. 4°. Ueber die historische Methode auf dem Gebiet des deutschen Civilprocess- rechts. Festrede von J. W.v Planck. 1889. 4°. Georg Simon Ohm’s wissenschaftliche Leistungen. Festrede von Eugen Lommel. 1889. 4°. Die Anfange einer politischen Literatur bei den Griechen. Festrede von Rudolph Seholl. 1890. 4°. Gedachtnisrede auf Karl von Prantl. Von W. y. Christ. 1889. 4°. Gedachtnisrede auf J. von Dollinger. Von C. A. Cornelius. 1890. 4°. Kon, Sternwarte. Neue Annalen. Bd. I, 1890. 4°. Munster.— Westftilischer Provincial- Verein fiir Wissenschaft und Kunst. Jahresbericht. XVI, XVII, 1887-88. 8°. Nancy.—Académie de Stanislas. Mémoires. 5° sér. Tome V-VII, 1888-89. 8°. Napoul.—f&. Accademia delle Scienze Fisiche e Matematiche. Atti. Ser. II. Vol. I-1II, 1887-89, 49. Rediconto. Ser, II. Vol. I-III, 1887-89. 4°. NEUCHATEL.—Société des Sciences Naturelles. Bulletin. Tome XVI, 1888. 8°. xvi Additions to the Library. NEWCASTLE-UPON-TyNE.—WNorth of England Institute of Mining and Mechanical Engineers. Transactions. Vol. XX XVII. 5,6, XX XVIII. 1-5, 1888-90. 8°. Report of the French commission on the use of explosives in the pres- ence of fire-damp in mines. Pt. 1,2. 1890. 8°. Nitrnperco.—WNaturhistorische Gesellschaft. Jahresbericht. 1888, nebst Abhandlungen, Bd. VIII. 8°. OveEssa.—Société des Naturalistes de la Nouvelle Russie. Zapiski. Tom. XII. 2, XIII, XIV, 1888-89. 4°. Matematicheskoe otdielenie. Tom. VIII-X, 1888-89. 8°. OrrawA.— Geological and Natural History Survey of Canada. Annual report. New series. Vol. III, with maps, 1887-88. 8°. Contributions to paleontology. Vol. I. 2. 1889. 8°. —— Meteorological Service of the Dominion of Canada, Report. 1885. 8°. Oxrorp,— Radcliffe Library. Catalogue of books added during 1888, 1889. 8°. — Radcliffe Observatory. Results of astronomical and meteorological observations. Vol. XLIII, XLIV, 1885, 1886. 8°. PaLerRMo.—R. Accademia di Scienze, Lettere e Belle Arti. Atti. Nuovaserie. Vol. X, 1888-89. 4°. Paris.—Ecole Normale Supérieure. - Annales scientifiques. 3esér. Tome VY. 8-12, V1, VII. 1-10, 1888-90. 4°. Ecole Polytechnique. Journal. Cahier LVIII, LIX, 1889. 4°. Observatoire. Rapport annuel. 1888, 1889. 4°. Société Nationale d@ Acclimatation. Revue des sciences naturelles appliquées. 4e série. Tome V. 16-24, VI, VII. 1888-90. 8°. Société Géologique de France. Bulletin. 38¢sér. Tome XLV. 9, XV.9, XVI. 4-11, XVII. 1-9, XVIII. 1-4, 1886-90. 8°. Société Mathématique de France. Bulletin. Tome XVI. 4, XVII, XVIII, 1888-90. 8°. PenzANCE.—Royal Geological Society of Cornwall. Transactions. Vol. XI. 3, 4, 1888-90. 8°. PeruGta.—Accademia Medico-Chirurgica. Attie rendiconti. Vol. I 1-4, 1889. 8°. Pisa.—Societa Toscana di Scienze Naturali, Memorie. Vol. IX, X, 1888-89, 8°. Processi verbali. Vol. VI, pp. 105-802, VII, pp. 1-170, 1888-90. 8°. Commemorazione di Giuseppe Menenghini fatta nell’ aula magna dell’ Universita Pisana ai 24 Marzo, 1889, 8°, PorspAM.—Aastrophysikalisches Observatorium, Publicationen, Bd. IV. 2, VI, 1889 4°. Purac.—Kén, bihmische Gesellschaft der Wissenschaften. Abhandlungen der math,-naturwiss. Classe. Folge VII. Bad. II, TI, 1888-90, 4°, Sitzungsberichte. 1888, 1880, 1890, 8°, Jahresbericht, 887-89. 8°, —K, k, Sternwarte, Magnetische und meteorologische Beobachtungen. Jahrg, XLIX, L, 1888-8), 4°, Astronomische Beobachtungen, Appendix zu Jahrg, XLVI-XLVIUI, 1890, 4°, Ee . | Additions to the Library. xvii PuiKova.—Nicolai-Hauptsternwarte. Jahresbericht, 1887. 8°, Tabulae qWantitatum Besselianarum, 1890-94, 8°. QueBec —Literary and Historical Society. Transactions. No. 19, 1887-89. 8°. REGENSBURG,— Naturwissenschaftlicher Verein. Berichte. Heft I, 1886-87. 8°. —Historischer Verein von Oberpfalz und Regensburg. Verhandlungen. Bd. XLI, XLII, 1887-88. 8°. RicHMOND, SurrRny.—Kew Observatory. Report of the committee. 1858, 1889. 8°. Riega.—Naturforscher Verein. Correspondenzblatt. Jahrg. XX XI-X XXIII, 1888-90. 8°. La RocHELLE.—Académie des Belles-Lettres, Sciences et Arts. Annales de la société des sciences naturelles de la Charente-Inférieure. Vol. XXIV, XXV, 1887-88. 8°. Roma.— Biblioteca Nazionale Centrale Vittorio Hmanuele. Bollettino delle opere moderne straniere acquistate dalle biblioteche pubbliche governative del regno d’Italia. Vol. III, [V, V. 1-3, 1888-90. 8°. Reale Accademia dei Lincei. Atti. Ser. IV. Rendiconti. Vol. IV. i. 11-13, ii, V, VI. i, ii. 1-8, 1888-90. 4°. Memorie della classe di scienze morali, storiche e filologiche. Vol. II, III, V, 1886-88. 4°. Memorie della classe di scienze fisiche, matematiche e naturali. Vol. III-V, 1886-88. 4°. Accademia Pontifica de’ Nuovi Lincei. Atti. Tomo XLII, XLIII. 1-3, 1888-90. 4°. Reale Comitato Geologico @ Italia. Bollettino. Vol. XVIII-XX, 1887-89. 8°. Societd Italiana delle Scienze. Memorie di matematica e di fisica. Ser. III. Tomo IV, V and appendice, VII, 1882-90. 4°. Sr. GaLuEen.—WNaturwissenschaftliche Gesellschaft. Bericht. Jahrg. 1886-87, 1887-88. 8°. San José.—ZJnstituto Meteorologico Nacional. Boletin trimestral. No. 4, 1888. 40°. 8. PAoLo.—Commissao Geographica e Geologica da Provincia de 8. Paolo. Boletin. No. I-III, 1889. 8°. St. PETERSBURG.— Comité Géologique. Mémoires. Vol. II. 2-5, III. 1-4, IV. 1, V. 2-4, VI, VII.1,2, VIII. 1, IX. 1, XI. 1, 1885-89. 4°. Bulletins. Vol. IV. 7-10, V, VII. 1-10, VIII. 1-8, 1885-89. 8°. Bibliothéque géologique de la Russie. 1885-88, 8°. Hortus Petropolitanus. Acta. Tom. X. 2, XI. 1, 1889-90. 8°. ——Imp. Russ. Geograf. Obshtchestvo. Otchet. God 1887-89. 8°. Kais. Akademie der Wissenschaften. Bulletin. Tome XXXII. 24, XXXIII. 1, 1888-89. Repertorium der Meteorologie. Bd. XI, XI], 1888-90. 4°. Neue Reduction der Bradley’schen Beobachtungen, 1750-62. Von A. Auwers. Bd. III, 1888. f°. St. PeTerRspurG.—Physikalisches Centralobservatorium. Annalen. Jahrg. 1887, 1888, 1889, . 4°, xviii Additions to the Library. SanTr1aGo.—Deutscher wissenschaftlicher Verein. Verhandlungen. Heft VI, 1888. 8°. Schweizerische naturforschende Gesellschaft. Verhandlungen. Jahresversammlung LX XI, LX XII, 1888-89, 8°. SrockHoLM.—Fntomologisk Forening. Entomologisk tidskrift. Arg. IX, X, 1888-89. 8°. — Kong. Svenska Vetenskaps Akademie. Handlingar. Ny féljd. Bd. XX, XXI, 1882-85. 4°. Bihang till handlingar. Bd. IX—XIII, 1884-88. 8°. Ofversigt af forhandlingar. Arg. XLI-XLV, 1884-88. 8°. . Lefnadsteckningar. Bd. II. 3, 1885. 8°. Meteorologiska iakttagelser. Bd. XXII-X XVI, 1880-84. 4°. Forteckning 6fver innehdlet i skrifter, 1426-1883. 8°. Ledamoter, 1885-89. 8°. Srurreart.— Verein fiir vaterlindische Naturkunde in Wiirttemberg. Jahreshefie. Jahrg. XLV, XLVI, 1889-90. 8°. SypnEY.— Government Observatory. Results of meteorological observations made in New South Wales during 1887. 89°. Results of rain, river and evaporation observations during 1888, 1889. 8°. Linnean Society of New South Wales. Proceedings. Series II. Vol. II. 1, 4, 1887-88. 8°. Royal Society of New South Wales. Journal and proceedings. Vol. XXII-XXIII, 1888-89. 8°. TacuBayA.— Observatorio Astronomico Nacional. Anuario. Ano IX-XI, 1889-91. 8°. TuronpusEM.—Kon. Norske Videnskabers Selskab. Skrifter. 1886, 1887. 8°. Tiruis.—Physicalisches Observatorium. Magnetische Beobachtungen. 1886-87, 1887-88. 8°. Toxyo.—Jmperial University of Japan. Journal of the college of science. Vol. II. 4,5, ITI, 1888-90. 49. Calendar. 1889-90. 8°. ——Seismological Society of Japan. Transactions. Vol. XIII, 1889. 89. Torino.—Musei di Zoologia ed Anatomia Comparata, Bollettino. No, 49-86, 1888-90. 8°. Toronto.—Canadian Institute. Proceedings. Ser. III. Vol. VI, VII, 1889-90. 80°, Annual report. 1887-88, 1888-89. 8°. TovuLousg.-—Académie des Sciences, Inscriptions et Belles-Lettres. Mémoires. 8° sér. Tome IX, X. 9° Sér. Tome I. 1887-89, 8°, Troms6,.—Museum. Aarshefter. I-XII, 1878-89. 8°. Aarsberetning., 1873-1888. 8°, Upsaia.—Segia Societas Scientiarwm., Nova acta. Ser. III. Vol. XIV. 1, 1890. 4°, Catalogue méthodique des acta et nova acta, 1744-1889, 4°, Urreout,—Kon, Nederlandsch Meteorologisch Instituut. Nederlandsch meteorologisch jaarboek, Jaarg. XXXI, 2, XL, XLI 1879-90, 4°, * ——- Provinciaal Utrechtach Genootschap van. Kunsten en Wetensshappen. Verslag van het verhandelde in de algemeene vergadering, 1887-89. 8°, Aanteekeningen van het verhandelde in de sectie-vergaderingen, 1887-89, 4°, Vunnzia.—-Istituto Veneto di Scienze, Lettere ed Arti. Atti. Ser. VI. Vol, V. 10, VI, VII, 1887-89. 8°, EE ee } » 4 Additions to the Library. xix VicenzA.—Accademia Olimpica. Atti. Vol. XXI, 1886. 89. WerLiineton.—New Zealand Institute, Transactions and proceedings. Vol. XXI, 1888. 89, Wien.--Kais. Akademie der Wissenschaften. Sitzungsberichte. Mathemat.-naturwiss. Classe. Abth. I. Bd. XCV- XCVII, XCVIII. 1-3, 1887-89. 8°. ——K. k. Central-Anstalt fiir Meteorologie und Hrdmagnetismus. Jahrbiicher. Neue Folge. XXIV, X XV, 1887-88. 4°. —. K. k. geologische Reichsanstalt. Abhandlungen. Bd. XIII. 1, XV. 1, 2, 1889-90. 49. Jahrbuch. Bd. XXXVII. 3, 4, XXXVIII, XXXIX, XL. 1, 2, 1887-90. 8°. Verhandlungen. Jahrg. 1887, no. 10-18, 1888, 1889, 1890, no. 10-13. 8°. ——-K. k. naturhistorisches Hofmuseum. Annalen. Bd. ITI. 3, 4, 1V. 1, 4, V. 1-3, 1888-90. 8°. —— -K. k. Universitits-Sternwarte. Annalen. Bd. V, VI, 1885-86. 4°. -—--K. k. zoologisch-botanische Gesellschaft. Verhandlungen. Bd. XX XVIII, XXXIX, XL. 1,2. 1887. 8¢ WinsBaDEN.—WNassanischer Verein fiir Naturkunde. Jahrbticher. Jahrg. XLI, XLII, 1888-89. 8°. Witrzpure.—Physikalisch-medicinische Gesellschaft. Sitzungsberichte. Jahrg. 1888, 1889. 8°. ZiricH.—Naturforschende Gesellschaft. Vierteljahrschrift. Jahrg. XXXI. 3, 4, XXXII, XXXIII, XXXIV. 1, 2, 1886-89. 8°. Recent discussions on the abolition of patents for inventions. Lond. 1869. 89. From R. A. Macfie, Esq. De la mesure de la simplicité dans les sciences mathématiques. Par E. Lemoine. Paris, 1888. 8°. Notes sur diverses questions de la géométrie du triangle. Par E. Lemoine. Paris, 1888. 8°. From the Author. Atmospheric economy of solar radiation. By Arthur Searle. 8°. (From Proce. Amer. Acad. of Arts and Sci., 1888.) From the Author. Eskimo of Hudson’s Strait. By F. F. Payne. 8°. (From Proc. Canad. Inst. 1889.) From the Author. Echinoderms from the northern coast of Yucatan and the harbor of Vera Cruz. By J. E. Ives. 8°. (From Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. of Philad., 1890.) From the Author. Ueber Feuerbestattung. Vortrag von Prof. Dr. Friedrich Goppelsroeder. Miil- hausen, 1890. 8°. From the Author. Die geologischen Horizonte der fossilen Kohlen. Von C.F. Zinecken. Leipzig. 1884, 8°, From the Author ee od eee (ee, I,.—Some ExrEermMeEnts ON THE PuystoLogican Action or URANIUM Satts. By R. H. Cuirrenpen anp AtexanperR Lampert, M.D. In 1885, experiments were commenced in the laboratory of phys- iological chemistry at Yale University, to ascertain something regarding the physiological and toxical action of uranium salts. At that time there was little accurate knowledge concerning uranium. Gmelin* had, in 1824, performed a few experiments, with the nitrate from which he concluded that this salt is a feeble poison; thus he States that 15 grains had no effect on a dog, that 1 drachm merely caused vomiting after more than an hour’s interval, and that 34 grains killed a rabbit in 52 hours by stopping the irritability of the heart, while 3 grains injected into the jugular vein of a rabbit caused instant death. Later, in 1851, there appeared a statement in the British and Foreign Medico-chirurgical Review that Leconte always found sugar in the urine of dogs slowly poisoned by small doses of uranium nitrate. This statement was commented upon by Hughes in his manual of pharmico dynamics (p. 866), and has been made the basis of a claim by the so-called homeopathic school that uranium nitrate is a remedy for diabetes. Hughes also referst to a monograph by Edward Blake on uranium, where three persons and nineteen animals were experimented on. In none of Blake’s subjects, however, human or brute, was sugar eliminated in the urine. Ulceration of the pyloric end of the stomach and of the duodenum was found well ‘marked in several of the animals, although in no case was the drug introduced directly into the stomach. Hughes, likewise, refers to several cases of diabetes which he considers were cured by the exhibition of small doses of uranium nitrate,{ one-sixth to one-third of a grain three times a day. This constitutes all the matter bearing on uranium that we have been able to find. Our work was commenced by a series of experiments on the in- fluence of a variety of soluble uranium salts on the action of the amylolytic and proteolytic ferments occurring in the animal organ- * Edinburgh Medical and Surgical Journal, vol, xxvi, p. 136. + Ibid., p. 867. $ Lancet, June 13, 1874. TRANS. ConN. AcaD., Von. VIII. 1 Nov., 1888. 2° Chittenden and Lambert—Experiments on the ism. The results, already published,* show plainly that all of the uranyl salts, with one or two exceptions, have a more or less marked inhibitory influence on amylolytic and proteolytic action. With the salivary ferment, even 0:010 per cent. of uranyl nitrate was suffi- cient to completely stop all action, while with pepsin-hydrochloric acid and with alkaline trypsin solutions, 0°5 per cent. of the same salt was required to produce an equal effect. In this case the inhibitory action of the uranium salt was, in part at least, due to the formation of a more or jess definite and indigestible compound of uranium with the proteid matter to be digested.t On the excretion of carbonic acid, uranyl nitrate, by a later series of experiments,{ was also found to have a marked influence. With rabbits, the hypodermic injection of this salt was followed by a slight rise in body temperature and a decided increase in the elimination of carbonic acid. The action of the salt was somewhat slow, but repetition of the experiment always led to an increase of body temperature and a decided increase in the amount of carbonic acid excreted. 0°7 gram of the salt in divided doses was required to produce the result stated, the rabbit not suffering any apparent ill effects from this quantity. The object of the present series of experiments has been: Ist, to ascertain the influence of .uranium salts on proteid metabolism; 2d, to ascertain something regarding the toxic action of uranium salts ; and 3d, whether uranium has any influence on the production of glycosuria. Influence on proteid metabolism. In this experiment a mongrel bitch weighing 18°8 kilos was em- ployed. The animal was confined in a convenient cage suitably arranged for the collection of the excreta, and was fed during the experiment upon a constant diet of known composition. A large quantity of fresh, lean beef finely chopped, was dessicated at a low, temperature until it had lost about 75 per cent. of water. It then contained 11°88 per cent. of nitrogen, as determined by Kjeldahl’s method. 0 1 0-080 4 41 “ — 0-287 | 0-406 + 0.080 5 : . Pog 0-050 gf | 125 | acid. | 1024 | 1-095 1-078 0-050 7 | 120 alkaline.| 1024 | 0-528 | 0-917 +0900 8 100 | acid. | 1022 | 0-287 | trace. | Hes 9 55 |alkaline.| — | 0-851 | 0 1 0-100 : % e 0-100 10 | 125 | 1022 | 0-687 | 0-430 + 0-100 11 75 s | — |jeunsiderable. 0 0-100 12 7 « | 1022 | 0:332 | 0 0-100 1.350 grams, On June 4th, the animal began to show weakness, particularly noticeable in his hind legs, but this disappeared and the animal TRaNS. CONN. ACAD., Vou. VIII. 2 Nov., 1888, 10 Chittenden and Lambert—Experiments on the appeared better. On the 11th, it had lost its appetite, become emaci- ated and showed general weakness and loss of muscular power. On the following day at noon it was found dead, without having shown any marked symptoms other than general depression of the muscular — system. The heart was found greatly distended on the right side, lungs normal and the liver small and congested, especially near the lower edges of the left lobe. Kidneys were also’smail and congested. The bladder contained quite a little urine, with considerable albumin and sugar in it. Experiment ILI. This experiment was practically a duplicate of the preceding. An albino buck was used and the uranium salt was forced down the throat in gelatin capsules, as in the preceding experiments. The table shows the amount of nitrate given and the character of the urine each day. l Date. | Volume. Reaction. | Sp. Gr. |Aibumin.) Sugar. | Dose of uranyl nitrate. May Cr'Gy || | gram. | gram. | gram. 25 171 alkaline. 1014 | 0 Opn 0-025 26 | acid, _ trace. 0 , fis al no urine passed. | ; 0-050 50; | 75 jalkaline.| 1026 0-494 | 0.275 1 0-080 31 no urine passed, i ee ___ 0°300 gram. The first symptom noticeable was the suppression of urine for over forty-eight hours. On the 27th, the animal was quite dull and showed signs of general weakness. As he walked, he moved as if it caused him pain in the lumbar region. On the next day he showed great thirst, and he finally died on June Ist, a loose diarrhcea setting in a few hours before death, Post-mortem examination showed that the heart had stopped in diastole, and that it was much distended with blood. Lungs were normal, The liver was congested, as were also the kidneys. The latter had non-adherent capsules. The stomach contained consider- able undigested food, and its mucous membrane was partly disinte- grated. Portions of the duodenum were somewhat congested. The Physiological Action of Uranium Salts. 11 bladder contained a few cubic centimeters of urine, which had in it considerable sugar and some albumin, The most noticeable feature of this experiment was the suppression of urine. Experiment IV. In this experiment, a large white buck was used and the uranium was administered in capsules as follows : May 17 0:050 gram uranyl nitrate. 18 0:075 “ee ee ce 19 0:075 “ce “sé “é 20 0025 “* $8 . 0°225 There were no symptoms of toxic action until the morning of the 20th. The rabbit was then dull and weak. He trembled violently as he hopped about; the hind legs appeared partly paralyzed. The pupils were dilated and the appetite gone. On the 21st, weakness was still more pronounced. Any movement was accompanied by tremblings and great difficulty was experienced while walking, in making the different movements correctly. There was severe diar- rhea and the animal showed extreme emaciation. On the 22d, the diarrheea had passed into an involuntary defecation more or less continuous. The animal was too weak to move and lay all the fore- noon breathing heavily, though the number of respirations per minute did not go much beyond normal, 45-54 per minute. On the afternoon of this day, two days after the last dose of uranium had been admin- istered, the animal appeared stronger, the involuntary defecations had ceased, though a loose diarrheea still continued, and the animal appeared to have recovered the use of its locomotive muscles. On the 23d, however, the animal was again unable to move and finally died at noon, the diarrhea having continued more or less up to death. During the last three days there was complete suppression of urine, but on the 20th, 59-c. c. of urine were passed, of specific gravity 1022, and which contained 0-656 gram of sugar. On post-mortem examination, the heart was found to have stopped in diastole and engorged with blood. The lungs were congested. The kidneys had non-adherent capsules and the cortex and medulla showed severe congestion. The stomach contained no food, but con- siderable tenacious mucus. The small intestines from duodenum to czcum were very much congested, 12 Chittenden and Lambert—Experiments on the Experiment V. Gray and white buck. This experiment was a repetition of No. IV, the same amounts of uranium salt being given and at the same intervals of time. The animal died three days after the last dose of uranium had been administered. The symptoms were not very marked, simply loss of muscular power, and a gradual wasting away. On post mortem, the heart was found in diastole and engorged with blood. Lungs congested. The liver was black with the blood in it, especially on the edges, and when pressed between the fingers was extremely pliable and of a soft, pulpy consistency, showing marked parenchymatous degeneration. The gall bladder was distended with very dark bile. Both kidneys had non-adherent capsules. The left kidney was slightly congested. The intestines had an inflamed patch in the jejunum and were congested for a foot above it. The bladder contained a little urine, which gave reactions for both sugar and albumin. Sugar and albumin were also found in the urine several days before death. Experiment VI. In this experiment still smaller amounts of uranium were adminis- tered, a total of only 0°175 gram being given in three days. The following table shows the dosage and the changes in the urine: Date. | Volume.| Reaction. | Sp. Gr. |Albumin. Sugar. | Dose uranyl nitrate. | | c. Cc. gram. | gram. gram. | | | / | 2 June 14 = 0 0) | 0:050 15 | — | alkaline | 1048 0 0-4 0-050 ) | alkaline 0-025 16 110 “ 1027 | 0-104 | 0 0-050 17 15 t 1022 0387 | 0 _ ae 18 30 | 4g — 0126 | 0 0-175 19 } 6 | « | 0-154 0 20 § | to ve . 21 — | as Lois ol some 0 92 «CS! sie: “6 | 1015 trace | 0 There were no noticeable symptoms of toxic action aside from the changes in the urine, and even here there was no sugar at any time present. Just as the albumin had almost disappeared from the urine and we looked for speedy recovery, the animal was found dead (on the 28d), Post-mortem showed the heart in diastole, engorged with blood. Lungs normal, Liver normal, aside from a slight congestion, ee Physiological Action of Uranium Salts. 13 Sections under the microscope showed no pathological changes. ‘The kidneys were congested. Under the microscope, the epithelial cells were proliferated and occasionally the tufts were seen slightly com- pressed by these proliferating cells and detritus. The convoluted tubules showed swollen and granular cells, even broken down, in places. In the straight tubules, the cells were also swollen and gran- ular and sometimes were detached from the tubes. In places, there was cast matter and detritus in the tubes. The stroma was normal. Hence, here, as in many of the preceding experiments, it is a case of acute parenchymatous nephritis. The stomach was full of undi- gested food and apparently normal; the duodenum was congested and the small intestines throughout were nearly empty, except for a little mucus. The bladder had in it about 10. c¢. of urine, which contained a trace of albumin but no sugar. Experiment VII. An albino rabbit. A single dose of 0°3 gram of uranyl nitrate was given in a gelatin capsule by mouth on June 13th. Outside of changes in the urine there were no symptoms whatever urtil the 17th, when in the early morning the animal was found weak and power- less, all motor power completely gone. It rapidly grew weaker and died in the afternoon of the same day. The right side of the heart was found much distended. The lungs were normal, the liver small and congested. Kidneys were also small and congested and of a cloudy appearance. Microscopic exam- ination showed acute parenchymatous nephritis. Stomach was full of undigested food, but the intestines were empty. Both appeared normal, On June 15th, 160 c.c. of alkaline urine were passed, of specific gravity 1023. It contained 0°748 gram of albumin and 1°069 grams of sugar. On the 16th, 30 c. c. were passed of 1022 specific gravity and containing 0°412 gram of albumin and 0°354 gram of sugar. On the 17th, no urine was passed and on making the post mortem the ’ bladder was found empty. With this rabbit, an attempt was made to ascertain how much carbohydrate matter there was in the liver at the time of death. 40 grams of the sampled and finely ground liver were thoroughly extracted with boiling water (continuous extraction for three days), frequently replaced. The several decoctions were ultimately united and finally brought to a volume of 500 ¢.¢. Two portions of 200 ¢. e. each were placed in suitable flasks and sufficient hydrochloric acid - 14 Chittenden and Lambert— Experiments on the added to each, to make the fluid contain 2 per cent. HCl. The acid fluids were then heated on water-baths for 15 hours, in order to con- vert all carbohydrate matter into dextrose. The fluids were then neutralized, evaporated and finally tested for dextrose with Feh- ling’s solution, by Allihn’s gravimetric method. Both solutions failed to give any reducing action whatever, thus showing a total lack of carbohydrate matter in the liver. This is in strong contrast to the normal condition of a rabbit’s liver, which contains an abundance of carbohydrate matter, both sugar and glycogen; on an average 10°35 per cent. of total carbohydrates, as determined by methods similar to the one just described.* Glycogenic function is then destroyed by uranium, the same as in phosphorus poisoning, but unlike the action of phosphorus there is apparently no fatty degeneration of the organs. The liver here experimented with was small for the size of the rab- bit, a large white buck. It was also noticeable, as in many of the other rabbits experimented on, that while the stomach was full of food, sometimes even distended by it, there was nothing at all in the intestines below the pylorus until the cxecum was reached, which was again full, and the intestines below were either almost free from feeces or else contained only the pin-head variety. The food in the stomach was wholly undigested. As has been already pointed out, a small percentage of a soluble uranium salt is sufficient to completely stop gastric and pancreatic digestion. This being the case it is quite probable that the emaciation, ete., so noticeable in uranium poison- ing, is the direct result of the action of the salt on the digestive fune- tions, Nothing being digested there would be no matter for absorp- tion, and hence no sugar-forming material for the liver. All the carbohydrate matter stored up would in a little time be completely consumed and as the portal blood could bring no new nutritive mat- ter, the liver would naturally diminish in size and the animal become emaciated and eventually die from that cause alone, even if the uran- ium gave no other direct cause of death. In this connection we also need to recall the general increased metabolism of both nitrogenous and non-nitrogenous matter, under the influence of uranium. The uranium salt may also act specifically on the liver cells, affect- ing their metabolic power, preventing any storage of carbohydrate matter or more probably causing a degeneration of the cells, by which they may be led to give up to the blood in abnormal abund- ance all the carbohydrate matter previously stored up. This possible * Post-mortem formation of sugar in the liver. Studies from Laboratory of Physio- logical Chemistry, Yale University, vol, 1, “Pag by py he si es G ‘ Physiological Action of Uranium Salts. 15 specific action of the poison on the liver cells would in a measure ex- plain the temporary glycosuria, which appears and then disappears so frequently in uranium poisoning. Further, by a combination of this specific action with the non-absorption of nutritive matter through retarded digestion, it would be easy to explain the alternate appear- ance, disappearance and re-appearance, of sugar in the urine in these cases. Where the symptoms run their course with a fair degree of rapidity, as in continued dosing with uranium, sugar appears in the urine for a few days and then disappears, although the amount of uranium administered may be steadily increased. In fact, the -in- creased dose of uranium is doubtless the cause of the further non- appearance of the sugar, since the stored up carbohydrate material having been wholly used up, and at the same time digestion and ab- sorption being prevented, there is no more carbohydrate-producing material available, either directly or indirectly. On the other hand, if, after the sugar at first present has disappéared from the urine, there comes an interval of a day or so when uranium is not adminis- tered and digestion again starts up, then the specific action may again come into play and a temporary glycosuria again result. This condition was noticed in experiment No. IL. In some of the experiments, there seems to have been a visible change in the hepatic cells, as in the experiment next to be described, where under the microscope the cell bodies appeared as if collected into small granules or even broken down. Again, in some experi- ments, as in No. V, there was a noticeable pulpy degeneration of the liver cells. Experiment VILL. In this experiment, the uranium salt was introduced by hypodermic injection. 0°23 gram of uranyl nitrate in a little water was injected beneath the skin of the leg of a good-sized rabbit, on June 20th at 4.0 p.M. Two days after he showed marked weakness, although his appetite remained good. On the following day he appeared quite dormant and could be roused only with difficulty ; power of motion seemed to be nearly gone. He died the next day at noon. On June 21st, the day following the administration of the uranium, 60 c.c. of alkaline urine were passed containing 0°234 gram of albumin and 0°660 gram of sugar. After this, there was complete suppression of urine till death. Post-mortem.—Heart had stopped in diastole; lungs normal. The liver was mottled and congested slightly in areas. Under the micro- 16 Chittenden and Lambert—Experiments on the scope, sections showed the cell bodies strongly granulated, with their outlines mostly clear, but in places broken down. There was also an infiltration of pus cells around the blood vessels. The kidneys were normal in size and appearance, with non-adherent capsules. Under the microscope, however, all the conditions charac- teristic of acute parenchymatous nephritis were to be seen. The — epithelial cells of the malpighian tufts were proliferated, so much so as to compress the vessels. Both convoluted and straight tubules had their cells swollen, granular and broken down. ‘The stroma was normal, Some adipose tissue in the pelvis of the kidney was infil- trated with pus cells. There was also considerable detritus between the papille. The bladder was empty and contracted. In the abdom- inal cavity there was about 30 c.c. of a coaguiable, clear fluid. The stomach was full of food, the intestines empty. Neo feces in colon and rectum. No signs of congestion in the alimentary tract, except in the rectum, where there were red blotches which proved to be the beginning of inflammation and infiltration of pus cells. The animal appeared to have died from suppression of urine. Experiment IX. In this experiment, one large dose of uranium (1:0 gram of the nitrate) was given by mouth on June 27th, at 4.30P.m. On July 5th. the animal was still alive, but weak and emaciated. There were no symptoms other than those already described. Owing to lack of time we were not able to continue the experiment, but wishing to see any changes which might have occurred in the organs the animal was chloroformed and a post mortem made, On June 28th, the urine passed contained some albumin, but no sugar; on July 1st, considera- ble albumin, but still no sugar. The liver was found to be small but not congested. The cell sub- stance, as seen under the microscope, was collected into small gran- ules. Nuclei and nucleoli were quite distinct. Kidneys had non- adherent capsules, but they were congested and the cortex looked striated. Under the microscope, the epithelial cells of the glomeruli were seen to be swollen and proliferated. In the convoluted tubes, the cells were slightly swollen and granular and occasionally broken down, ‘The straight tubes were also broken down in places and con- tained cast matter. The stroma was normal, Stomach was filled with food, while the intestines were entirely empty. Peyer’s patches were swollen and infiltrated with pus cells. The emeum was par- tially filled with matter and the end of it looked honey-combed. It oe Physiological Action of Uranium Salts. 17 proved to be slightly inflamed, and with cells infiltrated into it more or less. Colon and rectum were empty. From these results, collectively, it is to be seen that uranium is an irritant poison and, like other metallic irritants, produces gastro-intes- tinal irritation of more or less intensity, as shown by the acute diar- rhea and other symptoms met with in this form of poisoning. In the majority of cases, the action of the uranium salt on the intestines results in a simple enteritis, but this is liable to pass eventually into acute catarrhal inflammation. As ordinarily administered, it is not in any sense a rapid poison; the ingestion of a fatal dose of a uranium salt is not followed by any noticeable effects for some time. The action of a small amount (150 milligrams) is apparently as rapid and pronounced as that of large quantities (1 gram). The first noticeable symptom in rabbits is gen- eral weakness, lack of motor power, loss of codrdination and occa- sional temporary paralysis of the locomotor muscles. Introduced into the stomach in sufficient amounts, it checks digestion and even stops it altogether. On the other hand, it appears to increase some- what proteid metabolism and also to increase the elimination of car- bonie acid and raise the body temperature. Hence, it is to be consid- ered as having a direct action on nutrition, the disturbance of which is also plainly indicated by the rapid emaciation which follows the administration of uranium, Its most marked lesions are its destructive action on the kidneys, and its destruction of the kidney tissue itself. It causes here an acute parenchymatous nephritis of the same kind as found in arsenic, mer- eury, and phosphorus poisoning. Further, the quantity of albumin found in the .urine shows plainly how greatly the blood vessels are involved in the inflammation. The albuminuria produced is severe and constant, and when the uranium is given in a single large dose, as in ex- periment No. LX, or in a small dose by hypodermic injection, as in ex- periment No. VIII, then albumin may appear in the urine within 24 hours. The uranium must have some specifically destructive action on the kidney epithelium cells, causing them to swell and break down. At first, with small doses of uranium, the urine is decidedly increased in volume, but later on, when toxic action is more pronounced, there may be a partial or even complete suppression of the urine. This latter condition is naturally more quickly produced by large doses of ura- nium. In several cases, suppression of urine would seem to have been the cause of death. The urine, too, in a short time after the admin- TRANS. Conn. AcaD., Vou. VIII. 3 Noy., 1888. 18 Chittenden and Lambert— Experiments on Uranium. istration of uranium contains more or less sugar; as a rule the sugar does not make its appearance until after the albumin. Salkowski has shown that mercury will also cause diabetes in rabbits, but it is questionable whether it is as constant a symptom as in uranium pois- oning. It is also stated that in phosphorus poisoning the urine some- times contains sugar.* In the hypodermic injection of uranium, ex- periment No. VIII, sugar appeared in the rabbit’s urine within 24 hours. The production of glycosuria is a very characteristic symptom in uranium poisoning. The urine also contains invariably a large amount of crystallized caicium oxalate, which would also point to de- cided malnutrition and help explain the marked emaciation so com- monly seen. In those cases where the poisoning becomes in a measure chronic, the nervous symptoms sometimes predominate, as shown in loss of sight and power of coédrdination. * 1, C0. Wood. Therapeutics, p. 110. BE.—Enxastin anp tHE Exasrosr Bopies. By R. H. Carrrenpen AND Horace 8. Harr, B.A., Pu.B. Exast1n, the basis of the so-called elastic tissue, has generally been considered one of the most indigestible of the albuminoid substances, In fact, the older writers looked on it as almost insoluble in the digestive juices. Recently, however, the experiments of Etzinger,* Horbaczewski,t and Morochowetz,{ have shown that both the igamen- tum nuchee of the ox when finely divided, and purified elastin when powdered, are fairly soluble both in pepsin-bydrochloric acid and in natural gastric juice, as Horbaczewski’s observations on a man with stomach fistula have fully indicated. It has been our object, therefore, to study somewhat in detail the primary cleavage products of elastin, so far as they may be formed> making use of the methods§ which have yielded such fruitful results with many of the proteid bodies. Preparation of Elastin. As usually described, elastin is a body free from sulphur, insoluble in water even after several days boiling, likewise in cold dilute alkali, acetic acid, dilute hydrochloric acid, alcohol, and ether. Naturally, therefore, the method of preparing such an insoluble body has con- sisted in removing from a tissue rich in elastin, all extraneous sub- stances by successive treatment with the above-mentioned reagents. In fact, so vigorous is the method of treatment, as usually described, that it appears almost questionable whether a body belonging to a group noted for ease of decomposition might not suffer some change in such a long process of preparation. We have employed two methods, the first one of which is practi- cally identical with that followed by Horbaczewski. The neck bands of a number of recently killed oxen were thoroughly freed from all adhering fat and muscle and then chopped quite fine; they weighed * Zeitschrift fiir Biologie, Band x, p. 84. + Ueber das Verhalten des elastins bei der Pepsinverdaunng, Zeitschrift fur physiol- ogische chemie, Band vi, p. 330. + Verdauungsgesetze, Abstract in Jahresbericht fiir Thierchemie, 1886, p. 271. § Kihne and Chittenden, Zeitschrift fiir Biologie, Band xx, xxii; also Studies from Laboratory of Physiological Chem. Yale University, vol. ii. 20 Chittenden and Hart—Elastin and the Hlastose Bodies. 2400 grams. The mass was boiled for four days in water frequently changed, after which it was soaked for 45 hours in 8 litres of 1 per cent. potassium hydroxide, and then boiled with the solution for 4 hours. The tissue was freed from alkali by thorough washing with water, and was then boiled with water, frequently changed, for 16 hours. The potassium hydroxide solution on neutralization, gave a heavy precipitate slightly soluble in excess of 0:4 per cent. hydro- chlorie acid, easily soluble in strong acid. The addition of acid in excess caused a strong odor of hydrogen sulphide to be given off. After boiling the tissue a second time with water, it was placed in 8 litres of 10 per cent. acetic acid and warmed for an hour and a half, after which it was allowed to stand in the cold for 16 hours. It was then boiled for 4 hours in the same acetic acid solution, and after- wards washed thoroughly with water. The tissue was then placed in 10 litres of 5 per cent. hydrochloric acid and allowed to soak for some time in the cold, after which it was washed in running water and macerated in water, frequently changed, for 24 hours to take out all traces of the acid. After this treatment, the tissue was boiled with successive portions of water for about 45 hours, when it was placed in a large volume of 95 per cent. alcohol and allowed to re- main for several days. It was afterwards boiled in alcohol for about 15 hours and then placed in an excess of ether, after which it was ex- tracted with warm ether for two days. ANALYSIS OF ELASTIN A. Sub- | N found. restas 4) dled ‘ : _ | stance He i HH CO» C Pres- Ash Ash No. | used ound. ¢g |found.| g¢ T. | : | found. | “) : 4 é 3. C. | sure. . | gram, | 8*8"- "gram. oer 1 ee gram. | ” mm. [| 0-4250 | 0-2745 IT | 0°3898 0°2218 TET WHOCRL | DE eT yk Le Le ae 7°23 0°6697 | 53°7 Spot 9 ee oes (aeeae |r ae | 72:7 86 | 771° | 16°47} .... Joe [V | 0°4440), ---. )----| ---+ | ---- | 50°8 | 9°0 | 771-2 | 16-50) - oie V | 05125). sore ates 69-4 | 9-4 767°1 | 1660.) "caee oem VI | 0°2971 | leh bg 00027 0-9 Percentage composition of ash-free substance : Average. ( 4°26 4°22 a . ides 5424 H 724 7°30 ee - 7°27 N 16°74 16°76 16°62 16°70 oO . wae ase 21:79 100°00 ee ee i -7 oe Chittenden and Hart—Elastin and the Elastose Bodies. 2) The tissue on being freed from water was hard, tough, and difficult to powder. It was finally ground to a coarse powder and then re- extracted with warm ether, until the ether on evaporation left no appreciable residue. This took some time, for, as previously pointed out by Horbaczewski, there apparently remains in the tissue a small amount of fat-like matter, which dissolves very slowly in ether and which can be completely extracted only by first grinding the purified tissue as fine as possible. The elastin prepared in this manner we have termed for convenience Hlastin A. A portion of the preparation dried at 110° C. gave on analysis the results contained in the accompanying table. The methods of analysis were the same as those previously described in former articles on the proteoses.* By fusion with potassium hydroxide and potassium nitrate, according to the method recommended by Ham- marsten,t no sulphur could be found. Elastic tissue, however, unquestionably contains sulphur, but whether it exists there as a constituent part of the elastin molecule, or loosely united as in kera- tin, or as a constituent of some adhering proteid or other substance, it is difficult to say. Certainly, the boiling of elastic tissue with 1 per cent. potassium hydroxide for several hours might reasonably be expected to remove a part at least of any sulphur which might be present, and if by this process sulphur is removed from the tissue might it not as probably come from the elastin, as from any other proteid substance? Treatment with acid, of the alkaline solution obtained in the preparation of A, plainly showed the presence of hydrogen sulphide and we therefore decided in the preparation of the second portion of elastin to omit the treatment with alkali. Accord- ingly, 1700 grams of carefully cleaned neck bands from oxen were treated in the same manner as in A, except that the alkali was omitted, and in its place, treatment of the tissue with both acetic and hydrochloric acid was repeated twice. In subjecting elastin to the action of 5 per cent. hydrochloric acid care must be taken, before boiling the washed tissue with water, to see that every trace of acid is removed, otherwise the faintly acid water formed will at 100° C. give rise to a partial decomposition of the elastin. After thorough extraction of the powdered elastin with ether, a portion dried at 110° C. gave by analysis the results shown in the following table, Hlastin B. > * See Zeitschrift fiir Biologie, Band xx, p. 11, and Amer. Chem. Jour., vol. vi, p. 3. + Zeitschrift fir physiologische Chemie, Band ix, p. 298. 22 Chittenden and Hart—Elastin and the E'lastose Bodies. ANALYSIS OF ELASTIN B. t ate Sub- HO CO. N found. BaSO4 after stance H ; C Pres-| N | fusion with | S No. | used. | fund. | g | fond) g 1... |T. | sure,| * [KOH+KNO,| 9 | gram. | © : Revd C mm. gram. T| 0-5838 | 0-874 | 7-18] 1-1581/58-90 ____|____| --.- | Wn am i TI | 0-4874 | 0-2851 |'7:24) 0°8653/58-94)____|_--.] ----| ---- state aL TIT | 0°3886 | ..-. |----| -2-- | ----|54°1)11-0/754-8/16-91 tm a TV | 0-4821 | .... |.-.-| --.. | ---.|66°8]11-7}760-4|16-69] ---- a VP NERODB My ete con) Pe Wee deter ee | oo: ...-| 0°0170 {0°25 VEIOUROL I ee Ven el eee bee el oa cleeen|.cccs| se-- | UCU cane WAL O ARO eR ce Uae mea) Cam eee ee Wet 2 Sec Me “ae _.--0°0015 |0-3 VTL VO eAGG8 | | ies Ae eee AS iteaa eaten Pe ee a _. 10-0013 | 0°28 Percentage composition of ash-free substance : Average Cc 664060«=— 54-10 uaa Hee. jibe 1. eae Boi eb 7°26 te) sant Pea? caus 7:20 N a eee BO oo EY aa se ee Ss 2% ec ae = aie 0°34 0:29 0°30 O Seba RANE: Pex 28 Chittenden and Hart—Elastin and the Elastose Bodies. compared. Deuteroelastose was readily soluble both in cold and hot water, and on heating a cold saturated solution only a slight turbidity was seen which, as in the proto reaction, disappeared when the solu- tion cooled. This turbidity was no doubt due to the presence of a — small amount of protoelastose, for later on we obtained a purer deu- tero body having nearly all of the reactions of the present preparation in which, however, the heat reaction was absent. . ANALYSIS OF DEUTEROELASTOSE. A 1. Sub- N found. Wo stance f hale are c | t Pres- N Fae Ash used. gram % gram x |e, ¢. | og sure | gram. % gram. | inn | Tj 0-5164] ___. |_... | 0-9894] 52-24] ....| _...| _... | .. | ITI} 0-4003 | 0°2499 | 6-93 | 0-7'708 | 52°51 | ----; ---- --.- | ---- ~= 5 ieee ITT) 0°4648 | 0-2924 | 6°98 | 0°8885 | 52°12 | -... | ---. | ---. | ---- zane IV| 0:4278 | 0°2'704 | '7-02 | 0°8149 | 51°94) ..-. |... | -.-. | {-22 |) ee V| 03624) _...-|2..] ---- | -.-- | 49°8| 13°8) 759-8 |.16-43 | ee VI\ 0-4818 | -... | =--.| ---- | --.~. | 65°8 | 18°9 | 759°3 | 16°30))) oe WRU OOUU Tora eek ee) | ae Voges --s-| .i.> |-2...) 05000 Wesel Pa yee cs _... | Lace | 2...) 0-000 Percentage composition of ash-free substance. Average. C 53°30 53°57 53°19 52°99 WAL): irs 53°26 H Ft 7:07 7:13 7:13 ee aoe 7°12 N ae cs on 16°76 16°64 16°70 O he os 2 By By wes oe Bees 22°92 100°00 The deutero body, likewise, gave no precipitate whatever with the concentrated mineral acids, nor with acetic acid and potassium ferrocyanide. Alcohol gave no precipitate and salt-saturated 30 per cent. acetic acid, when added to an aqueous solution of the substance, also gave no precipitate. Ferric chloride gave a slight turbidity, but no precipitate. With the other reactions of protoclastose, the deutero body showed close agreement. Pure deuteroelastose, formed later on by the action of pepsin-hydrochlorie acid, gave no precipitate whatever with concen- trated potassium hydroxide. This reaction, which is quite character- istic of protoelastose, was fairly distinct in the deutero body first described, which fact, coupled with the turbidity produced by heat, may be considered good evidence that the deuteroelastose was not perfectly pure, Chittenden and Hart—Elastin and the Elastose Bodies, 99 Digestion of elastin by pepsin-hydrochloric acid. An artificial gastrie juice, free from both albumose and peptone, was prepared as follows; the cardiac portions from the mucous mem- branes of ten pigs’ stomachs (820 grams) were placed in three litres of 04 per cent. hydrochloric acid and warmed at 40° C. for two weeks. The clear fluid filtered from the small residue of nuclein, an- tialbumid, ete., was then saturated with ammonium sulphate to pre- cipitate the pepsin. This was filtered off, washed with saturated ammonium sulphate solution to remove any adherent peptone, dis- solved in two litres of 0-2 per cent. hydrochloric acid and dialyzed until the sulphate was entirely removed. The resultant solution was mixed with an equal volume of 0-4 per cent. hydrochloric acid, making a pure and active pepsin-acid mixture. In the first digestion of elastin, 150 grams of powdered elastin A, 1500 ¢.c. of the pepsin-acid mixture, and an equal volume of 0°4 per cent. hydrochloric acid, were warmed at 40° C. for 75 hours. At the end of this time the elastin was almost entirely dissolved. The acid fluid was filtered from the small residue remaining, and neutralized with potassium hydroxide, without giving any neutralization precipi- tate. The reactions of the fluid showed plainly the presence of elas- toses similar to those formed by the action of acid. Saturation of the fluid with ammonium sulphate gave a heavy gummy precipitate, in the filtrate from which, nothing having the reactions of peptone could be discovered. Protoelastose. The ammonium sulphate precipitate was dissolved in water and the neutral fluid saturated with sodium chloride, by which a heavy gummy precipitate was formed, having all of the reactions described as char- acteristic of protoelastose. The product was purified by several re- precipitations with salt, then dialyzed and the solution evaporated to dryness on a water-bath, the residue powdered and dried at 110° C. until of constant weight. The composition of the substance (protoelastose A 2) is shown in the accompanying table. In reactions, the product agrees exactly with the protoelastose already described, being precipitated by the concentrated mineral acids, by acetic acid and potassium ferrocyanide, by 30 per cent. acetic acid and sodium chloride, by strong potassium and sodium hydroxide as well as by sodium carbonate. Its aqueous solution, likewise, shows the peculiar action towards heat, already described ; 30 Chittenden and Hart—Elastin and the Elastose Bodies. becoming turbid when heated, clear again as the solution cools. The product also gives the other reactions common to both proto- and deuteroelastose. ANALYSIS OF PROTOELASTOSE. A 2. Sub N found. | iat H.0 CO 8. No aaa found. Hf found. y T Pres- | | found. SP som gram fe gram. CC Nong deen gram. | butte mm. T| 0:4607 | 0-2880 | 6-94 | 0-9103 | 53°88 | _...|_...| ..-. | ---. | -«.. | ouee If} 0°4952 | 0°3079 | 6-90 | 0°9763 | 58:76 |... ----| -2-: |=: | =e Tid| 0°6546 | --.. | ----}) ---. | --.- |-76°2-| 18°9 | 759-4.) 16°41) 7a EY} 03100 lwo = 2) 222 | won- |v--e- | 40°38 | 21°0 | '754°8)|. 17-06) See W| OAB0Rt poo a cw We oeeiy] See Sess | 25-5) = 222" VI! 0:5308, __-- sy roe | Be et) ae be 1:37 em | Percentage composition of ash-free substance. Average. C 54:58 54°46 fan — 54°52 H 7°03 6:99 ae a3 701 N Bote Jey 16°64 17°29 16°96 O amass sunt ue cae 21°51 100-00 This body, which we prefer to call protoelastose, is apparently iden- tical in composition and reactions with the heméelastin previously de- scribed by Horbaezewski,* and separated by him from a pepsin-acid digestion of elastin, by a method somewhat similar to the one em- ployed by us. At first glance, it would appear from Horbaczewski’s method of separation, that his hemielastin would consist of a mixture of proto- and deuteroelastose, instead of being identical with the proto body. jut the fact that he strongly acidified his digestive mixture with acetic acid, prior to saturating it with salt, explains the matter. Deuteroelastose, which is precipitable from a salt-saturated solution by a little acetic acid, is more or less soluble when excess of the acid is added, and hence by acidifying the mixture sufficiently, the deutero might remain dissolved while the proto would be precipitated by salt from an acid solution, equally as well as from a neutral fluid, * Ueber das Verhalten des Klastins bei der Pepsinverdauung. Zeitschrift ftir physiologische Chemie, Band vi, p, 330, Chittenden and Hart—Elastin and the Hlastose Bodies. 31 Deuteroelastose. In the salt-saturated filtrates from protoelastose, deutero was sepa- rated as a gummy, sticky precipitate by addition of a little 30 per cent. salt-saturated acetic acid. It was purified by reprecipitation and dialysis, and the final neutral solution was evaporated to dryness ‘and the residue dried at 110° C. until of constant weight. The amount was small and only the nitrogen was determined, 16°88 per cent. In reactions, the body closely resembled the deutero already de- scribed ; its aqueous solution giving no precipitate or turbidity what- ever on the application of heat, no precipitate with alcohol, or with strong potassium hydroxide solution. It was likewise not precipi- tated by acetic acid and potassium ferrocyanide, by the concentrated or dilute mineral acids, nor by 30 per cent. acetic acid. In reactions, the body resembles the elastin peptone of Horbaczewski, like it being soluble in cold and warm water and dilute alcohol, and giving the same precipitations with phosphotungstic acid, picric acid, tannic acid, and with potassium mercuric iodide. It also gives the biuret and xanthoprotein reaction. It diffuses slowly. With our present knowledge regarding peptones and proteoses, this body can hardly be considered as belonging to the former class, since it is precipitable both by ammonium sulphate, and by acetic acid when added to a salt-saturated solution; reactions not common to true peptones. A second digestion of elastin A was made with the same quantities of pepsin-hydrochloric acid, and the same amount of powdered elastin, as in the first digestion. The products formed were separated in the same manner as the preceding, the elastoses being first precipitated collectively by saturation of the digestive fluid with ammonium sul- phate. On boiling the filtrate from this ammonium sulphate precipitate, a second gummy mass separated. This was collected on a cloth filter and washed with saturated ammonium sulphate solution. In the fil- trate from this precipitate, no peptone could be detected. This second ammonium sulphate precipitate was purified by dialysis, ete., and the final solution evaporated to dryness and the substance dried at 110° C. Its composition is shown in the accompanying table, from which it is seen to be nearly identical with that of protoelastose. The reactions, however, indicate that it is a mixture of the two elas- toses. Thus, while the concentrated mineral acids and potassium hydroxide give no precipitate, acetic acid and potassium ferrocyanide 32 Chittenden and Hart—Elastin and the Hlastose Bodies. produce a noticeable turbidity, as does also alcohol, and acetic acid and sodiuni chloride. Moreover, the aqueous solution becomes some- what clouded on heating, clearing up again as the solution cools. Hence, the reactions would indicate a preponderance of deuteroelas- tose, while the composition points to an excess of the proto body. ANALYSIS OF THE SECOND AMMONIUM SULPHATE PRECIPITATE. Sub- N found. Sraiae| H.O COs , Ash No| «| found.| | | found.| ¥ Pres-| N | found, | Ash | used. ram ram % c.c.| I. sure % ram gram, | 8'3N Tat °C..1 mm clea | 0°4783 | 0°3115 | 7-28 | 0°9404 | 53°61 | -__ | --- | ---- | ---- | ----- 58 IL 0°3781 | 0°2483 | 7-14 | 0°7405 5°40) ec dnp. | cee ee Le III| 0°4100| -.--- Beet) eee --- | 57-7 | 14°2 | 758:0 | 16°76 | Seem cae TV| 0°3963 | ----- SEN eee ...- | 57°6| 22°6 | '753°9"| 16°72) eee ae V| 0°4756 | ...-- eres Pet a ee VI} 0°5016 | -.... EAA tee st te | en | eee | ee. ] ee Percentage composition of ash-free substance. Average. C 54°14 53°93 ee SOE 54°03 H 7°30 7°22 ase eee 7°26 N yes 16°92 16°89 16°90 O 2 22°81 100°00 We must conclude, then, that this second gummy precipitate is sim- ply a residue of the mixed elastoses not at first precipitated, perhaps from a lack of complete saturation with ammonium sulphate. Past experience, however, has shown that deuteroproteose is not as quickly or completely precipitated with ammonium sulphate as the other proteoses, From the first ammonium sulphate precipitate, a large amount of protoelastose (A 38) was separated, having all of the reactions charac- teristic of this body, and the composition, when dried at 110° C., shown in the accompanying table. A larger amount of deuteroelastose was separated from this diges- tion than in the preceding one, and after purification by the use of methods already described, a portion was dried at 110° C, for analy- Like the deuteroelastose formed by dilute hydrochloric acid, it contains a sis. Its composition is shown in the accompanying table, lower percentage of carbon than elastin or the proto body, while its content of nitrogen is higher than that of elastin. Its reactions were the same as the deutero previously obtained, Chittenden and Hart—Elastin and the Hlastose Bodies. 33 Deuteroelastose appears to be the same as the elastin peptone of Horbaezewski, as already mentioned; and the composition of the present product resembles it, in that it contains a similar percentage of carbon, but is unlike it in containing one per cent. more nitrogen, ANALYSIS OF PROTOELASTOSE. _| 981-9 OSO-E =| = STEEL. ee 9801 Se0L ” 009¢9 66 * i | LOL-L 880-1 OTLT CP6-91 oPol 6c0T 009s9 | 86 S 88L'9 LG0-T OSL is a OPI &60L ” 0089 LG 5 6fE-9 680-1 T9T-T o&E-L1 OFT S60T ” 00099 96 = | 669-9 861-1 LL0-T CEL-9L 066 LOOT ” 00699 GG S | 161-9 TFL-T O9T-T 168-91 OLOL 860T ” 0089 a = x 6C6-P 991-1 8L6-T LOL-9T 0&6 8601 ” 00099 16 = = CLL &81-T 966-T G0E-LT 0901 9601 ” 00099 0G a = 0 000-¢ 8eL-T OL6-T PS8P-LI 0°6 LGOT proe 00F99 61 Pe s : | suUvIs SsuIRIs sureIs sureIs 2 'O sures pudy 2 > 4 S - | — ane pc | eee ce oes 3 Ss x een: a “ould snaoyd sinyd rye) “OUINTOA ug dg mOtOR “4 SIOM ove 8 eaters | “O40 “Oud “1g “O1UIN T8107, 2 as | Apog a g | el z a ‘NVHLAYQ LAOHLIA,—ANINQ TVWUON . CPT-L OST-T 68-1 OFE-08 POFT 6L0L 9 00FE9 ¥ r EL8-G 9GT-T OFF 661-06 9TIT SZ01 9 o09e9 |B — COP-L OLI-T TeP-T 069-12 008T TOE | 1 ' 00989 | @ > 8G¢.G £60-T 696-T L68-81 0&6 9C01 Fe ae 1% S 0 161-9 690-1 P61 | 098-L1 0001 920. | » 00089 0% S 6g LOL-L LL6-0 C93 = L6G-9T ostr | sor | » 00eze9 61 x 0g Tg8-h 166-0 991-1 | 889-21 ¢d*) i ') (|) Sr 00989 ST S 02 0ET-8 OST-T 61F-1 C8F-8T BIE Fal GcOl- a ay 00zEO LI = 198-9 060-1 BLE-T 089-81 BOERS 1 BOOT A gs 00GF9 91 S OLLb SL0-1 96-1 96881 | 988 ocor | » OOFF9 Cy 61g-G 9FT-T 908: T 8&6-9T POOL =} Ss TROL = ---- [ae > O1FL LLT-T 8ce-T =| sz TT¥-08 96FT I20r +3 ooo =| St SS see Sue ee) 901-81 OL6: SB0T ‘s 009F9 ra 3 118-9 8éI-T FOV-T =| | HOLT 086 =; = 8e01 » | O08F9 II a 0 BoE-G 920-1 FIST FOL-LI 086 SZ0T +3 o0ee9 Ol y ra 1¥3-9 L6T-T T0@-T =| Ss F88-9T 006 6Z01 ‘9 v0ee9 6 S 0% 890-2 SLP-T PST-T 89e-C1 coll Teor ‘9 00ze9 8 Ss ye SLG-G LEL-T SILT L8e-cr | —-Q08T 6IOL % otins : § Or SL0-L 610-1 SILT CCP-9T PPSI S101 00Fe9 9 BS g 627-8 PRI-T S9T-T T9T-91 S811 FOOT proe 009c9 c Ss sures sureIs sures surels sures 0" sueai3 sey sal . eA = ie cakes a © ete ol ae ot ee ene

se) S NS S > Ss g S ' ~s Ss S S & =) Yen) ‘plow oy) Cec 0 E8F-0 C6F-0 &8F-0 989-0 109-0 19¢-0 TP¢-0 60¢-0 667-0 PeG-0 G6F-0 wes ‘ByX pur ep TM °O%d enn nee EEUU EISEN RS C8I- 086-6 886-5 OOF-& 991-& P86-S 106-6 T¥6-& &F0-6 986-& 961-E F9G-E sures De eee ee eo ‘NIMAGIINY LOOHLIA\—"ANIUQ, TVNYON 9FT-S 616-6 LITY SIL-F 92-9 900-9 T8L-S SI1-9 LOV-S 0G8-S L&G.9 099-F sues ‘outoTyO “aWINIOA [BIOL ‘ry ‘dg aZR10aAVy ” Q099L F 99 —— 0089L & 7 00892 G 3 OO89L I Avy ” 0069L Og | 5 o00LL 6e + OOOLL 82 2 DELL 1% eee O0LL 9% | OOSLL ra | ploe OOOL! Fe | sues tudy | | : z WYFI8A ae uoloRey Spog Bq 5] | | 020-27 | e1¢-0 | 899-0 | 6268 | 20-4 626 8201 | oBtsoay 5 | G10-0F | S6F-0 FIG-0 L10-€ 6SL-P 086 = 8201 a 009¢L 91 ~ | OLLGh | 8F9-0 869-0 G0G-E CEC.F 016 | zor $s | 08S cy 3 (OIG BF | 8-0 | 68E-0 C9%-8 669-8 G16 | sor 3 | 008EL val s 080-8F | 86F-0 CEC.) 600-2 180-F 000L | 8@0T - | 008eL a > 098-TF | 09-0 CCG.0 1282 806-7 016 | 8e0T i 00FoL ral S C68-2F 09-0 19-0 IFS 198-8 068 | 9201 ” | OOFOL IT & 0 | PFL-68 | 2109-0 0gg-0 BL9-B 809-F 006 =| scot | ” 00892 Or S ere. g | 96e.0 88G-0 920-8 GLE-8 eyo. | | @20r | | aSvioAy S 7g o9e-4e | 2e¢-0 | 909-0 | 901-8 | 996-8 O18 ORT 2 00992 6 = CF | 891-28 | SF9-0 019-0 620-2 680-F 008 6201 Bs 00891 8 = 0g 090-8 CZ9.() CEG.0 6CE-% 600-¢ OGOT L@0F 93 00L9L L ; 3 0g 16&-8& | 8FS-0 966-0 SIS 889-8 08: | T80r ” 00992 9 S 0g 666-0F T0¢-0 666-0 882-8 910-8 008 Tg01 poe 00992 c Ss sures suid wes WBS SureIs SUBAS 78) 8) | sure Avy & | | | | = Taye 3] BR 7 @\d “ "41.010: a atin Sees oul Da taa ties 08 be eeue HSH) eer, "Ip ‘dg HN A! ie Isa ‘NIHAdIINY 4O GONAN TANT AHL YAAGNGQ bmn ee ee OF SULRLS "MdU} umddyuy jo yanomy 066-PF GLO-GP 06P-P IGL-€P FIL-SP 9L0-0P PS8-0F PO8-6 LOG-68 SPL IP POP-6P ¥69- 1h SuBIS 188-0 POS-0 PIS-0 Bolg) ‘| plow og LGS-0 06-0 669-0 “Oy pue eg qs “OF d 666.6 061-6 961-€ SiLP G88-6 9LS-S VE8-P COLE LLE-P C8E-F G08-7 GLE-F 1vé-F 8h0-F CrP P sues “0 Ord 1240, “OUOTY) 16 0&6 £96 OL6 066 O16 R601 6601 LGOT LEOT 8601 O&0L G68 “OUUINTOA [PIOL | TS01 o80T G&0T 6801 OSOT OS0T ts) ‘dg ss “HOLOBAY OO9FL OOBFL OOSPL OORFL OOFEL OO9FL OO8EL OO9EL OOFEL suwi3 "qq TION Spog “‘panudyuoj—NiIv¥AdILINY fO DONGO TANT GHL YAANs) asvieay 9% &% Ka €¢ ore aBRIDAY Fr? t EM emg om. 3; Antipyrin, and Antifebrin on Proteid Metabolism. 53 Since this work was finished we have seen an interesting paper by Dr. Kumagawa* on the action of certain antipyretics on proteid metabolism, in which is given the results of an experiment with antipyrin on the excretion of nitrogen and uric acid, in the case of a dog of 26 kilos. weight in a condition of nitrogenous equilibrium. In this experiment, Dr. Kumagawa found that even large doses of antipyrin (51 grams in 16 days) produced no change whatever in the excretion of nitrogen (determined by the Kjeldahl method), but that there was a very noticeable increase in the excretion of uric acid (determined by Salkowski’s method), amounting on an average to 65 per cent. above the normal excretion. These results stand in direct opposition to what we have found with somewhat smaller doses, in experimenting on the human organism. Whether the explanation of this difference is to be found in the different nature of the two organisms experimented with we cannot now say, but we hope at a later date to explain this apparently divergent action. IV. The influence of antifebrin;—from experiments made by H. C. Taylor, Ph.B. Antifebrin or acetanilide, which has recently come into use as an antipyretic, as a nervine and antiseptic, has been the subject of many clinical observations but has not as yet, so far as we know, been experimented with to ascertain its influence on proteid metabolism. We have endeavored, therefore, to ascertain the influence of this new antipyretic on the nutrition of the healthy human organism, believing that such results may possibly be of greater value than those ob- tained by experimenting on animals. At the same time it is to be borne in mind, that an antipyretic especially may produce an effect upon the healthy organism quite different from that which the same doses would produce on an organism rendered perhaps more sus- ceptible by disease, as in fever. The experiment was therefore con- ducted upon the person of a young man of 64 kilos. body weight, brought into a condition of nitrogenous equilibrium and maintained throughout the experiment upon a weighed diet of known composi- tion. For reasons already given, the excretion of nitrogenous matter was measured by determining in the 24 hours’ urine the amount of urea and uric acid, using the methods employed in one of the pre- ceding experiments. Sulphur, phosphorus and chlorine were also *Ueber die Wirkung einiger antipyretischer Mittel auf den Eiweissumsatz im Organismus. Virchow’s Archiv, Band exiii, p. 192. 54 R. H. Chittenden—The Influence of Urethan, Paraldehyde, determined each day by methods already indicated. After nitrogen- ous equilibrium had been established, and the urine analyzed for ten consecutive days, antifebrin was administered daily in divided doses, at a time not to interfere with digestion, for a period of nine days. The daily dose was graduaily increased until at last there was a slight approach to cyanosis. In all, 13°3 grams or 205 grains of the antipyretic were taken. No disagreeable symptoms were experienced, but there was a very noticeable lividity of countenance with a de- cided blueness of the lips, and a slight darkening of the skin near the cheek bones. The initial daily dose was 0-4 of a gram or a little over 6 grains, and was rapidly increased to 2°6 grams or 40 grains per day, given in three doses. There are, to be sure, many cases recorded where apparently smaller doses have led to serious results, but careful watching failed to show any symptoms whatever even suggestive of any disagreeable action on the digestive system, the circulation or respiration. Weinstein, indeed, has said that persons not suf- fering from fever may take antifebrin for weeks together without any effect on the circulation, while according to Herezel the long- continued administration of antifebrin, thirty to forty-five grains daily for six weeks, may lead to what he terms aniline anaemia with solution and decomposition of the haemoglobin of the blood. In fact, the latter observer considers that aniline is set free from the acetanilide and that the decomposition of the blood-coloring matter is due to this cause. Whether this is the cause of the cyanosis so often spoken of in connection with this drug is uncertain. In the second antifebrin period, 13°9 grams or 214 grains of the drug were taken in seven days, accompanied at the close with the same approach to cyanosis as before. Examination of the analytical results shows plainly that under the conditions of this experiment the excretion of urea is not very greatly affected, There is, however, in both antifebrin periods a slight increase, indicating increased proteid metabolism under the influence of the drug. This increased excretion of urea is more apparent in the individual results than in the average of the series. Thus, in the normal urine it is to be noticed that the daily excretion of urea never exceeded 34°5 grams, while in the first antifebrin period, on the days when the largest doses of acetanilide were taken, the excretion of urea amounted to 35-87 grams, and in the after period quickly fell to about 33 grams per day. The same peculiarity is also noticeable, to a less extent, in the second antifebrin period, > t ‘i | €90-F 8F6-0 FET | OFL-0 9EE-8E OLTT | LTOL | | aBRIOAY 2 | 8L0-F COIL FELT LLL-0 PEE-EE OSET 9101 » _ 000F9 | G = | 996-9 168-0 | OSE-T | F69-0 OLE-FE 06ST | SLOT » 000F9 | I S | | AV < | €L0-F GF8'0 686-T TrL-0 OFP-EE 088 6601 ” O0GP9 0& t LLE-7 | 698-0 666: 1 S6L-0 619-6& OCeT CIOL ” 00889 66 Be | 220-7 | 188-0 966-1 6LL-0 G0G- FE OSLT LTO * O00F9 8% 5 1G6-€ T¥0-1 066-1 &SL-0 860-66 O&0T 8TOL ” 0009 LG S 0G-§ 68-0 FG. I 6EL-0 LF6-£8 OFET FIOL ” 0009 9% s 609-& LEG LOG T 801-0 987-SE O0GT LLOL ” 000F9 ce ~ FOr-F | 498-0 PST-T 6FL-0 086-&E O86T 9T0L * 00GF9 ¥ = 0 196-6 996-0 Ose: I ae 186-66 06L CoOL poe 00GF9 &6 ‘S SUIvIs SuULeIs SuUIBIs WURIS SUIBIS D0 suareis Tudy pao = sce MN oN OY cera fered Pee > : a are a ‘eulo[yO, eed eon ‘inyding |'ploe og] ‘eearg ae wy ‘dg | ‘uonovey ae ‘oye ‘NIUAGALINY LOOHLIMA—ANTEQ TVWUON EF 0-1 CBLP 9-6 &F8-S 9-6 988-7 FG 06¢-0 GT SCL-P 61 &&¢-9 6-0 C16-F L-0 cog. F-0 SPL-P SuUBIS sureais _SNGAMLY — agnoryo R. H. Chittenden—Influence of Urethan, Paraldehyde, 86-0 GOTT 978-0 876-0 GLO-T 666-0 LOT-T O1S-0 016-0 666-0 sures ‘snaoydsoyg 56 B8-T | 789-0 | 08's -F8ET eee —— Soke) its 81ST | 969-0 | ITOLe | OLPT 666: 689-0 | 966-¢8 | O8@T 7OG-T | GLG-0 | BaT-e | O8eT ete. T 1990 | eee | oogt LP6-1 869-0 | SF8-63 —O6IT 086-1 09-0 | ¢90-ce | OLLT 960-1 | TI9-0 | 086-60 O6IT Si¢-1 GoL-0 | gct-re | Og9T 16-1 119-0 | 061-88 OOFT SuUIB.Ls Suv. sures 7903) amqdig | prow omg) worq gt | “o1eqg S101 i) ————_—— |—— STOT | on ooses wor |» 008€9 APO z 00889 LEO} : Q00FD BTOT 7 000F9 vIOr ” 0009 AHOF ” 000F9 S101 » | 000r9 CLOT proe 000F9 sue.i3 ij ‘dg -uonoway | , yy “Gorda d NIWAGdIINY LSaTy a- = oo F80-¢ 196-0 POF: FOL-0 68L:°S§ T§ST STOL 9SRIOAV 2 . Eicaihistall Seca ees ges So ee a eee ees ST OS es ae fain en = | | z RS h0-9 086-0 9LE-T Ch9-0 | LLe-8e 00ST 9101 ‘9 00989 02 $ SLES | 696-0 Sec | OF9-0 | geL-ee | OLLE | sTOr i oose9 6I = 406-2 | 8L8-0 9G@-T | ceL-0 | Fo6-ee | OOFL | 9TOT " 00FE9 81 ~ AS FSt-P §88-0 SPP: 1 ccL-0 LEP- SS OLET 9LOT ” O0FED as — | ie) = 088-¢ | 680-1 68F-1 81-0 | 66L-F8 SST S101 r» 00989 91 5 COP 660-1 Fle-L CTL-0 CPG 9E 09ST COL ” 0099 CT 5 | 666-7 696-0 olF: 1 0S9-0 969-§§ OOF 9TOL ” 009E9 FT SS 2 | COP-¢ 686-0 PLE- 1 COL-0 96¢-E§ 0081 SOL ” 008E9 §I = 0 | 7Ie-F | 898-0 LET 069-0 | ¢96-28 OTST LIOL | pre 00889 ra B = sures sueas stueis | sueiS | surei3 oa) sures SRW A S as = IT a 7 aT ie 2 || eee fe eh oon te Soe | Fi $ | 2 = 4 ~ pres en ‘eul10[yO | ‘snuoydsoyg | “anyding |‘proe omg) ‘eoig ee In ‘dg | ‘uonovey wie aye Zi bool ° ao) ai Z 4 ; i=] a ‘NINSRGGIINY YaLAV GOWaAd LSU R. H. Chittenden—Influence of Urethan, Paraldehyde, 58 ‘aLqay uy jo janowy 1SP-9 616-9 L16-S 81-8 ———_ - ———_ F09-9 OTg-2 [66-9 GOE-8 100-2 C66-¢ FIE-G F18-¢ SuUIR.Is ouL1oyy 668-0 ——— — | 918-0 S8L-0 LUO-1 968-0 F98-() 966-0 PL8-0 918-0 098-0 TP8-0 696-0 SULBLS ‘snaoydsoyg 09€-1 sure.s 669-0 — — | 189-0 669-0 969-0 T3L-0 969-0 C6S-(0) OLG-0 669-0 O9F-0 LEP-0 SUIBIS 166-88 088-66 T06-8€ G61: 8E 686-86 COL-PE 066-68 6LE-PE 896-85 688-65 GL9-SE LG0-PE surei3 sinyding |*proe og "Ro1Q OFGT | 0) | Se et ace rr |) 000T = BB01 %3 | 00989 OO8T FLO ” 009€9 i ee ee OPEL 8IOL } OTST STOT ” 00989 Océ GcOL ; OO8E9 OGPT STO , O008E9 OFET 8TOL OOSED OLET 6 LOL , OO8E9 OFEL 9TOL : O0O8E9 O861 LIOL prov OOSES ars) sureis “OmINjOA ARE ome : ‘WSO [e101 iy ‘dg | ‘uoyorey spog ‘doIwadd NIWAGdIINY GNOoUs RG | | SVIVAW | ‘a]8&qg —— es ey 2 rer ae FF ee Ye 6 Antipyrin, and Antifebrin on Proteid Metabolism. 5 —_ ~ We must conclude, therefore, that acetanilide tends to increase some- what the excretion of urea, but that with such doses as we have em- ployed the increase in proteid metabolism cannot be great. This is further indicated by the lack of any corresponding change in the excretion of sulphur. The excretion of phosphorus is also unaffected by antifebrin. On the excretion of uric acid, however, our results indicate a special inhibitory influence. This is quite apparent both in the averages of the different series and in the individual results, and, if correct, would appear to be the most marked characteristic of antifebrin, so far as its influence on proteid metabolism is concerned. Various observers have stated that antifebrin acts as a diuretic, others that it decreases the secretion of water, and while doubtless both results have been seen to follow its administration in diseased conditions of the system, our experiment on a healthy man gives no evidence of any action of this kind. Since the foregoing was written we have seen the results of Kumagawa’s* experiment with antifebrin on a dog, from’ which he concludes that acetanilide taken in small doses (2-3 grams per day) does not give rise to any appreciable increase in the decomposition of proteid matter, but that larger doses (4-5 grams per day) cause a very marked increase, as indicated by the increased excretion of nitrogen. Such doses are, however, as Kumagawa himself admits, too large, especially when given to a moderate sized dog, to have the results of any practical value. Lépine,t too, experimenting on a hungry dog, thought he found an increase in the excretion of nitrogen after giv- ing two doses of one and two grams of antifebrin. Further, Ademskif is quoted as considering that urea is increased, but the total quan- tity of nitrogen decreased by antifebrin. Bokai, that the amount of nitrogen is diminished and Berezooski that the urea decreases with the fall of temperature. Whether these latter views are founded on actual experiments or are mere conjecture I do not know. According to Jaffe and Hilbert,§ rabbits fed upon antifebrin excrete it mainly as paramidophenol-sulphuric acid, and Kumagawa has like- wise found, in the case of a dog, that neither acetanilide nor aniline appear in the urine, but that the antifebrin is excreted mainly as paramidophenol united to sulphuric acid. * Virchow’s Archiv. Band exiii, p. 171. + See Salkowski’s Bemerkung in Virchow’s Archiv, Band exiii, p. 394. + See Report on Antifebrin in the Therapeutic Gazette, vol. xii, p. 571, § Zeitschrift fiir physiologische chemie, xii, p. 307, EV.—TueE INFLUENCE OF SEVERAL NEW THERAPEUTIC AGENTS ON AMYLOLYTIC AND PROTEOLYTIC acTION. By R. H. CuHirren- DEN AND C. W. Srewart, Pa.B. In view of the pronounced action of a number of newly discovered therapeutic agents'on metabolism, we have deemed it of importance to widen our knowledge regarding their physiological action by attempting a study of their behavior towards the amylolytic and_ proteolytic ferments, with the hope of gaining some insight into their influence on normal digestion. The methods employed were similar to those used in previous ex- periments of this kind,* in which the action of varying percentages of the drug were determined quantitatively. Influence on amylolytic action. As amylolytic ferment, human mixed saliva was employed, filtered and carefully neutralized, and then diluted with distilled water in the proportion of 1 to 5. The experiments were made in series, in which one digestion of each series served as a control for comparison. The volume of each digestive mixture was 100 ¢. ¢., in which was present 1 gram of perfectly neutral potato starch previously boiled with a portion of the water, 10 c.c. of diluted neutral saliva and a given quantity of the substance to be experimented with. The mixtures were warmed at 40° C. for thirty minutes, after which further action of the ferment was stopped by heating the solution to boiling. The extent of amylolytic action was then ascertained, by determining in one-fourth of the solution the amount of reducing substances by Allihn’s gravimetric method.t For the sake of convenience, the total amount of reducing substance was calculated as dextrose, from which in turn was calculated the percentage of starch converted, Antipyrin, With this new antipyretic, several series of experiments with small percentages were made which show clearly that the substance is * Studies from the Laboratory of Physiological Chemistry, Yale University, vols, i and ii. + Zeitschrift fir analytische chemie, xxii, p. 448. oa, Oe Eas a ee ee 7 La ' Therapeutic Agents on Amylolytic and Proteolytic Action. 6) without any appreciable influence. When present in larger percent- ages, the drug was found to have a slight inhibitory influence on amylolytic action, as the following series of experiments show : Per cent, of Total amount of Starch Relative Antipyrin. reducing substances. converted, amylolytic action. 0 0°3446 gram. 31°01 per cent 100°0 05 0°3446 31:01 100°0 1:0 0°3424. 30°82 99°4 3-0 03278 29°50 95°1 5:0 0°3112 28°01 93°6 Coppola,* in studying the physiological action of antipyriv, found that three per cent. of the substance did not hinder the inversion of cane sugar by yeast, but did prevent alcoholic fermentation. Fur- ther, that the same percentage hindered slightly the action of malt diastase on starch, and had a decided inhibitory influence on the alkaline fermentation of urine. Antifebrin, Owing to the comparative insolubility of antifebrin or acetanilide in water, large percentages could not be employed. Such as were used, however, clearly show that this antipyretic has little influence on amylolytic action. Per cent. of Total amount of Stareh Relative Antifebrin. reducing substances. converted. amylolytic action. 0 0°3604 gram. 32°44 per cent. 100°0 0-10 0°3600 32°40 See 0°25 0°3638 32°70 100°8 0°50 073550 32°00 98°6 0 0°3382 30°44 100-0 2°0 0 3298 29°68 97°5 In this connection, it is interesting to notice that Kumagawa™* has found antifebrin to have a strong antiseptic action on the putrefac- tive processes of the intestinal canal, and Van Seer has observed that milk does not undergo fermentation if saturated with it, and also that it will prevent albumin becoming putrid.+ Urethan. With ethyl-urethan, two series of experiments were tried, with the following results : * Jahresbericht fiir Thierchemie. 1885, p. 98. + Virchow’s Archiv, Band exiii, p. 184. } See The Therapeutic Gazette, vol. xii, p. 566. 62 Chittenden and Stewart—Influence of several new Per cent. of Total amount of Starch Relative Urethan. reducing substances. converted. amylolytic action. 0 0°3382 gram. 30°44 per cent. 100°0 0°5 0°3550 31°95 104°6 0 0°3402 30°62 100°0 2°0 0°3446 31-01 101°3 3°0 0°3352 30°17 98°5 5:0 0°3268 29°40 96°0 Here, there is noticeable, with the smaller percentages, a slight stimulation of amylolytic action, but it is not sufficiently large to be very marked. Paraldehyde. This substance shows very strong inhibitory action, even 0°5 per cent. diminishing the amount of starch converted by 30 per cent. It must be remembered, however, that the aldehyde is only slightly soluble in water, and that it is more or less volatile. ‘The experiments were conducted in small flasks and the aldehyde kept more or less emul- sionized with the aqueous solution by shaking the mixtures, but ob- viously the percentages given can only approximately represent the amount actually taking part in the reaction. Following are the results of two series of experiments : Per cent. of Total amount of Starch Relative Paraldehyde, reducing substances. converted. amylolytic action. 0 0°3554 gram. 31°98 per cent. 100-0 0'1 0°3534 31°81 99° 0°2 073528 31°75 9933 0:5 0°2468 22°21 69°5 10 0°1066 9°59 30°0 0 03554 31°98 100-0 0°8 0°1392 12°52 39-1 0:0948 ; 8°53 26°6 1°b 00620 5°58 14°3 2°0 0°0446 4°01 12°5 Thallin Sulphate. This salt has a more marked influence on the amylolytic action of saliva than any of the preceding substances. Very small percentages have a noticeable stimulating action, while the presence of 0°2 per cent. of the salt almost entirely stops the action of the ferment. The results of the following two series show one or two small points of difference, but in the main they point to the same general action. Therapeutic Agents on Amylolytic and Proteolytic Action. 6: Thallin Seiphate. Sean ie sepetaces. eee Reiploiytie att! 0 0°3534 gram. 31°81 per cent. 100-0 0-025 0°3648 32°83 103-2 0-050 0°3810 34°36 108-0 0-100 0°3540 31°86 10071 0°200 0:0690 6°21 19°5 0°300 trace. 0 0°3652 32°86 100-0 07025 0-3798 34:18 104°0 0-050 0°3872 34°89 10671 0-080 0°3812 34°81 105°9 0-10 0°3148 28°33 86°2 Caffein and Thein. These two closely related alkaloids were found to have only a slight action on the amylolytic ferment, producing when present in considerable amount a slight diminution in the amount of starch con- verted. With two per cent. of the alkaloids, the following results were obtained : Per cent. of Total amount of Starch Relative alkaloid. reducing substances. converted. amylolytic action. 0 0°3620 gram. 32°57 per cent. 100°0 2-0 Caffein. 0°3342 30°08 92°4 0 0°3664 32:97 100-0 0-2 Thein. 0-3440 30:96 93°9 Influence on proteolytic action. The influence of the above therapeutic agents on the proteolytic action of pepsin-hydrochloric acid was determined, as in preceding work of this kind,* by ascertaining the amount of fibrin digested or dissolved in a given time, by a definite volume of standard, artificial gastric juice, in the presence of varying amounts of the substances to be tested. The gastric juice was made by dissolving 10 c. ¢. of a glycerin extract of pepsin in one litre of 0-2 per cent. hydrochloric acid. The volume of each digestive mixture was 50 ¢. ¢., composed of 25 c. c. of the above mentioned artificial gastric juice, and 25 ©. ¢. of 0-2 per cent. hydrochloric acid containing the desired amounts of the substances to be tested. The proteid material consisted of puri- fied fibrin, coarsely powdered and dried at 110° C. One gram of fibrin was used in each experiment. The digestive mixtures were warmed at 40° C. for a certain length of time, usnaly®. two hours, * Studies from the Laboratory of Physiological Chemistry of Yale University, vols. i and ii. 64 Chittenden and Stewart—Influence of several new after which further proteolytic action was stopped by heating the— mixtures to boiling. The undissolved residues were then collected on dried, weighed filters, washed thoroughly with boiling water, and } finally dried at 110° C. until of constant weight. The amount of fibrin dissolved is taken as a measure of proteolytic action. Following are the results obtained with the various substances — tested : Antipyrin. Per cent. of Undigested Fibrin Relative Antipyrin. residue. digested. proteolytic action. 0 0°507 gram. 49°3 per cent. 100°0 0°2 0°522 47°8 96°9 05 0°573 ORE 86°6 1-0 0°688 31-2 63°3 Longer time at 40° C. 0 0143 85°7 100°0 0°5 0°213 187 91°8 oO) ioe 0964. 3°6 4:2 50 1-008 0 0 Antifebrin. Per cent. of Undigested Fibrin Relative Antifebrin. residue. digested. proteolytic action 0 0-129 gram. 87°1 per cent. 1000 al 07145 85°5 981 0-2 0°166 83°4 95°8 0°5 0-212 788 90°5 Wet5} 0-371 62°9 72:2 Urethan. Per cent. of Undigested Fibrin Relative Urethan. residue. digested. proteolytic action. 0 0°148 gram. 85°2 per cent. 100°0 02 0:138 86:2 101°2 10 0-171 82°9 97-2 3°0 0°224 176 90°9 50 0°240 76-0 89°4 Paraldehyde. Per cent. of Undigested Fibrin Relative Paraldehyde. residue. digested. proteolytic action. 0 0263 gram, 73°7 per cent. 100°0 0°05 0219 781 105°9 0-10 0°246 154 102°3 0°30 0°255 74°5 LO1L1 1°00 0°264 73°6 99°9 2°00 0°269 ((554 99°2 Therapeutic Agents on Amylolytic and Proteolytic Action. 65 Thallin sulphate. Per cent. of Undigested Fibrin Relative Thallin sulphate. residue. digested. proteolytic action. 0 0-379 gram. 62-1 per cent. 100-0 0°05 0°243 19 121-9 0-10 0327 67:3 108°4 0°30 0°395 60°5 974. ° Thein and Caffein. Per cent. of Undigested Fibrin Relative alkaloid. residue. digested. proteolytic action. 0 0°L05 gram. 89°5 per cent. 100°0 1:0 Thein. 0-252 74:8 84:7 ASOyy 5° 0-179 8271 91°8 4-0 Caffein. 0°584 41°6 46°5 These results show that antipyrin has a decided inhibitory influ- ence on the action of the proteolytic ferment, and that when present to the extent of 3-0 per cent. it practically stops all digestive action. Antifebrin has also an inhibitory action, perhaps equal to that of anti- pyrin, but owing to its greater insolubility in acid fluids large per- centages of the substance could not be tested. Urethan has only a slight retarding action, even when present to the extent of 5 per cent. Paraldehvde and thallin sulphate both show a very decided stimu- - lating action when small fractions of one per cent. are present, the lat- ter, particularly, causing a much larger amount of fibrin to be di- gested than in the control experiment. Thein and caffein both show an inhibitory influence on the ferment, that of caffein being much greater than that of thein. On the proteolytic action of trypsin in an alkaline solution, two substances only were tested, antifebrin and paraldehyde. The ex- periments were conducted in the same manner as with pepsin-hydro- chloriec acid, except that a solution of trypsin in 0°3 per cent. sodium carbonate was employed in place of the pepsin-acid, and the mixture warmed for a longer time at 40° C. Following are the results ob- tained, showing a much more pronounced inhibitory action on this ferment than on pepsin, Per cent. of Undigested Fibrin Relative — substance. residue, digested, proteolytic action, 0 0°159 gram. 84°] per cent. 100-0 0°2 antifebrin. 0°368 63°2 75°] 10 0°741 25°9 30°8 0-2 paraldehyde. 0-368 63°2 75:1 2-0 0-959 4°] 49 Trans. Conn. Acav., Vou. VIII. 9 Nov., 1888, V.—Casxrosrs, Casein DysPEPTONE, AND CasEIN PEpTonE. By R. H. Carrrenpen. In a previous paper on “Casein and its Primary Cleavage Pro- ducts,”* the writer expressed the intention of continuing the study of the caseoses formed in pepsin digestion, and also of studying pure casein peptone and the so-called casein dyspeptone. In the fulfillment of this intention, experiments upon these subjects have been carried on in this laboratory during the past two years, with the aid of sev- eral co-workers, and the results are here presented collectively. I.—-Casein Dyspeptone ;—from experiments by L. A. Conner, Ph.B., and C. A. Tuttle, Ph.B. When casein is exposed to the action-of pepsin-hydrochloric¢ acid at 40° C., or even at ordinary temperatures, it is decomposed, as is well known, into soluble caseoses and peptone. In every such diges- tion, however, there always remains a certain amount of an insoluble pasty, grayish white substance, which apparently is not susceptible to the further action of gastric juice, no matter how long continued. This insoluble substance, which is noticeable to a greater or less extent in the pepsin digestion of all proteids, but particularly so with casein, and which received from Meissner the name of dyspeptone, was examined somewhat carefully by Lubavin in 1870,+ who deseribed some of its properties. He considered this casein dyspeptone as a mixture of two distinct bodies, separable from each other by the action of sodium carbonate. Substance A, that portion of the dys- peptone soluble in sodium carbonate, was described by Lubavin as a body containing 4°6 per cent. of phosphorus, 13°3 per cent. of nitro- gen, 48°5 per cent. of carbon and no sulphur, corresponding to the formula ©,,H,N,PO,. Substance 4, insoluble in sodium carbonate, was slowly soluble in sodium hydroxide, contained sulphur, but only a small trace of phosphorus and evidently contained more or less *Chittenden and Painter. Studies from Laboratory of Physiological Chemistry Yale University, vol. ii., p. 156. | Hoppe-Seyler. Med. Chem, Untersuchungen, p, 463. Chittenden— Caseoses, Casein Dyspeptone, and Casein Peptone. 67 admixture of fat. Judging from the description, substance 4 must have been an acid compound of the body studied, mixed with more or less undigested casein; while substance B was doubtless a mixture of fat and the body A. However this may be, our results show conclusively that no body having the formula ascribed by Lubavin to his substance A, can be separated trom the undigestible residue of casein in pepsin-hydrochloric acid. In all of the experiments to be described, the casein employed was freshly prepared from skim milk by precipitating the greatly diluted fluid with dilute acetic acid, washing thoroughly with water, redis- solving the precipitate in water containing a trace of ammonia and reprecipitating, repeating this operation three or four times. In subjecting casein to the action of artificial gastric juice the con- ditions were varied more or less in the individual experiments, so that if the so-called dyspeptone be a mixture of two or more sub- stances, the varying conditions under which the digestions were made might so change the nature of the mixture, that on analysis, it would become apparent. Digestion A. The casein from five gallons of milk was placed in four litres of 0-4 per cent. hydrochloric acid and warmed to 40°C. To this was added 200 ¢. c. of a dialyzed pepsin solution, prepared from a glyc- erin extract of the ferment, and the mixture kept at 40-45° C. for forty-eight hours. At the end of this time there was still a compara- tively large mass of gelatinous matter undissolved, composed in part, no doubt, of swollen casein. The entire mixture was then diluted con- siderably with water and treated with dilute alkali to near neutraliza- tion, leaving the fluid, however, distinetly acid. The undigested matter was then filtered off and washed thoroughly with water. This partial neutralization of the digestive mixture was found necessary, owing to the extreme slowness with which the acid fluid filtered. The undigested matter was again warmed at 40° C. for forty-eight hours, with four litres of a much more vigorous pepsin mixture con- taining 0°4 per cent. hydrochloric acid. The residue still undissolved was filtered off and washed with water. The acid filtrate gave no precipitate whatever on neutralization. A third time the undigested matter was warmed at 40° C. for sixty hours, with four litres of a still stronger artificial gastric juice. The quantity of insoluble matter did not appear to be diminished at all by this third treatment with pep- sin and acid. The substance was thereupon filtered from the acid 68 Chittenden— Caseoses, Casein Dyspeptone, and Casein Peptone. fluid, and washed with water until the washings gave no reaction for chlorides. It was then treated in the cold with one litre of one per cent. sodium carbonate, in which it appeared to dissolve completely. On filtration there appeared a small whitish residue, which on treat- ment with ether, dissolved in great part, thus showing its fatty nature. There remained, however, a very small residue of a heavy, brownish substance too small in quantity to be considered other than as an impurity. On adding dilute hydrochloric acid to the alkaline fluid, no precipitate was obtained until the fluid was made distinetly acid, when the dyspeptone was thrown down as a heavy flocculent precipitate. In the filtrate, the biuret and Millon’s test showed only a faint trace of an albuminous body. The precipitate of dyspeptone was washed with water until the washings gave no reaction with silver nitrate, after which it was dissolved in one per cent. sodium carbonate, the fluid made exactly neutral with dilute hydrochloric acid, thymolized, and then dialyzed in running water until all chlo- ride was removed from the fluid. The neutral fluid of dyspeptone so obtained, was concentrated to a thick syrup on the water-bath, and then while still warm, it was treated with 95 per cent. aleohol and a little absolute alcohol. A moderately heavy precipitate of dyspeptone resulted, but appar- ently not all of the substance was precipitated. On standing for forty-eight hours, the fluid was found in a thick, gelatinous condition. The coagulum was insoluble in 95 per cent. alcohol, but readily and completely soluble in water. It was therefore washed thoroughly with alcohol, allowed to stand under absolute alcohol for several days, then treated with cold ether, after which it was dried, pow- dered and placed in a fat extractor and extracted with boiling ether as long as any fatty matter was dissolved, a process which took sev- eral days. About nine grams of the pure, dry substance were obtained. A portion was then dried at 110° C. until of constant weight, for analysis. Its composition is shown in the accompanying table. The methods of analysis employed were the same as those previ- ously described. Phosphorus was determined by fusing the sub- stance in a silver crucible with potassium hydroxide and potassium nitrate, acidifying the mixture with nitric acid, evaporating to dry- ness, dissolving the residue in water acidified with nitric acid and precipitation of the phosphoric acid, first with molybdic solution, and lastly with magnesia mixture and final weighing of the phosphorus as magnesium pyrophosphate, wg Sere) Sn abtes att < _-noeeeeenaeeained inten 90.001 O8 G6 ] a) OTST 8T-& ST.T¢ “OOBIOAV &L-0 69-0 06-CT GEST Verh GL IG ‘DIUDISQNS aatf-YSV AY} JO WOLJISOMUWOD ABD]WAIMAT m Ay O "USV 10d suijonpep OR J TOGO-0 LEC0-0 4 “mea ' \8ONM+ HOM gtd Gomsny Ye “O*d IIT pes) ‘meds ‘USV | % ayy Woly LOR ea. iS % ‘USV Jod 6760-0 8960-0 “URLS ‘ONM + HOM (AN wOIsny Toyye "OSV OL-ST 190-0} ~~ F9-81 €8C0-0| ~~” Or} "O, OINSSaIg “L “panoy N TURLS “panos *00 aS H | “mes “panos O° Ix —«18SF-0 800F0 8608-0 6888-0 ——$——— -§ | — wRds “posn eouerysqng ‘ON, 70 Chittenden Caseoses, Casein Dyspeptone, and Casein Peptone. It is to be seen from the table of analytical results that the total phosphorus is exactly equal to the phosphorus of the ash. The ash, as examination showed, was composed almost entirely of calcium phosphate with a trace of iron, There was no calcium sulphate. Taking the percentage of phosphorus at the highest figure, viz: 2°67, and calculating it to calcium phosphate Ca,(Po,),, it would be equal to 13°3 per cent. of calcium phosphate, or within 0°3 per cent. of the ash found. Hence, it would appear that the phosphorus present in the substance probably existed there wholly as calcium phosphate. Digestion B. A quantity of pure casein, equal in amount to that used in digestion A, was warmed at 40° C. with seven litres of 0-4 per cent. hydro- chloric acid, to which a quantity of purified and vigorous pepsin sola- tion was added. After being kept at 40° C. for fifty hours, two litres more of 0:4 per cent. hydrochloric acid, together with some pepsin solution, were added and the mixture warmed at 40° C. for two days more, after which it was diluted with water and the undi- gested residue allowed to settle out. The supernatant fluid was syphoned off, the residue washed by decantation and then again treated at 40° C. with five litres of an active pepsin-hydrochloric acid solution for four days. The residue still undigested was filtered off, washed with water, dissolved in one per cent. sodium carbonate solu- tion and the alkaline fluid filtered from the small amount of undis- solved matter. From this fluid, the dyspeptone was precipitated by hydrochloric acid, the acid compound washed thoroughly with water, after which it was warmed at 40° C. for forty-eight hours with 1200 c. ¢. of 0°2 per cent. hydrochloric acid, and 50 ¢. ¢. of a strong pepsin solution. The undigested residue, after being thoroughly washed, was dissolved in 800 c. ¢. of one per cent. sodium carbonate, the solu- tion exactly neutralized with hydrochloric acid and dialyzed until chlorides were entirely removed. The clear aqueous solution was evaporated to a syrup and the dyspeptone precipitated with alcohol, after which it was treated exactly as preparation A. 95 grams of pure, dried substance were obtained. For analysis, the dyspeptone was dried at 110° C. until of constant weight. The analytical results are shown in the accompanying table. The ash which was larger than in the first preparation, contained no sulphate whatever, but was composed in great part of calcium phosphate. ‘IORIOA VW 0 61:6 9850-0 rr 70-0 | OBG 690-0 a _--- = -+<-- --=- % URS wm “ONN+HOM {VTA WOIsty Jorge +O" q BIT ‘Usy JOd —— Buyonpap, ay Jod ra =" = a ; a ad ae 0% Ta 00.001 OT G6 0 Th-0 T%.GT yar) 4O-TE P8P0-0 | =o=s w-- EL-0 69-0 8660-0 6660-0 bOuen ta} ‘ON +HOM UI woIsny 104JB "OSR 69-GT % 36-1 “meas *punoy 96-61 P8-6L 60-81 % ysy | WV | N OF: ST “TOU oINSSOLJ OF+2 ST-1¢ ‘DOUDISQUS Jat f-YSY 2YZ fO WOLPSOAWOD ABYIWAILAT ), AL — *punog Ny POE a ee HAm AO “mB. “panoy _ 00 aa meas *punoy O°H 9°09-0 POE9-0 S68F-0 008-0 POES-0 G68P-0 TrIG-0 CPIP-0 1668-0 SL6F-0 PI8s-0 OS6F-0 OO CE *posn aounysqug IIx ‘ON a i” 72 Chittenden— Caseoses, Casein Dyspeptone, and Casein Peptone. Digestions C and D. These digestions were conducted in much the same manner as the preceding. In C, the casein was first subjected to the action of four litres of vigorous, but purified, artificial gastric juice containing 0°4 per cent. acid, for four consecutive days. The undigested residue was then filtered off, washed, and again treated with a vigorous pep- sin-acid mixture for three days longer, in both cases at 40° C. The residue still undigested was washed thoroughly with water and then dissolved in one per cent. sodium carbonate, after which it was treated exactly as preparation A. In J, the casein was warmed for three days with six litres of a similar pepsin-acid mixture, when the undissolved residue, after being filtered and thoroughly washed, was dissolved in diluted sodium carbonate and reprecipitated by dilute hydrochloric acid. Then, as in B, the washed precipitate was redigested with a vigorous gastric juice for several days and the residue again dissolved, after thorough washing, in one per cent. sodium carbonate and treated exactly as the preceding preparation. For analysis, both products were freed entirely from fat, and _ulti- mately dried at 110° C., until of constant weight. Their composition is shown in the accompanying tables. Three other distinct preparations of dyspeptone were made in man- ner similar to the preceding, except that in all, larger quantities of pepsin-hydrochloric acid were employed and the mixtures warmed for a longer time at 40° C. Thus in digestion #, 1562 grams of moist casein were warmed with 9°5 litres of 0-4 per cent. hydrochlori¢ acid and pepsin for two days, and the undigested residue again treated at 40° C. with 3 litres of a like pepsin-acid for seven days, and finally treated a third time with pepsin and acid for four days, before solu- tion in sodium carbonate, ete. Likewise in digestion G, 2000 grams of moist casein were warmed at 40° C. with 11 litres of 0-4 per cent. acid and pepsin for 21 days and the residue warmed again at 40° ©, for several days, with a fresh pepsin-acid mixture. Ultimately, all of the three products were treated as previously described, and finally dried at 110° C. prior to analysis. The analytical results are shown in the accompanying tables. eT TE Le ee Ne ee — wer ar es oe ae << e. me . 00.001 19.96 =< ted Fe See ce vote gee 0 Saas eee = Sent eat peels 89-0 69:0 29-0 ee ie rae 66-91 a7 cE 18-GT = 9T-ST ae Dood ee pos cae aes Pek Bek 6é-T9 en SF es ae 8T-1g OF- 1S ‘OOBIOAY ‘aOUDISQNS aatf-ysv ay, fo Uorpsodumod ABnJUaILAT OMAmnanO Nov., 1888, 9-0 LYV-G FEC0:0 72 eT - e* Cee Sn | ee ea bes tle Seal as Be ANTS ae te 8069-0 | TX 9T-0 | LFG 8060-0 fae EES hg: as SL e-alt io coat Wine Nal ht 2 oe eet nee? eo gst *),|, 9 cent 6619-0 |X any os pvens | T&G | 6970-0 | = ST era ie cer an eee Sa ey ae eee gg9c-0 | XI ee ate ae: a oe ey 6960-0 ae aa ie pes a ae Sor fe od hee die 8068-0 TIA 10 -e= | ses» | G60) Open | o<< | ces | <2] ot ge eRe regu. [eT eteme orm | nee Fela te ee ‘Se pate iat ee Nines ied ee kag SA) ce ne a re ec OG ural LOREOn | 7erGh| cen On| Grae 0 gaia —- cel peice tly alee signet me cay eee ee ern Oey | Gremio ao: BG0e0" |’ CORO TUBS ODN nn Ml |e '20°0 ‘ SONM+ HOM Py mURIs OANSSO1g Dol ; URLs 0, TUR “mRIs *punojs *pnnoy *punoy *posn ‘ON ney, | FSV 500 H OF jeourygsqne - Py “UBS F “yse Jo g % “ONM+ HOD | sSayonpa Toye | 2 ewe ‘O%a°SWW | 30a Trans. Conn. AcaD., Vou. VIII. a “aes A noisny —-yse |, Oe ! YI aolsny LO*g* Sy | 1oqye "OSV Owe N *punoyj N ‘) ANOLIAAISAC ‘Q5B10A V 8F-CT BF-ST Trek 89-TS ---- Li-k L6-1S ‘aounjsqns aauf-yso ayy fo uoyprsodmos abnyuadteq ~----- 8020-0 Poc0-0 “mes SON + HOW WIM DOISNy Taye +O d 31 pb yse Jo d | 9880-0 TURAS “yse oy} WoIg 0% dS 6160-0 6080-0 “meds SONY + HOW YIM UoIsny Jaye 'OStd 2 “me1s ysy ‘punojy qsy Aw 9-LG2 81h ee el ie h “U0 UL aInssalg *‘punoj N O d $s N H e) LE-FP| OTSE-0 99-FF! 0668-0 86-9 FF-9 fy ve S19¢-0 979-0 866F-0 S19¢-0 9679-0 8cTe-0 0106-0 TTLG-0 8E6F-0 8CTé-0 0106-0 a “mes ‘pasn "MRIS ‘punoy | O°H souBISqNS Ix ‘ON ‘q UNOLdAISACT — ~~ =” ~- - OO ———— eR ———————EEe Chittenden— Caseoses, Casein Dyspeptone, and Casein Peptone. 75 Dyspeptone EF. l itlance ae H20 CO, | | i Zoe Ash stance : H One a @ Rien res No. | ysea, | found. g% |found.| ¢ rane ne g | found. P gram. | Blain: gram. | een (ae eae gram. I | 0-%272 | 0°3758 | 5-74 |1-1528! 43°23 | ___. | Pe si4G)|Octden bart OpOG0| 40°10 |b. ion 2] seae.| 2. |- co2k [oe 2_- Me ORSt iy | G-222 0) 2225 | ccs. 34-06/ 13-0) 759°6 | 12°84) .... |_---. BrO-bot0}) 222. | -s2-) --+ eam POS do! 12-2|.400"3 | P26 | ._2-- | 2.226 ”) ) STI epee el eta MA ate 2 te cena ae 0-0496 14:94 peemeesee 22) | eee Le pee. | vv... |o-oseg|i4-98 Percentage composition of ash-free substance. Average. C 50°84 50°75 ate ss 50°80 H 6°75 6°72 aes Ae 6°73 N Ae oe 15°10 15°15 1§°12 Dyspeptone F. | N found. | ee Hi) CO. ————__ | Ash No.| stance | found H | found. C T Pres N_ | found.} Ash used. | gram. % gram. % ec. @.| og | sure | % |\gram.| % gram. mm. | eeu | 02887 | 5-86 |'0-8779 | 44-50 28 L222 fl cee ee Pemennes) O-s0a0 | 3-95 | O-OS17 || 44-68 | Seay see lie se | reac. | bells face! MON Or4G49)|,) 22 | .22- py ae Co eG ee CA ea eo eee ee E4100) --25) | =-.- SE ee ae Uy las) | TesAG: || eee ieee eee Pose sca no eee eee, von. | 22. |OODS613°G1 vi Beer ote |e | PEN | eos he |e 0-0590) 18-59 Percentage composition of ash-free substance. ; Average. C 51°50 51°70 ae see 51°60 H 6°78 6°87 — roe 6°83 N = bee 15°17 15°21 15°19 Dyspeptone G. | N found. Sub- HO CO. Ash No.| stance | found.| H found. C T Pres- found.) Ash used. | gram. | @ | gram. % c.C. o@ | sure % gram.| @% gram. mm. Petena) 0'S0ld | 5:76,\ 12145) 43-00) - 952) | | ie. | ue. | K mar G-4094))'0°3137 5-79 | O-G604 | 43-98.) 2...) -..2 | .... | .--. | _-- ae TIT) 0°6268 | - ae ee A tO, Geta 160-0.) 1a:06 | 600 2 oe eV0-7803 | _--- ee ena eee Oto La O \11O0%s, | LasGb) te) Ee. V 0°4356 seks (Val RoE Thet meciem te) bie if. __ | 00552 12°66 pum eeritt 45) | 2 Seah ee ea Poet td oh a tas | ewe ‘ Piotr ae Precentage composition of ash-free substance. Average, C 50°35 50°44 Brus at 50°39 H 6°61 6°65 Sep tee 6°63 N or eee 15°55 15°61 15°58 76 Rh. H. Chittenden— Caseoses, Casein Dyspeptone, TABLE SHOWING THE AVERAGE COMPOSITION OF THE SEVERAL DYSPEP- TONES. | Be | Ge] op. le. | ec ae NES Rk es | ORT, |b enh ab EO | |S cet ewer Tikes ees ia tec 51-15 | 51-07 | 51-29 | 51°82 | 50-80 | 51°60 50°39 | 5330 Hf SF ae OD Be 718| 7-41] 7:26] 7:44] 6-73] 6:83} 663) 7:07 | : | | Wie ee Demarest 3 15°16 | 15-41 | 15-28 15-48 15-12 15°19 15-58) 15-91 ! | r We Der Bhs ae er | Orig @erail) 1; 08") HOS es coal ie eee | 0-82 Eoibag Five, MEETS heen 0 0. oo NOt Ocoee lie: an Ce ee 25°80 | 25°40 | 25°54 24-48 ._.. | _... | ..-. | 22°08 | if | | JN eee ee (13°67 | 15-41 12-43 14-19 | 14:96 | 13-60 | 12-71 | 0-98 It is evident from the more complete analyses of the first four products, that the dyspeptone as prepared by us contains essentially the same percentage of sulphur as the original casein; further, that instead of being a phosphorized compound, it apparently contains no phosphorus whatever, other than that combined with calcium. Very noticeable, is the large percentage of ash in all of the preparations. This we were not able to materially reduce by any process of purifica- tion, and as tne ash of the original casein, like that of the dys- peptone, was composed almost wholly of calcium phosphate, it would appear as if all of the phosphate from the mother substance had attached itself to the dyspeptone. In their content of carbon, all of the seven preparations show a very close agreement, while they differ from casein by containing two per cent. less carbon. The nitrogen of the dyspeptone is, likewise, a little less than that of casein, while the individual preparations show throughout a very close agreement in their content of this element. In composition, therefore, all of the seven preparations, although rep- resenting considerable variation in the method of production, show a sufficiently close agreement to indicate their identity. Compared with casein, the lower percentage of carbon would point to their production by hydration, and it would appear from the analytical data that the so-called casein dyspeptone, formed by gastric digestion, is a mixture of calcium phosphate with a hydration product of casein, * Chittenden and Painter. Studies from Laboratory, vol. ii. p. 173, eee Ee, EE ee ee and Casein Peptone. 77 the hydrochloric acid compound of which is insoluble in water and dilute acid. The dyspeptone itself is quite readily soluble in cold water, the solution remaining unchanged on boiling. Following are some of the reactions of dyspeptone. Addition of acetic acid to an aqueous solution of the substance produces a heavy white precipitate insoluble in moderate excess, but partially soluble in a large excess of the acid. On heating the strongly acid fluid, the precipitate dissolves completely and the fluid remains clear on cooling. Addition of potassium ferrocyanide to the clear acid fluid gives only a slight turbidity. Dilute hydrochloric and sulphuric acid both give a heavy white precipitate, insoluble in slight excess of acid, but entirely soluble in a large excess on application of heat. Even 0:2 per cent. hydro- chloric acid precipitates the dyspeptone completely. Dilute nitric acid, likewise, precipitates the dyspeptone, but the precipitate is far more soluble in excess of the acid. On warming the acid solution, it quickly turns yellow, and with ammonia gives the orange yellow color of the xanthoprotein reaction. Cupric sulphate and potassium hydroxide give the violet color of the biuret reaction. Cupric sulphate and ferric chloride both give heavy precipitates, insoluble in excess. Potassium hydroxide and lead acetate give, on boiling, a distinct reaction for sulphur. : Mercurie chloride, added in small quantity to a cold aqueous solu- tion of the dyspeptone, gives no precipitate, but when added in excess and the mixture is heated, a heavy white precipitate is formed, insoluble on cooling. The dyspeptone is precipitated by saturation of its aqueous solution with ammonium sulphate, but not by sodium chloride, even on heat- ing. Addition of acetic acid, however, to the salt-saturated fluid gives the usual precipitate of dyspeptone. Casein antialbumid. On heating casein with sulphuric acid and water at 100° C., it is decomposed, as is well known, into soluble products and an insoluble antialbumid. We have found, however, that the antialbumid pre- pared in this manner is quite different in composition from the dys- peptone formed in gastric digestion. In one experiment, where about two kilograms of pure, moist casein were heated with two litres of water and 100 grams of concentrated sulphuric acid for seven hours 78 R. H. Chittenden— Caseoses, Casein Dyspeptone 5 Y ‘] b] at 100° C., and the residue so obtained treated again in a like man- ner with the same strength of acid, a comparatively large amount of casein antialbumid was obtained, which unlike the dyspeptone from a gastric digestion, was only slowly soluble in dilute sodium carbon- ate. Freed from any adhering soluble products by treatment with several litres of a vigorous gastric juice for two days at 40° C., it still dissolved slowly in dilute sodium carbonate. By long contact with a one per cent. solution of the alkaline carbonate it finally dissolved, leaving but a small residue. From this solution, the antialbumid was reprecipitated by hydrochlorie acid, and after thorough washing with water, it was again dissolved in sodium carbonate, the fluid made exactly neutral and then dialyzed until all chloride was re- moved. After concentration of the fluid and precipitation with alco- hol, ete., the antialbumid was dried and analyzed. It contained 18 per cent. of ash. The ash-free substance contained 54:4 per cent. of carbon, 6°8 per cent. of hydrogen, and 14°8 per cent. of nitrogen; showing thus a much higher percentage of carbon, and a lower per- centage of nitrogen than the dyspeptone formed by pepsin-hydro- chloric acid. Both casein antialbumid and dyspeptone are dissolved with more or less readiness by alkaline solution of trypsin and are converted by long warming at 40° C. into a peptone-like body, presumably antipeptone. II. Caseoses ;— from experiments by Charles Norris, Jr., Ph.B., and OMA futile “Ph. B: In a previous study of the caseoses formed in pepsin digestion,* we were much impressed with the peculiar behavior of protocaseose towards acids. Unlike the proto bodies from other proteids pre- viously studied, aqueous solutions of the substance gave heavy pre- cipitates with dilute acids. Protocaseose, as then separated, was readily soluble in 0°4 per cent. hydrochloric acid, but addition of stronger acid invariably produced a decided precipitate, soluble, however, in a still larger excess of acid. This peculiarity rendered the protocaseose an object of some interest to us, and further study of the conditions favoring its formation in gastric digestion has shown us that, apparently, the nature of the body precipitated by saturation with salt, as well as the body precipitated by salt-satu- rated acetic acid is modified by the strength of the pepsin solution, * Chittenden and Painter. Studies from Laboratory of Physiological Chemistry, Vol. 11, p, 19D. a a a | see > and Casein Peptone. 79 and the length of time the casein is subjected to the action of the ferment. In our earlier work with the proteoses, we deemed it es- sential in attempting a study of the primary products of proteolytic action to use as weak a ferment solution as possible, and to discon- tinue its action as soon as solution of the proteid was complete, in order that there might not be too great a loss through formation of peptone. Further study, however, especially by use of the am- monium sulphate reaction, has shown us that the formation of pep- tone is a far less rapid process than generally supposed. Indeed, in the majority of artificial digestions with pepsin-hydrochlorie acid, as or- dinarily conducted, the ammonium sulphate reaction will show the entire absence of peptone. True peptone appears to be formed only by the action of a very vigorous pepsin mixture and that long con- tinued. In all of our previous experiments, the casein was either subjected to the action of a very weak pepsin mixture or else, in the use of a stronger ferment, exposed to its action for a few hours only. We now find that by using a far more vigorous pepsin mixture and by continuing its action for several days instead of hours, there is still not a trace of peptone to be found in the filtrate from the ammonium sulphate precipitate of the caseoses, but that the caseoses them- selves, particularly the proto and deuterocaseose, differ somewhat, both in composition and reactions from the products previously sep- arated. The discovery of this fact has led us to a further study of the caseoses formed in pepsin digestion, by which we have been able in many ways to verify our former observations and at the same time extend our knowledge of these interesting primary cleavage products of casein. We have also extended our work by studying the caseoses formed through the action of trypsin, and dilute sul- phuric acid. A. Caseoses formed by pepsin-hydrochlorie acid. In all of these experiments the pepsin mixture was very power- ful, and was especially prepared to insure freedom from both albu- moses and peptone.* The casein was, likewise, thoroughly pure, having been freshly prepared from skim milk by precipitation with 0-2 per cent. hydrochloric acid, and reprecipitation three or four times after solution in ammoniacal water. * Studies from the Laboratory of Physiological Chemistry, vol. ii, p. 133. 80 R. H. Chittenden— Caseoses, Casein Dyspeptone, Digestion A. Nearly 2 kilos. of moist casein were warmed at 40° C. for a little more than two days, with 10 litres of 0:4 per cent. hydro- chloric acid containing sufficient of the pepsin mixture to insure vig- orous action. After partial neutralization of the acid, the clear fluid was filtered from the semi-gelatinous dyspeptone, made exactly neu- tral with sodium hydroxide and then evaporated until moderately concentrated. On filtering the concentrated fluid through paper, a small residue remained, somewhat gummy, insoluble in dilute acid, but readily soluble in dilute sodium carbonate, from which it was precipitated by either hydrochloric or acetic acid. The amount was too small for study, but it seemed to resemble in reactions casein dyspeptone. The neutral fluid containing the caseoses gave no precipitate whatever on addition of 0°4 per cent. hydrochloric acid or even stronger acid, and in this respect differs from the earlier diges- tions in which the ferment action was continued for a short time only. With dilute acetic acid, however, a slight turbidity was pro- duced, the amount of which was too small to admit of any study of its character. The caseoses were precipitated collectively in the form of a heavy gummy precipitate, by saturation of the neutral fluid with ammo- nium sulphate. On boiling the filtrate from this ammonium sulphate precipitate, a small quantity of a second gummy precipitate was obtained. In the filtrate from this second precipitate, no trace of a peptone-like body could be discovered by any of the ordinary tests. Apparently only caseose bodies had been formed. The first and main ammonium sulphate precipitate, after being washed by trituration with a saturated solution of ammonium sul- phate, was dissolved in water and the perfectly neutral fluid satu- rated in the cold with sodium chloride. By this means a heavy gummy precipitate was formed, which after being washed with a saturated solution of sodium chloride was redissolved in water, and reprecipitated by saturation of the neutral fluid with salt. After three or four reprecipitations, the protocaseose was considered sufti- ciently pure. In this digestion, there appeared to be present more heterocaseose and dyscaseose than in our former experiments, as was evidenced by the small insoluble residues remaining each time the precipitated protocaseose was redissolved in water. These residues of hetero- and areal and Casein Peptone. 81 dyscaseose were very small, but still sufficiently large to enable us to make out their general characters. Similarly, Dr. Thierfelder* found in the purification of his protocaseose, or “ propeptone I’ as he terms it, a small, insoluble residue each time he dissolved the sodium chloride precipitate in water. It would appear, therefore, that in a vigorous or long continued digestion there is a much greater probability of the hetero body being formed than when the ferment is allowed to act only a short time on the casein. This, however, is contrary to Neumeister’s views regarding the order of formation of the proteoses. In order to free the precipitated protocaseose from salt and any adhering heterocaseose, it was dissolved in water and dialyzed until all chloride was removed. The neutral solution was then concen- trated to a syrup, and the proto body precipitated by alcohol. During the concentration of the fluid, a gummy-like mass separated, similar to the separation of protoelastose. This, however, dissolved more or less completely as the mixture cooled. The precipitated caseose, after being extracted several times with alcohol and with warm ether, was partially dried, ground to a fine powder, re- extracted with ether in a fat extractor and finally dried at 110° C. until of constant weight. On analysis it gave the following results : Protocaseose A. I. 0°4947 gram substance gave 0°9794 gram CO,=53°98 per cent. C. II. 0°3802 gram substance gave 0°2397 gram H,O=7:00 per cent, H. IIT. 0°3862 gram substance gave 0°2467 gram H,O=7:09 per cent. H and 0°7670 gram CO,=54'15 per cent. C. IV. 04953 gram substance gave 64'8 c.c. N at 20°8° C, and 760°3 mm pressure= 15°72 per cent. N. V. 03764 gram substance gave 50°1 ¢.¢. N at 22°5° C. and 760°6 mm pressure=15°'95 per cent. N. VI. 0:4599 gram substance gave 0°0046 gram ash=1°00 per cent. VIL. 0:4103 gram substance gave 0°0041 gram ash=0°99 per cent. Percentage composition of ash-free substance. Average. C 54°53 54°69 a bg 3 Beate. 54°61 H ces, ! fal 7:07 Be Eee (ag! N ges ety stig 15:88; 4, 16-11 15°99 * Zur Kenntniss der Caseinpeptone, Zeitschrifit fiir physiologische Chemie, x, p. 577. TRANS. Conn. AcAD., Vou. VIII. 11 Nov., 1888. 82 KR. H. Chittenden— Caseoses, Casein Dyspeptone, This protocaseose is thus seen to have a higher percentage of car- bon than the proto bodies previously* studied, although one prod- uct was then obtained with 53°93 per cent. C, 7°17 per cent. H, and 16°05 per cent. N. In reactions, likewise, this protocaseose differs somewhat from the protocaseoses previously obtained, and as the characters of the pres- ent body have been verified by the reactions of several other prod- ucts similarly produced, we are led to believe in their constancy. Moistened with water, the powdered protocaseose becomes immedi- ately gummy and soon dissolves to a perfectly clear fluid, which on addition of considerable water becomes decidedly cloudy or tur- bid. Treated with a large amount of water at the outset, the pro- tocaseose dissolves more slowly, giving a more or less turbid fluid. In dilute acid and in dilute sodium carbonate it dissolves to a per- fectly clear fluid. Towards heat, aqueous solutions of protocaseose act exactly like protoelastose. Hven when warmed very gently, the solution be- comes quickly turbid andif concentrated gives more or less of a floceu- lent precipitate. On cooling, the turbidity disappears, reappearing as the fluid is heated. Like protoelastose also, a solution of the caseose body on being rapidly concentrated deposits more or less of the substance as a gummy mass, which, however, will dis- solve in cold water, or if the fluid is not too concentrated will dis- solve in the mother liquid as it cools. Dilute acetic acid added to an aqueous solution of protocaseose gives no precipitate whatever, but potassium ferrocyanide added to the acid fluid gives a heavy precipitate. Dilute hydrochloric acid produces no precipitate. Dilute nitric acid added to an aqueous solution of the caseose gives a heavy white precipitate, which on gently warming, quickly dissolves while the fluid takes on a faint pink or rose color, which on further warming changes to a bright yellow or reddish yellow color. If the nitric acid solution is not warmed too long, the pre- cipitate reappears as the mixture cools. Solution of cupric sulphate gives a heavy, greenish white precipi- tate when added to an aqueous solution of protocaseose. As already stated, the first precipitates of protocaseose obtained by saturating the neutralized digestive fluid with salt, were not en- tirely soluble in water; a small residue remained, apparently * See Chittenden and Painter. Studies from Laboratory of Physiological Chem- istry, Yale University, vol. ii, p. 197. a i ’ , and Casein Peptone. 83 wholly insoluble. This residue, which by analogy should consist of _ hetero and dyscaseose was somewhat soluble in salt solution and wholly soluble in dilute sodium carbonate and dilute acid, both acetic and hydrochloric, even dissolving in 0-2 per cent. hydrochloric acid. It was dissolved in sodium carbonate, the fluid neutralized without giving any precipitate, and dialyzed until the sodium chloride was entirely removed. The neutral and clear fluid was then concentrated to a syrup, precipitated by alcohol and the precipitate dried at 110° C. On treatment with cold water, it was now found soluble to a large extent, though a certain amount of gummy matter was still insolu- ble. The soluble portion showed all of the reactions of the proto body ; the solution being rendered turbid by heat, clear again on cooling, and giving in the cold a heavy precipitate with nitric acid, soluble when heated. This behavior of the insoluble heterocaseose towards dilute sodium carbonate would seem to imply a conversion of this substance into protocaseose, or perhaps a reconversion of the coagulated heterocaseose dyscaseose, into heterocaseose proper. Acetic acid precipitate. On adding a little 30 per cent. acetic acid to the original salt- saturated filtrate from the first sodium chloride precipitate of proto- caseose, etc., a heavy, flocculent precipitate settled out, which in amount far exceeded the protocaseose and which on standing, soon became gummy. Excess of acid was avoided, as the precipitate was somewhat soluble in a large amount of the reagent. The gummy mass, after being washed as thoroughly as possible with saturated salt solution, was treated with cold water, in which the greater portion of the substance dissolved, the solution made neu- tral, dialyzed, concentrated to a syrup, and the substance precipitated with alcohol. It was then thoroughly extracted with ether and finally dried at 110° C. In reactions, it differed decidedly from protocaseose; in water it was quickly and completely soluble and the solution when heated gave no coagulum whatever, or at the most only the slightest ap- proach to a turbidity. Dilute nitric acid, in the cold, gave no precipitate ; when heated, the acid fluid changed to a reddish yellow color, which quickly turned yellow. With acetic acid, an aqueous solution of the substance remained perfectly clear. Potassium ferrocyanide, however, when added to the acid fluid gave a heavy precipitate. 84 R. H. Chittenden— Caseoses, Casein Dyspeptone, Saturation of the aqueous solution with salt gave a slight turbidity. Cupric sulphate gave a heavy precipitate, soluble in excess. On analysis, the substance gave the following results, which show a composition quite different from that of protocaseose. Acetic Acid Precipitate A. I. 0:4629 gram substance gave 0°2812 gram H,O=6:74 per cent. H and 0:8608 gram CO,=50-71 per cent. C. Il. 0°3277 gram substance gave 011977 gram H,O=6-70 per cent. H and 0°6050 gram CO,=50°34 per cent. C. III. 0°4253 gram substance gave 53°1 cc. N at 130° C. and 761°8 _ mm pressure=15'01 per cent. N. IV. 04843 gram substance gave 60°8 c. c. N at 13°0° C. and 760°8 mm pressure=15-07 per cent. N. V. 0°3649 gram substance gave 0:0108 gram ash=2'96 per cent. VI. 0:3947 gram substance gave 0°0124 gram ash=3'14 per cent. Percentage composition of ash-free substance. Average. C 52°30 51°92 Hse aoe 52°10 H 6°96 6°90 eee ant 6°93 N Sie Fors 15°48 15°54 15°51 As previously stated, the above original precipitate produced by acetic acid was not entirely soluble in water. A small residue remained, which after being washed with water was dissolved in dilute sodium carbonate, and the solution neutralized with dilute hydrochloric acid, without yielding any neutralization precipitate. The solution was then dialyzed, concentrated to a syrup and the substance precipitated by alcohol. It was now found, to a great extent, soluble in water, the solution showing no turbidity by heat and giving no precipitate with nitric acid. Cupric sulphate gave a heavy precipitate, and dilute acetic acid added to the aqueous solu- tion produced quite a heavy precipitate, not readily soluble in excess of the acid. The amount of substance was too small to admit of analysis, and the reactions are hardly sufficient to identify it. It is evidently not heterocaseose, for it is only the acetic acid compound that is insoluble in water, not the caseose substance itself. In many respects it appears like casein dyspeptone, and as this substance is precipitated by saturation of its aqueous solution with ammonium sulphate and not by sodium chloride, the presence of a trace of this body might not be impossible. et ee and Casein Peptone. 85 Ammonium sulphate precipitate. On adding ammonium sulphate in substance to the above salt- saturated acetic acid fluid, a slight gummy precipitate was obtained, readily and completely soluble in water, and which, after removal of the salts by dialysis and concentration of the fluid, was precipitated by alcohol. In reactions it did not differ materially from the body obtained by precipitation with acetic acid, except that with cupric sulphate only a slight precipitate was produced. With acetic acid and potassium ferrocyanide, on the other hand, a distinct precipitate was obtained, while with nitric acid in the cold no turbidity whatever was produced. In composition, however, it differed decidedly from the preceding preparations, although as it contained considerable ash, nearly 10 per cent., the result perhaps can be considered only as an approximation to the truth. i" Following is the percentage composition of the ash-free substance : ; Average. C 48.33 48°13 eat dats 48°23 H 6°88 7-01 ab fe AsV 694 N ete fees 15°63 15°75 15°69 This body, which by analogy should be nearly pure deutero- caseose, evidently approaches much nearer to our conception of a true casein peptone than any of the preceding preparations. Another body, however, has been obtained with a still lower content of carbon and with reactions still more closely approximating to true peptone. In the first precipitation of the caseoses from this digestion by saturation of the original fluid with ammonium sulphate, it will be remembered that a small amount of a second gummy precipitate was obtained on heating the cold saturated ammonium sulphate filtrate. This gummy precipitate of a caseose body, after purification by dialysis and precipitation with alcohol, was found to consist of a substance extremely soluble in water, the solution giving no precipi- tate with acetic acid and potassium ferrocyanide, neither with nitric acid nor with cupric sulphate. After being dried at 110° C. it gave on analysis the following results : I. 0°7280 gram substance gave 0°4239 gram H,O=6-46 per cent. Hand 1:2160 grams CO,=45°54 per cent. C. II. 0:5020 gram substance gave 0°2905 gram H,O=6-40 per cent. H and 0°8442 gram CO,=45°85 per cent. C. 86 R. H. Chittenden — Cascoses, Casein Dyspeptone, III. 0°3291 ‘gram substance gave 42°71 cc. N at 139° C. and 756 mm pressure=15'33 per cent. N. IV. 0°6835 gram substance gave 87:0 c. c N at 145° C. and 756 mm pressure=15°30 per cent. N. V. 0°5370 gram substance gave 0°0230 gram ash=4°28 per cent. VI. 0°3525 gram substance gave 0°0154 gram ash=4°36 per cent. Percentage composition of ash-free substance. Average. - C ATT 47°87 spss ae 4U°72 H 6°75 6°70 ary aay 6°73 N Le ga= 8 15°99 15°96 15°97 This substance, since it is precipitable by ammonium sulphate, cannot be considered a true peptone, yet in composition it closely approaches both the ampho- and antipeptone from fibrin,* which it also resembles somewhat in reactions, except in its behavior towards ammonium sulphate. It is thus evident from the foregoing, that in this active and com- paratively long continued digestion there is a much smaller amount of protocaseose present than was found in our former experiments. Indeed, deuterocaseose appears to predominate, while at the same time the protocaseose is modified both in composition and reactions, due in part without doubt, to adhering heterocaseose. Further, we are inclined to consider the presence of at least two forms of deu- terocaseose. We have generally considered that a proto body is never completely precipitated by saturation of its aqueous solution with salt, and that consequently the precipitate produced by acid in the salt-saturated fluid must be a mixture of proto and deuteroproteose, and this we have usually found to be the case. In the present diges- tion, however, the acetic acid precipitate contained only a very small amount of protocaseose, for as previously stated this precipitate when purified gave only a slight turbidity on saturation of its aqueous solu- tion with salt and no precipitate whatever with nitric acid; both of which reactions would indicate freedom from any large amount of pro- tocaseose. ‘This view is further substantiated by the great difference in the percentage of carbon of the two bodies. To be sure we have, with Neumeister, looked on the cupric sulphate reaction as a means of distinguishing between proto and deuteroalbumose, but it does not necessarily follow that the same reaction will hold good for all proteoses, The acetic acid precipitate does indeed give a strong * Kihne and Chittenden, Studies, vol. ii, p. 40. — and Casein Peptone. 87 reaction with cupric sulphate, but the striking differences in composi- tion and reactions between the purified sodium chloride precipitate and the acetic acid precipitate (when freed from acid) point to a totally different nature, and we are inclined to consider the latter as a deutero body, probably contaminated with a little protocaseose, and for convenience we propose to call it @ deuterocaseose. It is unquestionably very difficult, if not almost impossible, to isolate the individual caseoses in a state of perfect purity. Whenever one is precipitated, it usually brings down with it more or less of any other caseose present and such admixtures are very hard to remove. It is, we think, owing to this fact that we have not been able to obtain @ deuterocaseose sufficiently free from protocaseose as not to give any precipitate on saturation with sodium chloride. That form of caseose in this digestion which was not precipitated by salt, or by salt and acetic acid, but which appeared on addition of ammonium sulphate in the cold, is probably a mixture of @ deutero and and what we term / deuterocaseose, with possibly an intermediate body. The name / deuterocaseose, we apply to that caseose not readily precipitable by saturation with ammonium sulphate in the cold, and which is generally found in a greater or less quantity in the filtrate from the precipitate produced by saturation with ammonium sulphate. It is precipitated fairly pure, as a sticky gum, by simply boiling the saturated ammonium sulphate filtrate and is especially characterized by its low content of carbon, and by its non-precipitation with acetic acid and potassium ferrocyanide, with nitric acid, and with cupric sul- phate. It stands, unquestionably, nearer to peptone than @ deu- terocaseose and is doubtless formed from the latter by the continued action of the ferment. Digestion B. In this digestion, 2 kilos. of moist casein were warmed at 40° C. for eight days, with about 5 litres of 0°4 per cent. hydrochloric acid containing an active pepsin solution, after which the mixture was partially neutralized with sodium carbonate and filtered from the dyspeptone. The clear fluid was then made exactly neutral (no neu- tralization precipitate) and concentrated toa thinsyrup. Whencold, proto and heterocaseose were directly precipitated by saturation of the solution with salt. Protocaseose was purified by repeated precipitation with salt, etc., as described under A. In this process, the same insoluble residues of hetero and dyscaseose were met with 88 R. H. Chittenden— Caseoses, Casein Dyspeptone, as in the previous digestion. The purified protocaseose showed the same peculiar reactions as protocaseose A., viz: with nitric'acid a heavy white precipitate, soluble on warming; with heat alone, a dis- tinct turbidity or coagulum, disappearing as the solution cooled; and giving with a large amount of water a more or less turbid fluid, from which on standing a little gummy matter separated. Dried at 110° ©. and analyzed, the following results were obtained. Protocaseose B. I. 0:3470 gram substance gave 0°2192 gram H,O=7:02 per cent. H. II. 0:2935 gram substance gave 071854 gram H,O=7-01 per cent. H and 0°5779 gram CO,=53'69 per cent. C. III. 0:2952 gram substance gave 0°5853 gram CO,=—54'07 per cent. C. IV. 0:2989 gram substance gave 38°6 c.c. N at 13:8° C. and 760°1 mm pressure= 15°52 per cent. N. V. 05564 gram substance gave 72°8c.c. N at 13°1° ©. and 760°1 mm pressure=15'69 per cent. N. VI. 0°3594 gram substance gave 0:0047 gram ash=1°30 per cent. VII. 0°3523 gram substance gave 0°0045 gram ash=1°27 per cent. Percentage composition of ash-free substance. Average. C eas 54°77 54°39 rae SAU 54°58 H 710 7-09 re cites Byatk 7:10 N SPs Ree ores 15°71 15:90 15-80 In eomposition, therefore, as in reactions, this body is apparently identical with protocaseose 4. In the original salt-saturated filtrate from protocaseose, acetic acid produced a heavy, gummy precipitate, which was dissolved in water and purified in the same manner as the corresponding body in digestion A. Like the latter, it was readily and completely soluble in water, the solution giving no turbidity whatever by heat, nor on the addition of either nitric or acetic acid. With cupric sulphate, a heavy precipitate was formed, as also with acetic acid and potassium ferrocyanide. Dried at 110° C, it gave the following results on analysis: Acetic acid precipitate B. I. 0°3429 gram substance gave 0°2057 gram H,.O=6°'66 per cent, H and 0°6315 gram CO,=50°22 per cent. C. it haan _—— and Casein Peptone. 89 II. 04345 gram substance gave 0:2734 gram H,O=6:72 per cent. H and 0°8358 gram CO,=50°48 per cent. C. III. 0°3316 gram substance gave 43°5¢.c. N at 13-7° C. and 756°3 mm pressure=15°70 per cent. N. IV. 0°3258 gram substance gave 43°1 c.c. N at 132° C. and 759°1 mm pressure=15°86 per cent. N. . V. 0°3306 gram substance gave 0:0126 gram ash=3°81 per cent. VI. 0°2262 gram substance gave 0:0085 gram ash=3°76 per cent. Percentage composition of ash-free substance. Average. C 52°17 52°43 pase a behe 52°30 H 6°92 6°99 BEA pee 6°95 N Be Se beds 16°32 16°49 ; 16°40 This body appears to differ from @ deuterocaseose obtained in digestion A by nearly 1 per cent. of nitrogen, but in all other respects is practically identical with it. As in digestion A, the precipitate first obtained by the addition of acetic acid was not entirely soluble in water, a residue remained soluble in dilute sodium carbonate, and which comported itself exactly like the insoluble residue obtained in the preceding diges- tion, apparently being a trace of casein dyspeptone. The original filtrate from the above acetic acid precipitate, on saturation with ammonium sulphate, gave an additional precipitate, hardly sufficient for analysis, but which when purified proved to be identical with the corresponding body from A and like it giving with cupric sulphate only a very slight precipitate. It is thus seen that in a vigorous pepsin digestion of casein there are formed, in addition to dyspeptone and heterocaseose, at least three distinct caseoses all soluble and differing from each other both in composition and reactions. As compared with casein, protocaseose is somewhat peculiar in containing a higher percentage of carbon than the mother substance. All of the other products show a very much smaller content of carbon. The relative composition of the products is shown in the following table: Proto- Proto- a Deutero- a Deutero- 3 Deutero- Casein. caseose CASCOSE CUSEOSE CAaSeOse caseose A, iB: nA B. wate C 53°30 54°61 54°58 52:10 52°30 47°72 H 7:07 lal 7:10 6°93 6°95 6°73 N 15°91 15°99 15:80 15°51 16°40 15:97 TRANS. Conn. Acab., Vou. VIII. 12 Noy., 1888. 90 R. H. Chittenden— Caseoses, Casein Dyspeptone, Protocaseose agrees closely in its content of carbon with the *‘ propeptone I” of Thierfelder.* This investigator has separated from a pepsin digestion of casein, by a process similar to our method of separating the proto body, a substance to which he gives the above name and which contained 54°63 per cent. of carbon and 7°45 per cent. of hydrogen. In reactions it was similar to protocaseose, except that aqueous solutions of the substance remained perfectly clear on warming. Nitrogen was not determined. Thierfelder also separated from the filtrate from his “ propeptone I,” a second body, by addition of hydrochloric acid, to which he gives the name “ pro- peptone IL” This substance, which corresponds to our a deutero- caseose, he found to contain 49°8 per cent. carbon, 7°18 per cent. hydrogen and 14°23 per cent. nitrogen. Judging from the method of separation, however, the body analyzed must have been an acid compound of the caseose and not the caseose body itself. In reac- tions, so far as they are given, the substance was not different from a deuterocaseose. b. Caseoses from Weyl’s casein peptone. This commercial product, sent to us from Germany, we have — examined according to the foregoing methods and have found it, as might be expected, composed almost entirely of caseoses. It was completely soluble in water and gave with acetic acid a slight tur- bidity, somewhat increased by addition of potassium ferrocyanide. By saturation of its aqueous solution with sodium chloride, only a comparatively small precipitate was obtained, greatly increased, how- ever, by addition of acetic acid. 200 grams of the powder were dissolved in water and the caseoses precipitated collectively by saturation of the fluid with ammonium sulphate, ir the form of a heavy gummy precipitate. On heating the filtrate from this precipitate of caseoses until a crust of ammo- nium sulphate formed on the surface of the hot fluid, a second gummy precipitate gradually separated, which after purification by dialysis, ete., was finally precipitated by alcohol, and a portion dried at 110° C. for analysis. This substance, representing a form of caseose not readily precipi- table by ammonium sulphate and thus indicating its close approach to true peptone, is apparently identical with the / deuterocaseose similarly obtained in our own digestion, but present here in much * Zeitschrift fiir physiologische Chemie, Band x, p. 585. at TS le ee and Casein. Peptone. : 91 larger quantity. In water it was readily and completely soluble, the solution giving no turbidity whatever by heat, nor with dilute nitric acid. With cupric sulphate only a very slight turbidity was produced, and with acetic acid and potassium ferrocyanide a corre- spondingly slight turbidity. Its aqueous solution on being saturated with salt and then made slightly acid with acetic acid showed a small flocculent precipitate, doubtless representing the substance which gave the slight turbidity with cupric sulphate and potassium ferro- cyanide, viz: @ deuterocaseose. On analysis the following results were obtained : fi deuterocaseose from Weyl’s casein peptone. I. 0°3641 gram substance gave 0°2121 gram H,O=1°47 per cent. H and 0°6087 gram CO,=45°58 per cent. C. II. 0°4600 gram substance gave 0°2708 gram H,O=6°54 per cent. H and 0°7652 gram CO,=45°36 per cent. C. III. 0°3298 gram substance gave 42:2 c.c. N at 13°9°C. and 755°4 mm pressure =15°31 per cent. N. IV. 0°3418 gram substance gave 43°5¢.¢. N at 144°C. and 756°1 mm pressure =15°31 per cent. N. V. 0°3514 gram substance gave 0°0153 gram ash =4°35 per cent. VI. 0°3599 gram substance gave 0°0155 gram ash =4°30 per cent. Percentage composition of ash-free substance. “Average. C 47°61 47°40 SAE oe 47°50 1st 6°76 6°83 ts Sar 6°79 N Lap xe 16°00 15°84 15°92 In composition, therefore, as well as in reactions, this body re- sembles the 4 deutero described under A, and like it is especially characterized by its exceedingly low percentage of carbon. From the first ammonium sulphate precipitate of caseoses, proto- caseose was separated by saturation of the aqueous solution of the above precipitate with salt. As in similar precipitates from the preceding digestions, there was considerable heterocaseose present, showing itself as an insoluble residue when the sodium chloride pre- cipitate was dissolved in water for reprecipitation. Purified after the methods previously described, the protocaseose showed the usual reactions characteristic of this body, its aqueous solution growing turbid when heated, giving a precipitate with nitric acid, etc. Dried at 110° C. it gave on analysis the following results : 92 RR. H. Chittenden— Caseoses, Casein Dyspeptone, Protocaseose, from Weyl’s casein peptone. I. 0°4291 gram substance gave 0°2597 gram H,O=6°72 per cent. H and 0°8140 gram CO,=51°70 per cent. C. II. 0°3647 gram substance gave 0°2155 gram H,O=6'56 per cent. H and 0°6935 gram CO,=51°85 per cent. C. III. 0°4115 gram substance gave 52°5 c.c. N at 13°6° C. and 760°8 mm pressure= 15°11 per cent. N. IV. 0°7730 gram substance gave 96°9 c. c. N at 13°8° C. and 7612 mm pressure=15'10 per cent N. V. 02901 gram substance gave 0°0121 gram ash=4'16 per cent. VI. 0:2959 gram substance gave 0°0120 gram ash=4"05 per cent. Percentage composition of ash-free substance. Average. C 53°93 54:08 belts ae 54°01 H 701 6°84 Siecle Bees 6°92 N ap ab biped 15°75 15°70 15°72 Addition of salt-saturated acetic acid to the filtrate from proto- caseose, gave a moderately heavy, gummy precipitate which, after purification and removal of the acid, was completely soluble in water, the solution showing no turbidity by heat, but giving a slight turbidity with dilute nitric acid. It gave all of the reactions men- tioned as characteristic of this precipitate. It was not analyzed. The original filtrate from the acetic acid precipitate gave on sat- uration with ammonium sulphate, a small gummy precipitate which after purification was found wholly soluble in water, the solution giving no turbidity by heat and no precipitate with nitric or acetic acid. With acetic acid and potassium ferrocyanide, however, a dis- tinct turbidity was produced and with cupric sulphate a heavy pre- cipitate. The substance was not analyzed. It is thus evident that Weyl’s so-called casein peptone, however it may be prepared, contains essentially the same kind of caseoses found in our own digestions with pepsin-hydrochloric acid. In addi- tion, a small amount of a substance was found not precipitable by saturation with ammonium sulphate and which gave no precipitate with nitric or acetic acid, nor with acetic acid and potassium ferro- cyanide, and with cupric sulphate only a slight turbidity. This body, which doubtless was amphopeptone mixed with a little caseose, was obtained in too small quantity for analysis. Eo and Casein Peptone. 93 c. Caseoses formed by dilute sulphuric acid at 100° C. Two kilos. of pure moist casein were heated in a flask with 2 litres of water and 100 grams of pure sulphuric acid at 100° C. for seven hours. The residue of casein and antialbumid was again warmed with a like amount of fresh acid and water for six hours. The acid fluids were united, neutralized with sodium carbonate with- out giving any noticeable precipitate, and then evaporated until moderately concentrated. On cooling, considerable tyrosin and leucin crystallized from the fluid. With cupric sulphate, the solution gave a heavy precipitate which dissolved in sodium hydroxide with a reddish color. Sodium chloride and ammonium sulphate both pro- duced heavy precipitates when added to saturation. The caseoses were separated from the fluid by saturation in the cold with ammonium sulphate, and from this precipitate, protocaseose was separated by solution in water and precipitation with sodium chloride. The sodium chloride precipitate was dissolved in water, the substance reprecipitated by saturation with salt, and again dis- solved in water to which a trace of sodium carbonate was added to make the mixture quite neutral. On dialysis, a small amount of gummy heterocaseose separated, mixed with a little tyrosin. The clear finid, now free from salts, was concentrated on a water-bath. As the evaporation advanced, a brown gummy mass settled out, which was, however, readily soluble in cold water, for as the concen- trated fluid cooled at night the gummy matter entirely disappeared, reappearing as the fluid was again heated. The final concentrated fluid was treated with alcohol, the gummy precipitate boiled with alcohol repeatedly to free it from any adhering tyrosin, and finally extracted with ether and dried at 110° ©. Analyzed, it gave the following results : Protocaseose, formed by sulphuric acid. I. 04405 gram substance gave 0.2718 gram H,O=6°85 per cent. H and 0°8756 gram CO,=54:20 per cent. C. II. 03783 gram substance gave 0°2341 gram H,O=6°87 per cent. H and 0.7604 gram CO,=54'81 per cent. C. III. 0°3786 éram substance gave 48°3 c. c. N at 17°5° C. and 753-4 mm pressure= 14°93 per cent. N. IV. 0°3780 gram substance gave 47°8 c. c. N at 17°0° C. and 754:0 mm pressure= 14°84 per cent. N. V. 03701 gram substance gave 0:0113 gram ash=3°05 per cent. VI. 0°5112 gram substance gave 0°0154 gram ash=3-02 per cent. 94 R. H. Chittenden— Caseoses, Casein Dyspeptone, Percentage composition of ash-free substance. Average. C 55°90 56°50 ae apes 56°20 H 7:07 7-09 are ee 7°08 N a Sas ar 15°40 15°31 15°36 After being dried at 110° ©. the substance dissolved with diffi- culty in water, leaving a large residue, but was readily and com- pletely soluble in 0-2 per cent. hydrochloric acid and in 02 per cent. sodium carbonate. From the alkaline solution it was reprecipitated by hydrochloric acid, and not readily dissolved by an ‘excess of the acid. Aqueous solution of the substance was rendered turbid by heat, the turbidity disappearing as the solution cooled. With dilute nitric acid, a white precipitate was formed, readily soluble on warming and reappearing as the solution cooled. Acetic acid and potassium ferro- cyanide gave a heavy precipitate. Thus in many respects this body resembles protocaseose formed by pepsin-hydrochloric acid, but is apparently characterized by a somewhat higher percentage of carbon. The filtrate from the original sodium chloride precipitate, treated with salt-saturated 30 per cent. acetic acid, gave a floceulent, chang- ing to gummy precipitate which was readily and completely soluble in water. The solution made exactly neutral was dialyzed without showing any evidence of a hetero-like body, finally concentrated and precipitated by alcohol. After being dried at 110° C., the substance was only partially soluble in water. The aqueous solution was ren- dered turbid by heat, clear again on cooling, and gave with nitric acid a heavy white precipitate as also with acetic acid and potassium ferrocyanide. Analyzed, it gave the following results : Acetic acid precipitate of caseose (a deuterocaseose ?) formed by dilute sulphuric acid. I. 0°4056 gram substance gaye 0°2383 gram H,O=6'52 per cent. Hand 0°7733 gram CO,=51:99 per cent. C. II. 04697 gram substance gave 0°2740 gram H,O=6-48 per cent. H and 0°8910 gram CO;=51°73 per cent. C. III. 0°5379 gram substance gave 66°5 c. c. N at 14°9° C. and 752°1 mm pressure= 14°58 per cent. N. IV. 04159 gram substance gave 0°0210 gram ash=5-06 per cent. V. 0°5136 gram substance gave 0°0247 gram ash=4°80 per cent. oe el i a i i and Casein Peptone. No) or Percentage composition of ash-free substance. Average. C 54°68 54°42 25e © D455 H 6°86 6°81 a 6°S4 N ee == 15°33 15°33 This caseose, instead of being a pure deutero body, appears to be a mixture of proto and @ deutero as indicated by its behavior towards heat and nitric acid; indeed, the behavior of this acetic acid precipi- tate resembles the acetic acid precipitate of caseose obtained in our previous work, where the two bodies were plainly precipitated to- gether. In composition, while it agrees closely with protocaseose formed by pepsin-hydrochloric acid, it has a higher content of carbon than the corresponding @ deutero, but bears about the same relation to the sulphuric acid protocaseose as the @ deutero formed by pepsin * to its corresponding protocaseose. On boiling the original ammonium sulphate-saturated filtrate, a second gummy precipitate gradually separated from the hot fluid. This caseose, after purification by the usual methods and drying at 110° C., was entirely soluble in hot and cold water, and was especially characterized by yielding with acetic acid a heavy white precipitate, soluble in excess of the acid. With nitric acid it also gave a white precipitate, soluble in excess of acid. Cupric sulphate likewise gave a heavy precipitate. The cold water solution was not rendered turbid by heat. Analyzed it gave the following results: fi deuterocaseose, formed by dilute sulphuric acid. I. 0°3952 gram substance gave 0:2308 gram H,O=6-49 per cent. H and 0°7282 gram CO,=50°25 per cent. C. Il. 0°3518 gram substance gave 0°2064 gram H,O=6:51 per cent. H and 0°6440 gram CO,=49°92 per cent. C. II. 0°4727 gram substance gave 59°2¢.¢. N at 15:0° C. and 754°9 mm pressure = 14°81 per cent. N. IV. 0°4279 gram substance gave 0°0233 gram ash = 5°44 per cent. V. 05184 gram substance gave 0:0219 gram ash = 5°38 per cent. Percentage composition of ash-free substance. Average, Cc 53°10 52°77 Rea 52°93 cla! 6°86 6°89 eh 6°87 N £32 ayes 15.66 15°66 96 R. H. Chittenden— Caseoses, Casein Dyspeptone, Thus, this body, which corresponds to the / deuterocaseose formed by pepsin-acid, has a relatively higher content of carbon and also varies in certain of its reactions, which resemble rather those of a deutero, and even the protocaseose of a pepsin digestion, than those of a genuine / deutero. Altogether, the three caseoses separated from the sulphuric acid solution of casein, while showing a certain general relationship to the caseoses formed by pepsin-hydrochloric acid, are sufficiently different in their individual reactions to suggest at least some differ- ence in their nature. d. Caseoses formed by the action of trypsin. In subjecting casein to the action of trypsin, care was taken that the ferment solution should be as free as possible from all products of the self-digestion of the pancreatic tissue. Dried pancreas from ° the ox, prepared according to Kiihne’s method, was warmed with 0-1 per cent. salicylic acid at 40° C. for 24 hours, after which the acid extract was neutralized and made aikaline with sodium carbonate to the extent 0°3 per cent. The alkaline solution, well thymolized, was warmed at 40° C. for several days in order to convert the albuminous matters present into easily diffusible products, after which it was dialyzed in running water for some time, and the solution ultimately evaporated to dryness at 40° C. This residue, being extracted with a small volume of water, gives a fairly pure solution of trypsin, free from objectionable impurities. In the formation of the caseoses, 2200 grams of pure, moist casein were soaked in 3 litres of 1 per cent. sodium carbonate for several days, and the mixture well thymolized to prevent putrefaction. The trypsin solution was then added, together with some water, and the whole warmed at 40° C. At first, the mixture was quite limpid, the casein being dissolved in the alkaline fluid, but after two or three days, gelatinous lumps began to appear on the bottom of the dish and finally a soft coagulum appeared on the surface and all through the mixture, resembling the separation of antialbumid. This coagu- lum gradually disappeared and at the end of five days the digestion was stopped, and the alkaline fluid filtered from the undigested resi- due. ‘The latter was thoroughly washed with thymolized water and the washings added to the filtrate. This residue of undigested mat- ter was found to be insoluble in 0°5 per cent. sodium carbonate and also in 0°2 per cent. hydrochloric acid, but on being warmed with pepsin-hydrochloric acid it was in time almost completely dissolved. ee and Casein Peptone. 97 For separation of the caseoses the digestive fluid was neutralized with dilute hydrochloric acid, giving only a slight neutralization precipitate, and the neutral fluid concentrated. When moderately concentrated, the solution was placed in a cool place for several days to allow as much of the leucin and tyrosin to crystallize as possible. The caseoses were then separated from the filtrate, in the form of a gummy precipitate, by saturation of the fluid with ammonium sulphate. On boiling the filtrate from the first precipi- tate, and adding still more ammonium sulphate, a second gummy precipitate gradually settled out of the hot saturated fluid. This precipitate was separated from the fluid, the latter being saved for the detection of any peptone formed, washed with hot saturated ammonium sulphate solution, then dissolved in water and dialyzed until all traces of sulphate were removed. In the dialysis, no signs of any gummy heterocaseose or other like body was noticed. The caseose was precipitated from the suitably concentrated fluid with alcohol, boiled repeatedly with alcohol to free it from any adhering tyrosin, and finally dried at 110° C. The substance was extremely soluble in water, the fluid remaining perfectly clear when heated. Acetic acid produced a heavy precipi- tate, soluble in excess, and in the acid fluid potassium ferrocyanide gave a heavy precipitate. Dilute nitric acid, added to the aqueous solution produced a white precipitate readily soluble in excess of acid, and when heated showed the xanthoprotein reaction. Cupric sulphate also gave a heavy white precipitate. On analysis, the following results were obtained : fi deuterocaseose, formed by trypsin. I. 03355 gram substance gave 0:1847 gram H,O=6:11 per cent. H and 0°5990 gram CO,=48°68 per cent. C. Il. 0°3459 gram substance gave 0°1871 gram H,O=6:01 per cent. H and 0°6120 gram CO,=48°24 per cent. C. Ill. 05399 gram substance gave 63°0c.c. N at 13°8° C. and 762°6 mm pressure = 13°63 per cent. N. IV. 04166 gram substance gave by fusion with KoH+KNO, 0°0300 gram BaSO,=0°98 per cent. S; after deducting sulphur of ash = 0°95 per cent. . V. 0°5496 gram substance gave by fusion with KoH+KNO, 0:0380 gram BaSO,=0°95 per cent. 8; after deducting sulphur of ash = 0°91 per cent. TRANS. CoNN. ACAD., Vou. VIII. 13 Noy., 1888 98 R. H. Chittenden— Caseoses, Casein Dyspeptone, VI. 0:4804 gram substance gave 0°0365 gram = 9°59 per cent. VII. 0:4272 gram substance gave 0:0405 gram ash=9°'43 per cent. VIII. Ash from 0:8076 gram substance gave 0°0181 gram BaSO, =0°03 per cent. 8. Percentage composition of ash-free substance. Average. C 53°81 53°31 aes ges ay hae 53°56 H 6°76 6.64 Bao Sep yd Lied 6°70 N pene pee 15:07 Seae a 15°07 Ss BE ppihaes aie 0°95 0°91 0°93 O sone See Bee paee aes 23°74 100°00 - This sample of 6 deutero shows very close agreement in composition and reactions with the like body formed by dilute sulphuric acid; both being characterized by the reaction with acetic acid and show- ing, by their reactions and composition, a closer relationship to the proto-like bodies than their non-precipitation by ammonium sulphate would appear to warrant. In composition, however, this body shows a much smaller percentage of carbon than the caseose precipi- tated by acetic acid. For separation of the other caseoses formed in this digestion, the first ammonium sulphate precipitate was dissolved in water and protocaseose precipitated by saturation of the solution with sodium chloride. The precipitate, which was not very heavy, was purified by reprecipitation and dialysis. On dissolving the first salt precipitate in water quite a little residue was noticed, soluble in dilute sodium carbonate, but readily precipitated by the least trace of acid. The final neutral solution was concentrated, giving when heated a heavy coagulum which finally came together as a gummy mass. The clear fluid, separated from the gum, gave still another coagulum as the heating was continued. On cooling, the gummy matter readily dissolved. As the evaporation continued and the fluid became concentrated the gummy matter dissolved even in the hot fluid, and the caseose was finally precipitated while hot with alcohol, and the precipitate boiled repeatedly with alcohol for the complete removal of leucin and tyrosin. In reactions, this body was apparently identical with protocaseose formed by pepsin-hydrochloric acid, except that with acetic acid and also with hydrochloric acid it yielded a heavy white precipitate, sol- uble in excess of acid. In water it dissolved almost completely, the solution, however, becoming turbid when heated and if sufliciently af ae - pal and Casein Peptone. 99 concentrated giving a gummy deposit as the heating continued. Further, the reaction with heat was the only respect in which this body differed from the preceding ammonium sulphate precipitate. Owing to insufficient quantity it was not analyzed. In the filtrate from the first sodium chloride precipitate, a second caseose was precipitated by addition of a little 30 per cent. acetic acid. At first it separated as a flocculent precipitate, but on stand- ing changed to a gummy mass, which dissolved more or less readily in water, and completely so when a little sodium carbonate was added to neutral reaction. After reprecipitation, the aqueous solution of the substance was neutralized, dialyzed, the solution concentrated without separation of any gummy matter, and the substance finally precipitated with alcohol. The precipitate was boiled repeatedly with alcohol and finally dried at 110° C. The dried substance was readily soluble in water and also in dilute acetic acid, potassium ferrocyanide producing in the latter solution a slight turbidity only. Added to an aqueous solution of the substance, acetic acid produced a heavy white pre- cipitate readily soluble in excess of the acid. Nitric acid, likewise, produced a heavy white precipitate not so readily soluble in excess. Cupric sulphate also gave a heavy white precipitate. The aqueous solution of the caseose gave no turbidity whatever, when heated. Analyzed it yielded the following results : Acetic acid precipitate of caseose (a deuterocaseose?) formed by trypsin. I. 0°5594 gram substance gave 0°3300 gram H,O=6°55 per cent. H and 1:0924 grams CO,=53'25 per cent. C. II. 0:3670 gram substance gave 02157 gram H,O=6'53 per cent. H and 0°7158 gram CO,=53'19 per cent. C. III. 0°3811 gram substance gave 44-4 c.c.N at 12°8° C, and 765°1 mm pressure =14:07 per cent. N. ‘IV. 0:2848 gram substance gave 33:0 c.c.N at 13°4° C. and 765°5 mm pressure =13°98 per cent. N. V. 0:4351 gram substance gave 00230 gram ash =5°28 per cent. VI. 0:4033 gram substance gave 0°0210 gram ash =5°26 per cent. Percentage composition of ash-free substance. Average. Cc 56°20 56°14 ee LEP 56°17 H 6°91 6°89 eter ae 6°90 N Fuss ee 14°85 14°75 14°80 100 R. H. Chittenden— Caseoses, Casein Dyspeptone ’ Ys} } 5) It is thus obvious from the foregoing that by the action of trypsin, caseoses are formed of the same general nature as those formed by the action of pepsin-hydrochlorie acid, and by hot dilute sulphuric acid, but with higher contents of carbon. In other digestions with trypsin, made especially for the prepara- tion of casein peptone, these caseoses were again separated and the foregoing reactions verified. The quantities, however, were too small to admit of their analysis. III. Casein peptone ;—from experiments by Charles Norris, Jr., Ph.B. Supersaturation of a digestive fluid with ammonium sulphate, under proper conditions, suffices to entirely remove the preliminary products of proteolytic action. Proper conditions, however, are not obtained by simply adding the ammonium salt to a cold fluid, for as has been already pointed out an additional precipitate of proteose can nearly always be obtained, by heating the cold saturated solution until a thick crust of the ammonium salt forms on the hot fluid. In the present state of knowledge, we assume as peptone any amorphous product of proteolytic action precipitable by alcohol, and not pre-_ cipitable by heating with ammonium sulphate added to saturation. Unquestionably, the albumose precipitated only by long boiling of a saturated ammonium sulphate solution, is much nearer to true pep- tone than those bodies more easily precipitated, but at present we are not inclined to accept as true peptone any body precipitable by ammonium sulphate under any conditions whatever. In the present series of experiments we have aimed to prepare a casein peptone, by the action of trypsin, entirely free from albumose in order to study its composition and reactions. In the digestion of casein with trypsin, described in the preced- ing section, the filtrate from the ammonium sulphate saturation was heated for some time and the slight gummy film of caseose sep- arated, after which as much of the ammonium sulphate as possible was removed by alternate crystallization, treatment with alcohol, etc. The last traces of the ammonium salt were removed by long con- tinued dialysis in running water, and when finally the fluid gave no reaction with barium chloride it was evaporated to a syrup and pre- cipitated with alcohol. The precipitated peptone was freed from any adhering tyrosin and leucin by repeated treatment with boiling alcohol, and finally dried at 110° C. until of constant weight. This proved a long operation. The peptone was so exceedingly hygro- scopic and held on so tenaciously to the water, that it was only after ne eee and Casein Peptone. 101 long-continued drying that a constant weight was reached and then the odor was strongly suggestive of partial dissociation. In a pre- vious article* on peptone, attention was called to the peculiar odor of valerianic acid almost invariably noticed when the fibrin peptone was dried at 110° C., but in that case it was found impossible to bring the product to a constant weight. With casein peptone, the same _ odor was noticeable on drying the product for analysis, but after a few days heating at 110° C., the weight of the product remained fairly constant. On analysis, the casein peptone yielded the following results : Casein antipeptone A. I, 05792 gram substance gave 0°3185 gram H,O=6:'11 per cent. H and 0:9951 gram CO,=46°'85 per cent. C. Il. 0°4692 gram substance gave 0°2562 gram H,O=6-07 per cent. H and 0°8060 gram CO,=46'84 per cent C. III. 0°4357 gram substance gave 55°5 c. c. N at 14:0° C. and 762°0 mm pressure=15'27 per cent. N. IV. 06534 gram substance gave 83°0 c. c. N at 14:0° C. and 761°0 mm pressure=15'18 per cent. N. V. 0:9703 gram substance gave 0:0656 gram ash=6'76 per cent. VI. 0:4939 gram substance gave 0°0326 gram ash=6°60 per cent. VII. 0°7032 gram substance gave by fusion with KoH+KNO, 0°0386 gram BaSO,=0°75 per cent. S. VIII. 06526 gram substance gave by fusion with Kom+KNo, 00337 gram BaSO,=0°71 per cent. 8. Percentage composition of ash-free substance. Average. Sei 4D'94 6°51 6°50 pease ee oe wate Joes 6°51 C 49°94 49-93 H N et! de: 16°35 16°26 Lutes Le 16°30 S O SS i1. L432 darks 4283 0:70 0°66 0°68 one ae pHi 26°57 100°00 Somewhat to our surprise, on testing the purified and dried pep- tone, we found that its aqueous solution gave a heavy white precipi- tate with nitric acid, soluble in excess of acid; likewise, a heavy precipitate with acetic acid, also soluble in excess; with cupric sul- -* Kiihne and Chittenden, Peptone. Studies, vol. ii. + The ash contained only a slight unweighable trace of sulphate. 102 R. H. Chittenden— Caseoses, Casein Dyspeptone, phate a heavy precipitate; and on saturation with ammonium sul- phate in the cold an abundant gummy precipitate, the latter plainly indicating the presence of caseose. As the product originally gave no precipitate with ammonium sulphate, it would apparently follow that the peptone by long drying at 110° C. had been, in part, reconverted into caseose, and as the solution gave no turbid- ity by heat it would imply that the caseose formed by the recon- version of the peptone was the deutero body. Results similar to these were obtained by Kiihne and Chittenden with fibrin peptone. In a second digestion of trypsin, 1 kilo. of moist casein was warmed at 40° C. with 4 litres of 0°6 per cent. sodium carbonate solution containing trypsin, well thymolized, for one week. On the third day, the gelatinous coagulum already described made its appearance, but gradually disappeared and at the end of the week there was only a very small residue remaining. The neutralized and concentrated digestive fluid, freed from more or less tyrosin by cool- ing and crystallization, was in this case treated with rock salt to sat- uration, yielding, however, only a small precipitate of proto- and heterocaseose, which on purification agreed in reactions with the caseoses previously described. Addition of salt-saturated acetic acid to the sodium chloride filtrate from the foregoing caseoses, failed to give any precipitate whatever, and as the saturation of the fluid with ammonium sulphate gave only a slight gummy precipitate it is evident that in this digestion the casein was almost completely con- verted into peptone. In order to be quite sure of the complete re- moval of everything precipitable by the ammonium salt the mixture was boiled for some time with an excess of ammonium sulphate, and the filtrate treated as described under peptone A for the complete removal of tyrosin and ammonium sulphate. The final product was exceedingly gummy and parted with the last traces of adhering alcohol very slowly. In fact, we found it best to dissolve the final alcoholic precipitate of peptone in a little water, and to drive off the alcohol from the solution by heat, after which the fluid was evaporated and the gummy peptone finally transformed into a friable mass by drying on a water-bath, and at last completely dried at 110° C. After its final precipitation with alcohol, an aque- ous solution of the peptone gave no precipitate whatever, with nitric or acetic acid, neither with acetic acid and potassium ferrocyanide nor with cupric sulphate, or at the most nothing more than a faint turbidity. After being dried at 110° C. until of constant weight, the product then gave a decided gummy precipitate by saturation . and Casein Peptone. 103 of its aqueous solution with ammonium sulphate, and like peptone A gave precipitates with nitric and acetic acid and with cupric sul- phate. On analysis the following results were obtained : Casein antipeptone B. I. 03770 gram substance gave 0°2023 gram H,O=5'96 per cent. H and 0°6535 gram CO,=47'25 per cent. C. II. 0:2687 gram substance gave 071442 gram H,O=5-96 per cent. H and 04667 gram CO,=47'36 per cent. C. III. 0-3732 gram substance gave 44:9 c. c. N at 144° C. and 7570 mm pressure=14°31 per cent. N. IV. 0:3801 gram substance gave 46°0 c. c. N at 14°0° C. and 756:0 mm pressure= 14°38 per cent. N. V. 0°4760 gram substance gave 0°0374 gram ash=7'86 per cent. VI. 0°5396 gram substance gave 0°0429 gram ash=7‘95 per cent. Percentage composition of ash-free substance. Average. C 51°35 51°42 naa 2 ees 51°38 H 6°47 6°47 ere 15 6°47 N a= jee 15°54 15°61 15°57 In a third digestion with trypsin, 2 kilos. of casein were warmed at 40° C, for five days with 3 litres of 0°5 per cent. sodium carbonate containing an active trypsin solution, well thymolized. Atthe end of the second day, considerable casein antialbumid separated from the solution, this time more as a gummy precipitate than as a gelatinous coagulum. On the sixth day, the alkaline fluid was filtered from the small undigested residue, neutralized, concentrated, and the caseoses precipitated by saturation with ammonium sulphate. In this digestion, there was present only a very small trace of caseose precipitable by saturation with salt, but considerable precipitable by salt-saturated acetic acid. After repeated boiling of the ammonium sulphate-saturated fluid, for complete removal of caseoses, the peptone remaining was separated, purified and dried as already described. The product dried at 110° C. gave on analysis the following results. Casein antipeptone C. I. 0°3104 gram substance gave 0°1720 gram H,O=6:'15 per cent. H and 0°5252 gram CO,=46'14 per cent. C. II, 0°2756 gram substance gave 071513 gram H,O=6:10 per cent. HI and 0:4638 gram CO,=45°89 per cent. C. 104 KR. H. Chittenden— Caseoses, Casein Dyspeptone, III. 0°5432 gram substance gave 68°0 c.c. N at 146° ©. and 756°4 mm pressure=14°88 per cent. N. IV. 0°6280 gram substance gave 0°0449 gram ash=7'15 per cent. V. 04060 gram substance gave 0°0288 gram ash=7‘09 per cent. Percentage composition of ash-free substance. Average. C 49°64 49°40 ee 49°52 H 6°63 6°57 Seize: 6°60 N tie Pape 15°99 15:99 This peptone, like the preceding, after being dried at 110° C. gave a smal] gummy precipitate on saturation of its solution with ammonium sulphate, and also gave a precipitate with nitric and acetic acid, and a slight turbidity with cupric sulphate. In composition, all three of the peptones show a smaller percentage of carbon than the caseoses formed by trypsin, but somewhat to our surprise the percentage of carbon is higher than in some of the caseoses formed by pepsin-hydrochlorie acid. The nature of the substance, however, which at present affords but little proof that we have to deal with a single body, the extreme difficulty of obtaining it in a condition of dryness suit- able for analysis, and the almost utter impossibility of freeing it from adhering inorganic salts, all tend to throw doubt on the analytical data as expressing the composition of pure casein pep- tone. As already stated, there is unquestionably more or less of a decomposition or change attending the drying of the peptone. So pronounced is the hygroscopic character of these bodies, that when partially dried they will gain weight over strong sulphuric acid, and on being taken from the air bath while drying at 110° C. we often no- ticed on damp days a hissing noise as if from the rapid absorption of water. Further, as the drying progressed the odor of valerianic acid became quite pronounced and on testing the dried product, it was often found to have an acid reaction so pronounced in many Cases as to give a sour taste tv the peptone, in addition to the characteristic bitter. Before drying, the peptones were usually found to have a neutral reaction. These facts coupled with the changed behavior of the product towards ammonium sulphate, point to a change in the nature of the peptone, which may well be assumed to affect its com- position, and hence we would have our analytical figures taken with some allowance, — fers Ps and Casein Peptone. 105 We also prepared a peptone, entirely non-precipitable by saturation with ammonium sulphate, by boiling 20 grams of pure deuterocaseose with 500 c. c. of 3 per cent. sulphuric acid for 14 hours. This prepara- tion, after purification, was too small in quantity for analysis, but in reactions it showed close agreement with the antipeptones prior to their long drying at 110° C., viz: non-precipitation by acetic acid and potassium ferrocyanide, by nitric acid, by cupric sulphate, and by saturation with ammonium sulphate both in neutral and in acid solutions. Trans. Conn. AcaD., Vou. VII). 14 Nov., 1888, Vi.—Some ExpEermMeNnts ON THE INFLUENCE OF ARSENIC AND Antimony ON GLYCOGENIC FuNcTION AND Fatry DEGENERA- TION OF THE Liver. By R. H. Cuirrenpen, ann J. A. Buake, B.A., Pxu.B. Saikowsky’s* oft-quoted experiments on rabbits with antimonic and arsenious acids have made clear that in both arsenical and anti- monial poisoning there is pronounced fatty degeneration of the liver, with a lessening of the hepatic glycogen and in some cases even a total disappearance of it. With antimonic acid, Saikowsky found in his original experiments, that one-half to one gram of antimonie acid or other preparation of antimony per day, for fourteen or nineteen days in succession, gave rise to a fatty degeneration embracing the liver, kidneys, and even the heart. This has been verified by the experi- ments of Grohe and Mosler, who also state that in the duchy of Brunswick the peasantry give to the geese, when producing the famous fatty livers, a certain quantity of the white oxide of antimony every day.t With arsenic, Saikowsky likewise found that when rabbits are poisoned by a small dose so as to live from three to six days, the liver becomes much enlarged and very fatty and the glyco- genic function nearly or quite abolished. It is very evident, therefore, that in large quantities both arsenic and antimony have a special action on tissue changes, particularly on the liver. In the experiments referred to above, the quantities of: poison given were quite large and with arsenic, particularly, their ad- ministration was soon followed by death. As neither of these sub- stances are ordinarily used in medicine for an acute effect, it seemed to us of interest to study the action of small doses on the tissue changes of the liver, with a view to ascertaining whether non-toxic doses of these two poisons would produce a similar effect. It is ordinarily stated that in poisoning with antimony, phosphorus, and arsenic the nitro- genous products of tissue waste appear in the urine in much larger quantity than normally, owing to the increased decomposition which is going on.f Experiments of our own, however, have shown that * Virchow’s Archives, Band xxxiv, p. 78. + Quoted from H. ©. Wood’s Therapeutics, p. 161. } Brunton’s Pharmacology, Therapeutics and Materia Medica, p. 360. Chittenden and Blake—Influence of Arsenic and Antimony. 107 small repeated doses of antimonious oxide are without influence on the excretion of nitrogen, sulphur, and phosphorus, and that hence when taken in non-toxic doses it has no noticeable action on proteid metabolism.* Without doubt, toxic doses do materially affect the nutrition of the body, but with a dog of 13 kilos. weight the admin- istration of repeated doses of antimonious oxide, to the extent of 17 grains in 13 days, led to no apparent change in the amount of nitrogen etc. excreted, although the presence in the 24 hours’ urine of 13-23 milligrams of antimony (Sb) gave evidence of decided absorption. We have therefore tried a few experiments on rabbits and fowls to see what effect small repeated doses of arsenic and antimony would have on the liver, as indicated by its content of fat, glycogen, and sugar. The experiments were made in pairs, in which one animal of each pair served as a control for comparison, while the other, kept under the same conditions of diet, etc. so far as possible, was fed each day with arsenic or antimony as the case might be. At the end of the period both animals were killed and the livers analyzed. Naturally, the animals of each pair were of the same age, from the same brood, and so far as possible of the same body weight. During the experiment they were kept on a weighed diet of cracked corn, meal, etc., and were confined in suitable cages. The methods of analysis were as follows: after determining the body weight, the liver was quickly removed, weighed and sampled by chopping, 10 grams or thereabouts were then weighed out accu- rately, dried on a water bath, ground to a fine powder and extracted in a fat extractor with warm ether until the fat was entirely removed. For glycogen and sugar, 20-40 grams of the sampled liver were thoroughly extracted with hot water, (continuous extraction with water, frequently renewed, for several days) the extracts united, con- centrated to a very small volume and precipitated with a large excess of 95 per cent. alcohol. The precipitate of glycogen, etc., was washed with alcohol, dissolved in a small volume of cold water to 100 ©. ¢., sufficient hydrochloric acid added to make the fluid contain 2 per cent. HCl and heated on a water-bath for 15 hours. After neutrali- zation, the volume was made up to 200 c. c. and the sugar determined in 25 c.¢c. of the fluid by Allihn’s gravimetric method, and the glycogen calculated therefrom. The liver sugar was determined by evaporating the alcoholic fluid from the glycogen precipitate, dissolving the resi- due in a little water, adding sufficient sulphuric acid to make the mix- * Chittenden and Blake. Studies from Laboratory of Physiological Chemistry, Yale University, vol. ii, p. 94. 108 Chittenden and Blake—Influence of Arsenic ture contain 2 per cent. H,SO,, boiling for two hours to convert the sugar wholly into dextrose, and then, after neutralization of the acid fluid and diluting to 200 e¢. ¢., testing its reducing power by Allihn’s method. Experiment I. Action of arsenic on a foul. Period of dosing. May 20-24, 0-1 grain As.Oz; daily. “ 25-31, 0:2 ce “ce “ June 1-15, OFS ~ e 6°4 grains. A, control fowl. B, arsenic fowl. Body weight May 20, 1814 grams. 1814 grams. oe “June 16, Mende otk GSC ee +57 —128 Weight of liver, June 16, 28°378 grams. 34°635 grams. The liver of B, showed unmistakeable signs of fatty degeneration. Determination of fat in liver. A. control, 9°210 grams liver gave 0°3347 gram fat, = 3°63 per cent. B. arsenic, 13848 ‘ - pomlcS oo las of 13°40 = I| +9°77 per cent. Determination of glycogen and sugar. A, B. Weight of liver used, 20°167 grams. 20-787 grams. Glycogen A, control. Volume Equivalent Equivalent Total Per used. Weight Cu. in dextrose. in glycogen. amount, cent. 25 c..¢. 0:0744 gram. 0:0380 gram. 0°0342 gram. 0:2736 gram. 1°35 25 00727 00371 0°0334 0:2672 1°32 Glycogen B, arsenic. aCe 01720 gram. 0-0879 gram. 0'0791 gram. €°6328 gram. 3°04 01713 00875 00787 0°6296 3°02 Sugar A, control. » C. 0:0299 gram, 00159 gram. = _--.. 0°1272 gram. 0°63 0°0332 POU el ee aor 0°1408 0°69 Sugar B, arsenic. » Ce 0°0185 gram. O;OLO2Fonam ss yo oe 0-0816 gram. 0°39 0°0162 (OUND Wie teal hs Selene 0:0728 0°35 100 grams of breast muscle from B gave 0:4 milligram of As. In this experiment, then, we have as the apparent result of the long- continued feeding of arsenic a loss of body weight, a decided increase , por stan tet tet tt eh ee ~_ —— i ee a ee os 4 and Antimony on Glycogenic function, ete. 109 in the weight of the liver, a large increase in the liver fat, a gain in the amount of liver glycogen, and a loss in liver sugar. Experiment II. Action of arsenic on a fowl. Period of dosing. May 20-24, 0-1 grain As2O; daily. a“ 25-31, 0°2 73 “ce “ce June 1-15, o3 Sept te 5 ‘“ 16-18, 04 & “ ‘s 76 grains. Towards the end of the experiment the arsenic fowl appeared to be suffering somewhat from the toxic action of the poison, consequently the arsenic was discontinued after the 18th, but the fowl died on the 21st, and was immediately analyzed. A, control fowl. B, arsenic fowl. Body weight May 20, 1644 grams. 1531 grams. si “June 21, 1757 eS 1247 us +113 —284 Weight of liver, June 21, 55°830 grams. 33°729 grams. Determination of fat in liver. A, control, 13-740 grams liver gave 0°7462 gram fat, = 5°40 per cent. Bearsenic; 10-279 * we $6 04925. «eS oy ba 4583 ze —0°57 per cent. Determination of glycogen and sugar. IAS Ee B. Weight of liver used, 42-090 grams. 23°550 grams. Glycogen A, control. Volume Equivalent Equivalent Total Per used. Weight Cu. in dextrose. in glycogen. amount. cent. 20 C. C. 0°5213 gram. 0°2500 gram. 0°2250 gram. 1-8000 gram. 4°27 25 0°5228 0°2504 0°2253 18024 4°28 Sugar A, control. 25.¢. ¢. 0°0359 gram. O:OUSSterame | se 0°1504 gram. 0°35 25 0-0379 00198 peeee 071584 0°37 In B, no trace of a reduction could be obtained for glycogen and only an unweighable trace for sugar. In this experiment, therefore, we find a decided loss in body weight under the influence of the arsenic, a loss in the weight of the liver, a slight diminution in the liver fat and nearly a complete disappear- ance of both glycogen and sugar. 110 Chittenden and Blake—Influence of Arsenic Experiment III. Action of arsenic on a rabbit. Period of dosing. May 25-31, 0-2 grain As.O; daily. June 1-15, O73 eee es oe “ 16-23, 04 “ 73 “ 9-1 grains. A, control rabbit. B, arsenic rabbit. Body weight May 25, 1644 grams. 1502 grams. is “June 24, LGTGe 1586 7 —28 +84 Weight of liver June 24, 61°360 grams. 46°760 grams. Determination of fat in liver. A, control, 15°320 grams liver gave 0°4126 gram fat, B, arsenic, 14435 “ ck SS O0:288 3a tt 2°00 ins 2°69 per cent. —0°69 per cent. Determination of glycogen and sugar. * A, B. Weight of liver used, 45°940 grams. 32°325 grams. Glycogen A,* control. Volume used Equivalent Equivalent Total for reduction. Weight Cu. in dextrose. in glycogen. amount. 25 ¢. ¢. 02036 gram. 01045 gram. 0°0940 gram. 1°8800 grams. 25 0°2027 071041 0-0937 18740 Glycogen B, arsenic. 25 ¢. ¢. 0°5230 gram. 0°2503 gram. 0°2252 gram. 1°8016 grams. 25 0°5223 0-2500 0°2250 1°8000 Sugar A, control. 25 ¢. C. 070177 gram. 0°0098 gram. ----- 0-0784 gram. 25 00173 O;00ST Gr Sw Beane 0-0776 Sugar B, arsenic. 25 c. ¢. 00254 gram. 0°0137 gram. = ___-- 0°1096 gram. 25 0:0232 0°0126 OE 0°1008 100 grams of muscle tissue yielded 0°3 milligram of As. Per cent. 4:13 4:07 5°57 5°54 O17 0°16 0°34 0°31 Here, we find under the influence of the arsenic, an apparent gain, though slight, in body weight, an evident diminution in the weight of the liver, together with a diminished percentage of liver fat. Ap- parently, however, the amount of liver glycogen and sugar are some- what increased. The liver showed no approach to fatty degeneration on microscopic examination. * The glycogen solution after boiling with acid, ete., was made up to 500 ¢. c. instead of 200 @. e. Volume used Zare; Cc. 25 25 c. ¢. 25 25¢ec. 25 95 ¢. ¢. 25 A, control, B, antimony, 11°409 for reduction. and Antimony on Glycogenic function, ete. Experiment IV. Action of antimony on a fowl. May 20-24, in June a“ Body weight May 20, “June 15, Weight of liver June 15, Period of dosing. 0-4 0°6 “ os « 13°6 grains. A, control fowl. Lost — i383 —28 22°995 “ te 1559 grams, orams. Determination of fat in liver. 7°985 grams liver gave 04600 gram fat, 0°6741 “ “cc 0°2 grain Sb.O; daily. B, antimony fowl. 1616 grams, 1828 ‘* +212 31°799 grams. = 5°76 per cent. ee il elie + 0°15 per cent. Determination of glycogen and Sugar. Weight of liver used, Weight Cu. 0°0577 gram. 0°0563 071011 gram. 0°1015 0°0198 gram, 0°0211 0°0300 gram, 00277 A, 15°010 grams. Glycogen A, control. Equivalent Equivalent in dextrose. in glycogen. 0°0296 gram. 0°0266 gram. 0°0289 0°0260 Glycogen B, antimony. 0°0514 gram. 0°0516 0°0462 gram. 90464 Sugar A, control. 0:0109 gram. 0°0115 Sugar B, antimony. 0 0160 gram. 0°0148 B. 20°390 grams. Total amount. 0°2128 gram. 0-2080 0°3696 gram. 0°3712 00872 gram. 0°0920 0°1280 gram. 071184 100 grams of breast muscle gave 1:2 milligrams Sb. Per cent. 1°41 1:38 1°81 1°82 0°58 0°61 0°62 0°58 These results would seem to indicate that antimonious oxide tends to increase the body weight, and apparently also that of the liver. The liver fat is obviously not much affected in this experiment, while the glycogen shows a slight increase in the antimonial fowl. 112 Chittenden and Blake—Influence of Arsenic: Haperiment V. Action of antimony on a fowl. Period of dosing. May 20-24, 0°2 grain Sb.O; daily. iT 25-31, Oa & “ ‘ June l- %, 267. ve ue ce 8-15, 0:8 a3 “ a“ tt 16-19, 1:0 a “ce “i 18:4 grains. A, control fowl. B, antimony fowl. Body weight May 20, 1701 grams. 1757 grams, o «June 20, 1644 * UST —57 +57 Weight of liver June 20, 34:177 grams. 35°440 grams. Determination of fat in liver. A, control, 9°477 grams liver gave 0°3890 gram fat, == 4°10 per cent. B, antimony, 9579 =“ i SewO DOSSIn, (ean = Phono. af +1°21 per cent. The appearance of the liver in B indicated fatty degeneration. Determination of glycogen and sugar. A, iB Weight of liver used, 24:700 grams. 25871 grams. Glycogen A, control. Volume used Equivalent Equivalent Total Per for reduction. Weight Cu. in dextrose. in glycogen. amount. cent. 25 ©. ¢c. 0°2253 gram. 0°1160 gram. 071044 gram. 0°8352 gram. 3°38 obs ps 0°2253 0:1160 0°1044 0°8352 3°38 Glycogen B, antimony. 25 '¢. ©. 0:2480 gram. 0°1281 gram. 0°1153 gram. 0°9224 gram. 3°56 25 0°2479 0°1280 0°1150 0°9200 3°55 Sugar A, control. 25 ¢. ¢c. 0:0360 gram. 0°0189 gram. = .__-- 0°1512 gram. 0°61 25 0:0360 OrOTESe al eee 0°1512 0°61 Sugar B, antimony. 25 ¢. ¢c. 0°0383 gram. 0°0200 gram. ____- 0:1600 gram. 0°62 25 0°0372 OZ095\> alee Sih ee Sys 0°1560 0°60 100 grams of breast muscle gave 1°3 milligrams Sh. In this experiment, there was pronounced fatty degeneration of the liver in the antimonial fowl. Further, as in the last experiment, there was apparently a slight increase both in body weight and in the weight of the liver. and Antimony on Glycogenic function, ete. 118 Corresponding with the fatty degeneration, there was found J-2 per cent. more fat in the antimonial liver than in the control. The liver glycogen was also slightly increased under the influence of the antimony. Experiment VI. Action of antimony on a rabbit. Period of dosing. May 25-31, 04 grain Sb.Os; daily. June 1-7, (He ut de te il 5, 0-8 oe “i “ee i“ 16-21, 1:0 bs “ be 19-4 grains. A, control rabbit. B,* antimony rabbit. Body weight May 25, 2012 grams. ~ 1814 grams. U: «June 23, 1998) pate Ola as —14 —113 Weight of liver June 23, 38°219 grams. 42-741 orams. Determination of fat in liver. A, control, 9375 grams liver gave 0°3575 gram fat, = 3°81 percent. B, antimony, 10°971 =‘ pe i043 2 pe Sages = 3-12 ct — 0°69 per cent. Determination of glycogen and sugar. A, B. Weight of liver used, 28°844 prams. 31°770 grams. Glycogen A, control. Volume used Equivalent Equivalent Total Per for reduction. Weight Cu. in dextrose. in glycogen. amount. cent. 25 ©. ¢. 0:0431 gram. 0°0224gram. 0°0201 gram. 0°1608 gram, 0°55 *Ab. 0°0441 0-0229 0°0206 0°1648 0°57 Sugar A, control. 25 ©. ¢. 0:0445 gram. 0°0231 gram. ---.- 0°1848 gram. 0°64 25 00440 0:02.29) eee 0°1832 0°63 In B, there was no reduction for either glycogen or sugar. 100 grams of muscle gave 1°0 milligram Sb. In this experiment, towards the end, the animal was evidently suf- fering from the toxic action of the antimony, and the body weight is seen to be noticeably diminished. The weight of the liver, however, was apparently increased by the antimony, although there was a *The last two days the antimony rabbit ate very little. Hence, the oxide was not given after the 21st. The animal was evidently much affected by the antimony and its general nutrition was at the last very poor. Trans. Conn. Acap., Vou. VIII. 15 Dec., 1888. 114 Chittenden and Blake—Influence of Arsenic and Antimony. diminution in the liver fat, and a complete disappearance of both glycogen and sugar. While these experiments are far too few in number to generalize from, yet it would appear that small doses of antimonious oxide long continued tend to increase body weight, and particularly the weight of the liver. Further, the increase in liver weight is accompanied by an increased percentage of fat and a slight increase of liver glycogen. _ With corresponding doses of arsenious oxide, on the other hand, the results would indicate a diminution in body weight, likewise a diminution in the weight of the liver and also in the amount of liver fat. As regards glycogen, two of the results show an increased amount in the arsenical livers, while in one experiment there was a total disappearance of glycogen. On the other hand, as Experiment No. I indicates, there may be, with small doses of arsenic, a very pronounced fatty degeneration of the liver, accompanied by an in- creased liver weight and an increase in the percentage of liver glycogen. WIE.—Tue Nature anp Cuemicat Composition oF THE Myosin oF Muscie Tissur. By R. H. CuitrreNnpDEN anv G. WryckorFrr Cummins, Pu.D. In spite of the interest attached to this peculiar proteid substance, little attention has been directed to its chemical nature since the time of its discovery by Kiihne.* In fact, Danilewskyt is the only investigator who appears to have studied its chemical relations to any extent, and so far as we are aware no attempt has ever been made to ascertain its chemical composition. With this fact in mind, it has been the main object of the present investigation to study the chemical composition of pure myosin, and to determine the differ- ences that may exist in the chemical nature, or in the properties, of myosin prepared from various animal sources. Unfortunately, our work was completed before Halliburton’s{ recent paper on muscle- plasma was published, otherwise we should have attempted to verify some of his interesting discoveries regarding the muscle clot, and possibly have modified somewhat the character of our work. The researches of Kiihne, Hoppe-Seyler,§ Weyl,| and Danilewsky have shown that myosin, both from the animal and vegetable king- doms, is a globulin body, soluble in dilute sodium and ammonium chloride solutions, as well as in sulphate of raagnesia and sulphates of the alkalies, and precipitable therefrom either by the addition of salt in substance or by dilution with much water. As stated by Danilewsky, myosin is most advantageously extracted from muscle tissue by ammonium chloride, in solutions of from 7-20 per cent. We have, likewise, found this to be the case by comparative tests, and have, therefore, in all of our preparations of myosin for analysis, used ammonium chloride as the extractive, preferably of 15 per cent. strength. For separation of myosin from the ammonium chloride * Kiihne, Protoplasma, Leipzig, 1864. Also Lehrbuch der physiologische Chemie. + Myosin, seine Darstellung, Kigenschaften, Umwandlung in Syntonin und Riickbil- dung aus demselben. Zeitschrift fiir physiologische chemie. Band y, p. 158. ¢ Journal of Physiology, vol. viii, p. 133. § Handbuch der Chem. Analyse, 4 Auflage, p. 236. | Beitrage zur kenntniss thierischer und pflanzlicher eiweisskérper, Zeitschrift fir physiologische Chemie, Band i, p. 72. 116 Chittenden and Cummins—Nature and Chemical solution we have mainly employed two methods, either dilution with a large volume of distilled water, or dialysis of the ammonium chloride solution until the salt is entirely removed. In this latter process, we have often observed that the separation of myosin partakes more of the nature of a coagulation than of an ordinary precipitation. A moderately strong ammonium chloride solution of myosin, on being placed in a parchment bag and suspended in running water, will ordinarily at ‘the end of two or three days be converted into a semi-solid, jelly-like mass, which later on contracts more or less, but still shows all the characters of a genuine clot. In fact, we are inclined, with Halliburton, to consider this a genuine re-coagulation rather than a precipitation. We are inclined, how- ever, to believe that separation of myosin by dialysis is hardly as satisfactory in the preparation of small quantities, as precipitation by water, since on dialysis the jellying of the myosin naturally tends to enclose some of the salt and also any other proteids possibly present in the solution, while by precipitation with water the myosin is floc- culent, easily washed and thus more surely freed from both salt and albumin. Myosin A, from ox muscle. The first sample of myosin was prepared from a freshly killed ox. The finely chopped muscle from the thigh was freed, so far as possi- ble, from all traces of blood and soluble albumin by long soaking and frequent kneading with water. The water was frequently changed and kept thoroughly thymolized so as to prevent any ap- proach to putrefaction. When the washings failed to give any tur- bidity by heat, or by acetic acid and potassium ferrocyanide, the washed tissue was placed in 10 litres of a 15 per cent. solution of am- monium chloride for extraction of the myosin. The resultant opales- cent fluid was filtered through paper and the myosin precipitated by saturation with sodium chloride. The precipitate was quickly strained off, dried somewhat between folds of filter paper, dissolved in a small amount of water and reprecipitated by treatment of the fluid with a large volume of water. The precipitate so obtained was washed with water until the washings gave no reaction for chlorides, when it was treated with weak alcohol and finally with 95 per cent. and absolute alcohol, and ether. When partially dried, it was ground fine and further dried at 110° C. until of constant weight, for analysis. Its composition is shown in the accompanying table. ‘aIOSAW XO WOU “VY NISOAJ{ JO SISATVNY aS 00-001 ; 99.16 “axe ‘Sate =r a he tS ’ O 67-1 GFT 99-1 Se a ei ee S 68-91 — hives ¥6-9T ¥8-9T ae wel N . GL +k aie ae eS a &T-2 OT-k H > 78-68 ee Rae 4 aE F8-6G €8-6¢ @) ss ‘9SRIOAV ‘gounjsqns aauf-yso ay, fo uorisoduod abnzuaolad cg 68-T | PPT £960-0 2 pale eel ee | eed || ee el ee ee ne oo | nna 3 vee le ee 6816-0 XI a 6¢-T | 8&-T 6610-0 = oo Sara) eo tee. la dae oe oe” |G PE «EP Sr nae et ee | OSBOG> | EETA a ee ele at ieee Saree = eile ie Ns eS eee ce Se ees |e oval So =: Aliencmes eecece --- ---- COON PIOO Ae oO Pes | nlm Ie LO6P-T | ILA $ Feces --- “== - SNE eeee or. T ITeTO-Ole IM es Se |: oo =e oa er ore 6118-0 TA S a | ae 5 RS a ee ||: ee aoa Be ge eae ee 6F-T TOTO-0 F6L9-0 | A ate al eee eee hae | Ee SRG OT eee) | C00 | TO c= ee ae ease E8Le-0 AT 2 he petal ee pee oe a oe) ee OPO EA PSB ts eS a hie ES laa Sails ae eee oS |= Se yeaa Wea tinn ‘Ss ae Ie Ce Boe, eae ena. oe bibs rae Foc ae cl | ae 60-22} 6080-T | €0-2 | 6198-0 | 6¢9¢-0 | IT A) S, rat hig g prt, a = oa “Earns eer ee ee “"" | “"~ |70-68| OOFL-0 | 66-9 | CFPS-0 | B8L8E-0 | I > S Obes: 752 |e a ee ee eS ee Ss =e o fa Ee % ‘meds ‘qns | ‘wis ; “Tau Oe eee ; : ‘Ysy Jog 4 SONM+HOM| JO % ‘SV os ae - einsselg | “iL fe | z teed & es: ra ‘ON suyonpep YUM WOIsny | “GSH | oy} MOAT US tag OH | eoueysqng Jaye S Joye 'OStg | JOS | 'OSea “‘punoy N 4 118 Chittenden and Cummins—Nature and Chemical Myosin B, from ox muscle. A solution of myosin in 15 per cent. ammonium chloride was pre- pared from 4 kilos. of freshly killed beef, as described under A. The myosin was then separated from the solution by dialysis, con- tinued until nearly all of the chloride was removed. The last traces of the ammonium salt were separated by filtration of the gelatinous myosin through chamois skin, and washing with water. The prepa- ration was then treated exactly as A, and dried at 110° C. for analysis. By long continued contact with water, as in dialysis, the precipi- tated or coagulated myosin is rendered insoluble in dilute salt solu- tions, as noticed by Weyl and others, hence in this preparation it was not possible to purify the substance by reprecipitation. The composition of the product (see the accompanying table) is essentially the same as that of the preceding preparation. Myosin C, from sheep's muscle. This sample of myosin was obtained from fresh mutton in essen- tially the same manner as the preceding preparation, viz: by extrac- tion of the thoroughly washed tissue with 15 per cent. ammonium chloride, and separation of the myosin by dialysis. On analysis, it was found to possess a somewhat higher percentage of carbon than the two myosins from ox muscle, but in other respects it was identical with them. Myosin D, from calf’s musele. A solution of myosin was prepared from 3 kilos. of fresh, lean mus- cle from a young calf, by extraction of the thoroughly washed tissue with 15 per cent. ammonium chloride solution. From one-half of the filtered fluid, myosin was precipitated by dilution with water and purified by washing with water until chlo- rides were entirely removed. It was then washed with weak alcohol, finally with absolute alcohol and ether, and then dried at 110° C, for analysis (D"). From the other half of the ammonium chloride solution, myosin was separated by addition of ammonium chloride in substance. The precipitate was freed from excess of ammonium chloride by addi_ tion of just enough water to dissolve the salt, after which the floc- culent myosin was strained off, dissolved in a little water, and precip- itated by pouring the solution into a large volume of water. It was —=——-. eo ae 119 SSUE, 1. of Muscle T wn O of the Myos 70On O it Compos 00.00L 69-66 $6.1 4-91 60-4 79-69 ‘OBRIOAV vo 96-1 66-T 18-1 F620-0 L620-0 “qus “SV % a, “UTBLs WSV JOS| & |ONX+HOX| Jo 2 suyonpep AIA WOIsNy 1OyJe § Joye *OS"d | JOS F6-1 9700-0 Ue IS ‘USV ayy WOJy 96-1 69-0 9700-0 69-0 |6L00-0 > ysy | ‘punoz _UsV “Rds O oe. wows = ee g 6¢-91 9P-9T Peas, ere N She 5 TTL 90-2 H tere ar 8P-6¢ €¢-6G @) ‘a0Un{sSQns aatf-Yysp ay) fo UoisodwWod abn, UAILAT SHE] AS Maes WEST SSs SS y PSO, OFPOLe eS Gm fSyuONly ons an) naa = a alae eds “~~ | ~~~ |@T-6G} SteL-0 | 90-2 Se |e Seana "> | ~~~ |9T-6S} LE¢8-0 | 10-2 % ae ‘Do AY 5) % “URIS % XN aINSsatg | ‘y, 9 pam oj u ‘punoy N 09 ‘Osta “weds ‘panoj O°H 8°89-0 LL69-0 CTTL-T 0699-0 CoPr0- 1 £009-0 T90¢°0 6868-0 9067-0 “meIs ‘pasn eouRsqug ON ‘HIOSAW XO WOUd ‘Gq NISOAJ JO SISATVNY Chittenden and Cummins—Nature and Chemical 120 "yse Jog Suayonpep IOYVS 00:.00T 96-16 6-1 S¢-9T OL +k 16-89 ‘O.0RIOA VY 1990-0 a 6690-0 “WBS “qus °ONM+HOM| JO 2% TIM Golsnz | “US y 1oyye 'OSe_ | JOS c6-T 06-T TS-9T 68-91 oh 06-69 GTk LG6-&G ‘aounysqns aatf-yso ay, fo uUuorprsodwos abnzwa1ag 1800-0 "mUeIs “yse oy} Woz rosed D qsV 100-0 100-0 “mes ‘punoj UsV ‘HIOSAW $.daaHS WOUd ‘O NISOAJ{ JO SISATVNY Zr T-69L | 6-01 T-T9L | GOL SOLO nee aINSsalg Dol ‘punoy N -e-- Ores “wels *panoj 500 OTAno 80-2 LC8e-0 | 80-2 OSTE-0 “punoy O°H a | "TUBS _ 6C0L-0 TOLL: 6E1F-T 6968-0 OLTS-0 LLdL-0 009F-0 6E°E-0 CP6P-0 ‘meIs *posn ouRysqug i i ae ‘ON Composition of the Myosin of Muscle Tissue. 121 then washed with water, alcohol, and ether, and dried at 110° C. (D"). The composition of both products is shown in the accompanying tables. From the analytical data it is seen that the two preparations show close agreement, although there are minor differences; D", for exam- ple, containing aslightly higher percentage of carbon and a corres- pondingly lower percentage of nitrogen than D’. Further, D" con- tains less than half as much ash as the other preparation. Both show fairly close agreement with the myosins from ox muscle, with per- haps a slightly higher average percentage of nitrogen. Myosin BE, from fish. So far as we are aware, little attention has been paid to the my- osin from fish flesh. Myosin is assumed to be present and is supposed to be of the same general nature as the myosin from other forms of muscle tissue. We first tried the separation of myosin from fresh cod (Gadus callarias or G. morrhua), using 2 kilos. of the fresh, lean tissue ob- tained in market. The final ammonium chloride extract (15 per cent.) failed to give anything more than an insignificant precipitate, either by dilution with water or by saturation of the fluid with sodium chloride. A second preparation was attempted from the flesh of the halibut (Hippoglossus vulgaris) ; 2°5 kilos. of fresh tissue, free from fascie, fat and integument were thoroughly extracted with thymolized water for several days, the chopped tissue being well rubbed up with the water to insure complete removal of soluble albumins, etc. The thoroughly washed fibre was then triturated with a 15 per cent. ammonium chloride solution and allowed to stand in contact with it for 24 hours. The filtered fluid gave a decided precipitate on boiling, and also on addition of salt to saturation. Myosin was separated from the ammonium chloride solution by dialysis as a more or less gelatinous precipitate, and was prepared for analysis by washing with thymolized water, and treatment with alcohol and ether. Dried at 110° C. until of constant weight, it yielded the following results: I. 0-3335 gram substance gave 0°2043 gram H,O = 6:08 per cent. H and 0°6257 gram CO,= 51°16 per cent. C. TRANS. Conn. ACAD., Vou. VIII. 16 DEc., 1888. Chittenden and Cummins— Nature and Chemiéal 122 00-005 89.16 6ST TT-AT TE+h 18-2G ‘Q9SB10A WV &&-1 ‘aaunysqns aaif-ysp ay fo §&-1 PILE 66-1 se Jos Sulonpep Jaye g 66-1 68-T b 8 eAGMOee | 27 @i9010 — eo 2s “Weis ®ONN + HOM (Arm mOoIsn} Jaye ‘OSE ‘qns jo % “‘USV JO8 0810-0 “yse oy} WoIy *osea b ysV mes *‘punoj UsVv PT-LE Thek 88-69 T-894 | L-OT | 9-28 8-6FL | 8-6 | HLS “cul | 5 | ae eInsselg tT “‘punoj N TE4 61-6S uorrsodwmos abpzuavaq omMAano ---- | 9g9¢-0 | XI "=o.=| 1010.0) | TEA 2c Qebit | Mek nest 2) Tropical dua, “== | 7@96-0 | A -=-- | ¢909-0 | AT ““-- | 9829-0 | TH 6eFe-0 9868-0 TI [ove-0 | THe-0 | I “wes “mR “punoy “pasu O*H eourjsqng | i ‘ON ‘HIOSOW SIVO Woud ‘qq NISOAW AO SISATVNY n 00-001 —! 69.16 ovary ite ae ae aie i O G6-T VoL 96-1 7 Tse ro el S$ 96-91 ea eee 16-91 TO-LT ane ae N : ST +k eS Bait pad ake CTL TTL H 8 L669 S34 wag oe ar L6-6¢ L6-6¢ ©) < ‘98U10A V ‘BOUDISQNS datf-Ysp ay}? fo WOLQIs0dwUod ebnuaolag 2 : 2 66-1 LOT 9190-0 oo pee tay [te pmo ARR WS ae ws Eas a1 Se = =) ape Ulloa | araacamnae Gé69-0 | XT = ToL 86-1 1620-0 yaks es Sky AIRE # cea | eal PA eae is na eens eee niees *||\Sck! «| a gcLug¢-0 | TIA S ae pes pues CROC UMNE ATS OT OH st a | | ei Be Pr ieee Al acres ee | pee a ccor-T | ITA a Senin 1 ors pie Te saree PORE IGOOOIO!| ee hn sired lei sbi | (a ir ee Te08-0 | TA = | = ree =o pew or SP ue L OL00:0)) 24) “ese Sa ie se ae sl ld a ¥66S:0 | A D - Ss Se a: ree a Sate i = EOI eB. rei es Q yo =o “SS a RSs 689¢-0 | AI tS ; x ike ae orets Pots ages Se) eee HOO RCO MONEE | eragyl GLE Spel oll S Ce =a: he SS eiaee ee Slices =O) % ‘99104 V = ‘aounysqns aatf-ysp ay, fo worprsodwmos abnyuaoag 3 2 Wes er COG Fam GEO elie nee alee wee Pepe es (sa a ae ome ge ShoL-0 | XI = QE ae OH wh CORO cme aay en a eel et | we lee Se o> cole | P8080 MILA > 2 ie --- 225 YEOH POO Ome alts ese” ae ae ae eld aoe acl ces dee ee Wa velé-T TA S$ SSE --- ---- = eel tee COC OPLORO |e al Ye) Ses Se ee ate ater 666L-0 | IA 3 wsn-2 | nee Bene > i ES cee RGHECIUO|, ¢> salts oe | lee (= ere 20650 | A = | s Sa = ag ga eS ate ie PS" SPOR GapGde Es OR casa) b= a) se ee eee ee OCOF-0 | AT > Nhe i are Rene | =. ae coca a ollae eo IGRSOE | QeOkr NEBL | PePO | a) Se 7 aie me oe 9229-0 | IIT 3 a Al tecteee heme a | ae ane ms Sh a rg eae ll a G8-TS S8C8-0 | 6-9 | FO8S-0 | CTF-O | IT Ss | | i pee SF Se iS eecarae ie | ee ae oes ae ““" | -"> [89-19] 1889-0 | 00-4 | STTZ-0 | 69ee-0 |T S ama sea | ep ee S| | sa Se | % “mes ‘qns | ‘werd . ‘cm 1) sal |e ; ; : ysvjog| % "ONN+HOM|Jo% | “gsv ae aes % |omevorg] “t | °° | # Pa z ihe ae te Banonpep| § | YyIM uorsny | “ysy | ey} wo. ysy | N ) 600 Oty | eouejsqne| . IOIE § oye 'Oged | JOS | 'oged "punoy Nv ‘AIOSAN XO WOWF ‘J NISOAJ JO SISATVNW 126 Chittenden and Cummins—Nature and Chemical II. 0:4895 ‘gram substance gave 67°8° N at 15°4° C. and 761:6™™ pressure = 16°50 per cent. N. III. 0:4939 gram substance gave 0°0116 gram ash = 2°35 per cent. Percentage composition of ash-free substance, C 52:39, H 6°97, N 16°74. The amount of myosin obtained from the fish muscle was not at all commensurate with the amount of flesh experimented with. Danilewsky,* however, found in the muscle tissue of the perch 8°56 per cent. of myosin as contrasted with 7°5 per cent. in ox muscle. Whether our inability to separate a corresponding amount from the tissue of the cod and halibut was due to the character of the tissue, to its possible staleness, or to inferior methods of separation we cannot say. Certainly, the yield of myosin in our case was not as great as from the muscle tissue of the ox, calf, lamb or sheep. In composition, and in such reactions as we were able to try, the fish myosin was not unlike the myosin from other preparations. Myosin F, from ox muscle. A solution in 15 per cent. ammonium chloride was prepared as in preceding cases and the myosin precipitated by addition of a large amount of water. One half of the precipitated myosin was washed with water until all ammonium chloride was removed, then with alcohol and ether, and dried for analysis (F'). The other half of the myosin was washed somewhat with water, not enough to render it insoluble, then dissolved in 10 per cent. sodium chloride solution, reprecipitated by dilution with water, thor- oughly washed and dried (F"). The composition of the two products is shown in the accompanying tables. The results show close agreement with each other, and with the preceding preparations. Myosin G, from ox muscle. According to Danilewsky, a 15 per cent. solution of ammonium chloride is stronger than necessary for the extraction of myosin from * Ueber die Abhanghigkeit der contractionsart der muskeln von der mengen ver- haltnissen einiger ihrer Bestandtheile. Zeitschrift fiir physiologische Chemie. Band Vii, p. 124. — | Composition of the Myosin of Muscle Tissue. 127 muscle tissue. In fact, microscopic examination showed that 15 per cent. solutions of this salt generally cause destruction of the muscle fibres, while weaker solutions of the ammonium salt, as 5 per cent., extract the myosin equally well, without injuring the structural elements in the least. Thinking that possibly a purer myosin might be obtained by the use of a weaker salt solution, several kilos. of thoroughly washed muscle tissue were rubbed up with an excess of 5 per cent. ammo- nium chloride and kept in contact with it for 48 hours. From the filtered solution, myosin was separated by addition of a large volume of water and the product washed and dried for analysis (G'). The tissue remaining after extraction as described, was treated with a fresh 5 per cent. solution of ammonium chloride, and from this fluid a second precipitate of myosin was obtained by addition of water. his also was washed and dried for analysis (G"). The residue of tissue still remaining was then extracted with a 15 per cent. solution of ammonium chloride. The extract so obtained gave a flocculent precipitate on saturation with sodium chloride, and a coagulum appeared on boiling the solution, but no precipitate could be obtained on addition of a large volume of water. It is thus evi- dent that there was an almost complete extraction of myosin by the 5 per cent. solution of the ammonium salt. On precipitating the small amount of myosin present in the 15 per cent. ammonium chloride solution by saturation of the fluid with salt, a clear filtrate was obtained which gave a turbidity on boiling and also on addition of acetic acid and potassium ferrocyanide, thus showing the presence of a small amount of soluble albumin. The composition of the two myosins, as seen from the accompany- ing tables, does not differ at all from that of other preparations. Myosin H, from muscle of sheep. In this preparation, the thoroughly washed and chopped muscle was partially extracted with a 5 per cent. ammonium chloride solu- tion, and the myosin separated by addition of water. It was then washed and dried for analysis (H’). The residue of tissue was extracted with a 15 per cent. solution of ammonium chloride and the myosin separated from this solution, likewise, by addition of water (H"). Chittenden and Cummins—Nature and Chemical 128 00-007 3 90-66 =e le =a - —_ Pe O 81-1 OT-T 06-1 rue aos ae 8 BF-9T a a LG-9T LE-9T ia < N 61-4 ry ae = ee ous OTL 66-h H GO-€G —- ~ ee Lae 00-84 60-8¢ @) ‘OSRIOA VY ‘gounjysqns aatf-yso ayz fo worpsodwmod abnzuadlag FIT 66-1 9020-0 aa aes <— Zi Be, | Mae | ae oe ea eee ee ae 1 —- 8T-T 96-1 F870-0 <= =a > ed Se ag Se le po atl eae | =e eagles = = io 2 sae rae 80-0 | 1200-0 | | Wet Sf Selene | TE eer | | rs os Sa Sree? Slee eee TG-T 6010-0) ~~ ae ote Fee oe ee > |r ee er I = =a = ee Spee e000) = = _—- oe > | S BIE | | OG-T LT¢0-0 on — aa igs oh cree esas Se, ea | Fal aad oe > ale ell 816¢-0 XI VET 66-1 8870-0 ai oe rl vaccine | at a Pree ol bee eeteeags ce, eae 067S:0 IIIA 7 S | | i is ey A, 610-0 CCOUU te ye eal Sl were 2 Page lens he epee e's 8800-1 IITA S PS Se Cone aa nel | = BS EGOLOO |) = Hee S| ree a (e ama 8réc-0 IA att € Bare pe a TAC ae eG IEGEOOH cere 85 sistale bas el aia aes eS | OrLg-0 A S | | 0 : ae os woke Pea aie Westy GPO ye veQUur ob rae Obs |) Mace elena ce ses 698F-0 AT B So | | | | | ag § a ae ETC a | | ~~ | 777 [SPOT] 8-802 | 9-8T esir <3 eee aes ae 9838-0 mm 3 s | oe gainers Ca ee arb fil Sere ao) nls Bee es Me en So | e Se fom ese a | BL-12) 18sL-0 | 06-9 1966-0 | GO8E-0 a e : | | ; = i erat ace Beg 7 | say RF a a tes Oe” | --- | --> 199-19] £206-0 | 10-4 | Te08-0 | SBZr-0 |T Ss) 3 | | = IS) | SS eS | Pf fe 2 ef Set 2 be | A % | ores ‘qns | ‘wed : watt Vp eal ene aia : seh 8 “sy jos| % oNu+aon| 30%) wey | x (278) gy |omesorg] t | °° |g | me |g | ee | ee [ON Suyonpep| Gg YT woIsny | ‘Yysy | oy) Woy) SV edie! ij ——= — Sail = £6) p I H | P s 3 e ia : Ke YES | gaye toged | Jos | 'osta aa "punoy N o0 Pe z s = 2 = = i = ‘ATIOSAW XO WOU ‘|, NISOAJ JO SISATVNY " eee Ohittenden and Cummins—Nature and Chemical 130 16-91 ST-h 68-6G L0-L 98-6G ‘gounjsqns aatf{-yso ayz fo uorprsodwos abnzuUaoLlag odano vE-1T Té-T PIT ‘Usy Jos suljonpep Oye S 8-1 98.1 | 8i-1 Qe | 00-001 L8TE See 8éT 9&-T 16-91 Big OT +k rue 48 6S ‘an ‘QBBIDAW ies | 9620-0 Tokee SuCQeO: eee eee yoroueas yp i --- | 0.0 | 7800-0 —— | —- [TL 80-2 H 4G-BG or vay Sao, aa PL:GS = 6E GE 0 ‘aseIoAy = -aounysqns aauf-ysv ay} fo Worsodwmod abnzUarLag ; | i] PEob_ Otek £0¥0-0 a aio a | | Kamen ee Sethi we Soe Shy, fg os rane ears ieee ae aes ALT | 6@T 6840-0 0 ites eee | eee ee ad Bn ad brake a Or | eee ver = bach. GOO PRFOOFDD | ef FS a (SEE eae eo 9 Ae ae ae ie ee eee ay — Pitas a cae iey TC \GROOO! © <> s| te sne | Set See ea eer i al wr ma owes pee Se Sera OO00'O) =.= ame a 2 sip (oc ae os ol eras at Alias ie BM es\iy ae See SSO] (GOR 5 GPE \"OsOG:| © sae or: ona 2 3 a me, aes ‘aan eal, FEO OE PekOer perl ST | =< |“ S-Sae gece Se ale ee as a raed Pon! i hel ea ed es cies “|” \66-TS) 96SF-0 10-4 | LOFT-0 | a a ae 2 — =—6 Rial eg il) ee | ea oe |} «| ”«189-TS) 9TLL-0 46-9 6892-0 % “UBId “gus “meds | ‘eau ‘9 ‘ysy jog 4 [ONM+HOM| JO%| ‘ysy 4, mes % -eansserg 1 00 % wed Py “wUBIS suyonpep g Wim aorsny | ‘Yysy | oq Moly ‘U8V *punos N 9 punoy a punoj TRNJES Joye "OSka | FOS | Osea “U8YV ‘punoy x *00 O°H SS ee ee er eee _— = ‘dHaHS JO ATOSAW WOUd ‘AE NISOAW AO SISATIVNY 152 Chittenden and Cummins—Nature and Chemical 66-1 ‘ysV JOS, B Suyonpep, s Iaye g | CEL a 96-1 8SF0-0 “mes [ON + HOW 1]JIM WOISNT 1aqyye "OS® a alee tr =: ue P Ca Wil gia vis Pa Pag Se ie ow gay tal emma fo é ee ; LoL CeL i? Ss “qus JO % UsV JOS ‘USV ey} Mody *osed 88-91 % | mead i P ee ate 5 : Dal , PS ay) iad | ree a 7 a: n = = : ee =e o. , a i 2 a $ Se i * ; : -e-ee- eee eens eee ' +5 35} 0 ab Be l 120 ‘ 3 23°3 ae, 0-400. « “ j Ty My h 0-400 + ‘ EERE 0-400 f 6, 0-400 oe GN. O40 ieee ot 8, 0500“ ‘ Sen Teed) 0 «“ 10, 0500 “ “ 11, 0500 « 4:300 grams. Absorption of Nickel and Cobalt. 155 The animal died on the 12th. On the last day, 15 ¢. c. of thick, dark brown, viscid urine were voided which contained 1°8 milligrams of cobalt. 7°15 grams of feces excreted during the last 24 hours were found to contain about 100 milligrams of cobalt. Obviously a large amount of the cobalt passes directly through the alimentary canal, while of the absorbed portion considerable is eliminated through the urine, much more indeed than the small amounts found in the kidneys would appear to warrant. On analysis of the organs of this rabbit, the following results were obtained : Total weight Co per 100 grams of organ. Weight of Co. of tissue, grams. milligrams. milligrams. Wiivier seat ek <2 es s5 66-00 2°6 3°94 Spleensee esos. ess 0-40 0°5 125-00 Kadmeys-..-22-2-2. 15°30 0-5 3:27 [SiGHinh Se eee eee = 10°73 0-1 0:93 ILS 22 eee 7:02 1:0 14°24 Muscle of leg _-_----- 140-00 9°8 7:00 Muscle of back ----- 130-00 4:7 3°61 yeaiene ieee sen, iL ok) 8°35 1:5 17°96 Spinal cord .-------- 4:10 2°0 48°78 Here, as in many of the preceding cases, the lungs contain a higher percentage of the poison than either the liver or kidneys, while the brain and spinal cord contain a still higher percentage. With this rabbit, convulsions were noticed shortly before death and the breathing was very labored, as if the respiratory muscles were affected. An experiment, similar to the preceding, tried swith nickel, led to a like result as regards the elimination of the poison. The first 24 hours’ urine (25 ¢. ¢.) contained 1°6 milligrams of nickel, while the portion (70 c. c.) passed during the 24 hours preceding death con- tained 8°1 milligrams of the metal. Further, 3°5 grams of feces excreted during the last 24 hours contained 17°5 milligrams of nickel. It is obvious from the foregoing that soluble nickel and cobalt salts are possessed of decided toxic properties, but that their poison- ous action is somewhat slow and manifested only when compara- tively large amounts of the salts are administered. Further, so far as our experiments show, the two salts act very much alike. Both apparently cause death by stopping the action of the heart and also produce more or less disturbance in the alimentary tract, interfering with digestion, producing more or less inflammation of the mucous 156 — Chittenden and Norris—The Relative membrane of the stomach and intestines, and causing a more or less persistent diarrhcea. Unlike uranium, these salts have no apparent action on the kidneys or liver, sections of hardened tissue from these organs showing no change of structure. Further, in every case the urine of the poisoned animal was entirely free from sugar and albu- min throughout the experiment. Both salts tend to produce a par- tial paralysis of the extremities, more pronounced possibly with cobalt than with nickel. They enter the circulation quickly, are rapidly distributed to all parts of the body and are in turn more or less rapidly eliminated by the kidneys. Considerable, however, evi- dently passes directly through the alimentary tract and is excreted through the feces. Both salts appear to raise the internal body temperature quite decidedly, the rectal temperature rising even two or three degrees centigrade. The blood vessels of the ears, on the contrary, quickly become constricted under the influence of the salts, and the ears ap- pear white and quite cold. The storage power of the individual organs is somewhat peculiar. The spinal cord and brain, in the majority of the experiments, stand first in their power of picking up and retaining the nickel and cobalt. This is in close accord with what has already been found with solu- ble forms of arsenic,* and more recently with strychnine sulphate.t It would have been interesting in this connection to have seen whether, as with arsenic, the form of the poison modities the relative amount absorbed by the brain and spinal cord, but this we did not have time to try. Again, as with soluble forms of arsenic, the muscle tissue shows in several of the experiments, as Nos. V and VI, a marked affinity for nickel and cobalt, retaining a larger percent- age of the metals than either the liver or kidneys. Still more notice- able, in all of the experiments but one, is the much larger amount of poison in the muscles of the back than in the muscles of the leg; a constant difference occurring in a tissue of the same kind, and hardly explainable on the ground of difference in vascularity. A somewhat similar distribution of arsenic in the muscle tissue was found by one of us a few years ago in an arsenical poison case. * Chittenden, Amer. Chem. Journal, vol. vy, p. 8, also Studies from Laboratory of Physiological Chemistry, vol. i, p. 141. Scolosuboff, Bulletin de la Société Chimique de Paris, vol. xxiv, p. 125. + R. W. Lovett, Journal of Physiology, vol. ix, p. 99. } Chittenden, Amer, Chem. Journal, vol. v, p. 12. Absorption of Nickel and Cobalt. ta4 Another striking feature in the storage of nickel and cobalt by the tissues, is the comparatively large amount retained by the lungs and heart, the amount found in these organs generally exceeding the amounts stored up in the liver and kidneys. Trans. Conn. AcaAD., Vou. VIII. 21 Marcu, 1889. X.—ReEsutts opraInep By Ercuinc A SPHERE AND CRYSTALS OF Quartz with Hyproriuoric Acip. By Dr. Orro MEYER AND SamuEL L. PENFIELD. A few years ago one of us* published the results of an experiment of etching a sphere of calcite with acetic acid in which the symmetry of a calcite crystal was brought out by the character of the etchings on the sphere and the final result of eating away the greater part of the calcite was a crystalline figure with rounded faces, but with a decided steep scalenohedral habit with truncations at the extremities of the vertical axis. This suggested to us the idea of trying similar experiments on spheres cut from other crystals. The difficulty of course lies in obtaining spheres of perfectly pure homogeneous ma- terial; the results furnish, however, an interesting and instructive means of studying the symmetry of any crystalline substance and as parts of the sphere are parallel to all possible faces of a crystal, as soon as the relation of the sphere to the axes of the crystal is made out the character of the etchings in any particular part of the sphere will determine the character of the etching produced by the solvent on any crystal face parallel to that particular part of the sphere. The ease with which spheres of Japanese quartz can be obtained and the readiness with which quartz yields in certain directions, to the action of hydrofluoric acid, made the following experiments quite easy, while the results as will be seen are far more striking than one would at first suppose. The results of our experiments will be better understood by re- viewing some experiments made in 1855 by F. Leydolt + on quartz crystals in which he showed that hydrofluoric acid acts very un- equally on the different kinds of faces, so that not only the right and left-handed character of the crystals, but also all the complexity of twinning can be made to appear by etching. The experiments were repeated by us by placing simple quartz crystals from Herkimer, N. Y., in strong hydrofluoric acid and leaving them till sufficiently distinct etchings were produced. In these experiments, some of which were carried on in cold and some in hot acid, the character of * Meyer, Jahrb, Min., 1883, i, 74. | Sitz-ber. der Wiener Akad., 1855, xv, p. 59. Etching a Sphere of Quartz with hydrofluoric acid. 159 the etching was in all cases the same, and as quartz is dissolved by the acid very slowly it is not probable that slight changes in the tem- perature or strength of the acid would have made any appreciable difference. On the ordinary quartz combination of prism, m, I, 1010, positive rhombohedron r, 1, 1011 and negative rhombohedron z,-1, 0111 the following etchings are very easily developed. The positive rhombohedron v yields most readily to the action of the acid becom- ing covered with elongated unsymmetrical depressions having a hori- zontal direction, the heaviest part being to the right in a right handed crystal, fig. 1, plate I, and to the left in a left handed crystal fig. 2, plate I. The top and middle edges of these depressions are nearly straight, the bottom slightly curved, the widest end is ter- minated by a straight edge having the direction of the zonal edge between vr and the adjacent z face. These etchings are distributed thickly over the 7 faces, and although they are not all exactly alike, their general character is well represented in figs. 1 and 2. The effect of this action is also to eat away and replace all of the edges of the crystal toward which the heaviest ends of the etchings are turned ; thus in a right-handed crystal between r and 7 (1011 and 1101), 7 and zg (1011 and 0111) and r and m (1011 and 0110) all to the right, while the corresponding edges to the left toward which the points of the depressions on 7 are turned, are Jeft perfectly sharp, except of course the upper parts where 7, 1011 forms a short edge with the adjacent 7, 0111 face to the left. In a left-handed crystal, this same phenomena can be observed only with the corresponding edges eaten away to the left instead of to the right. This replacement of the edges is not, shown in figs. 1 and 2, but is shown in the original figures of Leydolt, who also determined the symbols of the faces replacing the different, edges. According to our experience the replacement of the edges appears more like an accumulation of little facets, all reflecting the light simultaneously, than a replacement made by a single face and for a discussion of the symbols of the faces and the determination of the twinning structure of quartz as shown by the etchings we refer our readers to the original paper of Leydolt. If the crystals are left in the acid for a sufficiently long time the edges between the rhombo- hedron faces become so far eaten away that nothing is left of the original rhombohedron faces and the prism is left terminated by the etching faces alone, which flatten out the crystal very much in the di- rection of the vertical axis. On the negative rhombohedron z, the etchings are of an entirely different character, composed of a system of shallow depressions 160 Meyer and Penfield—Results obtained by Etching a Sphere with curved contours, giving a sort of feather-like marking with the direction of greatest action turned toward the heaviest etching on the positive rhombohedron, figs. 1 and 2, plate I.* The prismatic faces are much less acted upon than the rhombo- hedron faces, the etchings varying somewhat in character but con- sisting essentially of four sided depressions with long and short vertical edges parallel to the edges of the prism, one straight steep edge on the side of the positive rhombohedron 7 and parallel to the zonal edge between m and 2, and a shorter slightly curved edge on the side of the negative rhombohedron z. These etchings have definite relations to the symmetry of the crystals and are of reverse character on right, fig. 1, plate I, and left, fig. 2, plate I, handed crystals. On adjacent prismatic faces, the longer or shorter vertical edges are turned toward each other, and by prolonged etching the alternating prismatic edges, toward which the shorter vertical edges of the etchings are directed, are slightly eaten away while the other prismatic edges remain sharp and perfect. From a consideration of the above we can now more readily under- stand the action of hydrofluoric acid on a sphere cut from a simple quartz crystal. A sphere of about 2°44 c. m. diameter was purchased in New York, and etched by placing it in a lead crucible containing rather a strong commercial hydrofluoric acid, such as can be bought in rubber bottles from dealers in chemicals. The exact strength of the acid was not determined. No special care was taken to place the sphere in any particular position in the acid, its position being accidentally changed nearly every day when the acid was removed, and the solu- tion of the quartz going on so slowly that the acid had a chance to act apparently equally on all similar parts of the sphere. During the progress of the etching, which was carried on slowly in the cold, photographs of the etched sphere were obtained at three stages, which seemed well suited for illustration. * According to my experience these etchings on the rhombohedron faces furnish one of the best methods of showing to a beginner in crystallography that the six faces which usually terminate a quartz crystal, are not the faces of an hexagonal pyramid, and all alike, but are those of a positive and negative rhombohedron. To prepare sections for showing this with a microscope, crystals should be etched till the mark- ings are sufficiently distinct, then by cementing the crystal, with the etched face down, toa glass plate with Canada balsam and cementing glass plates on either side, the quartz can be ground away with emery till the glass plates form a large wearing sur- face and the quartz is ground to just the thickness of the glass plates; then after re- moving the slice of quartz and cleaning it, it can be cemented to an object glass with the etched surface up and is ready for examination with the microscope.—Penfield. Pad ie a ee ee —————— and Crystals of Quartz with hydrofluoric acid. 161 After leaving the sphere in the acid for a few hours, the etchings were distinctly observed and their arrangement on the sphere was such that its crystalline nature and relation to hexagonal axes could be determined. The location of the extremities of the vertical axis was marked by the centers of two triangular patches on opposite sides of the sphere, while the character and arrangement of the prominent etchings on the positive rhombohedron indicated the right handed character of the crystal from which the sphere was cut as well as the location of the extremities of the lateral axes. After being in the acid for about four days some of the etchings were very prominent, and the sphere had the appearance represented in figures 1 and 2, plate II. In figure 1 we are looking down upon the sphere in the direction of the vertical axis. In the centre there is a distinct, somewhat hexagonal field, the center of which marks the extremity of the vertical axis. This whole portion is one where the etching has gone on very vigorously, and with the microscope it can be seen that the surface is composed of minute triangular pyramids grouped closely together. About this, three prominent parts, which are ar- ranged in the alternating sections of the hexagon, indicate the position of the positive rhombohedron by the greater extent of the etching, leaving very distinct prominences with their steep sides turned to the right. A distinct ridge or marking, from which the lines of etching go off very distinctly, can also be seen about in the center of each negative rhombohedron. In fig. 2, we are looking at the sphere about at right angles to a prismatic face. A little above the center of the figure and trending to the right, the prominent etchings, indicating the position of the positive rhombohedron, can be seen, while below and to the right they can also be seen in the position of the lower positive rhombohedron. On what may be called the equator of the sphere, midway between the above men- tioned prominent etchings on the positive rhombohedrons above and below, the extremity of one of the lateral axes can be located a little to the right of the center of the figure. On much of the surface near the equator of the sphere, the original polish has not been destroyed. The vigorous action of the acid at the extremities of the vertical axis is plainly seen accompanied already by a slight flattening of the sphere. After exposing the sphere again to the action of the acid for about two weeks it had the appearance represented in figures 3 and 4, plate II. In figure 3, where we are looking down upon the sphere in the direction of the vertical axis, three parts on the equator, located by 162 Meyer and Penfield—Results obtained by Etehing a Sphere the right hand and upper and lower left hand angles of the hexagon, indicate one extremity of each of the three lateral axes and from these parts the lines of etching run out very beautifully toward the center and the prominent marking on the rhombohedron faces. In figure 4, where we are looking at right angles to the vertical axis, besides the decided flattening, a rhombic portion, about in the center of the field, is conspicuous, the center of which locates the extremity of one of the lateral axes. On this portion not only could the origi- nal curved surface of the sphere be detected but also the original polish. The acid having had apparently no action on this portion of the sphere, while the etched portions come up to meet this with sharp and distinct angles. Owing to a slight misunderstanding a mistake was made in photographing figure 4, which was not discov- ered till it was too late to correct it. If we imagine the sphere turned 90° so that the unattacked portion would appear at the right and seen at a tangent, while one of the two similar portions which are now behind and out of sight would appear in the front and a little to the left, the quartz would appear in just the right position to compare with figares 2 and 6. As it is we are looking at the crystal not at right angles to a prism m but at right angles to a prism of the second order 1210. By exposing the quartz for about one month longer to the action of the acid it appeared as represented in figures 5 and 6, plate II. In figure 5, which is again a vertical view, we can readily locate the ex- tremities of the three lateral axes by the right hand and upper and lower left hand angles of the hexagon. At these parts the curved contour of the sphere is preserved for a short distance, but between them there is a decided tendency toward a triangular cross section, The sphere as will be seen from figure 6 has become extremely flat- tened and the upper and lower portions meet along a very sharply defined line. The etchings seem to arrange themselves along parallel lines or ridges and some idea of their beautiful arrangement can be obtained from the larger reproduction shown in figure 3, plate I. In figure 6 we notice, in addition to the extreme flattening, two of the three portions where the acid has had very little action, one taken at a tangent to the right, the other a little to the left of the center; these appear as very conspicuous parallelograms; they have a curved surface similar to that of the original sphere, and although the original polish has disappeared from them only the finest etchings can be detected with the microscope. It can almost be said that the acid has had no action on these three surfaces, at least not enough to ee ———— , — —E—EE ee and Crystals of Quartz with hydrofluoric acid. 163 destroy the original polish of the sphere till toward the very end of the experiment and not enough to appreciably diminish the diameter of the sphere. Although the original diameter was not accurately measured care was taken soon after commencing the etching to cut a hole in a card board very carefully just large enough to allow the sphere to pass and at the conclusion of the etching the quartz just touched at these three points when passed through the same hole. The quartz was still exposed to the action of this acid for about a week, but the general effect was not different from that shown in figures 5 and 6. Of course the sphere was still further flattened in the direction of the vertical axis and the three parts at the extremi- ties of the lateral axes where the acid had acted least, became con- siderably changed, being flattened out more in a vertical direction and therefore appearing as parallelograms, relatively much more elongated horizontally. Figure 3, plate I, is from a photograph taken at this stage in which the relation of these parts to the longer sharp edge between them is less than in figure 5, plate II. At this stage also the etching of the sphere was stopped and the specimen deposited in the collection of Professor George J. Brush, New Haven, Conn. In review it will be noticed, as is the case in all etching, that the acid acts very unequally on different faces of a crystal and therefore on different parts of the sphere, equally, however, on those similar parts of the sphere which are similarly situated with reference to hexagonal axes. The action is greatest at the two extremities of the vertical axis. The action seems to be, especially toward the end, to lift off or dissolve away layers of molecules from above and below while there are three parts, which are each one of the ends of three lateral axes, where the acid exerts practically no solvent action. These parts diminish in size as the action of the acid continues but not by any action of the acid upon them directly, except as the molecules were taken away from above, below and at the sides. This is one of the most striking features of the experiment that in these three directions quartz is almost absolutely insoluble in hydro- fluoric acid. Asa study in symmetry the experiment all along was a very interesting one. The etched sphere could never be divided by a plane into symmetrical halves and showed throughout all of the experiment the tetratohedral character of a right-handed quartz crystal. The sphere was cut from a crystal which would have shown etchings like those in figure 1, plate I. The accompanying illustra- tions give only a faint idea of the beauty of the etched sphere, it 164 Meyer and Penfield— Results obtained by Etching a Sphere being impossible to reproduce the delicacy and beauty of the mark- ings as they appeared on the perfectly transparent material of the quartz. Pyro-electrical experiments.—To further test the relation of the sphere to crystallographic axes, it was heated for some hours in an air bath to 100°C. and on cooling dusted with a mixture of red oxide of lead and sulphur, according to the excellent method described by Professor A. Kundt of Strassburg.* The red oxide of lead and yellow sulphur arranged themselves in six alternating vertical bands about the equator of the sphere, the red bands being located midway between the heaviest parts of the etchings on the positive rhombohe- drons above and below. On the etched sphere represented in figure 2, plate II, a red band ran vertically a little to the right of the cen- ter, a yellow one a little to the left of the center and so on, three red alternating with three yellow about the equator of the sphere. On the etched sphere represented in figures 5 and 8, plate II, the slightly attacked parallelogram parts, representing the ends of the lateral axes, were yellow while the center of the sharp edges midway be- tween them were red. These pyro-electrical phenomena, according to B. von Kolenko,t indicate that the crystals from which our sphere was cut was a right-handed one; that part of the sphere where neg- ative electricity develops on cooling and where the positively elec- trified red oxide of lead deposits, indicating the position of the pris- matic edge, where the right-handed trapezohedral faces above and below would occur. The even distribution of the pyro-electricity into six alternating positive and negative sections prove the simple character of the sphere and the absence of twinning. This latter was very important for the success of our experiment, for if the sphere had been cut from a complicated twin crystal the etchings would have arranged themselves in a very confused manner, and the shapes produced by the etching would have been very much modified. In closing we wish to express our thanks to Mr. J. M. Blake of New Haven, for the care which he took in photographing such a difficult, transparent object, and to Mr. E. Bierstadt of New York, for the pains which he took in the preparation of the plates. Mineralogical Laboratory, Sheffield Scientific School, Feb. 4th, 1889. * Ann. d. Phys. u. Chem., 1883, xx, p. 592. + Zeitsch. f. Kryst., ix, 1884, p. 1, and Orystals of Quartz with hydrofluoric acid. 165 EXPLANATION OF PLATES. PLATE I. 1. Etchings produced on the faces of a right handed quartz crystal by hydrofluoric acid. 2. Etchings produced on the faces of a left handed quartz crystal by hydrofluoric acid. 3. Final result of eating away the greater part of a sphere (cut from a right handed quartz crystal) with hydrofluoric acid during a period of about eight weeks. Seen in the direction of the vertical axis. The angles of the hexagon mark the extremities of the lateral axes. BoArE tie 1 and 2. Appearance of the etched sphere after being in the acid about four days. 1. Seen in the direction of the vertical axis. 2. Seen in the direction at right angles to the vertical axis and a prism of the first order. 3 and 4. Appearance of the etched sphere after being in the acid about three weeks. 3. Seenasin1. 4. Owing to a mistake in taking the photograph seen about at right angles io a prism of the second order. 5 and 6. Appearance of the etched sphere after being in the acid about seven weeks. 5. Seen asin 1 and 3. 6. Seen as in 2. Trans. Conn. Acap., Vou. VIII. 22 Deo., 1889. XI.—New Encrianp Spipers or THE Faminies DRrassip£, AGALENIDZ AND DyspErRiIp#. By J. H. Emerron. Drasside. Tuer Drasside have long bodies like the Ayalenide and Lycoside, but most of them are a little flattened above and walk with their bodies near the ground ; the first and second feet are directed for- ward and the third and fourth backward. The feet have but two claws, under which is usually a cluster of hairs sometimes so thick as to conceal the claws. The under sides of the tarsus and metatarsus are sometimes covered with hairs, especially on the first and second legs, and these hairs are often flattened or thickened at the end. The cephalothorax is low in front, the highest part being in the middle or farther back. The eyes are in two nearly straight rows. ‘The spinnerets are cylindrical with the tubes on the end, and the upper and under pairs are nearly equal in length. None of the Drasside make webs for catching insects, though many of them make nests, usually flattened tubes; in which they hide in winter or while moulting or laying eggs. Most of them live on the ground and hide under leaves and stones. A few, as Clubiona, Chiracanthium, and Anyphena live in summer on plants several feet above the ground. Many species are found adult at all seasons and probably live several years. The cocoons are flat, some are attached by one side, but most of them lie loese in the nest or hiding place. A large number of American species were described and figured by Hentz, most of them under the generic name Herpyllus. Of these I have identified nine: ZZ descriptus, crocatus, alarius, ecclesi- asticus, ater, bilineatus, variegatus, and Clubiona saltabunda, pallens. Several others have been described by Thorell, and of these I have identified Gnaphosa brumalis Thor., Proc. Boston Soe. Nat. Hist., vol, xvii, 1875, and Gnaphosa conspersa, G@. scudderi, and Prosthe- sma melancholia Thor,, Bulletin Hayden’s U. 8. Geol. Survey, vol. iil, No. 2, 1877. The specimens of this family in the Museum of Comparative Zoology in Cambridge, Mass., have been named by Keyserling, and I have adopted his names for several species though they are not yet published. New England Drasside, Agalenide and Dysderide. 167 Micaria Westring. This genus was first separated from Drassus by C. Koch under the name of Macaria, which had before been used fora genus of Lepi- doptera, and was therefore changed by Westring to Micaria in 1851. They are all small and slender spiders with the cephalothorax arched upward in the middle, without any dorsal groove or only a thick opaque spot in place of it. The abdomen and usually the cephalo- thorax are covered with flattened scales sometimes brightly colored and iridescent. The tarsus and metatarsus of the first and second feet have a double row of flattened hairs on the under side. Hentz’s Herpyllus auratus, found farther south, belongs to this genus and is nearly related to WM. longipes. Micaria longipes, new sp. PLATE III, FIGURES la, 10, le, 1d, le, 1f, Ih. Largest specimen 5"™ long. Pl. my, fig. 1. The cephalothorax is twice as long as wide, widest across the middle. Head not much narrowed. The eves occupy half the width of the head. The front row is nearly straight, the upper row with the middle eyes highest. Eyes all nearly of the same size. The cephalothorax is highest in the middle, curving downward toward both ends. The abdomen is one-half longer than the cephalothorax and about as wide, blunt at both ends and drawn in a little at the sides and above about one- third its length from the front. The legs are long and slender, the fourth pair longest. The colors are light yellowish brown with gray hairs and scales which have green and red metallic reflections on the abdomen. The legs are darker from before backward, the front pair all light yellow except the femur, and the fourth and third pairs with longitudinal brown stripes that nearly cover the tarsal joints. The cephalothorax is without markings. The abdomen has a. pair of white stripes at the constricted spot and a less distinct pair near the front end. At the hinder end it is almost black. The scales of the abdomen are of various forms, those of the white spot are long with several branches at the base figs. 1d, le, those of the front of the abdomen are more simple, fig. 1c, and those behind the white mark ings are half as wide as long with two rows of short branches fig. 17 at some distance from their edges. The under side of the abdomen is as dark as the upper side. The white markings extend under half way to the middle line. The sternum is nearly twice as long as wide, widest at the second pair of legs and narrowed to a point behind. 168 J. H. Emerton—New England Drasside, . The maxille are a little notched on the outer sides and straight on the ends except at the inner corners. The labium is two-thirds as long as the maxilla. It is narrowed toward the tip, where it is about half as wide as at the base, fig. la. The male palpi are small, the patella and tibia are about of the same length; at the base of the tibia on the upper side is a large — tooth nearly as long as the diameter of the palpus, and curved strongly forward, fig. 12. The tarsus is as long as the tibia and patella together, and pointed at the end. The palpal organ is small, fig. 10. The epigynum of a female from Salem, Mass., appears as in fig. 1h with two oblique openings near the posterior edge. Salem and Medford, Mass., under stones and leaves. Adult male in August and adult female in June. Micaria montana, new sp. PLATE III, FIGURES 2, 2a. This is smaller than the common species. A female measures 4™™ long. The cephalothorax is not twice as long as wide and the widest part is behind the middle. The abdomen is twice as long as wide, not constricted or truncated at either end. The cephalothorax and legs are light yellow-brown, the legs lighter toward the ends. The abdomen is greenish brown with iridescent scales. Across the mid- dle is a distinct narrow white line and a less distinct one crosses the front of the abdomen. On the hinder half of the abdomen are four or five white spots. The white markings extend a short way under the abdomen. ‘The epigynum, Plate ut, fig. 2a, has two oblique openings near the posterior edge turned more toward each other and less downward than in Micaria longipes. Mt. Washington, N. H., July 1, 1874, east side, near the Ledge. Geotrecha, new genus. This genus includes a number of American spiders described by Hentz, under the name of Herpyllus. Besides Herpyllus descriptus and crocatus, H. ornatus, H. longipalpus, H. marmoratus, H. cruci- ger, HL. conarius, H. trilineatus, probably belong in it. HH. descrip- tus and JZ. crocatus were placed by Koch in the genus Agreca, with which they agree in the shape of the maxille and position of the eyes. In this, he was followed by Keyserling, who named the specimens of that species in the Museum of Comparative Zoology, in Cambridge, Mass., Ayreeca crocata. In the same collec- Agalenide and Dysderide. 169 tion another species, Geotrecha bivittata, is named by Keyserling Castianeira bivittata, the genus Castianeira having been named by Keyserling, in 1879, for a South American spider, with a long, slender cephalothorax and a slender abdomen with the front part hardened and differently colored from the softer part. In our species of Geotrecha, the cephalothorax is about two-thirds as wide as long and narrowed in front, more in some species than in others. The abdomen is longer and a little wider than the cephalo- thorax. It sometimes has a small, hard patch at the front end which is of the same color as the rest of the back and not easily seen. The abdomen is round, not flattened above as it usually is in Prosthesima. The legs are long and slender. The hairs on the under side of the first and second legs are only slightly flattened and thickened, and the claws concealed by a thick bunch of hairs. The maxillz are nearly straight as in Agreca and the labium is as short as wide. The eyes are close together in the middle of the front of the head, the front row nearly straight and the hind row with the middle eyes highest. The middle eyes of both rows are largest and farther apart than they are from the lateral eyes. The spinnerets are very small and close together. The colors are dark brown and black, with white or bright colored markings. The male palpi have the patella and tibia both short and the tarsus long and tapering. The palpal organ is round at the base and tapers to a fine point. The epigynum has two simple openings directed backward, and differing in size and distance apart in different species. Geotrecha bivittata. Castianeira bivittata Keyserling, specimens in Cambridge Museum. PLATE III, FIGURES 3a, 3b, 3c, 3d. Length, 7 or 8™™. Legs of fourth pair, 10 or 11™™. The cepha- lothorax is widest across the middle in front of the dorsal groove, Plate 11, fig. 3a, and is about half as wide at either the front or hinder end. The abdomen is usually about as long as the cephalo- thorax and widest at the hinder third. It is sometimes slightly drawn in at the sides and above over the front white marking. This is caused by contraction in alcohol, the front end of the abdomen being hardest contracts less than that part just behind it. The legs are long and tapering, the fourth pair longest. The cephalothorax is dark brown. The abdomen is of the same color, a little lighter, with two white cross stripes, one about the middle of the back and the other, a less distinct one, farther for- 170 J. H. Emerton—New England Drasside, ward. The femora of all the legs are striped lengthwise with brown and yellow. The hind legs are brown with a little yellow on the upper side of the patella and tibia. The other legs are yellow, some- times with brown stripes on the under side. The white marks on the abdomen extend underneath half way to the middle line. The front hard part of the under side of the abdomen is lighter than the hinder part, and the sternum is of the same color. The coxe are lighter yellowish brown. The epigynum shows through the skin as three dark spots and has two openings directed backward, fig. 3d. The male palpi have the patella very short, about half as long as the tibia, fig. 34. The tarsus is very large and dark colored, wide at the base and tapering toward the tip. The palpal organ is simi- larly shaped, with a rounded bulb through which the coiled tube can be seen, and a slender tip lying in a groove in the tarsus, fig. 3¢. Hentz’s Herpyllus zonarius and trilineatus seem to be near this species. It lives under leaves at all seasons of the year, and though not so quick in its motions as crocata is a difficult spider to catch except in cold weather, when it is often sifted from leaves in a torpid condi- tion. Massachusetts, Connecticut, and in N. Pike’s Long Island collection. The color is sometimes lighter, the whole cephalothorax above and below being light orange color, and the legs the same color, with the longitudinal brown stripes very narrow and indistinct. In young individuals of both varieties the sternum is wider and more convex than in adults. Geotrecha pinnata, new sp. PLATE III, FIGURES 4, 4a. Ler j The largest specimen is 7™™ long, cephalothorax, 3™”. The cephalothorax is shaped much asin (. crocata. The abdo- men is oval, not so much narrowed in front as in the other species. The cephalothorax is light brown. The abdomen is grayish brown with several white transverse stripes. The two widest stripes are in the same position as the two stripes of C. bivittata. On the front of the abdomen is another stripe, and on the posterior half are four or five others, some of them incomplete on the middle of the back. The femora of all the legs are light brown, the first, second and third legs are yellow, except the femora. The fourth legs have the tarsus and the ends of the tibia yellow, the rest light brown. Plate 11, fig. 4. Agalenide and Dysderide. 171 Epigynum, like that of erocata, but with the holes larger and nearer together, fig. 4a. The palpal organs and male palpi resemble those of crocata, but are a little larger. Three specimens, of different ages, from Medford, Mass., under leaves with C. bivittata. Three adult females from Topsfield, Mass., Sept. 3d, under log in woods. Males and females in N. Pike’s Long Island collection. Geotrecha crocata. Agreca crocata Keys., specimens in Mus. Comp. Zool., Cambridge, Mass. Q Herpyllus descriptus Hentz. 6 Herpyllus crocatus Hentz. Puate III, FIGURES 30, 3c, 3d. Length of female, 8 to 10"; cephalothorax, 4™". The cephalo- thorax is nearly twice as long as wide and widest across: the dorsal groove. It is not narrowed behind as much as in C. bivittata. The abdomen is usually longer than the cephalothorax and a little wider at the widest part. The cephalothorax is very dark brown or black, and the femora and coxee of all the legs are the same color. The abdomen is black with a bright red spot of variable shape and size at the posterior end. The spot turns yellow in alcohol. In some specimens it is wanting. In the males the red spot is usually larger, sometimes extending the whole length of the abdomen. The hind legs are black or brown their whole length, a little lighter at the ends; the other legs are yellow, except the femora. The under side of the body is all black. The epigynum has two small round openings, wide apart, a little in front of the transverse fold, Plate m1, fig. 3d. The male palpi are much like those of C. bivittata, but the tarsus and palpal organ are only about half as large and the patella and tibia are nearly equal in length. The tibia has a short process on the under side. Figs. 36, 3¢. This spider lives among stones in dry, open places. It is easily alarmed and moves very rapidly. The flat, parchment-like cocoons common on stones in pastures are probably made by this species. Massachusetts and Connecticut, and in N. Pike’s Long Island col- lection. 172 J. H. Emerton—New England Drasside, Prosthesima L. Koch. Cephalothorax widest in the middle and more than half as wide in front. Eyes near together, occupying about half the width of the head. The middle eyes of both rows smaller than the lateral and nearer together than they are to the lateral eyes. Upper row straight, or the lateral eyes a little farther back. Sternum large and nearly as wide as long. Maxille wide in the middle and but little widened at the ends, Pl. 11, fig. 6a. First and second legs with flattened hairs under the tarsus and part of the metatarsus. Prosthesima atra. Herpyllus ater Hentz. Prosthesima funesta Keyserling, specimens in Mus. Comp. Zool., Cambridge, Mass. Prosthesima melancholica Thorell, Bull. Hayden’s U.S. Geol. Survey, Vol. III, 1877. PLATE III, rIGuRES 6, 6c, 6d. Female, 8™™ long ; cephalothorax, 3"™. Male smaller. Cephalo- thorax and abdomen both a little flattened above. Cephalothorax narrow in front, about half as wide as in the middle. Plate m1, fig. 6. Abdomen oval, the hinder half usually a little wider than the front. Sternum very large, almost as wide as long, fig. 6a. Maxille and labium large and a little shorter and wider than in P. ecclesiastica. Feet 1 and 2 with flattened hairs under the tarsus and half the metatarsus. Feet 3 and 4 with fine hairs in the same places. The whole body is black in most individuals, sometimes, especially in the young, yellowish brown on the ends of the feet and under the abdomen. Epigynum large and distinct with two small depressions in front and large openings behind surrounded by a thick brown rim, fig. 6d. The male palpus is short with a very large tursus, as long as the tibia and patella together and more than half as wide. The process on the outside of the tibia is about as long as the tibia itself and nearly straight. The palpal organ has a small fine tube and several small hooks and processes all at the tip end of the palpus, fig. 6c. This spider lives under stones and leaves. The cocoon is flat on one side, by which it is attached, and convex on the other. It is white, or sometimes a little pink, Mt. Washington, N. H., Eastport, Me., Massachusetts, and in N. Pike’s Long Island, N. Y., collection. P. melancholica was found by Dr. A. S. Packard at Monitou, Colorado, 1875, ————— OO lh Agalenide and Dysderide. 173 Prosthesima depressa, new sp. PLATE III, FIGURES 8, 8a. A smaller species than atra. Female, 6™™ long. The head is much smaller than in fra and the eyes larger and closer together. Plate 1, fig. 8. The cephalothorax and abdomen are black. The first and second legs have the tarsus and metatarsus pale yellow, the rest of the legs black except a pale spot on the outside of each femur. The third and fourth legs have the tarsus and metatarsus pale, the tibia black at the distal end, the leg becoming lighter from this point to the base. Underneath, the coxe are darker from behind forward. The epigynum has the openings at the sides, farther forward, and the ridges over them thicker and shorter than in afra, and the two little depressions in front appear to be wanting, fig. 8a. Medford, Mass., July 23. Prosthesima ecclesiastica. Prosthesima propinqua Keys. Herpyllus ecclesiasticus Hentz. PLATE III, FIGURE 7, Ta, 7b, Tc, 7d. This spider is about 8 or 10™" long, a little smaller than Gnaphosa conspersa which it resembles in form and habits, but from which it is easily distinguished by its colors. The cephalothorax is black at the sides and has a whitish stripe in the middle. The abdomen is black at the sides with a bright white stripe in the middle that extends from the front end about two-thirds its length. At the hind end of the abdomen, just over the spinnerets, is another white spot. The legs are dull black turning to brown in alcohol, as does the cephalothorax. The under side of the abdomen is dark at the sides and light in the middle. _ The eyes cover about half the width of the head, The two rows are nearly equal in length, the hinder only a little the longer. Seen from above, both rows appear straight. Pl. m1, fig. 7. The maxille are widened at the end, the outer corner sharp and the inner rounded off down to the lip. Fig. 7a. The male is much smaller than the female but similarly marked. The male palpi are small. The patella and tibia are short, and the tarsus is as long as both together. The process on the tibia is slender and about equals the tibia in length. It is on the outer side, show- ing indistinctly from above. It is slightly forked at the tip. The TRANS. Conn. AcAD, Vou. VIII. 23, DEc., 1889. 174 J. H. Emerton—New England Drasside, palpal organ is simple, with two short processes on the outer end, Fig. 7c, 7d. The epigynum has a small oval opening at the posterior end of a dark area. Fig. 70. Under stones. Boston, Salem, Danvers, Wood’s Holl, Mass.; AI- bany, N. Y.; Providence, R. I. Poecilochroa Westr., Simon. PLATE IV, FIGURES la, 3a. The cephalothorax is narrowed toward the front, as in Prosthe- sima, and more narrowed in males than in females. The two rows of eyes are far apart, the hinder row a little longer than the front row, with the lateral eyes farther back than the middle ones. The middle eyes are farther apart than they are from the lateral eyes. The labium is not much longer than wide and a little narrowed toward the end. The maxille are about twice as long as the labium. They are narrower at the base and widen to the insertion of the palpi. From the palpi the maxille curve inward and nearly meet in front of the lip. The outer corners are turned outward. PI. rv, figs. la, 3a. The colors are bright and the markings distinct. Peecilochroa variegata. Herpyllus variegatus Hentz. Drassus variegatus Keyserling, specimens in Mus. Comp. Zool , Cambridge, Mass. PLATE IV, FIGURES 1, 18, le. This is one of the most distinct and brightly colored species of the family. PI. tv, fig. 1. The cephalothorax is bright orange, a little darker toward the eyes. The abdomen is black with three white transverse stripes from the middle of which a T-shaped white mark extends half way to the front stripe. On the front half of the ab- domen the white stripes are usually partly colored with orange. The femora of the first and second legs are black. The distal end of the femur and both ends of the tibia of the fourth legs are black. The legs are otherwise orange colored. The hinder row of eyes is con- siderably longer than the front row, the rear lateral eyes being their diameter nearer the sides of the head than those of the front row. The head of the male is much narrower: than that of the female. The male palpus has a process on the outer side of the tibia half as long as the tarsus, tapering toward the end and slightly bent inward at the tip. The tube ends near the outer end of the tarsus and is supported by a short thick process. Figs. 16, le. ) ) Agalenide and Dysderide. 175 This spider is common under leaves in dry woods. Eastern Massa- chusetts; Dublin, N. H.; New Haven, Conn. Poecilochroa montana, new sp. PLATE LV, FIGURES 2, 2a. This species is a little larger and less brightly colored than P. variegata. Pl. tv, fig. 2. Female 8™™ long, cephalothorax 3.57". The arrangement of the eyes and proportions of the body are about the same. The cephalothorax and legs are dark brown, the hinder ones a little the lighter. The abdomen is black with a pair of white spots near the front end and another pair across the middle nearly united in the middle. The sternum and coxe are dark brown. The epigynum is dark brown with a small opening at the hind end. Fig. 2a. Mt. Washington, N. H., on the road to Gorham. Poecilochroa bilineata. Herpyllus bilineatus Hentz. PLATE LV, FIGURE 3, 3a. A very distinct species on account of its markings. Cephalothorax white, with two black stripes and a fine black line on the edge, each side. PI. tv, fig. 3. Abdomen thickly covered with long hairs, white in the middle and at the sides, and with two wide black stripes that do not extend quite to the end. The under side of the abdo- men is white with a black stripe each side. Fig. 3a. The legs are covered with gray and white hairs. The female is 7™™ long, cephalothorax 3™™, The head is about half as wide as the middle of the thorax. The eyes are small, the middle pair in each row farther apart than they are from the lateral eyes. The two rows are widely separated. Sternum oval, widest in the middle. Spinnerets long. Epigynum small, with a single opening directed backward just in front of the transverse fold. Gnaphosa Latr., 1804. Gnaphosa brumalis Thorell, Proc. Boston Soc. Nat. Hist., vol. xvii, 1875. Gnaphosa scudderi Thorell, Bull. Hayden’s U. 8. Geol. Survey, vol. iii, 1877. PLATE IV, FIGURES 5, 5a, 5b. This species is a little smaller than G. conspersa. A female of the usual size is 10"™ long, cephalothorax 4™™, while conspersa grows to the length of 12 or 15™™. 176 J. H. Emerton—New England Drasside, The colors are the same as those of conspersa ; cephalothorax and legs dark brown and abdomen rusty black. The epigynum has the openings rather wider apart, and the front middle appendage flat, wrinkled at the edges, and with a hard spot in which is a small hole near the end. This appendage resembles the finger in the same position in “petra. -Pl. rv, fig. 5b. ~ The male palpus has the tibia rather shorter and its outer process longer than in conspersa, fig. 5. The tube of the palpal organ is only about half as long, its base being nearer the middle of the tarsus. The middle hooked appendage is as long as in conspersa, but much more slender, fig. 5a. Under stones on Mt. Washington, N. H., from the ledge upward, with cocoons of eggs July 1. Males and females from Ellis Bay, Anticosti, July 23, S. Hen- shaw in collection of Boston Soc. Nat. Hist.; females with cocoons of eges. The specimen named by Thorell was from Strawberry Harbor, Labrador, collected by A. 8. Packard in 1864. G. scudderi was found by A. 8. Packard at the Garden of the Gods, Colorado, in 1875. Gnaphosa conspersa Thorell, Bull. Hayden’s U. S. Geol. Survey, vol. iii, 1877. Gnaphosa gigantea Keyserling, specimens in Mus, Comp. Zool., Cambridge, Mass. PLATE IV, FIGURES 4, 4a, 40, 4c, 4d, 4e. This spider is 12 to 15™" long and rusty black in color. Some specimens freshly moulted are dull yellowish or greenish gray, and old individuals have a brownish color. The whole body and the legs are covered with long hairs, The cephalothorax is wide in front and the eyes are not so close together as in Pythonissa imbecilla, or in Prosthesima. 'The hinder row of eyes is a little longer than the front row, and the lateral eyes are larger.and farther back than the middle ones. Pl. rv, fig. 4. The middle hinder eyes are a little oval and oblique, diverging toward the front. The mandibles are large and strong, on the inner side under the claw they have a wide flat tooth with irregular and serrated edge, and near the inner corner two large pointed teeth, fig. 46. The maxillee are very wide and curve inward so as nearly to meet around the end of the lip. Their outer corners are rounded, fig. 4a. The spinnerets are stout and the lower pair are widely separated. ‘The male differs but little from the female. The male palpi have the patella and tarsus both short and the omemseseptig 1. ee eS Agalenide and Dysderide. EV tarsus as long as both of them. The tibia has a short pointed pro- cess extending forward over the tarsus, fig. 4c. The tarsus is curved outward at the end. The tube of the palpal organ is slender and extends along the outer edge of the tarsus for its whole length. At the outer end of the palpal organ is a short process flat at the end and curved downward, fig. 4¢. The epigynum has a long opening on each side and a short transverse pit in front of them in the middle, fig. 4e. In western specimens the opening at the hinder part of the epigynum has the sides more nearly parallel, not diverg- ing forward as much as in those from New England. It lives under stones and leaves. The cocoon is white and flat, with its diameter as great or greater than the length of the spider. The female stays near the cocoon, but makes no nest. All over New England, from the White Mountains, N. H., to New Haven, Connecticut ; Adirondacks, N. Y. Thorell’s specimens were collected by A. S. Packard in 1875. A female with cocoon of eggs on Gray’s Peak, Colorado, over 11,000 feet high, on fir, Kelso’s cabin, Colorado, and a small one from Idaho, all adult females and all smaller than most eastern specimens. Pythonissa Koch. Pythonissa imbecilla Keyserling, specimen from Kentucky in Mus. Comp, Zool., Cambridge, Mass. PLATE IV, FIGURES 6a, 6b, 6c, 6d. The male is about 4"™ long and the female 5™". ~The two rows of eyes are nearly of the same length, the hinder row almost straight, with the lateral eyes only slightly farther back than the middle ones. The lateral eyes of both rows are larger than the middle eyes. The maxill are almost as wide as long and are curved inward so as to touch in front of the lip. PI. 1v, fig. 6a. The front edge of the maxille is straight with the corners only slightly rounded. The mandibles are small and the wide tooth under the claw, fig. 66, can be plainly seen just in front of the maxillz with another pointed tooth on its inner side. The cephalothorax, both above and below, and the legs are orange-brown with black hairs. The abdomen is bluish black with a few whitish hairs at the hind end and around the four muscular spots near the middle. The epigynum, as in fig. 6d. The patella and tibia of the male palpus are very short and not so thick as the femur. The tarsus is as long as the patella and tibia together. The palpal organ is large and complicated, the tube show- ing plainly across the outer end, fig. 6c. 178 JS. H. Emerton—New England Drasside, Under stones. Males from Dublin, N. H., and Dedham, Mass. Females from Bluehill, Milton, Mass. Drassus. PLATE IV, FIGURE 7a. The genus Drassuws of Walckenaer included the greater part of the present family Drasside, as well as some Agalenide and Cini- flonide. From this, various genera have been separated from time to time, leaving the present Drassus an ill defined group containing species differing greatly among themselves and forming several groups, which further study will no doubt make it possible to sepa- rate. The only two species which I place in this genus belong, one near the European YD. /apidosus and the other near D). troglodytes. In these species the cephalothorax is wider in front and less flattened than in Gnaphosa and Prosthesima. The eyes are small and sepa- rated by spaces at least as wide as their diameter. The front row is nearly straight. The posterior row is longer, and curved with the lateral eyes lower than the middle. ‘The middle hinder eyes are oval and turned apart toward the front, and are nearer together than to the lateral eyes. The mandibles and maxille are large and stout. The maxille are widened on both sides beyond the insertion of the palpi, the outer corners are slightly rounded and the inner corners slope obliquely toward the lip. Pl. rv, fig. 7a. The lip is about half as long as the maxilla. The colors are gray and drab with fine short, white or gray hairs, and only faint markings on the abdomen. Drassus saccatus, new sp. PLATE IV, FIGURES ', Tc, Td. This is one of the most common of our Drasside. PI. 1, fig. 7. The female grows to be 12™™ long, with legs 10™™ to 15™™, The color is light gray sometimes with indistinct transverse dark mark- ings on the abdomen. The color of the front part of the head is a little darker and the feet and mandibles and maxille are brown. The abdomen is long and slender as in Clubiona. The epigynum is small and has two dark round depressions just in front of the fold, fig. 7d. The male is smaller and more slender. The male palpi are very long the patella, and tibia are together as long as the femur, and all are as long as the femur of the first legs. The tibia has a small process on the outer side, fig. 7¢. The tarsus is long and narrow, i ei —— | Agalenide and Dysderide. 179 and the palpal organ is small with a short tube near the distal end, fig. 7e. These spiders live under stones in a large bag of silk in which the female stays with her cocoon of eggs. In the early summer a male and female live together in the nest, the female often being imma- ture. White Mountains, N. H., to Connecticut. Drassus robustus, new sp. PLATE IV, FIGURES 8, 8a, 80, 8. This is a smaller and shorter legged species than the preceding. Pl. tv, fig. 8. The female is 8"™ long. The colors are darker and redder, especially toward the head. The sternum, maxille and man- dibles are dark brown. The head is as wide as in D. saccatus, and the eyes are a little closer. The epigynum is large, light colored in the middle, and with a dark ridge each side, fig. 8a. The male is much smaller than the female. The palpal organs and tarsi are large and round. ‘The tarsus is short and has a short curved process that extends over the tarsus on the upper side, fig. 80, 8c. Medford, Mass., July. Clubiona. Latr. Cephalothorax very wide in front. Front row of eyes straight, or with the middle pair a little higher than the lateral, nearly equal in size and equidistant, or the middle a little larger or farther apart than they are from the lateral. Upper line of eyes longer and slightly curved with the middle pair highest, the eyes all larger than those of the front row, and the middle pair usually farthest apart. Plate v, fig. 8c. Maxille long, narrow at the base, and much widened beyond the insertion of the palpi. Fig. 10. The mandibles are stout and convex at the base in the females. In the males the mandibles are more slender, longer and tapering at the tips, sometimes with sharp ridges along the sides. Legs slender, the fourth pair longest. Feet with long claws, the first and second pairs with the under side of tarsus and metatarsus covered thickly with hairs widened at the end. The abdomen is truncated in front and tapering behind. The colors are always pale gray and drab, usually with darker brown on the head around the eyes, and rarely a light brown or gray pattern on the back of the abdomen. The body is covered with short and fine hairs which give it a soft silky appearance without concealing the color of the skin. 180 J. H. Emerton—New England Drasside, Most species vary greatly in size, some mature individuals being twice as large as others of the same age and sex. They live on plants in summer, and in winter hide under bark or stones, and have at all seasons flat tubular nests of silk. Clubiona crassipalpis Keyserling, specimens in Mus. Comp. Zool., Cam- bridge, Mass. PLATE V, FIGURES 1, la, 10. Male s™™ long, sometimes smaller. Cephalothorax two-thirds as wide as long. Male mandibles convex in front for two-thirds their length, with a low ridge along the inner side and around the end of the convex portion. The thin keel on the front outer edge is sharp but short, extending only a little over the convex part. The tibia of the male palpus is as long as the patella. The process on the outer side is long and slender, the end curved inward over the tarsus. Plate v, figs. 1, 1a, 10. Abdomen marked with brown irregular veins, the rest of the body pale. Head a little darker toward the front. Massachusetts, Connecticut, Albany, N. Y., Providence, R. L, and in N. Pike’s Long Island collection. Clubiona mixta, new sp. PLATE. V, FIGURES 2a, 2b. Resembles C. crassipalpis and of about the same size. The man- dibles of the male are similarly shaped, but the convexity and the internal ridge are less prominent. The male palpi are a little more slender and the patella proportionally longer. The process of the tibia has the upper tooth nearer the hook than in crassipalpis, mak- ing the process appear wider and stouter, fig. 2. The tarsus is a little smaller than in crassipalpis. Plate vy, figs. 2a, 20. Salem and Marblehead, Mass. Clubiona tibialis, new sp. PLATE V, FIGURES 3, 3a, 30. Male 6°5™™ long, another 5™" long. The male mandibles are slen- der and tapering, without any distinct ridges on the front. The male palpi are short and the tibia and tarsus both very large. The tibia is very complicated in shape, having a large hook on the outer side, a short thick process on the inner side, and a thickened edge in frent that meets a slight elevation on the back of the tarsus. The tarsus is long and large, and so is the palpal organ. Plate v, figs. 3, 3a. ; f —_—- = _ Agalenide and Dysderide. 181 A female, apparently of this species, is 6™™ long. The front legs are shorter than in the male ; the mandibles are stout and convex in front. The epigynum is large with a deep rounded notch in the middle and a slight ridge each side. Fig. 30. Eastern Massachusetts, and in N. Pike’s Long Island collection. Clubiona canadensis, new sp. PLATE V, FIGURES 4, 4a, 40, 4c. Male 7™™ long, others smaller. Mandibles tapering and rounded, without ridges on the upper side. Male palpi short, tibia shorter than patella, with a complicated process on the outer side ending in a long sharp point with a round notch in the upper edge, Plate v, figs. 4, 4a. The tarsus is more than twice as long as wide, bent downward at the end. The palpal organ has a large bulb with small appendages at the end. Fig. 46. Female a little larger, epigynum with only two depressed spots just in front of the transverse fold. Fig. 4e. Abdomen dark, with brown irregular lines. Cephalothorax pale, not darkened toward the front. The common species on Mt. Washington, N. H., from the Glen to the highest trees, under stones and in moss ; also from Montreal, Canada. Clubiona minuta, new sp. PLATE V, FIGURES 11, lla, 110. This little spider is about 3"" long and in its general appearance resembles a pale C. rubra. The male palpi, however, show it plainly to be a different species. The patella is longer than wide, as in rubra, and the tibia is short and wide at the end. Its appendage on the outer side is very simple, appearing from above like a thin spine at the side of the tarsus and not overlapping it. PI. v, fig. 11. From the outer side it is seen to be flat, wide at the base, and tapering from the middle to a blunt point, fig. lla. The palpal organ has a small hook on the inner side, fig. 116, very different from the large hook of C. rubra. Male from Readville, Mass., June 15, on bushes. Clubiona pusilla, new sp. PLATE V, FIGURES 5, 5a, 5b. One male 6™" long, another only 4™™. Head nearly as wide as the thorax. TRANS. Conn. AcaD., Vou. VILI. 24 JAN., 1890. 182 _ J. H. Emerton—New England Drasside, Front row of eyes half as long as the head is wide, the eyes of equal size and equidistant; upper row, longer by the diameter of the lateral eyes. The upper eyes are larger than those of the front row, and all about the same size, the middle pair a little farther apart than they are from the lateral eyes. Mandibles with a thin keel on the front outer edge, half as long as the mandible. Colors, pale on the legs and palpi; cephalothorax brownish yellow, darkest in front; abdomen covered with fine brown markings. Male palpi with the tibia shorter than the patella. A flat wide process on the outer side, Pl. v, fig. 5a, extends forward over the tarsus. The bulb of the palpal organ nearly fills the under side of the tarsus, the tube is short and curved round the end of the tarsus © so as to point backward ; over the base of the tube is a short stout hook, instead of a large hook as in rubra, tig. 5. Salem and Beverly, Mass. Clubiona rubra Keyserling, specimens in Mus. Comp. Zool., Cambridge, Mass. PLATE V, FIGURES 6, 6a, 6b, 7, Ta, 7b, 8, 8a, 8b. This is one of several closely similar species, the classification of which cannot well be understood without comparing large numbers from many different places. Clubiona abbottii L. Koch, is this spe- cies or very close to it. Males and females are 3 to 4™™ long. The eyes are large in pro- portion to the size of the spider, and cover the whole width of the front of the head. The color after keeping in alcohol is redder than in most species. The epigynum is notched at the hinder edge, the depth of the notch varying in different individuals. PI. v, figs. 6¢, 7e. The male palpi have the patella and tibia of the same length. The relative length of these joints differs in the allied species. The tibia is wider than long and has a large appendage on the outer side, divided from the main part of the tibia by a deep notch on the under side, figs. 6, 7, 8. The appendage consists of two parts, figs. 6a, 7a, 8a, the under one longest and a little notched at the end. The size and length of this process varies in different individuals. On the dorsal side of the tibia, on the front edge, is a small tooth, varying in size in different spiders, figs. 6, 7, 8. The palpal organ has a very large middle process, figs. 6), 76, 80. White Mountains, N. H., to Connecticut. —————L— | Agalenide and Dysderide. 183 Clubiona ornata, new sp. PLATE V, FIGURES 9, 9a. Female 8" long. The abdomen is pointed behind and more - narrowed in front than in most species. Both abdomen and cepha- lothorax are less flattened than in most species. The mandibles of the female are not very stout and less swelled at the base than usual. This is one of the few species with a colored pattern on the ab- domen. A dark stripe runs along the middle, of a different width in different individuals, but generally narrow and tapering behind. At the sides of this are two white or light yellow stripes with irregular edges, and beyond this the brown sides of the abdomen. PI. v, fig. 9. The body is pale underneath. The epigynum is notched at the edge of the transverse fold, fig. 9a. Mt. Washington, Dublin, N. H., and Massachusetts. Clubiona excepta L. Koch. Clubiona pallens Hentz. PLATE V, FIGURES 10, 10a, 106, 10c, 10d. Female 7™™ long, cephalothorax 3™". The abdomen is not usually much larger than the cephalothorax and unlike most species has a pattern on the back similar to that of Amaurobius and Tegenaria, or in very light individuals consisting of three rows of gray spots on a white or pale yellow ground. PI. v, fig. 10¢. The cephalothorax and legs are light yellowish brown, darkest on the head and mandi- bles. The spinnerets are rather long. The epigynum has two round brown spermathece that show through the skin, close together just in front of the transverse fold. In front of these are two oblique openings directed forward and inward. The males are not much smaller than the females. The male palpi are slender, the tibia only a little longer than the patella, and the tarsus nearly as long as both together. The tarsus is oval, about half as wide as long, and rounded on the upper side. The papal organ is narrow and covered by the tarsus. On the inner side is a thin appendage, the free edge of which lies along the middle line and covers the long straight tube. On the outer side near the end of the tube is a straight process directed forward, and at its base a hook directed backward, fig. 10c. At the end of the tibia on the outer side is a short flat process with a small curved tooth on the upper corner, fig. 104. Massachusetts, Connecticut, and in N. Pike’s Long Island collec- tion. Under stones and leaves, sometimes in white cocoons. 184 J. H. Emerton—New England Drasside, Chiracanthium C. Koch. Chiracanthium viride, new sp. PLATE V, FIGURES 12, 12a, 126, 12d. Female 8™™ long, cephalothorax 3". Cephalothorax three-fourths as wide in front as at the widest part, fig. 12a. Eyes spreading over nearly the whole width of the head; the lateral eyes close together; the upper row a little longer than the front row, eyes in both rows at equal distances apart. Abdomen widest in the middle, tapering behind. First pair of legs a third longer than the fourth. Sternum widest just behind the first pair of legs and tapering to a point between the fourth coxae. The mandibles and maxille are dark brown. The rest of the body is pale yellow, the cephalothorax a little darker than the rest, and a gray stripe covers the middle of the front of the abdomen. The epigynum has a large oval opening covered by a hard dark brown lump. PI. v, fig. 12d. In the male the mandibles and legs are longer and the difference in length between the first and fourth legs is greater. The palpi are as long as the second femur. The tibia is twice as long as the patella, and has on the outer side a thin black process, a little curved toward the tarsus, and on the upper side a thick blunt process ex- tending a little way over the back of the tarsus. Between the two processes of the tibia a sharp process of the tarsus extends backward, a little curved down at the end, figs. 12a, 120. Female, Dedham, Mass., July 26. Male, Saugus, Mass., June 12. Trachelas L. Koch. Trachelas ruber Keyserling. PLATE V, FIGURES 13, 13a, 13c, 13d. Female 10" long, cephalothorax 4™™ long and 3™™ wide. The cephalothorax is widest in the middle opposite the second pair of legs and narrows to 2™™" at the hinder end, the sides of the hinder half being nearly straight. The head is very wide and high, the highest part half way between the eyes and the dorsal groove. The eyes are all about the same size and far apart. The front row is nearly straight, the middle eyes a little higher than the lateral, this row is half as long as the head is wide. The hinder row is much longer, the middle eyes are about as far from the front middle pair as they are from each other, the lateral eyes are about the same distance from the middle ones, but much farther back on the head, figure 13, The mandibles and maxille are large and resem- Agalenide and Dysderide. 185 ble those of Clubiona. The abdomen is oval and very regular in shape. Pl. vy, fig. 13. The cephalothorax is very thick and hard, and dark brown. The abdomen is light yellow with no markings, except four small brown spots near the middle, and a gray streak over the dorsal vessel. The hairs are very short and scattered so that the skin appears soft and smooth. The first pair of legs is a little the longest instead of the fourth pair, as in the European species, and both the first and second pairs are much stouter than the third and fourth. The palpi are slender, the tarsal joint thickened at the tip. The legs are darker from back to front, the front pair reddish brown, not so dark as the cephalo- thorax, and the hind pair is yellow. The epigynum has two dark brown round depressions close together. Pale individuals are sometimes found with all the legs yellowish white, cephalothorax light brown with white eyes, and the abdomen light gray. The males are smaller than the females, sometimes not more than half as large. The tibia of the palpus is shorter than the patella, and has a short hook on the outer side. The tarsus is small and the bulb of the palpal organ is so large that it extends beyond the tar- sus on both sides. The bulb is round and kas a distinct tube which rests in a groove of the end of the tarsus, figs. 13¢, 13d. Under stones and leaves and sometimes on fences in autumn. In general appearance and color it resembles Dysdera. Massachusetts and Connecticut, and in N. Pike’s Long Island collection. Anypheena Sundevall. PLATE VI, FIGURES 1, la. Cephalothorax highest behind. Eyes of the front row equal in size and equidistant, the lateral eyes a little the highest. Upper row of eyes longer than the front row, the middle eyes highest, all of the same size and larger than those of the front row and at equal dis- tances apart. Abdomen widest in the middle and a little pointed behind. Maxille long and widened at the tips but not so much widened as in Clubiona. The opening of the trachee is farther forward than in other genera, in some species approaching nearly to the epigynum. PI. vi, fig. 1a. The colors are pale. The male palpi are large and complicated. 186 Jd. H. Emerton—New England Drasside, Anypheena rubra, new sp. PLATE VI, FIGURES 1, la, 1b. Female 8 or 9™™ long, cephalothorax 38"™. Abdomen half longer than the cephalothorax and about as wide, tapering backward from the middle to the spinnerets, Pl. v1, fig. 1. The cephalothorax and legs are pale yellowish brown. The cephalothorax has two darker longitudinal bands. The abdomen is white or light yellow with two stripes made up of brown or red spots. The mandibles are dark brown. This is the largest and stoutest species. The epigynum has two large curved openings, turned toward each other, between which is a long depression widened at the front end. The long spermathec show through the skin just behind the open- ings, fig. 16. I have not seen the adult male. Massachusetts and Connecticut, and in N. Pike’s Long Island col- lection. On plants and under stones. Anyphena incerta Keys., specimens in Mus. Comp. Zool., Cambridge, Mass. PLATE VI, FIGURES 2, 2a, 2b, 2c, 2d. Female 5™™ long, cephalothorax 2™™. The cephalothorax is about a quarter longer than wide, rounded at the sides, and highest in the middle. The front of the head is very low, so that the front eyes are not their diameter from the base of the mandibles. The front row of eyes is nearly straight. The upper row is longer and more curved, with the middle eyes highest, and the eyes of this row are all larger than those of the front row. The abdomen is large in the female, as in all the species of this genus, widest just behind the middle and a little poimted behind, Pl. v1, fig. 2. The color is light brownish yellow with gray markings. The cephalothorax has two indistinct longitudinal stripes and a fine black line over the legs on each side. On the abdomen are two rows of faint spots and oblique limes. The legs have a few faint markings across the joints. The maxille are straight at the sides and rounded at the ends on the inner side. The labium is small and not half as long as the maxillee. The epigynum has a large dark brown process in the middle at the front end, fig. 2d. The tibia of the male palpus has a large double process on the outer side, the upper branch of which is pointed, and the lower blunt with a rounded tooth on the upper side, figs. 2a, 26, 2c. Under leaves in winter, Salem and Swampscot*, Mass. Agalenide and Dysderide. 187 Anyphena calcarata, new sp. PLATE V1, FIGURES 3, 3a, 3b, 3c, 3d. The same size as A. incerta, but lighter colored and with longer legs and longer spines. The front legs are longer than the fourth in both sexes. ‘The markings are the same as in the other species and the spots on the front of the abdomen are more distinct than in the others. The epigynum has a thin edge extending backward a little over the transverse fold and reaching from one respiratory opening to the other. In the middle is a small hole with a short tooth-like ridge directed backward on each side. PI. v1, fig. 3d. The male palpi have the outer half of the femur twice as thick as the base with a few large spines on the upper side near the end. The patella is as wide as long and shorter than the tibia. The appendage on the outer side of the tibia is very small and does not extend forward beyond the base of the tarsus, fig. 3b, 3¢ ; near the base of the tibia on the under side is a blunt tooth, fig. 3a, 3¢. The tarsus resembles that of A. incerta. The palpal organ has the middle process very stout and curved inward at the end, fig. 3a. The coxe of the fourth pair of legs have on the under side a small pointed process directed outward. The cox of the third pair have on the under side a curved process directed inward with a short tooth on the binder side near the middle, and in front of this a short blunt tooth directed backward, fig. 3. West Haven, Conn., July, on plants, and in N, Pike’s Long Island collection. ; Anyphena saltabunda. Clubiona saltabunda Hentz. PLATE VI, FIGURES 4, 4a, 4b, 4c, 4d. This is a very long-legged and slender species. The female is 4™™ long, the abdomen but little longer than the cephalothorax. The front leg is 10™™ long, fourth leg 7™™. The palpi are slender and as long as the femora of the first legs. The whole body is white with two broken gray bands on the cephalothorax and two rows of gray spots on the abdomen. The male is about as large as the female. The male palpi are long, the tibia of very complicated shape. It is curved outward and has near the base on the outer side a long, thin forked process. Pl. v1, fig. 4. The tarsus is of the usual shape. The palpal organ has a 188 _ J. H. Emerton—New England Drasside, short slender tube resting against the tip of the tarsus. Behind the tube is a thin hooked process, and on the inner side a long process with small black teeth at the end, fig. 4, 4a, 40, 4c. The epigynum has a long transverse opening a little in front of the fold, fig. 4d. Massachusetts, and Meriden, Conn. Phrurolithus Koch and Westring. Micariosoma Simon. Small spiders sometimes with bright markings and iridescent scales. The legs of the first and second pairs‘have a double row of strong spines under the tibia and metatarsus. PI. v1, fig. 56. The maxille are short and wide. The palpi of the males are very large compared with the size of the spider, and have a long stout process on the outer side of the tibia. The arrangement of the eyes and the pattern of the dorsal markings resemble those of Agroeca, Phrurolithus pugnatus, new sp. PLATE VI, FIGURES 6, 6a, 60, 6c. 2™™ to 3™™ long. Cephalothorax round, narrowed at the head as in alarius. Abdomen usually shorter and rounder than in alarius. Pl. vi, fig. 6. Cephalothorax and legs bright yellowish brown. Abdomen dark brown with transverse light markings which vary in different individuals. Light yellowish beneath, except around the spinnerets and epigynum. Epigynum with two oblique openings at the front end farthest from the transverse fold. Parts of the palpal organ are sometimes found in the openings of the epigynun, fig. 6¢. . The male palpi are large in proportion to the size of the spider. The femur has a short process near the base on the inner side. The patella is as short as wide, but the tibia is nearly as large as the tarsus and wider at the distal end. On its inner side is a long stout tooth projecting forward, and on the outer side a longer curved one asin P. alarius. The tibia is oval and the palpal organ short and round, not extending backward at the base as in alarius, figs. 6a, 66. Herpyllus parcus Wentz resembles this species. Massachusetts and Connecticut. Agalenide and Dysderide. 189 Phrurolithus alarius. Herpyllus alarius Hentz. Piate VI, FIGURES 5, 5a, 5b, 5d, 5f, 5g, 5h. Full grown female 4" long, cephalothorax 1.5"™. Pl. vi, fig. 5. The cephalothorax is nearly as wide as long, rounded at the sides. The head is about half as wide as the thorax and the eyes are close together and all about the same distance apart, fig. 5a. The middle eyes of the upper row are oval and turned obliquely, nearest together towards the front. : The abdomen is oval, widest behind, and a little flattened on top. The legs are long and slender, except the tibiz and metatarsi of the first and second pairs which are twice as thick as the same joints of the other legs, fig. 5. The legs are light yellow or white with gray hairs, except the tibia and patella of the first pair, which are black or dark gray with the tip of the tibia white. The tibia and patella of the second pair are marked with lighter gray in the same way. The tibia and metatarsus of the first and second pairs have two rows of strong black spines on the under side, fig. 50. The cephalothorax is light yellowish with a black edge each side and a few irregular radiating gray marks forming two indistinct longitudinal stripes. The abdomen is gray with transverse white markings which vary greatly in shape and size in different individuals, figs. 5, 5a. The abdomen is covered with flat branched hairs that are iridescent, changing from light grayish-green to pink with the motions of the spider, fig. 5d. The under side of the body is pale with a dark mark in front of the spinnerets, and in some individuals a few irregular marks along the sides. The male palpi are large. The femur is thickened on the under side near the outer end, forming a short black process covered with short stiff hairs. The patella and tibia are both short. The tibia has on the outer side a long process slightly curved downward. that extends along the side of the tarsus for half its length, fig. 5g. The palpal organ is so long that its base extends over the end of the tarsus, fig. 57. The epigynum has two large openings turned toward the sides a little in front of the transverse fold, fig. 5h. It lives on and under stones in dry open ground and runs with great swiftness short distances at a time. When still it lies close to the stone with the tibie drawn up over the back, as in fig. 5, the thickened and colored legs of the first pair are then the parts of the spider most easily seen. Massachusetts and Connecticut. : Trans.. Conn. AcaD., Vou. VIII. 25 JAN., 1890. 190 ad. A. Emerton—New England Drasside, Agroeca Westring. Agroeca pratensis, new sp. PLATE VI, FIGURES 7, Ta. 7b, Tc, Td, Te. Led Female 7™™ long, cephalothorax 3™". The cephalothorax is widest and highest behind the middle, the head a little more than half as wide as the thorax. The abdomen is widest across the hinder third and not much pointed behind. PI. v1, fig 7. The front row of eyes are close together, the middle ones half their diameter highest. The upper eyes are a little larger and about their diameter apart, the mid- dle pair much the highest, fig. 7. The mandibles are very convex in front and flat at the sided. The maxillz are straight on both sides and a little rounded on the inner corners. The labium is half as long as the maxille and as wide as long. The sternum is large and as wide as long, fig. 7a. The legs are stout, the fourth pair longest. Under each metatarsus are three pairs of slender spines, under the first and second tibiz two pairs, and under the third and fourth tibizw three pairs. The cephalothorax, legs, and mouth parts are light brownish yellow. The cephalothorax has a fine dark edge on each side and a row of radiating dark lines each side forming two broken dark longitudinal bands. The abdo- men has two rows of gray oblique markings on a light ground, fig 7. Epigynum with a long brown piece in the middle, fig 7e. Male about the same size with the abdomen a little smaller. The male palpi are large and stout. The patella and tibiz are the same length, the latter a little bent and with a short pointed spine on the outer side. The tarsus and palpal organ are short and wide. The palpal organ has a short blunt process on the outer side that projects over the edge of the tarsus, figs. 7b, 7c, 7d. This spider lives under leaves and in short grass and resembles a Lycosa in its gait and general appearance, and also the common Anyphena incerta. Eastern Massachusetts ; Providence, Rhode I.; Albany, New York. Agalenide. The Agalenide have the cephalothorax longer than wide, with the cephalic part higher than the thoracic, and distinctly separated from it by grooves or marks at the sides. The head is usually higher than in the Drassid@ and the body less flattened. The upper spinner- ets are two jointed, the terminal joint pointed and provided with spinning tubes along the inner side, In most species these are longer i Agalenide and Dysderide. 191 than the other spinnerets. The feet have three claws. The Aga/en- ide make large flat or irregular webs with a tube or hiding place at one side from which they run out and seize the insects that alight on the web. The Aga/enide run on the upper side of the web with their back upward, while Linyphia, which makes similar flat webs, runs on the under surface, back downwards. Cecelotes Blackwall. The difference between Celotes and Tegenaria is not a very dis- tinct one. I have placed in Czlotes those stouter and shorter legged species with the mandibles prominent in front, and in which the palpi of the males have processes on both patella and tibia. The eyes are in two rows, nearly straight, and differ but little in size and distance apart. The mandibles are stout and convex. The maxille are wide at the ends, rounded on the outer corners, and obliquely truncated on the inner. The labium is about half as long as the maxillw, a little narrowed and truncated at the tip. The colors are dark gray and brown, Ceelotes medicinalis. Tegenaria medicinalis Hentz. PLATE VII, FIGURES 1a, 10. Female 12™" long ; cephalothorax 5™", fourth leg 15"™". Front row of eyes straight, the middle eyes largest, eyes of upper row all of the same size and about equal distances apart, the middle eyes highest. The lateral eyes of both rows are close together, those of the upper row farthest toward the sides. Head high and wide, dis- tinctly separated from the thorax by grooves each side. Abdomen oval, widest behind. Legs moderately stout. Cephalothorax yellowish brown, darkest in front, marked with radiating gray lines forming two longitudinal dark bands. Abdo- men gray with irregular pale spots. A double row of oblique pale spots in the middle, in most specimens broken and irregular, fig. 1. The legs are light yellowish brown with light indistinct gray rings. The spinnerets are short. The epigynum has a large piece in the middle with a branch each side that extends outward and forward ending ina point. In front are two small rounded teeth directed inward. PI. vu, fig. 1a. Male palpus short, with a large and wide tarsus. The patella and tibia are both short and of about the same length. The outer pro- 192 J. H. Emerton—New England Drasside, cess of the patella is half as long as the patella and blunt and crooked at the end. The tibia has on the upper side a short pointed process near the base and a blunt one near the end on the outer side, both concealed by a curved ridge. On the under side of the tibia is a process directed forward. The tube of the palpal organ is slender and supported at the end by two large processes, fig. 10. Chateaugay Lake, Adirondacks, N. Y., from F. A. Bowditch, 1878 ; Swampscott, Mass., May 8. Ccelotes longitarsus, new sp. PLATE VII, FIGURES 2, 2a. Male 7™™ ; cephalothorax 3°5™™, Head wide and high, highest half way between the eyes and the dorsal groove. First leg almost as long as the fourth. Legs stout. Abdomen oval, the hinder half a little the wider. Cephalothorax and legs yellowish brown, a few radiating darker lines on the thorax, and the front of the head a little darker, Legs darker toward the tips. Abdomen dark gray with a median lighter stripe in front and a double row of lighter oblique marks on the hinder half, much as in medicinalis. The patella and tibia of the male palpi are both as short as wide. The patella has a long tooth, widest and truncated at the tip, directed forward on the outer side, The tarsus is widest at the base and pointed at the tip. At the base on the outer side it has a stout process extending backward and inward as far as the patella. Plate vil, fig. 2. A small female found at the same time and probably the same species has a small, simple oval opening at the posterior part of the epigynum. Fig. 2a. Mt. Carmel, Conn. Ccelotes montanus, new sp. PLATE VII, FIGURES 3, 3a. 12™ long ; cephalothorax 5"™ ; 4th leg of female 18™™, 4th leg of male 20™™. Epigynum with the holes open, and oblique turned nearly forward. Plate vit, fig. 3. Male palpus with short patella and tibia, the tibia shortest. The patella has a short conical, black spine on the outer side near the end, directed forward, under this is a smaller spine. On the outer side of the tibia, which is shorter than the inner side, is a short process turned forward a little at the tip. Fig. 3a. ee Pee Oe >. se ee Cty Fy Se Agalenide and Dysderide. 193 The colors and markings are like those of the two preceding species. The legs, especially of the male, are a little longer in pro- portion to the size of the body. Chateaugay Lake, Adirondacks, N. Y., from F. A. Bowditch. A small male from New Haven, Conn., is apparently of this species. Its palpi differ slightly from those of the Adirondack males as shown in figs. 4, 4a. Ceelotes hybridus, new sp. PLATE VII, FIGURES 4, da. This species is only distinguished from C. longitarsus by small differences in the shape of the male palpi. The spur at the base of the tarsus is very short and extends backward to a short process on the middle of the tibia. The posterior inner corner of the tarsus is differently shaped from this part in longitarsus, having a deep notch shown in figs. 4, 4a. The tibia is a little longer than that of longitarsus and shaped much like that of medicinalis. The patella resembles that of dongttarsus. In size, markings, and colors this is hke both medicinalis and longitarsus. 'The palpal organ is almost exactly like that of longitarsus. One male from Chateaugay Lake, Adirondacks, N. Y., from F. A. Bowditch. Tegenaria Latr. These spiders differ from Ce/otes in having the legs longer and more slender and the abdomen generally rounder and shorter. The mandibles are less convex in front, the palpi of the males have no processes on the patella, and the palpal organ is proportionally smaller than in Ccelotes. Tegenaria derhamii Scopoli, 1763; Thorell, 1873. Tegenaria civilis Blackwall, 1861. Tegenaria domestica Simon, 1875, PLATE VII, FIGURES 6, 6a, 60, 6c. This is a house spider found all over the world. Female 10™™ long ; cephalothorax 5™™. Plate vi, fig. 6. The legs are long and tapering, 4th leg 18™™ long. Tarsi and metatarsi slender. The head is high and wider in front than it is opposite the first pair of legs. The abdomen is short, only a little longer than the cephalothorax. The front row of eyes is straight, the middle ones smallest. Upper row longer, lateral eyes close to those of the front row, the middle ones much higher, fig. 6. 194 J. H. Emerton—New England Drasside, Cephalothorax and legs light yellowish brown, the legs with some indistinct gray rings. Abdomen pale with gray markings which are usually plainest on the hinder half. The upper spinnerets are twice as long as the lower and the terminal joint is nearly as long as the basal. Epigynum with small oblique openings at the sides. Fig. 6c. The male palpi have the patella and tibia long and both about the same length. The tibia has on the outer side, about one-fourth its length from the end, a short blunt process, fig. 6a, under this is a shorter process lighter colored and directed forward, fig. 6b. The tarsus is slender and pointed and the appendages of the palpal organ are small. Figs. 6a, 60. Tegenaria brevis, vew sp. PLATE VII, FIGURES 5, 5a, 5b, 5e. A small species, 5 to 6™™ long. Cephalothorax two-thirds as wide as long. Abdomen short and widest behind. The mandibles are small and but little convex in front. ‘The cephalothorax and legs are pale yellowish brown with black hairs, the legs and palpi are lightest at the base and darker toward the ends. The spines are very long and slender. The abdomen is in some individuals pale with dark hairs ; in others there is a gray herring-bone marking, and gray marks along the sides. The male palpi are slender and without any appendages on the patella. The tibia has a short stout tooth on the outer side a little behind the end. The tarsus is small and pointed. The palpal organ is round and too large to be covered by the tarsus. Plate vu, fig. 5, The head of the male is narrower than that of the female, and the thorax wider, figs. 50, 5c. The epigynum appears to the naked eye like two parallel dark brown marks. It has a large posterior opening, widest behind, and partly divided into two at the front edge, fig. 5a. The short round abdomen and gray markings make this spider resemble Steatoda marmorata. Mt. Washington. N. H. ; Massachusetts ; New Haven, Conn. Cicurina Menge, 1871. Simon, 1875. This genus differs but little from Caelotes except in the palpi of the males which have the patella without processes, the tarsus long and narrow, and the tibia short with a large appendage on the outer side, The tube of the palpal organ is long and supported in various complicated ways. ee ee ae Sy see CLC Agalenide and Dysderide. 195 Cicurina complicata, new sp. PLATE VII, FIGURES 7, Ta, 7b. This is a small, stout species, the largest individuals measuring 7™™ in length, and the cephalothorax 3™™. The cephalothorax, legs, and palpi are uniform yellowish brown. The abdomen is pale with scattered gray markings both above and below, in some individuals forming an indistinct herring-bone pattern on the dorsal side. The sternum is as wide as long and nearly as wide in front as in the mid- dle. The mandibles are stout, and in the females very convex in front. In the males the head is narrower and the mandibles smaller. The palpi of the males have the patella simple and about as long as wide. The tibia has a short tooth-near the base on the outer side, the middle part is turned inward, and on the outer side at the end is a large flat and crooked appendage that in its natural position appears to be part of the palpal organ. Plate vu, fig. 7. In fig. 7a the process is shown from the side partly turned away from the pal- pal organ. The tarsus is long and narrow and rounded at the tip, fig. 7b. The tube of the palpal organ is very long, beginning at the base of the tarsus it runs along the inner side around the tip, where it is supported by the edge of a flattened appendage, and backward along the outer side, the end being under the flat tibial process. The epigynum has a simple oval opening behind, and the tubes show through the skin in light-colored individuals. Blue hill, Milton, Mass., and Salem, Mass., under leaves, in winter. Hahnia Koch. Upper eyes all about the same size, the middle pair highest and farthest back and farther from each other than they are from the lateral eyes. Front eyes nearer together, the middle ones highest. The lateral eyes of both rows close together. The spinnerets are in a single transverse row, the upper pair being outside the others. The outer pair has two nearly equal joints and the next pair have a short second joint at the tip. The opening of the trachee is in the middle of the abdomen instead of directly in front of the spinnerets, as in most of the family. Small spiders resembling Zegenaria and Cclotes, except in the spinnerets. 196 J. H. Emerton—New England Drasside, Hahnia bimaculata, new sp. PuaTe VII, FIGURES 8, 8a, to 8/. Length, 2°5"™. Eyes large, both rows with the lateral eyes low- est. Lateral eyes much nearer together than the middle pairs. Front eyes a little the larger, both rows strongly curved, the middle eyes highest. Maxille short and wide, the front edge straight except on the inner corner. Sternum as wide as long, widest oppo- site the second legs. The spinnerets are long, the terminal joints of the outer pair nearly as long as the basal joint. The tracheal open- ing is nearer the epigynum than the spinnerets. Plate vu, fig. 8. The cephalothorax, sternum, and mouth parts are reddish brown. The abdomen is light gray with many irregular pale spots and a double row of pale oblique markings in the middle. In the middle of the front half of the abdomen are two orange colored spots. The under side of the abdomen is pale with a few gray spots. The legs are pale with gray rings, two rings on the femur, tibia, and metatar- sus. The skin over the epigynum is very transparent and shows two convoluted tubes almost always unsymmetrical, figs. 8¢, d, e, f- The male palpus has on the outside of the tibia, near the end, a pointed process as long as the diameter of the tibia. At the base of the patella on the outer side is a small pointed black process curved a little forward, fig. 82. The tarsus is nearly as wide as long but slightly pointed at the tip. The .palpal organ is flat with a long thin tube extending along the inner side around the end, fig. 8a. Common under dead leaves. Massachusetts, Connecticut, and Mt. Washington, N. H. : Hahnia radula, new sp. This spider resembles HZ. bimaculata but is nearly twice as large. On the under side of the first and second legs and palpi of the male the hairs are raised on short transverse ridges so that the leg appears serrated when seen fromthe side. Plate vu, figs. 10, 10a. The gray markings of the abdomen and rings around the legs are less distinct than in bimaculata. The little spine at the base of the patella of the male palpi is shorter than in bimaculata and sharply turned for- ward. The appendage of the tibia is the same as in bémaculata, and the tarsi and palpal organs are very similar. One male, Jaffrey, N. H., Aug. 1. 22 “shag pg Ng ae, SO: Agalenide and Dysderide. 197 Hahnia cinerea, new sp. PLATE VII, FIGURES 9, 9a, 9b. Length, 1:5 to 2™. Cephalothorax light, with dark radiating markings. Abdomen dark gray with scattered small white spots and a double median row of oblique light markings somewhat like Cclotes. Plate vn, fig. 9. The legs are light yellowish brown with patella, coxe, and the ends of the longer joints paler than the rest. The basal joints of the spinnerets are light yellowish brown like the legs. Terminal joint of outer spinnerets shorter than basal. The tracheal openings are nearer the spinnerets than the epigynum. The skin over the epigynum is rather opaque and but little of it can be seen. The palpi of the male have the patella and tibia both short and each has a long, slender process on the outer side which is flexible and variously curved at the end, fig. 92. The tarsus is short and oval. The palpal organ has at the base a short feather-like appendage. The tube is slender and curved around the distal end of the tarsus. It has near the end a short soft appendage of the bulb, fig. 9a. Salem, Beverly, Swampscott, Cambridge, Roxbury, Mt. Tom, Mass., and New Haven, Conn. Agalena Walck. Large hairy spiders with long legs and very long upper spinnerets. The head is high and the middle eyes of both rows are much higher than the others. The web is flat and more regular and closely woven than in Tegenaria. Agalena neevia Walck. and Bosc., 1841; Hentz, 1848. Agalena pottert Blackwall, Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist., vol. xvii, i846. Agalenopsis albipilis Giebel, Zeitsch. Gesammt. Nat., 1869. Agalena americana Keys., Zool. botan. Gesellsch., Wien, 1877, male with short- tubed palpal organs, from Illinois. PLATE VIII, rigures 1, Ia, le, 1d, 1f, lg, 1h, 12, 17, 1%, 14, 1m, In. This is the common grass spider all over the United States. It varies greatly in size. A large male measures 14™™ long, 4th leg 35™™. A large female, 18"™ long, 4th leg 30™™, while a small adult male is only 7"™ long, and the 4th legs 15™™. Plate vin, fig. 1. The cephalothorax is long and the cephalic part separated dis- tinctly from the thoracic by grooves radiating from the dorsal depression. The head is high and wide in front and contracted a little just in front of the first pair of legs. The two rows of eyes _ TRANS. CONN. ACAD., Vou. VIII. 26 JAN., 1890. 198 | J. H. Emerton—New England Drasside, are strongly curved, the lateral much lower than the middle pairs, so that the middle front eyes and the lateral hinder eyes form together a nearly horizontal line. The thorax is marked by radiating grooves between the legs. The abdomen is about twice as long as wide, widest in the front half, a little truncated in front where it overlaps the thorax, and tapering behind. The upper spinnerets are two or three times as long as the under. The legs are long and tapering, the fourth pair longest. The maxilla are much widened at the tips and nearly straight on the front edges. The cephalothorax has two wide longitudinal dark stripes. The abdomen has a light longitudinal stripe in the middle, straight in front, and herringbone-shaped in the hinder half, generally a little darkened in the middle and lightest at the edges. The sides of the abdomen are dark, or covered with dark spots close together toward the middle stripe and more scattered toward the sides. On the ven- tral side the abdomen has a middle dark stripe, sometimes lighter in the middle. Though the markings vary but little the colors vary from light yellow, with pale gray markings, to dark reddish brown, with black and gray spots, the colors being usually modified by long gray hairs both in dark and light individuals. The joints of the legs are all dark toward the end. Large individuals are, as a rule, darker col- ored than small ones. ; The palpi are long in both sexes. In the males the femur is long, the patella not much longer than wide, and without appendages ; the tibia about as long as patella, widened at the distal end, the outer side extending forward along the edge of the tarsus and having a short blunt tooth, figs. 1¢, 1g, 1d. The tarsus is large, the basal half oval and the tip narrowed into a long point. The palpal organ, especially the tube, which is largely developed in this species, instead of having a constant form, as in most spiders, varies extremely. ‘The most common form is that shown in figs. la, lg, with a stout flat tube coiled in one and a half turns under the tarsus, and with the tip turned outward away from the tarsus. On the outer side of the palpal organ near the end of the tube is a short thin tooth with the outer edge turned downward and the corner usually forming a blunt tooth directed toward the end of the palpus. This variety is found in spiders of all sizes and shades of color from all parts of the country. Among large spiders from various locali- ties occurs the form of palpal organ shown in fig. 16, In this the tube is much longer and more slender, and terminates in a sharp Agalenide and Dysderide. 199 point turned inward toward the tarsus. io ee Dy a Eg a iat OO ———————- J. H. Emerton—New England Attide. 231 into irregular dark and light spots. Around the front is a white band, and there are other slanting white stripes along the sides. The femur of the first pair of legs is very dark brown, the other joints white. The second and third legs are white, or only slightly darker at the ends of the joints. The fourth legs have the hinder half of the cox, and the ends of all the joints brown. In the male the legs and palpi are brown, without the distinct dark markings of the female. The abdomen is brown with irrides- cent greenish scales, and a bright, white band around the front, and two white oblique stripes each side. The male has the front legs much larger than the female. His mandibles are long and stout at the base, and spread apart at the ends. In the middle of the inner side is a large tooth, directed downward, and near its base, two smaller ones, on the under side of the mandible. On the under side, near the outer edge, is a long ridge, ending in a tooth, curved inward. Fig. 4a. The male palpi are very slender, and the tarsus and palpal organ long and small. The patella and tibia are each twice as long as thick. The tibial hook is nearly as long as the tibia. Fig. 40. Common on plants in summer, and occasionally found under stones and bark. Massachusetts and Connecticut. Zygoballus terrestris, new sp. Length of female 3". The cephalothorax is two-thirds as wide as long, and half as high as long. The posterior eyes are the full width of the cephalothorax apart, and the thorax slopes backward from them, but not as steeply as in bettin7z, nor is it as much nar- rowed behind. Pl. XVII, fig. 5. The color of the cephalothorax in alcohol, is dark brown, covered thinly with small, light colored scales. The first pair of legs are dark brown, the femur darkest, and the other joints a little lighter in the middle. The other legs are lighter with the ends of the joints dark. Fig. 5c. The abdomen is lighter than the thorax, and marked with irregular and variable dark spots. In the male the abdomen is brown in the middle, with a distinct white line around the front and sides. The male palpi are short, the patella and tibia being not much longer than wide. The tibial hook is as long as the tibia itself, and only slightly curved. Fig. 5d. The palpal organ is small and covered by the tarsus. The tube is moderately long, and lies in the groove at the end of the tarsus for B32 J. H. Emerton—New England Attide. its whole length. The mandibles are similar to those of bettini, but smaller. The epigynum has the anterior opening nearly square, opening toward the front, and the posterior notch very wide. Fig. 50. On fences and under leaves in winter. Boston and Cambridge, Mass., and New Haven, Conn, Icius mitratus Peckham. Atlus mitratus Hentz. This species resembles closely pahnarum, differmg mainly in color. The legs are all white in both sexes, and the mandibles of the male are not long and horizontal as in palmarum. The male palpi and palpal organs are like those of palmarum, with the tibial hook perhaps a little more slender. The female preserved in alcohol is still more like padmarwn. The epigynum is of the same shape and the markings in four large spots on the abdomen, like those of some females of palmarum. The cephalothorax seems to be a little wider, and the colors of the hairs of the whole body whiter than in pa/- marum. A living male has the legs white, or a little greenish, with long white hairs, those on the front legs longer than the diameter of the leg. On the front of the leg and palpi are long, white hairs. The sides of the cephalothorax and abdomen, and the under side of the abdomen are white. The middle of the cephalothorax and abdo- men are light brown, covered with light, yellow hairs, through which three or four dark spots show indistinctly. Pl. XVIII, fig. 2. Brookline and Malden, Mass., and New Haven, Conn. Icius palmarum Peckham. Epiblemum palmarum Hentz. Female 5"" and male 4"" long. The living female has the legs and palpi transparent white, and the claws black. The few spines on the legs are black. The whole body is covered with light gray or white scales, mixed with short, fine black hairs. The abdomen has a row of indistinct, darker triangular spots in the middle and oblique rows of small spots at the sides, Pl. XVII, fig. 1. In alco- hol the legs become dull yellow, and the rest of the body turns red as in cestivalis, afterwards fading to a dirty yellow. The markings of the abdomen become more distinct, and in some individuals form four large, dark brown spots. Fig. 17 : J. H. Emerton—New England Attide. 233 The living males, fig. 1g, have the front legs very dark brown, except the tarsi, which are a little lighter. The other legs are trans- parent white, cephalothorax and abdomen dark and reddish brown, mixed with shining, greenish white scales, and sometimes a little copper red around the eyes. There is a white stripe the whole length of the body, each side, and across the front of the head below the eyes. The maxillze and mandibles are dark brown, and the palpi are the same color, except the tarsi which are light yellow ; sternum and under side of abdomen dark brown. Some males show indistinctly dorsal markings of the abdomen, like the female. The female resembles wstivalis, but is longer in proportion to its width and has the front legs stouter. The abdomen is usually nearly twice as long as wide. Fig.1. The cephalothorax is flattened above from the front eyes two-thirds its length backward, in both sexes, fig. la, while in wstivalis it is slightly arched upward. In the males, the front legs are, as usual, longer and stouter than the others and are made very conspicuous by their dark color. The mandibles of the male are larger than those of the female, and more or less turned forward, according to their length. In some males the mandibles are only a little longer than those of the female, and in these the patella and tibia of the front legs are not much longer than the femur. Others, usually larger spiders, have the man- dibles nearly as long as the cephalothorax and extending forward horizontally, the maxille are longer, and the first pair of legs have the patella and tibia one and a half times as long as the femur. Fig. le. Fig. 1g shows the mandibles of the common length. The epigynum has two small anterior openings and a large, wide notch behind, half-way between the anterior openings and the trans- verse fold. The male palpus has the tibia as wide as long, and the patella a little longer. The tibial hook is as long at the joint itself, thin and curved inward a little at the end. The tube of the palpal organ is long and curved around the end of the bulb, the point resting in a groove turned obliquely outward on the end of the tarsus. Figs. Ay it. On plants in summer. Massachusetts and Connecticut. cius elegans, ¢ Atlus elegans Hentz. 4 Attus superciliosus Hentz. Dendryphantes elegans Peckham. Female 6"" long. Cephalothorax two-thirds as wide as long, and abdomen half as wide as long. The sides of the cephalothorax are 234 _ J. H. Emerton—New England Attide. nearly straight and parallel in the female, and widened a little behind the middle in the male. The colors of the living female, Pl. XVII, fig. 3, are bronze green, which in some lights changes to copper red on the abdomen and cephalothorax. The legs are yellow, with longitudinal dark stripes, except the front femora, which are dark brown. The palpi are bright yellow at the end and dark at the base. In alcohol the colors appear dull and darker. The males, fig. 37, are much more brightly colored. The legs are orange, darker toward the ends, with fine dark, longitudinal stripes. The ends of the front tibiz are dark brown, and have long, brown hairs on the inner and under side. The palpi are orange, darker toward the end. ‘The sides and hinder part of the cephalothorax are orange, and there is a white line each side ‘over the cox. The upper part of the cephalothorax and abdomen are covered with greenish yellow scales. On the front of the head are tufts of long hairs, yellow, mixed with black, pointing forward and a little inward between the middle and lateral eyes, fig. 3e.. On the hinder end of the abdomen is an iridescent purple spot. The abdomen is green on the under side, and the sternum and cox are orange. In alcohol the colors become dull yellow and brown. The mandibles of this species are slender, and the claw short, and strongly curved inward toward the point. In the male the mandibles are a little longer, and have a slight notch on the inner side, one-third their length from the end. Fig. 3¢. The epigynum is wide, with two anterior openings more than their diameter apart, and the posterior notch is divided into two. Fig. 3h. The male palpi have the patella as wide as long, and the tibia still shorter, with a very short and small hook on the outer side. Fig. 39. The tube of the palpal organ is twisted at the end, and has a spherical base, partly covered by the softer part of the bulb. Fig. 3f. The male has the legs of the first pair much larger than the others, and all the legs longer than the female. In the female the fourth legs are longest. Some males have the colors darker and the front legs less elongated than usual, and do not have the black spot and black tuft of longer hairs on the ends of the tibixe. They also have the tufts of hair over the eyes much smaller. Figs. 4, 4a. The palpal organs are a little stouter. Figs. 46, 4c. Specimens from the Adirondacks and White Mountains are of this variety. White Mountains, N. H., to New Haven, Conn. J. H. Emerton—New England Attide. 235 Icius hartii, new sp. The name Jcius Hartii was given this species by Mr. Peckham, but not published. A specimen in the Museum of Comparative Zoology in Cambridge, is named by Keyserling Jcvus tibialis Koch. Of this species I have only one female from Medford, Mass. This is 7™™ long, cephalothorax 2™™ long, and 1™™ wide. The cephalo- thorax is straight at the sides, very little narrowed behind. The abdomen is oval, a little pointed behind. Pl. XVIII, fig. 5. The length of the legs is 4, 1, 2, 3. The front legs are thickest, and the tibia is more than twice as thick as that of the other legs. In the male, fig. 5a, the front legs are longest and still more thickened than in the female. The cephalothorax is dark brown, with gray hairs. The abdomen has the middle dark and the border white ; the middle area broken at the edges by three or four pairs of white spots. The under side of the abdomen is light in the middle and black around the edges up to the white border of the upper surface. The femora are dark, except the third pair, which has light stripes. The other joints are dark at the ends, and have dark longitudinal stripes. The epigynum is small, and has two small openings directed forward about their diameter apart. Fig. 5d. Some of the Wisconsin specimens which I have from Mr. Peck- ham, are a little larger, and the dorsal markings are more broken by oblique rows of white spots. The males have the abdomen shorter and the front legs much longer and thicker. The mandibles are a little longer than in the females. The male palpi are short and stout, the patella and tibia are as short as wide, and the tibial hook is very small and pointed, and directed downward. Fig. 5c. The palpal organ is long enough to nearly cover the tibia. The tube is short and stout, and a little swelled at the base. Fig. 50. Icius formicarius, n. sp. Length 5"". Cephalothorax and abdomen usually about the same length. The general appearance is ant-like. The color is black with dark bronze green scales, except a white line each side of the thorax, and white stripes on the legs, two above and one beneath. One specimen has a few white scales on the spinnerets. The cephalothorax is two-thirds as wide as long and the sides are nearly straight and parallel. The abdomen is widest across the hinder half and a little pointed behind. Both cephalothorax and abdomen are less flattened than in the other species. The legs are Trans. Conn. AcapD., Vou. VIII. By) Oort., 1891) fh 236 oS. H. Emerton—New England Attide. long and slender, the fourth pair longest and the first next. The first pair are only a little stouter than the others. Pl. XVII, fig. 6. The epigynum is large with the anterior openings wide and far apart. The notch behind is very deep and narrow. Fig. 66. I have seen females only from Salem and Medford, Mass., and New Haven, Conn. Meevia vittata. Astia vittata Peckham, Altus vitiatus Hentz, Altus niger Hentz. 4 Mevia pencillata Koch. This is a large and brightly colored spider with long legs. The female is 8"™ long, the male smaller but with the legs longer. PI. XIX, figs. 1, la, 10. : The living female has the legs and palpi translucent, a little yellow or greenish white. They are marked with indistinct light gray rings and black spots at the base of the hairs and spines. The cephalo- thorax is dark brown between the eyes and translucent like the legs in the thoracic part. There is a fine black line in the middle and on each side and a few gray marks radiating from the dorsal groove. The whole top of the cephalothorax is covered with greenish yellow scales mixed with gray hairs. The eyes are black and one female has a red stripe under the eyes each side. The abdomen is covered with scales which in the middle and at the sides are gray and mixed with black hairs. ‘There are two longitudinal bands of light copper red along the back of the abdomen and indistinct angular marks of the same color in the middle of the hinder half. The colors of the under side are light gray and yellow spotted with gray on the abdomen. According to Peckham, males of two very different colors belong to this species. One kind resembles the female. Fig. 16. The red bands on the abdomen are broken up into rows of spots connected with the middle angular markings. The gray and black spots on the legs and cephalothorax are larger and there are several black marks on the front of the abdomen. The palpi are bright orange yellow with the tibial hook black and a black spot on the inner side of each joint. The size of the black spot varies in different individuals and so passes into the other variety in which the cephalothorax and abdomen are entirely black and the palpi black except a few orange hairs on the outer side. The black cephalothorax and abdomen are covered with dark greenish shiny scales, ‘The legs in this variety are white except the hairs. On the J. H. Emerton-—~New England Attide. 234 front of the head of the black variety are three tufts of long hairs which are entirely wanting in lighter colored males. Fig. 1a. Although males of both kinds pair with the same female their behavior when mating is different, for an account of which see Peckham’s article in Occasional Papers of the Nat. Hist. Soc. of Wisconsin, vol. i, 1888. The cephalothorax of the female is widest behind the middle and is there two thirds as wide as long. It is narrowed to half that width at the hinder end and slightly narrowed toward the front, the head being not much more than half as wide as the cephalothorax is long. Fig. 1. The top of the cephalothorax is flat, rising a little between the dorsal eyes and the front row of eyes is straight on the upper edge. The comparative length of the legs is 4, 1, 3, 2 and the fourth pair is as long as the body. The male palpi are long. The tibial hook is straight and blunt and about as long as the tibia itself. The tarsus is short and wide and turned outward at the tip. The palpal organ is oval with a long tube bent around the end of the bulb with its point in the groove on the outer corner of the tarsus. Fig. le. The epigynum has a small oval opening very far farward and a slight notch on the edge of the transverse fold. Fig. 1d. This is an active species, living on plants in summer. Eastern Massachusetts and New Haven and Meriden, Connecticut. Marptusa familiaris Peckham. Attus familiaris Hentz. The female is 10"°™ long and the male nearly as large. The fourth pair of legs is longest in the female and the first pair in the male. The cephalothorax and abdomen are both much flattened. The cephalothorax is rounded at the sides and nearly twice as wide in the middle as in front. The abdomen is twice as long as wide, widest in the middle and truncated at the front end and sometimes at the hinder end also. In the latter case the spinnerets are so far under the abdomen that they cannot be seen from above. The legs are long and stout, the fourth pair one and a half times as long as the abdomen. The general color is gray, covered with long gray and white hairs. The cephalothorax has a dark brown band along the edge each side which is larger and darker in the males. The abdomen has in the middle a yellowish white marking, covering half its width, the front half straight and the hinder half notched at the sides, Pl, XIX, fig, 238 _ J. H. Emerton—New England Attide. 3. The legs are darker at the ends of the joimts and lighter in the middle. The under side of the abdomen is light at the sides and has a dark stripe in the middle. The male palpus has the tibia very short and the tibial hook is long and slender and slightly thickened at the tip. The tube of the palpal organ starts from the middle of the imner side of the bulb and turns obliquely across the end of the tarsus. Near the end of the tube but not quite reaching the tip is a short flat process, Figs. 30, 3c. ; Epiblemum scenicum Thorell. Hpiblemum faustum Hentz. Salticus scenicus Latr. Calliethera scenica Simon. Epiblemum scenicum Peckham. Gray with white markings. On some the white marks are much more definite than on others, the gray ground having very few white seales mixed with it. I have usually found the spiders of this variety about houses, while those from the country, living on plants, have white as well as yellow scales largely mixed with the gray so as to obscure the white markings. The field specimens are usually more slender. The front of the head around and above the eyes is white. There is a definite white stripe on each side of the cephalothorax and in the middle of the cephalothorax two white spots one on each side of the dorsal groove. On the abdomen there is 1 white stripe across the anterior end and two oblique marks on each side. Pl. XIX, fig, 2. The legs are gray with white rings not very distinctly marked and the palpi white. ‘The markings are very different from those of any other species. The proportions of the body differ considerably in individuals, some appearing much longer and more slender than others. The cephalothorax is about two-thirds as wide as long and the abdomen usually about the same width and longer. The epigynum is raised at the hinder edge, a little pointed and with a round notch about as deep as wide. The anterior half is a little narrowed and notched in the middle with a depression on each’ side, in the bottom of which is a round hole. Fig. 2e. The shape of the epigynum varies and in pale or freshly moulted females the internal parts may be seen through the skin as shown in Peckham’s figure, The males differ but little in color and markings from the females, but the palpi are large and the mandibles two-thirds as long as the cephalothorax and turned forward almost horizontally, Fig. 2a, 2e, 27 ee we Sss.SErrrS mma eC ee a J. H. Emerton— New England Attide. 239 The tibia of the male palpus is shorter than the patella and at the distal end as wide as long, with a stout pointed hook directed forward and a little inward. Fig. 27. Found occasionally under stones or on bushes but common on the outside of houses and fences in the warmest and driest places. The colors resemble closely that of unpainted wood stained by the weather. Common all over New England. A common European species. Menemerus lineatus. Jcius lineatus Peckham. Altus quadrilineatus Peck- ham, 1883. A small spider only 4™™ long and very distinctly marked with two white longitudinal lines on the middle of the abdomen and two others on the sides so far down that only the front ends of them can be seen from above. Pl. XIX, fig. 5. The color in life is dark brown. The white lines on the back have their edges very dark. The cephalothorax and dark parts of the abdomen are thinly covered with long, slender, yellow scales mixed with a few white hairs on the front of the abdomen. On the under side of the abdomen are four white lines. The legs are dark brown, the first pair darkest. . The relative length of the legs is 1, 4, 2,3. The first pair are twice as thick as the others. The top of the cephalothorax is flat two-thirds its length from the front. There is.a short, transverse groove a little behind the dorsal eyes. The cephalothorax is widest across the middle but only very little wider than in front. The epigynum has a dark ridge behind, curved at the ends around two round holes. Fig. 50. Manchester and Medford, Mass. Menemerus binus. Attus binus Hentz, not M. paykullii Peckham, 1885. Female 9°™ long. Legs 1, 4, 2,3, The cephalothorax is widest behind the middle and narrows slightly toward the front of the head where it is half as wide as long. The cephalothorax is flat above and a little swelled around the dorsal eyes. There is a short trans- verse groove behind the eyes. Pl. XIX, fig. 4. The abdomen is half as wide as long, narrowed at both ends. The first pair of legs are about as long as the fourth pair, but twice as thick. The second pair of legs are slightly thicker than the third and fourth, 240 J. H. Emerton— New England Attide. I have not seen the colors in life. In aleohol the cephalothorax is dark brown except around the edges where it is yellowish. The front half of the cephalothorax between the eyes is dark purple when turned to the light. The abdomen is white with two longitu- dinal black stripes that do not reach either end. The front legs are orange color with light brown stripes and a black spot near the end of each joint on the inner side. The other legs are dirty yellow with indistinct brownish stripes at the sides. Under the abdomen is a black middle stripe. The epigynum has the openings very small and wide apart and the posterior notch very wide with square corners at the ends. Fig. 4a. One female from Meriden, Conn. Mr. Peckham has the same species from Nebraska. Neon nellii Peckham. This is the smallest of our New England Attidze, being only 2.5 to 3™™ long with the cephalothorax not much over 1™™. The general color is dark gray, darkest toward the head, so that the spider is hard to see on gray stones or weathered wood. The cepha- lothorax is high, the highest part being a little behind the middle, from which it curves downward to the front eyes and slopes more abruptly backward. The eyes are large and prominent, the first row nearly straight and as wide as the widest part of the cephalothorax. The posterior eyes are nearly as large as the front middle pair and are at the middle of the cephalothorax. The abdomen is a little pointed behind and the spinnerets are large for the size of the spider. PION, fig. 1. The cephalothorax is smoky gray, darker toward the front and darker in the males than females. The abdomen is gray with yellowish white markings in a herring-bone pattern through the middle. The underside of the body is light gray or whitish. The legs are gray, darker toward the front. The epigynum is large and has two rounded openings toward the front. Fig. 16. The male palpi are also large and the palpal organ extends backward so as to cover the short tibia, The tube lies obliquely across the end of the bulb, its tip resting in a groove on the end of the tarsus. Fig. le. A common species under stones and leaves at all seasons, J. H. Emerton —New England Attide. 241 Evuophrys monadnock, new gp. One male was found on the upper part of Mt. Monadnock, N. H., on the rocks. Pl. XX, fig. 2. It is 4™™ long, the cephalothorax and abdomen about the same length. The legs are all long, relative length 4,1, 3,2. The ends of the palpi are white as far as the end of the femur. The tarsi of the first and second legs, and the tips of the tarsi of the third and fourth are white. The femora of the third and fourth legs are white, in life, light pink. The rest of the body is deep black. The first and second legs are a little thickened and the metatarsus, tibia and patella, and the end of first femur covered with long scales, as long as the diameter of the leg. The first and second legs are bright purple toward a bright light. The front of the head is wide, and the sides of the cephalothorax nearly straight and parallel. Fig. 2c. The front of the head, below the eyes, slopes inward, and the sternum is short and wide. Fig. 2a. The palpi are long and slender, the tarsus not much wider than the other joints. The tibial hook is straight and very slender, not much thicker than one of the hairs. Fig. 2d. The palpal organ is long and narrow at the base, where it extends over the tibia. The tube is short and curved around the end of the bulb. Fig. 2e. A female, which probably belongs to this species, was found in Dublin, N. H., three miles from Monadnock. It is 5™™ long, with short and thin hairs and colors like Zegenaria. The cephalothorax has the sides straight and parallel, three-fourths its length from the front, and is a little rounded behind. Fig. 24 The eyes are large and the lateral are more than half as large as the front pair. The pos- terior eyes are as far apart as the length of the front row, and little more than half as far from the lateral. The abdomen is oval, widest behind the middle. The legs are 4, 1, 2,3, the front pair much thickened and the second slightly so. The cephalothorax is dark brown in front and lighter toward the back, marked with dark radiating lines. The abdomen is gray, with light, angular markings along the middle, and irregular oblique lines at the sides. The legs are without markings, the first pair darkest. The epigynum has two large openings about their diameter from the transverse fold. Fig. 29. Evophrys cruciatus, new sp. This species is more generally covered with scales than monad- nock, the front tibizw are less thickened, and do not have the long 242 J. H. Emerton—New England Attide. scales of that species, and the colors are less bright and more like those of Attus palustris. The only specimen I have, a male, is 5™™ long. Pl. XX, fig. 8. The cephalothorax is three-fourths as wide as long, widest behind the middle. It is low in front, and the front row of eyes are turned a little downward, the lateral pair half their diam- eter, higher and farther back. The middle eyes are nearer the dorsal than lateral. The dorsal eyes are nearer together than the lateral pair. The abdomen is as long and as wide as the cephalothorax, widest in the middle and pointed behind. The lengths of the legs are 4, 1, 3, 2, the fourth pair very long. The first and second pairs are a little thickened. The cephalothorax of my specimen is so much rubbed that the markings are nearly destroyed; it shows only long black hairs over the eyes, and irregular white markings behind the eyes and at the sides. The abdomen is black, with a distinct white cross in the middle. Fig. 8. The legs have dark and light rings, which were probably covered with white and black hairs. The tibia of the palpi is light, and the other joints dark, with long hairs. The tibia of the male palpus is wider than long. The tibial hook is nearly as long as the tarsus, and curved to fit along its edge. The tarsus is strongly curved downward. The palpal organ is oval, and the tube begins near the outer end, curves around its base and again outward through a groove in the edge of the tarsus to a notch near the end of the tibial hook. Figs. 80, 8¢, 8d. Dublin, N. H., July 16. Phlegra leopardus. A(ttus leopardus Hentz. Very distinctly marked with two white lines on-the cephalothorax, as far up as the dorsal eyes, and three white lines on the abdomen. The female is 8"™ long, the cephalothorax 3.5"". The cepholothorax is two-thirds as wide as long and a little widest behind the middle. The lateral front eyes are high enough for their middle to be oppo- site the top of the middle eyes. The dorsal eyes are unusually far forward ; they are as far apart as the front lateral eyes, and two- thirds as far from the front of the head. Pl. XXI, fig. 1. The eephalothorax is rounded upward from the front to the dorsal eyes, and from there backward is flat more than half-way to the hinder end. The abdomen is widest in the middle and a little pointed behind. The legs are short, and their relative length 4, 3, 1,2. The first and second pairs are thicker than the other. The cephalothorax is dark brown, darkest between the eyes. A white stripe extends _ : | j J. H. Emerton—New England Attide. 243 from the front of the head, over the eyes each side the whole length of the cephalothorax. A middle white stripe begins between the middle eyes, but fades out between the dorsal eyes. The legs are light brown, with two darker rings on each joint. The abdomen is brown, with a middle and two lateral white stripes. The- abdomen is light on the under side and the sternum, legs and mouth parts ‘dark brown. The epigynum has two large round openings near the hinder edge, and a small, square-cornered notch in the edge. Fig. 10. The male is darker than the female, but marked in the same way on the cephalothorax and abdomen. The white bands on the cephalo- thorax are mixed with red between the eyes. The legs are longer than those of the female, and not marked with rings, The male palpus has the tibia short and wide on the upper side, with a deep notch on the outer side, and a short hook. Figs. 1c, le. The bulb of the palpal organ extends backward on the outer side so as to cover the tibia. Fig. 1d. Female from Mt. Tom, Massachusetts. Male from Blue Hill, Milton, Mass. Another female was seen in Medford, Mass. Hasarius Hoyi, Peckham. Female 6 or 7°™ long. The cephalothorax is shorter and the abdomen larger than in the nearest species. Pl. XXI, fig. 2, 2a, The cephalothorax of the female is three-fourths as wide as long, and a little enlarged in the middle. The posterior eyes are two- thirds as far from the front row as from each other. Legs 1, 4, 2, 3, all nearly of the same length. First and second pairs a little thick- ened. ~ The markings vary, but in alcohol there is always a light marking across the back of the cephalothorax, a little behind the dorsal eyes, and turning forward on each side as far as the front eyes. In front and behind this marking the cephalothorax is dark brown. On the abdomen there are light and dark oblique markings forming, especially in young individuals, a regular light herring-bone marking in the middle, In life, the light markings are partly white and partly orange- brown. A brightly marked young male has the cephalothorax white in front, both above and below the eyes. Fig. 2. A white band on each side turning upward and inward behind the dorsal eyes, bnt not united in the middle. Hinder part of cephalothorax below and between the white bands black, There are two black bands behind the dorsal eyes, extending obliquely through the dorsal groove to the white TRANS. Conn. AcAD., Vou. VIII. 33 Ocr, Ls 244 . J. H. Emerton—New England Attide. bands at the sides. The rest of the top of the cephalothorax is coy - ered with orange scales. Abdomen with a white band around the front and sides. Middle of the back black, with a few orange scales around the edges, Sides of the black patch irregularly scalloped. In the middle are oblique white markings, edged with orange-brown. The legs are white at the ends and dark on the patella and tibia, and outer end of the femur. Ends of all the joints darker than the middle. The epigynum has two large anterior openings near together, and behind and each side of them two other large openings near the edge. Fig. 2e. The adult male has the colors much like the young male, described above, with the legs black on the patella and tibia, and part of the femur, and the rest white, with black at the ends of the tarsus and metatarsus. The female is various shades of brown, mixed with white and yellow scales and black hairs. Fig. 26, 2e. The male palpi are short, black at the base and white on the top of the tarsus. The tibial hook is long and blunt, extending along the side of the tarsus half its length. Fig. 27, 2g. The palpal organ has the inner posterior corner swelled and extended inward to a blunt point. Fig. 2 The tube curves around from the base to the tip of the tarsus. A common species in eastern Massachusetts. Found also from the White Mountains to southern Connecticut. Habrocestum splendens, Peckham. 4 Ergane splendens Keys. 9 Pellenes nigriceps Keys. I have only seen the males of this species. It has been fully de- scribed by Peckham in his N, A. Attide in the Transactions of the Wisconsin Academy, vol. vii, and figured and its mating habits described in vol. i, of Occasional Papers of the Nat. Hist. Society of Wisconsin, Milwaukee, 1889. My males are 5"" long, with the cephalothorax nearly 3°", The cephalothorax is widest and highest behind the second legs. The front part projects forward beyond the mandibles and the front eyes look a little downward. Pl. XX, figs. 5,5. The abdomen is shorter than the cephalothorax, widest in the middle, square in front and pointed behind. The legs are long and stout, the third pair longest. In alcohol the brilliant colors of the male fade, and the colors and markings resemble more those of the female. The cephalothorax is J. H. Emerton—New England Attide. 245 dark brown, with a transverse light marking behind the eyes. The whole cephalothorax is thickly covered with light scales, and the front half with black hairs between them. The legs and palpi are light at the base and darker brown toward the tips, covered with scales and hairs, either black or various shades of gray. The abdo- men is marked with three or four pairs of dark spots, united together more or less in different spiders, the front pair usually forming a single transverse mark, with a light mark in front of it. The light portions of the abdomen are yellowish in the middle, and bright copper-red at the sides. The male palpi have the femur long, the patella about as long as wide, and the tibia half as long as wide. The tibial hook is large and flat, fig. 57, and lies against the tarsus, nearly half its length. The tarsus is short and wide, and the bulb of the palpal organ flat and circular. The tube starts at the base and curves around the inner side, ending in a short groove, pointing outward on the end of the tarsus. Fig. 5e. Beverly, Mass. Clarksville, near Albany, N. Y. Young in winter in old cocoons of Argiope, on marshes between Boston and -Brook- line, Mass. Habrocestum peregrinum, Peckham. These specimens have been identified for me by Mr. Peckham. The female is 6"™ long, the male a little smaller ; both sexes smaller than #7. splendens. The area between the eyes slopes forward and is covered with short scales mixed with longer hairs, light brown in front and darker behind, where it meets a white marking pointed forward in the middle and curved backward and outward behind the eyes, PI. XX, fig. 6. On each side of the cephalothorax is a white stripe, extending from the front lateral eyes backward under the eyes, and then curved upward and again downward to the end of the thorax. The abdomen has three white stripes, with black between, narrower and sharper in the male. The under side of the body and legs are light brown, with white and black hairs. The legs of the third pair are very long in both sexes, and in the male there is a peculiar shape to the patella, fig. 64, which is flattened and widened at the distal end, where there is a stout spine extending over the tibia. On the front of this flattened patella is a black spot. Mr. Peckam gives an account of the use of this orna- mental patella in the pairing of an allied species in “ Occasional Papers of the Nat. Hist. Soc. of Wisconsin, vol. i, No. 3, 1890.” Peck- 246 — J. H. Emerton—New England Attide. ham’s description says, two short spines on tibia of first pair, but my male has three pairs of spines on tibia and two pairs on metatarsus, The male palpus differs little from that of splendens. ‘The tibial hook is a little sharper, and the angle of the tarsus just over it, a little more prominent. The epigynum has a simple round opening directed forward, from which a tube extends backward. Fig. 6a. I have only three specimens—an adult male and female, and -one immature male from Hyde Park, Mass. Mr. Peckham has it from New York and Connecticut. Saitis pulex, Peckham. Attus pulex Hentz. Saitis X-notata Keyserling. Cyrba pulex Keyserling. A common spider 4 or 5™™ long, the female gray or brown of dif- ferent shades, and resembling gray stone or dried leaves, on which it lives. The cephalothorax and abdomen are of the same length, the abdomen of the female wider than the cephalothorax, widest across the middle and pointed behind. PI. XX, fig. 7a. The cepha- lothorax is half longer than wide, widest behind the middle. The eye-space is half wider than long, narrower behind than in front. The third and fourth pairs of legs are of the same length, and longer than the first and second. The cephalothorax has a light stripe in the middle, between the eyes, that narrows backward to a point at the hinder end. The abdomen has twe nearly parallel light lines in the middle of the front half and behind them a transverse marking pointed at the sides, behind and around which are small, irregular light marks. The legs are covered with alternate dark and light spots. The epigynum has two large openings near together, and near its hinder edge. Fig. 79. In the male the abdomen is smaller and narrower, the head higher and the colors brighter. Fig. 7. The cephalothorax, between the eyes and a little behind them, is black. The front and sides of the head below the eyes, and the hinder half of the cephalothorax are yellow, or orange. The abdomen is black with markings like the female. ‘The legs have the tarsi yellow and the other joints indis- tinctly marked with longitudinal yellow lines. The palpi are yellow, except the ends of the tarsi which are black. On the under side the legs and abdomen are black. The cox are yellow, with a black line in the middle and the sternum, maxille and mandibles are yellow ; the sternum sometimes with a black middle line. The male palpi a J. A. Emerton—New England Attide. 247 have the tibia very short, with a flat, thin hook. Fig. 7e, 7/7. The tube of the palpal organ is short and curved in a circle on the end of the bulb so that the tip points inward. Fig. 7e. Massachusetts and Connecticut. — Attus palustris, Peckham. Female 6™™ long, male 5™". The cephalothorax is three-fourths as wide as long. The abdomen is short, a little wider than the cephalothorax and pointed behind. Pl. XX, fig. 3. The cephalo- thorax is ight brown in the female and dark in the male, with a narrow, white stripe in the middle, widened between the dorsal eyes, and a white stripe each side, as high as the dorsal eyes. The abdo- men has a wide, white transverse marking, just behind the middle, and several angular marks behind it. On the front half are two white spots. In the male the large middle marking is usually divided into two white spots. The relative length of the legs is 4, 1, 2, 3 in the female, and 1, 4, 2,3 in the male. The dorsal eyes are very far forward, little more than half as far from the front eyes as they are from each other. The epigynum has a large oval opening divided in front into two. The hinder edge over the transverse fold has a small projection in the middle. Fig. 3e. The hook of the tibia of the male palpus is nearly straight and has a short piece at the tip very narrow. Fig. 34. The palpal organ is oval, and the tube extends from the base around the inner side, the end pointing outward. Fig. 3a. Portland, Me. ; Eastern Mass. ; New Haven, Conn. Attus sylvestris, new sp. Male 4™" long. Cephalothorax almost as wide as long. Abdomen smaller'than cephalothorax ; legs shorter and stouter than in A. pal- ustris, and the male palpi nearly as large as in the male palustris, which is half larger. The colors resemble those of Saitis pulex. The legs are distinctly ringed with dark and light brown. The cephalothorax is dark brown, covered with lighter hairs, which are nearly rubbed off in the specimens. The male palpi have the tarsus dark brown, and the rest of the palpus lighter above but dark beneath. The tibia and patella are covered with white hairs that are very long on the sides of the tibia. The palpal organ resembles closely that of A. palustris, and is nearly as large. The markings 248 _ J. H. Emerton— New England Attide. of the abdomen are dark and light brown, and resemble those of Saitis pulex and the female A. palustris. There is a large light mark across the middle of the abdomen, and behind it several light angular marks. In colors and general appearance this resembles Saitis pulex, and lives in the same places under stones and leaves. Beverly and Middleton, Massachusetts. Synemosyna formica, Hentz. This is the most common ant-like spider, and the most ant-like among them. It is 6" long, and the cephalothorax is 2"" long and 1m’ wide. The cephalothorax is narrowed behind and the abdomen in front and each has a deep depression near the middle, Pl. XXT, fig. 5. The pedicel of the abdomen is flat and widened behind, so that it is nearly as wide as the ends of the thorax and abdomen which it connects. The front middle eyes are large, and cover two-thirds of the front of the head. The rest of the eyes are very small. The legs are slender, their relative length 4, 3,1, 2. The general color is black, with yellowish white markings. There is a triangular white spot in front of the dorsal groove, and one on each side widening downward, under the posterior eyes. On the abdomen there is a white stripe extending downward from the dorsal groove on each side, and uniting in a large white patch on the front of the under side of the abdomen. The second legs are entirely white, the first have a black stripe along the inner side, the third have the femur black and a black spot at the base of the tibia, and the fourth have the femur, the end of the patella and nearly all the tibia black, and black spots on the front of the cox and trochanter, and black lines on the metatarsus. The palpi are white, sometimes with dark spots on the sides of the joints. The front end of the abdomen has a hard piece on the under side from the pedicel to the epigynum, which extends upward on each side, so that the edges are visible from above. The epigynum has a wide oval opening, in the front part of which are two small openings to the tubes. ‘The males differ but little from the females in color and general appearance. ‘The head is higher and narrower, and the mandibles a little longer, turned obliquely forward and curved apart in the middle. Fig. 5¢e. he male palpi are large. The tibia is short and has a very large hook. Fig. 54 The palpal organ is large and only half covered by the tarsus. The tube passes completely around Pee. in tutind..iilanti cass? * — ae ee ° J. H. Emerton—New England Attide. 249 the bulb, then passes through the usual groove to the outside of the tarsus, where it is coiled once around the flattened end. Fig. 5e. This species lives on plants and matures early in the summer. At first sight it resembles an ant, but its gait is slower and steadier. I have never seen it jump but it runs quickly when frightened. It lives in summer on bushes, and matures in June. In the latter part of summer only young are to be found, and in the winter it hides under leaves on the ground. Common at New Haven, Conn., and around Boston, Mass. Salticus ephippiatus, Peckham. Synemosyna ephippiata Hentz. This spider is 7™™ long, the cephalothorax 3™™" long, and half as wide. In color and general appearance it resembles orange-brown ants. The cephalothorax is high in front and low behind the dorsal groove, which is in a slight depression. Pl. X XI, fig. 4a. The sides of the cephalothorax are nearly straight for two-thirds its length, and it is only slightly narrowed behind. The abdomen is oval, a little narrower in front than behind. The legs are long and slender, their length 4,1, 3,2. Fig. 4. The colors are various shades of orange-brown, some individuals being very dark, and others pale. There is an indistinct light mark across the middle of the cephalothorax and across the abdomen, a little in front of the middle, and sloping backward down the sides, nearly to the spinnerets. The femora of all the legs are dark, except a light stripe on the front of those of the first pair. The patella and tibie are all light on the upper side and darker beneath. The metatarsi of the hind legs are dark, the others partly light in the middle, or on the upper side. The tarsi of the front legs are dark, the others ight. The cox of the third legs are dark, the others light. The palpi of the female have the tibia and tarsus very much thickened and covered with stiff hairs on the under side. The palpi are colored as dark as the head. The epigynum has two small openings near together, and turned toward each other. Fig. 4e. Eastern Massachusetts and New Haven, Conn., under leaves, and on plants in summer. 950 J. H. Emerton—New England Attide. Synageles picata, Peckham. Synemosyna picata Lentz. I have one young male from New Haven, Conn., that appears to be of this species. Pl. X-XI, fig. 3. It is as large as adults sent me from Wisconsin by Mr, Peckham, but not as distinctly marked. The cephalothorax has the two white spots in the middle, but is not depressed at this part as in the adult. Fig. 3a. The coloring is more uniform than in the Wisconsin specimens. ‘The white marks on the abdomen show indistinctly as do the markings of the legs. The specimen is 3.5™™ long. The adults of both sexes have a slight elevation around the pos- terior eyes, and a distinct depression across the cephalothorax, just behind the eyes. Fig. 36. The front legs of the female are twice as thick as the other legs, fig. 3c, and the front legs of the male are still thicker, especially in the femur and tibia. Fig. 3d. The patella and tibia are flattened in front, more in the male than in the female. The front of these legs, and the front of the cephalothorax of the male, are purple and iridescent in a bright light. In alcohol they become dark brown. The abdomen has two white stripes extending down the sides in the shallow depression across the front third. The abdomen in front of the depression is rounded, and sometimes swells in alcohol to an unnatural width. ‘The hinder half of the cephalothorax and front of the abdomen are lighter colored than the parts before and behind, EXPLANATION OF. PLATES. PLATE XVI. Fig. 1. Phidippus rufus, femalex4; la, malex4; 1b, female, nearly full grown; lc, young; 1d, young soon after leaving the cocoon; le, epigynum; 1/, epigynum of another female; 1g, immature epigynum; 1h, male palpus; 1¢, male palpus; 1j, brown scales from young female; 1%, yellow seale from young female. y Fig. 2. Phidippus brunneus, epigynum, Fig. 3. Phidippus mystaceus, female x4; 3a, 3b, male palpus; 3c, epigynum; 3d, posterior notch of epigynum of another female. Fig. 4, Phidippus ruber Keys; malex4; 4a, epigynum; 40, male palpus; 4c, male palpus. Fig 5. Phidippus tripunctatus, female x4; 5a, end of mandibles of male; 5, male palpus; 5c, patella and tibia of male palpus; 5a, white scales from middle of abdomen, ee TT AOE SS Fig. Fig. Fig. Fig. Fig. Fig. Fig. Fig. Fig. Fig. Fig. Fig. Fig. Fig. Fig. Fig. Fig. J. H. Emerton—New England Attide. 25 PLATE XVII. 1. Dendryphantes militaris, female x 4; la, male x4: 1b, mandible of male, un- der side; 1c, mandible of male, upper side; 1d, male palpus. 2. Dendryphantes estivalis, female of light variety x4; 2a, cephalothorax of same female after wetting with alcohol; 2b, female of small dark variety ; 2c, small male x 8; 2d, 2e, male palpus; 27, epigynum. 3. Dendryphantes montanus, cephalothorax of female; 3a, cephalothorax of male; 30, mandible of male; 3c, epigynum with two forms of posterior notch ; 3d, 3e, male palpi. 4. Zygoballus bettini, female x 6 ; 4a, mandibles of male under side; 4b, male palpus. 5. Zygoballus terrestris, female x8; 5a, mandible of male; 5b, epigynum ; 5e, male palpus; 5d, outer side of tibia of male palpus. PLATE XVIII. 1. IJcius palmarum, female x 4; la, side of cephalothorax of female; 10, front of head of a male with short mandibles; lc, cephalothorax of male with long mandibles; ld, under side of mandibles of male; le, epigynum; 1/, another pattern of dorsal markings of female; 1g, malex4; 1h, male palpus; 17, male palpus, showing tibial hook. 2. Icius mitratus, male x 4. 3. Icius elegans, femalex4; 3a, side of cephalothorax; 30, front of head of female; 3c, under side of cephalothorax; 3d, malex4; 3¢, front of head of male; 3f, 3g, male palpus, 3h, epigynum. 4. Iciws elegans, dark variety of malex4; 4a, front of head; 40, 4c, male palpus. 5. Icius hartii, femalex4; 5a, male from a Wisconsin specimen from Mr. Peckham ; 5), male palpus; 5c, tibial hook ; 5d, epigynum. 6. Icius formicarius, female x 4; 6a, side of cephalothorax ; 6), epigynum. PLATE XIX. 1. Mevia vittata, back of femaléx4; la, dark variety of male x4; 10, light variety of male x4; Ic, male palpus ; 1d, epigynum. 2. Salticus scenicus, female x4; 2a, male; 2b, side of cephalothorax of female ; 2c, mandibles of male; 2d, male palpus; 2e, epigynum; 2/, tibial hook from above; 29, tibial hook from side. 3. Marptusa familiaris, back of female x4; 3a, front of head and mandibles; 3b, male palpus; 3c, side of male palpus without tarsus; 3d, side of cephalo- thorax of female; 3e, 3f, epigynum of two individuals. 4. Menemerus binus, female 4; 4a, epigynum. 5. Menemerus lineatus, female x 4; 5a, end of mandible; 56, epigynum. PLATE XX. 1. Neon nellii, back of female; la, side of female; 10, epigynum; 1c, male palpus. Trans. Conn. ACAD., Vou. VIII. 34 Oor, sol? 252 _ J. H. Emerton— New England Attide. Fig. 2. Huophrys monadnock, side of male; 2a, under side of cephalothorax of male; 2b, front of head; 2c, top of cephalothorax of male; 2d, 2e, male palpus; 2f, female; 2g, epigynum. Fig. 3. Attus palustris, female x 4, legs in a natural position; 3a, male palpus; 30, tibial hook from outside ; 3c, epigynum. Fig. 4. Altus sylvestris, male x 4. Fig. 5. Habrocestum splendens, male x6; 5a, front of head; 5b, side of cephalotho- rax; 5c, male palpus; 5d, tibial hook. Fig. 6. Habrocestrum peregrinum, female x 4; 6a, epigynum; 6), patella and tibia of third leg of male, front side. Fig. 7. Saitis pulex, malex 4; Ta, female x4; 7b, cephalothorax of male, side view ; 7c, male palpus; 17d, Te, tibial hook; 7/, face of male; 7g, epigynum. Fig. 8. Hwuophrys cruciata, male x 4; 8a, front of head; 8b, male palpus from below; 8c, male palpus from side with tibial hook; 8d, end of the tarsus of male palpus; 8e, side of cephalothorax. PLATE XXI. Fig. 1. Phlegra leopardus, female x4; 1a, under side of cephalothorax; 10, epigy- num ; lc, male palpus from above; 1d, male palpus, under side; le, tibial hook, outer side. Fig 2. Hasarius hoyi, young female x 4; 2a, same individual after keeping in alco- hol; 26, 2c, abdominal markings of adult females; 2d, dorsal markings of young female; 2e, epigynum; 2/, 2g, male palpus. ; Fig. 3. Synageles picaia, young female x6; 3a, side of young female; 30, side of cephalothorax of adult female from Wisconsin: 3c, first and second legs of female x 12; 3d, first and second legs of male x 12, from Wisconsin specimens. Fig. 4 Salticus ephippiatus, femalex6; 4a, side of cephalothorax of female; 40, palpus of female; 4c, epigynum. Fig. 5. Synemosyna formica, female x 6; 5a, side of female; 5b, under side of mouth parts of male; 5c, front of head of male; 5d, under side of front of abdomen of male; 5e, palpus of male; 5f tibial hook; 5g, epigynum. a — ————————————— eC y*rF S XV.—A Provisionat List oF THE HEPATICa2 oF THE HAWAIIAN Istanps. By A. W. Evans. Durine the years 1875 and 1876, Mr. D. D. Baldwin made a systematic collection of the Hepatice found growing in the Ha- waiian Islands, particularly in the island of Maui. These were sent to Prof. Eaton for determination, and he, in turn, sent many of them to Mr. Austin, who published descriptions of several new species and returned to Prof. Eaton a list of his determinations, including many species previously described. The following list is based largely upon those determinations, but contains in addition several of Mr. Baldwin’s species which Mr. Austin did not examine. All other species accredited to the Islands in the Synopsis Hepaticarum and in other publications are also mentioned in the list. Frullania arietina Tayl. Syn. Hep. p. 413. Oahu (Mann and Brigham). F. squarrosa Nees, Syn. Hep. p. 416. Oahu (Mann and Brigham); Hawaiian Islands (HiJlebrand). F. Sandvicensis Angstr. Ofver. af. Kongl. Vet.-Akad. Férhandl. 1872, No. 4, p. 28. Hawaiian Islands (Andersson). F.. hypoleuca Nees, Syn. Hep. p. 443. Oahu (Meyen); West Mani (Baldwin, 81!). F. Kunzei Lehm. et Lindenb. Syn. Hep. p. 449. Oahu (Mann and Brigham) ; West Maui (Baldwin, 191!). F.. apiculata Nees, Syn. Hep. p. 452. Oahu (Mann and Brigham); West Maui (Baldwin, 57! 165). F.. explicata Mont. Syn. Hep. p. 452. Hawaiian Islands (Gaudichaud). Jubula piligera (Frullania Hutchinsie Nees, var. 8, Syn. Hep. p. 426; F. pili- gera Aust. Bull. Torr. Bot. Club, vi, p. 201). Hawaiian Islands (Baldwin, 1471). Lejeunea alcina Angstr. Ofver. af. Kongl. Vet.-Akad. Férhandl., 1872, No. 4, p. 23. Hawaiian Islands (Andersson). L. Sandvicensis (Phragmicoma Sandvicensis Gottsche, Annal. des Sc. Nat. 4me série, T. viii, p. 344; P. subsquarrossa Aust. Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phil., Dec. 1869). Hawaiian Islands (Gaudichaud, Andersson, Hillebrand); West Maui (Baldwin, i13!). L. elongata Aust. (Phragmicoma elongata Aust. Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phil, Dec. 1869). Hawiian Islands (Hillebrand, etc.); Kauai (Baldwin, 273!). L. Mannii Aust. Bull. Torr. Bot. Club, v, p. 15. Oahu (Mann and Brigham!). L. gibbosa Angstr.].c. p. 23. Hawaiian Islands (Andersson). 254 A. W. Evans—A Provisional List of the Hepatice L. Anderssonii Angstr. |. c. p. 24. Hawaiian Islands (Andersson). L. ungulata Angstr. |. c. p. 25. Hawaiian Islands (Andersson). Owaihiensis Gottsche, Syn. Hep. p. 351. Hawaii (Herb. Hook.) . oculata Gottsche, Syn. Hep. p. 357. Hawaii (Herb. Hook.). . stenoschiza Angstr. |. c. p. 26. Hawaiian Islands (Andersson). Pacifica Mont. Syn. Hep. p. 378. Hawaiian Islands (Gaudichaud, Andersson), . subligulata (LZ. cancellata Lindenb. in Herb. non Nees et Mont.; L. Sandvi- censis Steph. Hedwigia, xxix, p. 88). Hawaiian Islands (Gaudichaud). albicans Nees, Syn. Hep. p. 386 (ZL. cucullata Lindenb. in Herb. non Nees; vid. Steph. 1. c. p. 89). Oahu (Meyen). . cucullata Nees, Syn. Hep. p. 39€. Hawaiian Islands (Andersson, Hille- brand). . calyptrifolia Dum.? (Z. calyptrata Angstr. 1. c. p. 27). Hawaiian Islands (Andersson). Hillebrandii Aust. Bot. Gazette, i, p. 35. Hawaiian Islands (Hillebrand). . ceratocarpa Angstr. lc. p. 27 (2? L. obcordata Aust. Bot. Gazette, i, p. 36). Hawaiian Islands (Andersson); West Mauii (Baldwin). Radula reflexa Nees et Mont. Syn. Hep. p. 253, Hawaiian Islands (Gaudi- chaud), R. Xalapensis Mont. Syn. Hep. p. 255. Hawaiian Islands (Baldwin, 2321). R. Javanica Gottsche, Syn. Hep. p. 257. Hawaii (Herb. Hook.); East Maui (Baldwin, 50, 1791). R. Mannii Aust. Bull. Torr. Bot. Club, v, p. 15. Oahu (Mann and Brigham!) ; East Maui (Baldwin, 21!). Porella Hawaiiensis n.sp. West Maui (Baldwin!). eel chet ac! fol isk ight.) lay Brownish-green, cespitose ; stems one- to three-pinnate ; leaves loosely imbricated, spreading, falcate-ovate, the margins mostly entire or toothed towards the apex, which is coarsely and irregularly spinulose-dentate, the ventral margin distinctly folded at about the middle ; lobule narrow, lingulate-ovate, with entire or undulate margins ; amphigastria about the width of the stem, ovate, mostly entire, the apex variously one- to four-toothed ; fruit not seen. Leaves about 1°5™™ long, 0°5™" wide; cells in middle of leaf 0°025™™" in diameter. Allied to Madotheca ligulifera Tayl. (Syn. Hep. p. 263, n. 1), from which it differs in the shape of the leaves, in their mode of insertion, and, especially, in the peculiar characters of the amphi- gastria. P. levigata Lindb. (Madotheca levigata Dum. Syn. Hep. p. 276). East Maui (Baldwin, 2221), of the Hawaiian Islands. 255 Pleurozia gigantea Lindb. (Physiotium sphagnoides Nees, Syn. Hep. p. 235). Hawaii (Herb. Hook.). Var. major (Jack), Hedwigia, xxv, p. 65. Hawaii (Herb. Carrington). P. cochleariformis Dum. (Physiotiwm cochleariforme Nees, Syn. Hep. p. 235). Hawaii (Herb. Hook.). P. concheefolia Aust. (Physiotium conchefolium Syn. Hep. p. 235). Hawaiian Tslands (Beechey, etc.); West Maui (Baldwin, 18!). P. subinflata Aust. (Physiotivm subinflatum Aust. Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phil. Dec. 1869). Hawaii (Mann and Brigham); West Maui (Baldwin, 47!). Trichocolea gracillima Aust. Bot. Gazette, iii, p. 6, West Maui (Baldwin, 1341). Herberta sanguinea Aust. Bull. Torr. Bot. Club, vi, p. 302 (Sendtnera juni- perina, var. sanguinea Mont. Syn. Hep. p. 239). East and West Maui (Baldwin, 15! 92! 98!). Mastigophora gracilis Mont. (Sendtnera gracilis, Syn. Hep. p. 243; S. tris- ticha Aust. Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phil., Dec. 1869). Oahu (Mann and Brigham! Baldwin, 274!). Bazzania? integrifolia (Jastigobryum? integrifolium Aust. Bot. Gazette, i, p- 32). Hawaiian Islands (Baldwin). . patens (i patens Lindenb. Syn. Hep. p. 221; M. parvistipulum Aust. Bull. Torr. Bot. Club, v, p. 16). Oahu (Mann and Brigham); West Maui (Baldwin, 68!), . Brighami (J Brighami Aust. 1. c.). Oahu (Mann and Brigham); Hawaiian Islands (Baldwin !). cordistipula (i. cordistipulum Lindenb. Syn. Hep. p. 224). Hawaiian Islands (Gaudichaud, etc.):; Oahu (Mann and Brigham); Molokai (Baldwin, 222!) . faleata (&. falcatum Lindenb. Syn. Hep. p. 231). West Maui (Baldwin, 12!). . Baldwinii Aust. Ms. West Maui (Baldwin, 199!). oe oo ow Stems simple or slightly branched, flagelliferous, clustered ; leaves approximate or slightly imbricated, usually somewhat deflexed, tri- angular-ovate, entire, the apex rounded or variously 1—4-toothed, the dorsal margin arching over the stem, the ventral oblique or some- what cordate at its insertion ; amphigastria a little wider than the stem, orbicular-quadrate, entire or crenulate above. Stems 3-4°™ long ; leaves 0°7-0°8"™ long by 0:4-0°6™™ wide ; leaf- cells averaging about 0:024™™ in diameter. B. deflexa Underw. (If deflecum Nees, Syn. Hep. p. 231). East Maui (Baldwin, 2311). B. minuta (Jf minutum Aust. Bull. Torr. Bot. Club, v, p. 17). Hawaiian Islands (Hillebrand); Hast Maui (Baldwin, 65 in part!). Lepidozia Sandvicensis Lindenb. Syn. Hep. p. 201 (L. filipendula Tay). SyngHep. p. 713). Hawaiian Islands (Tolmie, etc.); West Maui (baldwin, 69!). 256 A, W. Evans—A. Provisional List of the Hepatice L. reptans Nees. West Maui (Baldwin, 159!). Cephalozia multiflora Spruce. Oahu (Mann and Brigham). C. Sandvicensis (Jungermannia Sandvicensis Mont. Syn. Hep. p. 142). Ha- waiian Islands (Gaudichaud). Odontoschisma subjulacea Aust. Bull. Torr. Bot. Club, vi, p. 303 (J. cau- difera Tayl. Mss., in part). West Maui (Baldwin, 2331). O. Sandvicensis (Sphagnecetis Sandvicensis Angstr. Ofver. af Kongl. Vet.- Akad. Férhandl., 1872, No. 4, p. 22). Hawaiian Islands (Andersson). Kantia bifurca (Calypogeia bifurea Aust. Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phil., Dee. 1869). Hawaiian Islands (Hillebrand). K. bidentula (C. bidentula Nees, Syn. Hep. p. 199). West Maui (Baldwin, 101 !). K. Baldwinii (C. Baldwinii Aust. Bot. Gazette, i, p. 32). West Maui (Baldwin, 1411). Saccogyna? Bolanderi (Gymnanthe? Bolanderi Aust., Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Pnil., Dec. 1869). Hawaiian Islands (Hillebrand). Scapania undulata Dum. var. West Maui (Baldwin, 94 in part!). S. Oakesii Aust.? West Maui, young specimens (Baldwin, 94 in part!). S. nemorosa Dum. East and West Maui, a small form (Baldwin, 149, 214!). S. planifolia Dum. West Maui (Baldwin, 831). Diplophyllum albicans Dum. (Jungermannia albicans Linn. Syn. Hep. p. 75). East Maui (Baldwin, 245!). Lophocolea connata, var. ? Syn. Hep. p. 153. West Maui (Baldwin, 66!). The specimens are all sterile and may possibly be L. Martiana Nees. L. Breutelii Gottsche, Syn. Hep. p. 154. West Maui, mixed with the preceding species! Fs L. Columbica Gottsche, Syn. Hep. p. 155. West Maui (Baldwin, 91, in part). L. Orbigniana Mont. et Nees, Syn. Hep. p. 156. West Maui (Baldwin, 76!). I., Gaudichaudii Mont. Syn. Hep. p. 156. Hawaiian Islands (Gaudichaud); West Maui (Baldwin, 111!). L. bidentata Dum. Syn. Hep. p. 159. West Maui (Baldwin, 1401), L. Beecheyana Tayl. Syn. Hep. p. 690. Oahu (Beechey in Herb. Hook.). L. spinosa Gottsche, Syn. Hep. p. 170. Hawaii (Herb. Hook.). Plagiochila simplex Lindenb. Syn. Hep. p. 30. East and West Maui (Bald- win, 117! 184! 196! 205! 2371). P. gracillima Aust. Ms. Molokai (Baldwin, 211!). Much branched, glossy, and bearing numerous flagelle ; leaves of stem and main branches distant, oblong-ovate, the dorsal margin curved, usually entire, slightly decurrent at base, the ventral either entire or bearing 1 or 2 sharp teeth, the apex strongly Ser caval es of the Hawaiian Islands. 257 bidentate with sub-equal divergent teeth ; leaves of flagelle minute, mostly bidentate. Leaves 0.8"™ long, 0°45™" wide ; cells of leaves averaging 0:018™™ in diameter. P. frondescens Nees, Syn. Hep. p. 31. East Maui (Baldwin, 5, 85!). P. Gaudichaudii Mont. et Gottsche, Annal. des Sc. Nat. 4me série, T. vi, p. 193 (P. tenuis Mont. non Lindenb.). Hawaiian Islands (Gaudichaud, Andersson). P. Baldwinii Aust. Ms. (P. flava Aust. Ms.). West Maui (Baldwin, 115!). Loosely czespitose, brownish-yellow, robust ; stems simple or spar- ingly branched ; leaves sub-imbricated, ovate, slightly curved, the margins entire or a little undulate, the dorsal decurrent ; the apex rounded, usually bearing from one to three sharp teeth. Stem 5-8°" long ; leaves 2—2°5™™ long, 1™™ wide ; cells 0°027™™ in diameter. P. fissidentoides Tayl. Syn. Hep. p. 636. Hawaiian Islands (Menzies); West Maui (Baldwin, 95). P. adiantoides Lindenb, Syn. Hep. p. 38. Oahu (Mann and Brigham). P. deflexa Mont et Gottsche, Annal. des. Sc. Nat. 4me série, T. vi, p. 192 (P. patula Mont. non Nees et Mont.; P. patens Aust. Ms.). Hawaiian Isiands (Gaudi- chaud); West Mani (Baldwin, 60!). P. Owaihiensis Nees et Lindenb. Syn. Hep. p. 46. Hawaii (Herb. Hook.); Oahu, West Maui, Kauai (Baldwin, 160! 201! 206!). P. Eatoni Aust. Ms. West Maui (Baldwin, 109!). Stems mostly simple ; leaves opposite, loosely imbricated, spread- ing, slightly unsymmetrical (the leaves on one side being more obliquely inserted than on the other), orbicular-ovate, entire, the dorsal margins decurrent, the ventral connate at insertion. Stems 10-12°" long; leaves 1:°5-2™™ long, 1-1:5™™ wide. P. Fatoni is apparently a near ally of P. Brauniana Nees (Syn. Hep. p- 51, n. 70) but the leaves are distinctly imbricated and somewhat longer than they are broad. P. oppositifolia Aust. Bull. Torr. Bot. Club, v, p. 16. Hawaiian Islands (Hil- lebrand); West Maui (Baldwin, 93! 97!). . biserialis Lehm. et Lindenb. Syn. Hep. p. 53. East Maui (Baldwin, 216!). . deltoidea Lindenb. Syn. Hep. p. 55. West Maui (Baldwin, 1981). . acutiuscula Aust. Ms. West Maui (Baldwin, 116!). Peds *y Pale brownish-green, cespitose, glossy ; stems simple; leaves imbricated, spreading, ovate, the margins entire except at the apex, 258 A. W. Evans—A Provisional List of the Hepatice which is sharply incised-dentate, the apical tooth being larger than the others and projecting beyond them. Stems 2°5-4°" long ; leaves 1™™ wide, 1°5-2™™ long ; leaf-cells aver- aging 0°033™™" in diameter. Several other possibly distinct Plagiochile occur in too small quantity for determination. Mylia Taylori S. F. Gray (Jungermannia Taylori Hook. Syn Hep. p. 82). Ha- waii (Herb. Lehm.). Jungermannia piligera Nees, Syn. Hep. p. 81. Oahu (Meyen); West Maui (Baldwin, 79!). J. rigida Aust. Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phil., Dec. 1869. Hawaiian Islands (Hille- brand); West Maui (Baldwin, 64! 1541). J. robusta Aust. 1. ce. Hawaiian Islands (Hillebrand); West Maui (Baldwin, 2681). J. coriacea Aust. 1. c. Hawaiian Islands (Hillebrand, Baldwin !). J. macrophylla Angstr. Ofver. af. Kongl. Vet.-Akad, Férhandl. 1872, No. 4, p. 22. Hawaiian Islands (Andersson). J. subulata n. sp. Hawaiian Islands (Baldwin!). Ceespitose, brownish-green ; stems mostly simple, creeping, ascend- ing at the apex, radiculose ; leaves spreading, imbricated, ovate, entire, rounded at the apex ; amphigastria wanting ; outer involucral leaves like the stem-leaves, the inner very small, awl-shaped, slightly denticulate ; perianth (young), oblong-obovate, contracted at the denticulate mouth, surpassing the inner involucral leaves, scarcely, if at all, plicate. Leaves 2—2°5™™ long, 1-1:5™" wide ; cells oval, about 0°029™™ in width, those of the inner involucral leaves rapidly increasing in size at the apex and resembling in character the terminal cells of the perianth. J. lurida Dum. (J. nana Nees, Syn. Hep. p 91). Hawaiian Islands (Hillebrand), J. Esenbeckii Mont. Syn. Hep. p. 98. Hawaiian Islands (Gaudichaud, An- dersson). J. lucens n. sp. East Maui (Baldwin, 65, in part !). Loosely tufted, whitish-green ; stems simple or innovating from beneath the involucre, rootless ; leaves remote, except at the summit of the stem where they are imbricated, loosely areolate, pellucid, sub-transverse, entire, complicate, bilobed about one-third their length, the lobes acute and nearly equal with an acute sinus ; involu- cral leaves about three, deeply two-lobed, the margins irregularly of the Hawaiian Islands. 259 sinuous-denticulate ; perianth ovate-cylindrical, somewhat plicate at the dentate mouth. ; Stems 1°5-2°5™ long; leaves 0°5-0°75™™ long, 0°4-0°7™™ wide ; leaf-cells averaging 0°055"™ long by 0°035™™ wide. This species is allied to J. minuta Crantz; it differs in its larger size, in the larger and looser areolation of its leaves, in its pale color, and in its normally two-cleft involucral leaves. The sinus of the leaves has an angle of a little less than 90° ; the sinus of the involu- cral leaves is often much sharper. Nardia callithrix Spruce (J. callithriz Lindenb. et Gottsche, Syn. Hep. p. 673). Hawaiian Islands (Hillebrand),. N. Mauii (J. Mauii Aust. Bull. Torr. Bot. Club, vi, p. 303). West Maui (Baldwin, 2421), N. exserta n. sp. West Maui (Baldwin, 264!). Dicecious, cxespitose, dark or blackish green ; stems simple, radic- ulose, rigid, erect; leaves subtransversely inserted, imbricated, obliquely spreading, orbiculate, entire ; amphigastria none ; involu- cral leaves two or three, similar to the stem-leaves, slightly connate with the perianth at its base ; perianth large, long-exserted, obovoid or campanulate, slightly plicate, the mouth open, lacerate. Stems 2-3" long ; leaves about 1™™ in diameter, the cells aver- * aging 0°025™™ in diameter ; perianth about 3"™ in length. Tylimanthus integrifolius n. sp. East and West Maui (Baldwin, 95! 183!). Diecious, cxespitose, brownish-green ; stems simple or somewhat pinnately divided, eradiculose except near the extremity of fruit- ing stems ; leaves contiguous or slightly imbricated, oblong or ovate, the margins mostly entire, except near the involucre where they are irregularly crenulate, the dorsal margin often more or less indented near the rounded apex ; amphigastria none ; involucre ovoid, thick- ened, with numerous radicles. Stems about 4°™ long; leaves 1-1°5"™ long, 1™" wide; cells 0°025™" in diam. in middle of leaf, longer towards base ; involucre 2°5-3"™ long, 1™™ wide. Pallavicinia cylindrica (Steetzia cylindrica Aust. Bull. Torr. Bot. Club, y, p- 17). Hawaiian Islands (Hillebrand); West Maui (Baldwin, 70 in part!). P. Baldwinii (S. Baldwinii Aust. 1. ¢. vi, p. 303). West Maui (Baldwin, 70 in part). TRANS. Conn. AcAD., VoL. VIII. 35 Dec., 1891. 260 A, W. Evans—A Provisional List of the Hepatice Symphyogyna semi-involucrata Aust. 1. ¢. v, p. 15. Oahu (Mann and Brigham); Hawaiian Islands (Baldwin!). Metzgeria dichotoma Nees, Syn. Hep. p. 504. West Maui (Baldwin, 1061). Aneura multifida Dum. Syn. Hep. p. 496. Oahu (Mann and Brigham); Hawaiian Islands (Hillebrand). A. pinnatifida Nees, Syn. Hep. p. 495. West Maui (Baldwin,110!). A. palmata Dum. Syn. Hep. p. 498. Oahu (Mann and Brigham); Hawaiian Islands (Hillebrand). A. pectinata Aust. Bull. Torr. Bot. Club, v, p. 15. Oahu (Mann and Brigham); Hawaiian Islands (Hillebrand); West Mani (Baldwin, 711). A. pinguis Dum. Syn. Hep. p. 493, West Maui (Baldwin, 119!). Dendroceros Clintoni Aust. Bull. Torr. Bot. Club, v, p. 14. Hawaiian Islands (Mann and Brigham). ; Anthoceros Vincentianus Lehm. et Lindenb. Syn. Hep. p. 587. Kauai (Baldwin, 238!). A. vesiculosus Aust. Bull. Torr. Bot. Club, v, p. 17. Hawaiian Islands (Hille- brand, Baldwin !). Marchantia polymorpha Linn. Syn. Hep. p. 522. Hawaiian islands (Hille- brand). M. crenata Aust. Bull. Torr. Bot. Club, v, p. 14. Hilo (Mann and Brigham!). M. disjuncta Sull. Mem. Amer. Acad. n. ser. iii, p. 63. Hawaiian Islands (Bald- win, 90! 145 in part!). The male receptacles agree with Sullivant’s description and figures, but the female are not so deeply parted as he represents. Several other species of Marchantia, which were considered new and named provisionally by Austin, occur in too small quantity for description. Fimbriaria innovans Aust. (Marchantia innovans Aust. Bull. Torr. Bot. Club, v, p. 14). Hanalei, Kauai (Mann and Brigham); Kast Maui (Baldwin, 891). Dumortiera hirsuta Nees, Syn. Hep. p. 543. Hawaiian Islands (Hillebrand) ; Maui (Mann and Brigham, Baldwin!). D. trichocephala Nees, Syn. Hep. p..545. Hawaiian Islands (Douglas); Oahu (Mann and Brigham). D. Nepalensis Nees. Hawaiian Islands (Hillebrand). Aitonia cordata (Plagiochasma cordata Lehm. et Lindenb. Syn. Hep. p. 512). Hawaiian Islands (Hillebrand), of the Hawaiian Islands. 261 DESCRIPTION OF FIGURES. . PLATE XXII. Porella Hawaiiensis, un. sp. Fig. 1. Plant x4; fig. 2, branch, ventral view x 12; fig. 3, pair of leaves, dorsal view x 12. Bazzania Baldwinti Aust. Ms. Figs. 4, 5. Parts of stems, dorsal and ventral views x12: - Plagiochila gracillima Aust. Ms. Figs. 6, 7. Parts of stems, dorsal and ventral views AAP P. Baldwinii Aust. Ms. Fig. 8. Stem x4: figs. 9, 10, parts of stems, dorsal and ventral views x 6. P. Eatoni Aust. Ms. Figs. 11, 12. Parts of stems, dorsal and ventral views x 6. P. oppositifolia Aust Fig. 13. Plant x 4; figs. 14, 15, parts of stems, dorsal and ven- tral views x6; fig. 16, involucral leaf x6; fig. 17, perianth x 6. PLATE XXIII. Plagiochila acutiuscula Aust. Ms. Figs. 1, 2. Parts of stems, dorsal and ventral views x 6. Jungermannia subulata, n. sp. Fig. 3. Extremity of fruiting stem with perianth x 6; fig. 4, involucral leaf x 75. J. lucens, n. sp. Fig. 5. Fertile stem x4; fig. 6, extremity of same x 6; fig. 7, ex- tremity of sterile stem x6; fig. 8, leaf expanded x 6; fig. 9, involucral leaves x6; fig. 10, perianth x 6. _Nardia exserta, n. sp. Fig. 11. Extremity of fertile stem, showing perianth x 6. Tylimanthus integrifolius, n. sp. Fig. 12. Extremity of fertile plant, showing involucre x 6; figs. 13, 14, parts of sterile stems, dorsal and ventral views x 6. XVI.—AN ARRANGEMENT OF THE GENERA OF HEPATIC. By A. W. Evans. Ar the beginning of the present century, the writers on Hepaticz included nearly the whole of the present order Jungermanniacee under the single genus Jungermannia. The only exception to this rule was in the case of Blasia pusilla, which was usually kept as a distinct genus ; but even this was reduced to a species of Junger- mannia by Hooker in his “ British Jungermanniex ” finished in 1816. The splitting-up of this vast genus Jungermannia was begun by Raddi (1820), who, in an account of some of the Italian Hepatice, arranged his species under a dozen or more distinct genera. He was quickly followed in this work of division by 8. F. Gray (1821) and by Dumortier (1822). Each of these three investigators worked inde- pendently, and, in this way, gave rise to a mass of synonymy which has since caused a great deal of confusion. The work of Gray» which remained overlooked by botanists for more than forty years, has been especially unfortunate in this respect ; and this chiefly on account of the generic names which he employed. In nearly every case, these were derived from the names of persons, but, instead of using the feminine termination, as is usual in such cases, Gray wrote his names in the masculine, and published such genera as Bazzanius, Kantius, etc. Most recent writers have, nevertheless, adopted these names in an emended form, the termination being changed into the feminine, In the Synopsis Hepaticarum (1844-47), most of the genera of Raddi and Dumortier were acknowledged ; but, in some cases, the names adopted for these genera were the later ones of Corda (1829) and of Nees von Esenbeck (1833-38), so that they ought no longer to be retained. Since the publication of this volume, there has been no very comprehensive work on descriptive hepaticology. The numerous shorter works on the species of limited regions or of special groups, which have appeared from time to time, have, how- ever, contained a number of new genera; and, since many of these papers appeared in local periodicals or in the transactions of scien- tific societies, they are now difficult of access. Taking these facts into consideration, it has been thought well to bring together, in an arrangement, the various genera which are A. W. Evans—Arrangement of Genera of Hepatice. 263 acknowledged by most recent hepaticologists. Under each genus, the place and the date of its original publication have been given, together with enough of the synonymy to show the claims of the accepted name for recognition. The names of Gray are in all cases given with the feminine termination. The arrangement adopted is based on that of Dr. Underwood in the Sixth Edition of Gray’s Manual. It combines peculiarities of both Lindberg’s and Spruce’s arrangements. The tribal names are mostly taken from Lindberg. In the preparation of this and the preceding paper, my sincere thanks are due Prof. D. C. Eaton, who has allowed me the use of his library and herbarium, and who has given me much bibliograph- ical and critical assistance. ORDER I. JUNGERMANNIACE. TRIBE I. FRULLANIEAE. 1. Frullania Raddi, Jung. Etr. in Mem. Moden. xviii, p. 30 (1820): Dum Rev. des Genres, p. 12; Hep. Eur. p. 26: G. L. & N. Syn. Hep. p. 408: Spruce, Hep. Amaz. et And. in Trans. Bot. Soc. Edin. xv, p. 3. Jubula Dum. Comm. bot. p. 112 (1822), in part. Jubula, sect Ascolobia Dum. Syll. Jung. p. 36. Widely distributed ; species about 150. The genus is divided by Spruce (Hep. Amaz, et And.) into six subgenera :— Chonanthelia, Trachycolea, Homotropantha, Meteoriopsis, Thyopsiella and Dias- _taloba. 2. Jubula Dum. Comm. bot. p. 112 (1822), in part. Jubula, sect. Jubulotypus Dum. Syll. Jung. p. 36. Jubula Dum. Rev. des Genres, p. 12 (1835); Hep. Eur. p. 26: Spruce, Hep. Amaz. et And. p. 59. Underwood in Gray’s Manual, Ed. vi, p. 708. Frullanie sp. G. L. & N. Syn. Hep. p. 426. Consists of 2 species,—the variable J. Hutchinsie Dum. of Europe and America and J. piligera (Aust.) of the Pacific, which is perhaps a variety of the first. 3. Lejeunea Lib. in Ann gen. se. phys. T. 5, p. 372 (1820): Dum. Comm. bot. p. 111; Syll. Jung. p. 32; Rev. des Genres, p. 11; Hep. Eur. p. 18: G. L. & N. Syn. Hep. p. 508. As now defined by most hepaticologists, the genus includes— Marchesinia S. F. Gray, Nat. Arr. Br. Pl. i, p. 689 (1821), (Phragmicoma Dum. Comm. bot p. 112; Syll. Jung. p. 35; Rev. des Genres, p. 13; Hep. Eur. p. 30: G. L. & N. Syn. Hep. p. 292); Colura Dum. Rey. des. Genres, p. 12; Omphalanthus Lindenb. & Nees in Syn. Hep. p. 303; 964 eS ee R. H. Chittenden—Ferments of Pineapple Juice. 287 when blood fibrin, for example, is warmed with neutralized pine- apple juice, or better, with a neutral solution of the isolated ferment there is at first no sign of any digestive action whatever, but on stirring or shaking the mixture, after a sufticient length of time, the fibrin falls to pieces completely disintegrated with the production of a more or less turbid fluid, after which its solution is fairly rapid, although there invariably remains considerable insoluble matter, the same as in an acid mixture. While this action of the ferment resembles somewhat that of trypsin, there is never seen that pecu- liar eating into the fibrin, so characteristic of the latter ferment; the fibrin never has the appearance of being full of tiny holes, as if bored by a host of worms, so often seen in a trypsin digestion. The pineapple ferment appears simply to soften the fibrin with more or less solvent action at the same time, so that when stirred or pressed it breaks apart into larger or smaller pieces, these in turn under- going a like change until the fibrin is thoroughly disintegrated and the soluble portion dissolved. 1.— Influence of the reaction of the fluid. As is well known, trypsin* and papain+ act best in an alkaline medium ; the pineapple ferment on the other hand acts most ener- getically in a neutral solution, although the ferment is decidedly active in the presence of both acids and alkali carbonate. In studying the effect of changes in the reaction of pineapple juice on its proteolytic power, or in measuring the proteolytic action of the ferment under varying conditions, the following method was, as a rule, made use of ; a given volume of filtered pineapple juice, usually 100 ¢. ¢., was warmed at 40° C. fora given length of time with 10 grams of moist, freshly coagulated egg-albumin, which had been completely freed from all soluble matter by thorough washing with hot water. When the period of digestion was completed the undissolved matter was collected on a weighed filter, washed with water until all soluble bodies were removed and then dried at 110° C. until of constant weight. By subtracting the weight of the insolu- ble residue so obtained from the weight of dry albumin} equivalent to the moist albumin used in the experiment, the amount of proteid matter digested, or rather converted into soluble products, was ascer tained. Obviously, however, the so-called undissolved portion of ® Studies from the Laboratory of Physiological Chem., Yale University, vol. i, p. 139. + Martin, Journal of Physiology, vol. vy, p. 221; vol. vi, p. 336. t Determined by simply drying 10 grams of the sampled coagulated albumin at 110° C until of constant weight. 288 R. H. Chittenden—Ferments of Pineapple Juice. the albumin was in part composed of insoluble antialbumid-like matter, especially when the digestions were carried on in acid or neutral media. The method, however, afforded a fairly accurate means of measuring the proteolytic power of the ferment, as con- tained in pineapple juice, while the greater resistance of coagulated albumin as compared with blood fibrin seemed to offer advantages in the way of accuracy. Experiment IA—The pineapple juice employed had an acidity equal to 0°445 per cent. HCl,* requiring 13 c. c. of a 5:0 per cent. solution of Na,CO, to neutralize 100 ¢.¢. The 10 grams of moist co- agulum used in each digestive mixture contained 1°3633 grams of dry albumin (at 110° C.). The mixtures were warmed at 40° C. for 34 hours. Per cent. Pineapple juice. Reaction, Undissolyed albumin. digested. A 100 c. c.+ natural acidity 0°8932 gram 34:5 B 100 neutralized 0°8187 40:0 Experiment II.—The acidity of the pineapple juice employed was equal to 0°507 per cent. HCl. Necessary to neutralize 100 ¢. ¢., 14-7 ¢. ce. of a 5°0 per cent. solution of Na,CO,. Weight of dry albumin equivalent to the 10 grams of moist coagulum used in each mixture, 1°3302 grams. The digestions were carried on at 40° C. for 2 hours. Per cent. Pineapple juice. Reaction. Undissolved albumin. digested. A 100 c. ©. natural acidity 1:0586 grams 20°8 B 100 neutralized 0:9335 29-7 Experiment IIIl.—-The acidity of the pineapple juice was not accurately determined. 15 c. ¢. of a dilute solution of sodium carbo- nate were required to neutralize 100 ¢. ¢. of juice. The weight of dry albumin contained in the 10 grams of moist coagulum used in the digestions was 1°4583 grams. The mixtures were warmed at 40° C. for 54 hours, Pineapple juice. Reaction. Undissolved albumin. He A 100 c. e. natural acidity 08926 gram 38°8 B 100 half-neutralized 08733 40:2 C 100 neutralized 0°8115 44°4 From these results, it is seen that full 40 per cent. or more of coagulated egg-albumin can be converted into soluble products by the pineapple ferment, under the conditions of the above experi- * Determined by titration with a standard solution of ammonium hydroxide. + Plus the amount of sodium carbonate solution required for neutralization in B, and of water to make an equal dilution in A, R. H. Chittenden—Ferments of Pineapple Juice. 289 ments, and further that the neutralized juice is considerably more active than the unneutralized fluid. Apparently, the proteolytic action of the ferment increases with the decrease in acidity, until the neutral point is reached. With blood fibrin, on the other hand, juice of the natural acidity appears to have a greater digestive power than the neutralized fluid, although on this point we have only a single experiment to offer. This may perhaps be explained simply by the swelling of the fibrin in the dilute organic acid, this condition possibly facilitating the action of the ferment. Experiment IV.—The acidity of the pineapple juice was equal to 0°525 per cent. HCl. Necessary to neutralize 100 ¢. c. of filtered juice, 15:2 c. c. 5°0 per cent. solution of Na,CO, Weight of dry albumin contained in 10 grams of moist coagulum, 1°4486 grams. Weight of dry fibrin (at 110° C.) contained in 6 grams of washed blood fibrin,* the amount used in the digestions, 2°5273 grams. The digestive mixtures were warmed at 40° C. for 2 hours. Pineapple Undissolved Per cent. juice. Reaction. proteid. digested. oe LOG ac natural acidity 1:2435 grams = 50°8 (100 neutralized 1:4321 43°38 4 | 100 natural acidity 1:0325 28°8 gg-albumin .. z 100 neutralized 1:0096 30°3 The most noticeable feature in this experiment, aside from the point already mentioned, is the far greater digestibility of blood fibrin as compared with egg-albumin, a fact which might naturally be expected, since the same is true in the case of other well-known proteolytic ferments. The proteids of muscle tissue are likewise more readily digested by pineapple juice than coagulated egg-albumin, full 60 per cent. of the former proteids being converted into soluble products during one hour’s warming at 40° C. This is plainly shown in the follow- ing experiment, in which also the muscle proteids, like egg-albumin, are seen to be more rapidly digested in the neutralized juice than in the acid fluid. Experiment V.—The acidity of the pineapple juice employed was equal to 0°507 per cent. HCl. Necessary to neutralize 100 c. ¢. of juice, 14-7 ¢. c. of a 5 per cent. solution of Na,CO, Weight of dry * Washed with water and salt solution, then boiled in water, alcohol, and lastly in water. 290 | R. H. Chittenden—Ferments of Pineapple Juice. proteids contained in i0 grams of prepared muscle* tissue, 2°7258 grams. Pineapple Undissolved Per cent. juice. Reaction. proteid. digested. Donk at 40° C § 100 ¢. ¢. natural acidity 1°8945 grams 30°6 “” (100 neutralized 1°1366 58-4 oe G00 natural acidity 1°6368 40-1 1 hour at 40°C. . 4 oe (100 neutralized 10145 62:8 The acidity of pineapple juice is due to organic acids and acid salts, far weaker in their action on ferments than mineral acids. Addition of dilute mineral acid in small quantity to pineapple juice of natural acidity checks, but does not prevent the digestive action of the ferment. Thus, the addition of an equal volume of 0-2 per cent. hydrochloric acid to pineapple juice diminishes very greatly its digestive power, but does not prevent it altogether. From this we may conclude that pineapple juice can exert its proteolytic power, to a certain extent, when taken into the stomach and mixed with the acid of the gastric juice. Obviously, the addition of an equal vol- ume of 0:2 per cent. hydrochloric acid to neutralized pineapple juice does not necessarily mean the presence of 071 per cent. HCl, since the acid may be in great part used up in decomposing the various salts present, and in combining with the various forms of organic matter contained in the juice. Experiment Vi.—The acidity of the pineapple juice employed was equal to 0-288 per cent. HCl. The 10 grams of moist albumin coagulum used in the digestions contained 1°7972 grams of dry albumin. The mixtures were warmed at 40° C. for 17 hours. Pineapple juice of natural Undissolved Per cent. : acidity. albumin. digested, A 100 c. c. +100 c. ce. H»O 1°2238 grams 32°0 B 100 +100 0:2 % HCl 1:4673 19-0 Were it not for the large quantities of salts, etc., in pineapple juice the above inhibitory action of the hydrochloric acid on the ferment would be far more pronounced. ‘This is shown by the two following experiments : By adding about five volumes of 95 per cent. alcohol to pineapple juice, a flocculent precipitate results composed of the proteids of the juice, together with the proteolytic ferment and some salts. On dissolving this precipitate in water a solution is obtained with marked proteolytic power. * Prepared by soaking chopped muscle tissue, freed from fat and tendons, in water until all blood and soluble extractives were removed. a ' ’ MM, q ; : Rh. H. Chittenden—Ferments of Pineapple Juice. 291 Experiment VII.—Aqueous solution of the above described alco- holic precipitate. The 10 grams of moist albumin coagulum used in the digestions contained 1:4138 grams of dry albumin. The mix- tures were warmed at 40° C. for 4 hours. 2 Undissolved Per cent. Ferment solution. Reaction. albumin. digested. A 100°¢ + 100¢¢ H.O neutral 1:0881 grams 23°1 B 100 +100 0:2¢HCl 01% HCI 1:4099 03 Thus, with this very impure preparation of the ferment the pres- ence of 071 per cent. hydrochloric acid was sufficient to entirely prevent any digestive action whatever. Doubtless, even smaller amounts of acid would have the same influence on the more per- fectly isolated ferment. As already stated, saturation of pineapple juice, either neutralized or of natural acidity, with ammonium sulphate precipitates all or nearly all of the proteids present in the fluid, the precipitate show- ing by its proteolytic action that it contains the ferment as well. An aqueous solution of such a precipitate, dialyzed to free it from ammonium sulphate, has a marked digestive action, but when mixed with hydrochloric acid its proteolytic power, like that of the alcohol precipitate, is immediately checked. Experiment VIII.—Aqueous, dialyzed solution of the above described ammonium sulphate precipitate. The amount of dry albumin equivalent to the 10 grams of moist coagulum used in the digestions was 1°5120 grams. The mixtures were warmed at 40° C. for 5 hours. Undissolved Per cent. Ferment solution. Reaction. albumin, digested. A 100° + 100°¢ HO neutral 1°1791 grams 22°1 B 100 +100 0:°2%4HCl 01% HCl 1-4897 15 As previously stated, pineapple juice, and the isolated ferment as as well, manifests its proteolytic action in an alkaline-reacting fluid, as well as in the presence of an acid or neutral reaction. When, however, the solution becomes strongly alkaline proteolytic action is quickly retarded, the ferment in this respect differing very decidedly from the related ferments papain and trypsin. Thus, the addition of small quantities of sodium carbonate to neutralized pine- apple juice, a few hundredths of one per cent., produces no notice- able effect, but as the quantity is increased the retarding action of the alkali becomes more pronounced, until at last it checks the pro- teolytic action of the ferment altogether. This is clearly shown in the following experiments: TRANS. CoNN. AcAD.. Vou. VIII. 39 JAN., 1892, 292 R. H. Chittenden—Ferments of Pineapple Juice. Experiment IX.—The acidity of the pineapple juice employed was equal to 0'462 per cent. HCl. Necessary to neutralize 100° of juice, 13°4°° of 5°0 per cent. solution of Na,CO, ‘The 10 grams of moist albumin coagulum used in the digestions contained 1'3516 grams of dry albumin. The mixtures were warmed at 40° C. for 14 hours. Pineapple Undissolved Per cent. juice. Reaction. albumin. digested. A 100° # neutralized 0°96635 gram ; 28°6 B 100 neutralized 0:9465 30°0 C 100 0:025 % Na.COs 0:9522 29°6 D 100 0:05 ae 0:9735 28°0 E 100 0:10 es 0:9968 26°3 Experiment X.—The acidity of the pineapple juice employed was equal to 0°656 per cent. HCl. Necessary to neutralize 100°, 19°1° of 50 per cent. solution of Na,CO, The amount of dry albumin equivalent to the 10 grams of moist coagulum used in the digestions was 1:3468 grams. The mixtures were warmed at 40° C. for 2 hours. Pineapple Undissolved Per cent. juice. Reaction. albumin. digested. A 100° neutralized 1:0257 grams 23:9 B 100 0:1 4 Na.CO; 1:0577 21°5 C 100 0°5 ee 1:22638 9-0 D 100 1:0 “ 1°3520 0 Hence, as is evident from the above experiments, the addition of sodium carbonate to neutralized pineapple juice to the extent of 0°5 per cent., almost completely stops the action of the ferment, while the presence of 1:0 per cent. of the alkali carbonate checks it altogether. Doubtless, the isolated ferment would show a still greater susceptibility to the action of dilute alkaline fluids. From the foregoing, it is evident that digestion with bromelin, the ferment of pineapple juice, goes on most vigorously in neu- tral solutions, but that the presence of small amounts of acid, espe- cially such as are contained in pineapple juice, and of sodium carbonate interfere with the proteolytic action only slightly; larger amounts, however, check the action of the ferment altogether. It is further evident from the foregoing results that the pro- teolytic ferment of pineapple juice is an exceedingly vigorous fer- ment. We cannot say definitely how much pure ferment by weight is contained in 100° of filtered pineapple juice. There is no doubt that the amount varies greatly in different specimens of fruit; in fact, our resuits show plainly differences in proteolytic power hard to be accounted for in any other way. Experiments to be described a rte SSS R. H. Chittenden—Ferments of Pineapple Juice. 293 later show that the proteolytic ferment is either precipitable by heat, or else is associated with proteid bodies so precipitated. Now since the total amount of matter precipitable by boiling from 100° of filtered pineapple juice amounts to only 27 milligrams, and this obvi- ously cannot be all proteolytic ferment, it is probable that the amount of pure ferment contained in the quantity of pineapple juice used in the various digestions recorded does not amount to more than a few milligrams, and yet in one experiment with the above quantity of ferment the equivalent of 1714 milligrams of dry muscle proteids were dissolved in one hour at 40° C., and of blood fibrin an amount equivalent to 1283 milligrams of dry proteid in two hours at 40° C. With such vigorous digestive action as this, many possibilities suggest themselves in the way of practical application of the isolated ferment, or even of the pineapple juice itself. As a means of pep- tonizing foods it offers peculiar advantages in that the products of digestion, to be referred to later, are free from the objectionable taste usually associated with peptones resulting from the proteolytic action of animal ferments. Again, the ferment cannot but consti- tute a good solvent for pseudo-membranes, while its vegetable origin would perhaps recommend it as a more agreeable remedy than the kindred ferments from animal tissue. In some sections, popular opinion has already accredited to pineapple juice virtue as a sol- vent for the false membranes formed in diphtheria, a belief which is now seen to be founded on a reliable basis. 2.— Influence of temperature. It is a matter of common observation that the digestive ferments, or enzymes, present in the animal organism act most energetically at approximately the body temperature, viz: 38°-40° C. Certain of the vegetable ferments on the other hand, notably the diastase of malt, act most vigorously at a higher temperature. With papain, the proteolytic ferment of papaw juice, Martin demonstrated the greater activity of the ferment at temperatures between 30° and 36° C. than between 18° and 20° C. in neutral solutions,* but appar- ently the effect of higher temperatures was not tried. Experiment XI.—The 10 grams of moist albumin coagulum used in the digestions contained 1:4990 grams of dry albumin. The several mixtures were warmed with the albumin at the stated tem- * Journal of Physiology, vol. yv, p. 221. 294 R. H. Chittenden—herments of Pineapple Juice. peratures for 24 hours, the juice having been first brought to the de- sired temperature prior to the addition of the albumin. Neutralized Undissolved Per cent. pineapple juice. Temperature, albumin digested. A LO00exc: 12 Cas 1°3090 grams 12°7 B 100 20 1°3087 13:1 C 100 40) 1°2281 18:1 D 100 49 1°1959 20°3 EK 100 56 11709 21°9 Although in this experiment, the proteolytic action of the juice, for some reason, was not as great as usual the results show in a general way that the activity of the ferment increases with the rise in temperature up to 56° C. Further, that the ferment is active at comparatively low temperatures, although there is a striking differ- ence (nearly 50 per cent.) in activity between the two extremes, viz: at 12° and 56°C. That this peculiar ferment is truly more active at 50°-60° ©. than at 30°-40° C., under the above conditions, is con- firmed by the two following experiments : Experiment XII.—TVhe weight of dry albumin equivalent to the 10 grams of moist coagulum used in each digestion was 1:29387 grams. The several portions of neutralized pineapple juice were brought to the required temperatures in carefully regulated water- baths, and when the desired point was reached the albumin was at once added and the mixtures kept at the stated temperatures for two hours, after which, as in the other experiments, the undissolved albumin was filtered off, washed, dried and weighed. Neutralized Undissolved Per cent. pineapple juice Temperature, albumin. digested. A L00%e. ¢: 40° C, 10259 grams 20°7 B 100 49 (0)°9648 25°5 C 100 58 0°9837 27°8 D 100 66 0°9721 24:9 Experiment XITI.—This experiment was conducted in essentially the same manner as the preceding, but at different temperatures. The weight of dry albumin equivalent to the 10 grams of moist coagulum used in the individual digestions was 1:3710 grams. The ferment was allowed to act on the albumin for two hours at the re- spective temperatures. In this experiment, duplicate digestions were made and the results are interesting as showing about how much variation may be expected from the errors naturally incidental to methods of this character, KR. H. Chittenden—Ferments of Pineapple Juice. 295 Neutralized Undissolved pineapple juice. Temperature. albumin. cee A 100 c. c. 50°C, 0°9190 gram 33°0 B 100 60 0°9289 52° C 100 60 0:9286 32°3 D 100 70 1:0669 22°2 E 100 70 10562 23°0 F 100 80 13665 0-4 From these two experiments it is plain that the ferment as con- tamed in neutralized pineapple juice is most active, on coagulated egg-albumin at least, between the temperatures of 50° and 60° C. and, further, that even at 70° C. the ferment is decidedly active. 4 ie 5 ¢ < 84; 64-244-28-94 5 6-244-23-84 5 6-25%-25%. 9 6-22-2435 5s 2,°,-24-8}. In all specimens, bill 3%, tarsus to 2. The only nest obtained was taken with two fresh eggs, April 16. It was placed on a dead limb and is a very frail, loose structure of bark, pieces of banana or plantain leaves, stems, and roots; 2 inches in diameter and ? high, 4 nt " ry or P P > The eggs are white with a ring of confluent spots and blotches of a deep reddish brown and a few of lilac, about the large end, in one 4 ‘ is ' r G. FE. Verrill—Fauna of the Island of Dominica. 337 egg completely covering this end; the other is not so heavily marked and has a few small spots and blotches over the rest of the surface. They measure °74X°56 and .76X°'55. Plate xxv, figs. 5 and 6. 36. Elznea pagana martinica (Linn.). ‘Cheweck,” Pat. (from the note) Elainea martinica (Linn.); Tayl., Lawr., and Scl. Lists. Common. Generally found at quite an elevation. In habits it much resembles our Pewee (Sayornis phoebe). Sexes alike in plumage. Iris dark brown; upper mandible dark horn-color, lower mandible yellow, running into dark horn at the tip; legs and feet black. % 65-34-3-103; 7-34-23. 2 63-34-23- 105 7-34-23. “Nest resembles that of Hmpidonax minimus. Eggs very variable. Generally white, spotted about the larger end with lilac and brown. Sometimes closely resem- bling those of the ‘ Teeteen’ but larger.”—(A. H. V.) A nest in the collection, taken April 16th, contained thtee fresh eggs. It is compactly built of dry stems, fine grass, and vegetable fibre and is lined with the same and some down from the silk-cotton tree. It measures 24 in. across the top and 14 in. high. The cavity is 12 across the top and 14 deep. The eggs are white with fine, light sepia-brown and grey spots (the brown greatly predominating), confluent, and forming a ring about, and even in one case covering, the large end. On the rest of the egg the spots are much lighter. Taken as a whole the markings are more in number and finer than in D. petechia melanoptera. ‘The egos measure 68°49; 68°48; 68°51. Plate xxv, figs. 7 and 8. Family, FRinGILiip®. 37. Loxigilla noctis schlateri Allen. 4 ‘“Penwe,” ¢ ‘“ Masong,” Pat. (Probably from Fr. Pére noir, Black father, and Mére sang, Blood-colored mother in allusion to the black male and rather rusty colored female). Also called ‘‘ Robin” and ‘ Plantain-eater.” Loaigilla noctis (Linn.); Tayl., Lawr., and Scl. Lists. Very abundant, especially in the valleys and about the plantations and towns. These were generally the first birds to respond to the call made by sucking the back of the hand, and invariably mani- fested great anxiety and excitement. The sexes are usually very different but subject to great variation. In this connection Mr. Allen, who made a careful examination of our series, writes: ‘‘ Three males present much variation in the amount of rufous on the lower tail-coverts and the size of the supra-loral spot. These, with other Dominican specimens before me, show that the rufous may be en- 338 G. E. Verrill—Fauna of the Island of Dominica. tirely lacking from the lower tail-coverts, or occupy them to the exclusion of black. Two of the females have rufous feathers on the throat, forming, in one of them a small patch ; in this specimen there is more or less black mixed through the plumage, giving a patchy effect, suggesting a young male in changing plumage. The sex, however, was carefully determined by dissection. [This speci- men also agrees with the other females in size.—c. ©. v.] It thus appears that the female sometimes partially assumes the livery of the male, as Mr. Cory has recently found is the case in Lowigilla violacea (cf. Auk, viii., 1891, p. 296).” Irides red or brown ; upper mandible black or dark horn, lower mandible lighter, particularly in the female; legs and feet brown. 6 6-25-24 ; 53-24-24 5 5F-24-2-99. 9 5g-23—-2-8F ; 59-23-24. “Nest a bulky affair of leaves, sticks, ete. Sometimes domed with the opening on one side. Breeds anywhere. Eggs two to five. A number of sets taken March 28—April 9.”—(A. H. V.) There are two nests of this species in the collection, neither of them domed. One, taken April 1, is composed of pieces of dry plantain and banana leaves, fine stems, roots and dead leaves, and is lined with dried grass, stems, etc. It measures 3 in height and 3% across the top. The cavity is 13 deep. This nest contained two fresh eggs, white, blotched and spotted with reddish brown, con- fluent at the large end, and measuring ‘81 x ‘57 and °84x°61. Another nest taken March 31 contained one fresh egg. The nest is like the last and about the same size. The egg markings are of very light brown, not so heavy as in the last, and the large end is not so heavily ringed. It measures ‘80°58. On another egg, from a third set, the spots are much more even, rather darker, and form no ring at the large end. This egg measures °85 x °58. 38. HEuetheia bicolor (Linn.) 4 Zee Zee Zeb.” 9 ‘Zee Zee Zay” (Pat.). Phonipara bicolor (Linn.):; Lawr., and Sel. Lists, Phonipara omissa Jard. ; Tay). List. Abundant, but like the last, found principally in the neighborhood of plantations and along the trails and paths. Not often seen in the interior nor far from the settlements and cleared lands. “Note resembles that of the Yellow-winged Sparrow (Ammodramus savannarum passerinus).”"—(A. H. V.) Sexes different in plumage. Iris black, legs and feet dark brown, . only / PAROS s AG Sr eh ¢ | 2 . ¢ 5 ¢ q bill black. ¢44-2-18-64; 44-2-14-6.1, ; 4-92-18. 9 44-2-14-64 ; 44-29-18. “Nest built of grass, near the ground, among tall weeds or in the cane-fields, En- trance on the side.””—(A. mH, v.) G. EF. Verrill—Fauna of the Island of Dominica. 339 The two eggs in the collection are light greenish or dirty white with a number of dark brown spots at the large end and few of the same color scattered over the rest of the egg. They measure 61x °48. Family, Tanacrip«. 39. Euphonia flavifrons (Sparrm.). “ Peritch,” Pat. (Fr.’Perruch, Parroquet), “ Jaco,” Pat. and Fr. (Parrot). Rare. We obtained all our specimens, nine in number, from the same tree and saw no others anywhere else. At this particular tree, however, one or more could almost always be obtained, at least by waiting a short time. The natives insisted that there was only one other tree of the same kind on the island and that these two trees were the only places where the birds were found. The tree in ques- tion had a parasitic vine of some sort growing on it and it appeared to be on the berries of this vine that the birds fed, as their crops were nearly always full of them. These birds are very quiet, so that we heard them utter no note beyond a few chirps and twitters. In their actions they are slow and deliberate, crawling rather than hopping about, from which habit, probably, as well as their bright colors, the natives call them “Jaco” and “ Peritch,” apparently fancying they either are parrots themselves or bear some close relation to them. The sexes are very similar, the colors of the male brighter than in the female but otherwise the same. Ivrides black, bill black, legs and feet greyish black. ¢ 5-23-13-84; 5-93-13. 9 5-24-12. “Nest built of sticks, in a hole in a tree. Kggs pure white, sometimes slightly spotted. One nest found, but the eggs were badly incubated and not saved.”—(A. H. V.) 40. Saltator guadelupensis Lafr. ‘Grosbec,” Pat. and Fr. (Grosbeak). Not common. A shy inhabitant of the thickest underbrush and bushes, generally found along the borders of the paths and cleared land. Sexes similar. Of the seasonal variation in this bird Mr. Allen, who examined our series, writes as follows: “This insular form of 8S. albicollis is represented by seven specimens, showing considerable variation in color, the March and April speciméns being much greener, especially below, than those taken during the last half of May.” Iris brown; legs and feet brown; upper mandible dark horn-color at the base, yellow at the tip ; lower mandible yellow with a large dark spot on each side at the base. 4 9-44-3$-134 ; 9-4-3}-123 5 914-434-138; 8-3$-34; 8-33-33. 9 83-44-34-13; 8$-44-3}-13}. TRANS. Conn. AcapD., Vou. VIII. 45 APRIL, 1892, 340 G, EF. Verrill--Fauna of the Island of Dominica. Family, HrrunpINID&. . 41. Progne dominicensis (Gmel.). ‘‘Hirondelle,” Pat. and Fr. (Swallow). A martin or large swallow was observed rather commonly about Roseau, but very rarely seen elsewhere. No specimens were taken, but it was undoubtedly the above species which was obtained by Mr. Ober. Family, VrrEonrp®. 42. Vireo calidris (Linn.). ‘Cheweck Tetlong,” Pat. (Fr. Téte longue, Long head). Vireosylvia altiloqua (Vieill.); Tayl. List. Vireosylvia calidris var. dominicana Lawr.; Lawr. List. Vireosylvia calidris (Linn.); Scl. List. Common and widely distributed. In habits and note resembling V. olivaceus. Very likely, as Mr. Ober thought, this bird is a summer visitor only, for our first specimen was not taken until March 27. Sexes much alike. Iris generally brown, but in one specimen, a female, it was red; upper mandible dark horn, the lower bluish- white. ¢64-34-21-10; 7-34-27,-10; 64-34-25. 96}-3-2-92; 6-34-2,2,-9 ; 63-3-233,-93. Exposed culmen in ¢ ‘65, in Q ‘60; tarsus in both sexes °75, Family, C@resip&. 43, Coereba dominicana (Taylor). ‘‘Sucrier,” Pat. and Fr. (Sugarmaker.) Oerthiola dominicana Taylor ; Tayl., Lawr., and Scl. Lists. Abundant almost everywhere. Sexes similar. One of the males (perhaps immature), differs from the others in having the anterior half of the superciliary line bright yellow, very little grey on the forehead, and the back greyish black instead of jet black as in the others. Bill black, legs and feet dark brown. They seem to vary much in size, the wings of the males ranging from 23-24, the tails from 1}-14, the bills from ‘53-50 and the tarsi from *74—"66. @ 44- 24-15. “Nest bhilt almost anywhere, composed of a great variety of materials, Some- times it is very beautiful and composed wholly of moss. Generally globular in shape with the opening on one side. Breeds continually from February to May.’—(A. 4. V.) One nest in the collection was taken at Laudat, March 26th, and contained two slightly incubated eggs. It is globular in shape with the opening on one side and composed of leaves, grass, roots and stems, The mouth of the opening is lined with very fine rootlets G. E. Verrili—Fauna of the Island of Dominica. 34] and stems. The total height of this nest is 5~ in.; greatest diameter, from the bottom of the opening to back of nest outside, is 44 in. The opening is 14 in. high, 1 in. wide and situated 24 in. from the bottom of the nest. (Plate xxv, fig. 3.) The eggs measure ‘74 °52 and “77°52. The ground color is white very thickly and finely spotted with light chocolate-brown (in one so as to entirely obscure the white, except at the tip of the small end, which is clear white), heavier at the large end, where are a few fine lines of much darker brown. Another nest is composed like the last, but with the outside beauti- fully covered with dark green moss like that in the nest of the “Morvy,” (Cichlherminia dominicensis). Another nest with four fresh eggs, taken April 10th, is composed like the first, but much smaller, measuring 3} in. in height and 33 in, from front to back. The opening is round, | in. in diameter, and is 13 in. from the bottom of the nest. The eggs measured 69°51, ‘70°51, and ‘71°53, the fourth is badly broken. The first resem- bles the former set but with the large end darker, Plate xxv, fig. 9 ; the second has around the large end a much darker band which is clearly defined toward the small end, but gradually grows a little lighter at the extreme large end, the rest of the egg is not so thickly marked as in the former examples, Plate xxv, fig. 10; in the third the spots are much larger, the large end is very thickly marked and the rest of the egg not very thickly. The last egg, which has been so broken as to prevent measuring, closely resembles the set first described. Two other sets measure as follows: one set ‘71°49; 74x ‘51 5 ‘76 X52 and the other ‘70°49; *70X°51; °73X°51. The color and markings are much like those previously described. Family, MNriorittip &. 44. Dendroica petechia melanoptera Lawr. ‘“Teeteen,” Pat. D. petechia (Linn.); Tayl. and Lawr. List. Afterwards described by Lawrence as above (P. U. S. N. M., vol. i, p. 453). D. melanoptera Sharpe; Scl. List. Abundant in low, open woods, lime groves, and on the estates. Found low down, near the coast, as well as higher up in the moun- tains. Habits and notes much resemble D. wstiva. Sexes unlike in color. One female shows a faint trace of rufous on the crown and has a few light rufous streaks below. Irides dark brown, bill black, legs and feet light brown. 5 He 52OL-9-7 598-157 - 5-2-13-7 $5-28-14-7 ; 5-24-2-7. 9 5-28-1g-7 5 5-2-14-7. 342 G. E. Verrill—Fauna of the Island of Dominica. Several nests and sets of eggs are in the collection. Two charac- teristic ones, may be described as follows : The first nest, taken on April 17, contained two feech eggs, one 6449, white with very slight greenish tint, with a ring of small brown and grey confluent spots about the larger end, the rest of the egg sparingly spotted with the same colors, thickest at the large end, very lightly toward the small end, the brown predominating over the whole egg. The other egg is *65 ‘50, much like the other, but with the brown spots much larger, clearer, and of a deeper brown with no grey spots and fewer brown ones outside of the ring at the large end. Plate xxv, fig. il. The nest is compactly made of dry grass, stems of plants, leaves, chicken feathers, bits of cloth, colored wool, and several cocoons of spiders. It is lined with chicken feathers and horse hair, and measures 21 in. across the top and 2 in. high; the cavity is 1g in. across the top and 14 in. deep. The other nest taken on April 9th contained three fresh eggs in- termediate in color between the two just described and measuring 65. X°50, 64°49, and *64°50. The nest is much like the last but composed of more dried grasses and quite a little cotton, and contains no chicken feathers nor bits of cloth. It is lmed with horse hair and a little down from the silk-cotton tree. 45. Dendroica plumbea Lawr. “ Pa-pia,” Pat. PLATE Xxvw, Fic. 2. Very abundant, found nearly everywhere. Very tame and unsus- ‘ picious. Generally seen running up and down trunks of trees and hanging on the terminal twigs and leaves after the manner of the nuthatches and titmice. Sexes alike. The green plumage described by Mr. Lawrence (Ann. N. Y. Acad. Sci., vol. i, 1879, p. 47), as that of the female is evi- dently the livery of the young as we took two females in the full grey plumage like that of the males, and one young female, April 14, with the grey feathers appearing on the top of the head, back of neck, around the bill, and on the throat, but otherwise agreeing with Mr Lawrence’s description of the female plumage, except that the line over the eye and the lower eyelid are both bright yellow instead of white as he describes them. ris dark brown ; 1 mandible dark pe eer ae i . lay ow n; upper mandible dark horn-color; the lower yeh raEey growing darker at the tip ; legs and feet brownish yellow t 54—24-2-8 5 5G—25,-2 7-8, tarsus 13, 954--2.1-y1-73 - 5$-28 * 16 LG —s wl eS G. E. Verrill—fauna of the Island of Dominica. 345 24; Qjuv. 53-22-24. In all specimens the bill, from front, measures <5, and the tarsus (except in one case), #. “Nest very much like Spinus tristis, built in low shrubbery, particularly oleanders and grape plums. Eggs very much like D. petechia melanoptera, but generally larger and more heavily marked. Laudat, April 1; Shawford, April 19.”—a. H. v. 46. Seiurus noveboracensis (Gmel.) A’bird described by the natives as being there early in the season, was doubtless this species, which was taken by Mr. Ober and which probably occurs simply as a migrant. 47. Setophaga ruticilla (Linn.) “Officer Bird,” Eng. “Chat,” Eng. Probably a migrant only, as none were seen after May Ist. Sexes unlike. Differs in no way from New England specimens. 65-24-22 ; 9 5-28-21, Family, TRoGLODYTID &. 48. Cinclocerthia ruficauda (Gould). ‘“Trembleur,” Pat. and Fr. ‘'Trem- bler ” (Eng.). Abundant and very widely distributed. Taken at every camp. Found chiefly in dense shrubbery near the ground, though frequently seen in the tops of tall trees searching for insects after the manner of the warblers and vireos. Towards evening it also ascends to the top of some bush or tree to sing, after the manner of the Brown Thrasher (Harporhynchus rufus), which it resembles in many of its habits and notes. Its name comes from its peculiar habit of con- stantly vibrating or “trembling” its wings, which are generally carried slightly raised from the sides and with the tips beneath the tail, which is also raised. Sexes alike. Irides yellow, bill black, legs and feet brown. 2 94-32-S2-124; 91-33-3-191: 9-33-84-12; 94-33-33-12. 9 9-. 34-34. “‘Nest closely resembles that of our Brown Thrush (#. rufus), but often built at a considerable distance from the ground. It is composed of fine twigs and grasses, generally with more or less mud. The eggs are said by the natives to be dark bluish green. All the nests found contained young. Breeds early, about the last of Febru- ary..—(A. H. V.) 49. Thryothorus rufescens Lawr. “Rosingnole,” Pat. (Fr. Rossignol, Nightingale). ‘‘ Nightingale,” Eng. PLATE XXvil, Fig. 1. Rather common, but shy and difficult to procure. Found chiefly near the ground, generally in thickets and heavy undergrowth along 344 G. FE. Verrilil— Fauna of the Island of Dominica. the borders of trails and openings. Its loud clear song is much oftener heard than the bird itself is seen, but by dint of quiet and patient waiting I have several times been able to observe its habits, which, together with its notes, resemble those of our House Wren (Troglodytes aédon). The male only, of this species, was described by Mr. Lawrence, as Mr. Ober did not take any females. We obtained two, and five males. The sexes do not differ but little, but the females are a shade lighter in color than the males, this being most noticeable on the throat and sides of the head and face. They also are slightly smaller than most of the males and the bill is very slightly shorter, about =, of an inch. Two of the males vary from the rest; in one, taken March 8, at Laudat (the last one given in the list of measurements below), each feather of the under surface is lightly tipped with dark brown, strongest across the breast, wanting on the flanks. In the other specimen there is one white tertiary in the left wing, and on dissec- tion the left testicle was found to be very rudimentary ; whether there is any connection between the two facts I cannot say, but could find no traces of any injury. Tris brown ; upper mandible dark brown; the lower yellow, grow- ing brown at the tip; legs and feet light brown. 4 54-2-13-7 ; 5E-2-15-6E ; 5-2-11-6}; 5-2]-1}-6}; 4J-2-14. 9443-12-14 64; 43-2-111, Jn all specimens, bill, from front, ,%, from rictus 4, “ Nest built of sticks and roots in hollow logs, etc. Eggs generally two to six, very much like those of the ‘Sucrier’ (C. dominicana) but generally smaller. A nest with three eggs taken April 9th, 1890, at the Mountain Lake.”—A. H. VY. The three eggs mentioned, measure “74°51, °73 x °51, 59°48, and do not differ appreciably in the color and markings from those of the “ Sucrier.” Family, Turpip». 50. Myadestes dominicanus Stejn. “Siffleur Montagne,” Pat. and Fr. ‘““Mountain Whistler,” Eng. Referred to Myiadestes genibarbis Sw. in Lawy. List. Common but, from its shy and retiring habits, much more often heard than seen. Generally found in deep, dark woods, at an eleva- tion of at least 800-1000 feet and for the most part higher. Its shy and solitary habits, more than two individuals being rarely seen together, are apparently due to natural disposition rather than G. EF. Verrill—Fauna of the Island of Dominica. 345 timidity, for it permits quite a close approach without manifesting fear or attempting to escape. In its movements it is, for the most part, slow and deliberate, very different from most of the thrushes. Its note is perhaps its most striking characteristic, and once heard, coming from the depths of some dark ravine, the author being usu- ally entirely invisible, can never be forgotten. It is a loud and clear but rather melancholy whistle, slowly uttered and repeated at inter- vals, the bird usually remaining in the same place for some little time. Sexes much alike. In most of our series of twelve specimens I can see no trace whatever of the olivaceous tint on the head, men- ‘tioned by Mr. Stejneger (Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., vol. v, p. 22), and the same tint on the back does not seem to vary but very little with the sex, it being almost absent on some females, and quite plain on some males. Again, the olivaceous on the lores and over the eye seems to vary greatly, being decided in some, and almost absent in others, without regard to sex or season; so that I judge it, together with the tint on the back, to be more a matter of age or individual variation than a sexual or specific character, as the specimens that are strongest olivaceous on the back, have the most of the same tint on the lores and over the eye. In one, a female, taken May 15, where the tint on the back even approaches rufous and extends on to the wing coverts, the olivaceous on the head is very decided, the whole side of the head and some of the ear coverts being washed with it. Irides brown, legs and feet yellow, bill black ¢ 83-33-3{- 12 ; 84-34-34-114 ; 81-33-33-114. 9 8}-34-34-112; 8}-33-34-112; 8-32-33. One specimen, sex undetermined owing to mutilation, 74- 32-34$-104. “* Nest a very frail structure of hair and roots, something like that of our Chipping Sparrow (Spzzella socialis). Eggs, two in number, white, spotted with lilac about the larger end. One nest taken with badly incubated eggs which could not be saved. Situated about 8 feet from the ground in a lime tree. Laudat, April 9, 1890."— (ASH ¥.) 51. Allenia montana (Lafr.). ‘“Grive,” “Grivette,’” Pat. and Fr. (Small Thrush). : Margarops montanus (Vieill.); Lawr., and Sel. List. Common but, like the following, much hunted and hence rather shy. Widely distributed and found in much the same places as the next species, though as a rule nearer the ground, sometimes close to or on it. Song like that of the “ Grosse Grive” but shorter. 346 G. BE. Verrill— Fauna of the Island of Dominica. Sexes alike. Ivides of adult, white or pale yellow ; of the young brown ; bill black ; legs and feet dark brown. ¢@ 93-43-3$-144 ; 9-48-31, 9 9-44-34. 9 juv. 94-44-34-1021, “Nest like that of the ‘Grosse Grive’ (C. fuscata densirostris) but smaller.”— (ACE. Vi.) One set taken, May 3, at Spring Hill, contained very large em- bryos. These eggs are of a uniform blue green color and measure 1°14 x°78, 1°11 *-80 and 1:23x-79, 52. Cichlherminia fuscata densirostris (Vieill.). ‘Grosse Grive,” Pat. and Fr. (Large Thrush). Margarops densirostris (Vieill.); Lawr. List. Not common and very wild. This and the foregoing are much hunted for food, which probably accounts for their shyness. Well distributed and found mainly in the tops of trees and seen flying over at considerable height. The song of this and the preceding is loud and rather pleasing but short, somewhat like that of our Wood Thrush (Zurdus mustelinus), and is mainly uttered late in the after- noon, a short time before sunset. Sexes much alike, the male apparently slightly larger. Ivrides white; legs, feet, and upper mandible yellowish brown; lower mandi- ble yellow at the base, dark at the tip. ¢ 124-54-43, extent not taken. 2 113-52-44-178. : “Nest built of twigs and lianas, closely resembling that of the Brown Thrush (Har- porhynchus rufus). Eggs blue. Several nests found with young. Breeds in February March.”—(A. H. V.) 58. Cichlherminia dominicensis (Lawr.). ‘“Morvy,” Pat. (Fr. Mauvis, Redwing). Referred to Margarops herminieri (Lafr.) in Lawr. List. Afterwards described by him as MM. dominicensis (P. U. S. N. M., vol. iii, p. 16). Not common and very shy. Found chiefly near the ground in the thick woods, Laudat, Bass-en-ville. Note, a loud whistle somewhat resembling some of the notes of the Blue Jay (Cyanocitta cristata). Sexes much alike, the female appears to have rather more white on the abdomen. Irides white; legs, feet and bare skin surrounding eyes, yellow; upper mandible yellowish brown, darker at the base; lower mandible yellow. 4 10-43-38-152; 101-5-34-16. 9? 11-5-345 115-34; .11=44=3; One nest taken at Bass-en-ville, May 19th, contained only a few fragments of the eggs, of a beautiful, uniform blue green about the color of those of the “Grive” (A. montana). It was in thick, G. EF. Verrill— Fauna of the Island of Dominica. 347 swampy woods situated in the crotch of a small tree about ten feet from the ground and is a very handsome structure, composed mainly of long, dark green moss thickly lined with small roots and stems of plants. Diameter on top 54 in., on bottom 8 in., height 4 in. The cavity measures 3} in, across the top and 2} in. deep. Plate xxv, fig. 4. 54. Mimocichla verrillorum Allen. “ Perro-vanter,” Pat. PLATE XXVIil, Fie. 3. M. ardesiaca (Vieill.); Scl. List. M. ardesiaca albiventris; Scl. List. in notes (P. Z. S. 1889, p. 326), M. albiventris (Sel); Allen in Auk, vol. viii, No. 3, p. 217. Very rare and shy. The only two specimens obtained, a pair, were taken at Lasswa, on the windward or eastern side of the island, and apparently, from the testimony of the natives and our own experience, its habitat is mainly confined to that portion of the island, though once or twice its notes were heard near Bass-en-ville, and, as mentioned later on, it was taken on the western side the pre- vious year, by Mr. Ramage. “ Note a shrill, plaintive whistle.”—(A. H. Vv.) Sexes much alike, but the female ‘“‘slightly smaller than the male, with the breast paler and the abdomen more deeply tinted with yellowish buff.”—(Allen.) Bill, legs and feet yellow ; iris dark brown. Measurements, from skin: ¢length, 10°50; wing, 4°60; tail, 4°50 ; culmen, 0°85. Mr. J. A. Allen described this bird under the above name in the ‘‘ Auk” for April, 1891 (vol. viii., No. 2, p. 217), considering it a new species, but later, in the next number of the same journal (p. 317), refers it to M. albiventris (Scl.), adopting as specific the quasi sub-specific name used by Dr. P. L. Sclater in his “ List of Birds Collected by Mr. Ramage in Dominica, West Indies” (P. Z. 8., 1889, p. 326), in speaking of two male specimens collected by Mr. Geo, A. Ramage at Batalie, on the leeward side of Dominica, in March, 1889. In the enumerated list of Dominican birds at the head of his article, Dr. Sclater mentions the bird in question as J. ardesiaca (Vieill.) from which, as Mr, Allen has shown in his first article, it is quite distinct, but later on in the article he says, “as might have been expected the Dominican Mimocichla belongs to the Porto Rican form. It is, in fact, so nearly similiar that I do not see sufficient grounds for making it specifically distinct. The only difference apparent is the much greater whiteness of the belly in the Trans. Conn. AcaD., Vot, VIII. 46 APRIL, 1892, 348 G. FE. Verrill— Fauna of the Island of Dominica. Dominican specimens whence, those who adopt trinomials, would, no doubt, call it MZ ardesiaca albiventris.” And again, a little further on, he alludes to it as W. ardesiaca albiventris but gives no further description, and failed, as Mr. Allen remarks in his second paper, to point out some of the principal differences between this and MW. ardesiaca (Vieill.) From this and the fact that he calls it | M. ardesiaca (Vieill.) in his enumerated list at the head of his article it hardly seems as though he intended to recognize it as a sub-species, and certainly not as a distinct species, which it is clearly shown to be by the following characters given by Mr. Allen in his first article. “Similiar to MW. ardosciacea of San Domingo and Porto Rico, but much smaller, with much more white on the tail, and with the abdomen strong buff instead of plumbeous fading into white.” * * * “This species finds its nearest relative in Mimocichla ardosciacea of Porto Rico and Santo Domingo holding somewhat the same re- lation to it as regards the color of the ventral surface that M. rubripes holds to MV. plumbea. The wing and tail are each fully three- fourths of an inch shorter in M. verrillorum than in MW. ardosciacea; the culmen is also shorter; but the tarsi are slightly longer and the wing appreciably more rounded. The white in the tail is much purer and twice greater in extent, tipping the outer five pairs of feathers instead of being confined to the outer four, as in the other species of the genus, and occupying considerably more than the apical half of the outer feathers.” Not taken by Mr. Ober, but probably the “5. Thrush ?” men- tioned by Mr. Lawrence (Proc. U. 8. Nat. Mus. i., 1878, p. 53), as having been “described by several persons, something like the Thrush, but with yellow bill and legs.” Nest and eges not taken but said by the natives to resemble those of the “Trembleur” (C, ruficauda.) Appended is a list, complete so far as I have been able to ascertain, of all the birds that have been recorded from Dominica. It contains all the species recorded by Mr. E. C. Taylor, who was there in 1863; Mr. Ober, who was there in 1877; Mr, Ramage, who was there in 1887 and 1888; and my brother and myself, who were there in 1890, and shows what species were recorded by each collector, and whether actually obtained or observed by him. It is, I believe, the most complete list, so far published, of the birds of this island, but it is not yet complete, probably by quite a number of species, and it is, I think, quite probable that in some of the denser and more unexplored parts of the island there may yet be found birds entirely unexpected there, or even undescribed species, oo i) ke By whom recorded. I) tee Sp = List OF BIRDS RECORDED FROM DOMINICA. | & i S = E | \ ele | 8 is9 | eon oats” Oolqd/ 414-4 ;/A le /o} 4 1 kein doupaliaMontag. 0. Supe. 2 eS P| al Spouiia-antllarund(ses8:)—. 2) ee ES Deal) Sy oe Pe suennee tlie mo san Gumiel sa). SUF fe 350 G. E. Verrill—Fauna of the Island of Dominica. By whom recorded. } © ; ss | 2 aes List OF BIRDS RECORDED FROM DOMINICA. S| & | seve '|Bié|d [ge =a (Se nee Oo | 4] 4 |gs ale |o 1s RS eendnoica plumnlee seal itee = el e eee sy || ee] Bau endroica virens (Gilel:)) 222 ose esas eee =e aren _ wea 55 |Seiurus noveboracensis (Gmel.).-..-----...-------_---=- | lee 56 |Setophaga ruticilla (Linn.) __...----.------------------ _ =) | 2a Rm Oinclocerthia niticat de: (Gld))\ses eae eee --| +/+ ]+4 Be Phryothorus rufescens Lawr:.---2--2<25----—-2==--==—= ae eal eee 59 |Myadestes dominicanus Stejn. -_----------------------- _2 | oss een GOs Auleniasmontana(lalir;) S222 = ee eae _. | See a 61 |Cichlherminia fuscata densirostris (Vieill.) _-..---------- ea 62 |Cichlherminia dominicensis (Lawr.) ..------------------ = 3) ee G3nMimocichla verrillorum, Allen|> ==" =") 225223222 2e=—s==-— ==. | (2)! eres The following signs are used in the above table: + = actually obtained; x = observed and species identified but not obtained; ?= observed and probably of that species but not positively identified; (?)= described by the inhabitants and probably of that species but not seen by the collectors themselves; + 6 or + 9 indicates that the sex indicated only was obtained. In several cases only one speci- men was taken by the former collectors but the sex is not mentioned by them in their lists, in such cases it is indicated thus, +1. To this list should be added Tringa minutilla Vieill. taken in Dominica by Dr. Nicholls, and sent to the Smithsonian in 1880. He also sent ten other species, all of them included in the above list; but the three following, though they were observed, have not been actually taken there by any of the above collectors. Anous stolidus. Ereunetes pusillus. Charadrius dominicus. List of Batrachians and Reptiles obtained. BATRACHIA. Order, ANURA. Family, CystiGNaTHID&, 1. Leptodactylus pentadactylus Lawr. “Crapaud,” Pat. and Fr. (Toad.) Common and much used for food. When used for the table the whole animal is eaten, generally as a stew, and not simply the legs, as is the case with frogs in this country. Prepared in this way it makes a delicious dish, tasting much like chicken, but more delicate. G. FE. Verrili—Fauna of the Island of Dominica. 3 or = 2. Hylodes martinicensis D. and B. Tree Toad. Rather common. All our specimens were taken at a considerable elevation (1000-2000 feet), and were found under stones or logs. REPTILIA. Order, OPHiIDE A. Family, TypHLopip #. 3. Typhlops lumbricalis Linn. “Blind Worm.” Apparently rare. We only obtained one specimen and no others were seen, Family, Born 2. 4. Boa diviniloquax Daud. “Boa.” Rather common. Our specimens were all obtained in the interior, near Bass-en-ville, and apparently it is found mainly in the densely wooded and elevated parts of the island. This species sometimes attains large size. We heard of their being taken 12 or 13 feet long, but none of our specimens were over 7 or 8 feet in length. Three were brought to New Haven alive. Family, CoLusrip&. 5. Opheomorphus juliae Cope. “Snake.” Not particularly common. This, the preceding species, and the “Blind Worm” were the only snakes found by us on the island, though Mr. Ober took a fourth, Alsophis sibonius Cope. This species varies much in color and general appearance so that the natives, and we ourselves, thought there were several species among them. In one specimen, the largest, 21 inches long, the round yel- - low spots near the base of the scales, spoken of by Mr. Cope, are entirely lacking. Order, LACERTILIA. Family, GEckon1ID&. 6. Sphzrodactylus oxyrhinus Gosse. Gecko. One specimen only obtained, at Bass-en-ville, and no others were observed. Family, Ievanip&. 7% Iguana delicatissima Lawr. “Iguana.” Rather common. Frequently used as food. - My brother states that the flesh is very fair eating. 352 G. E. Verrill— Fauna of the Island of Dominica. 8. Anolis leachii Gray. ‘ Chameleon.” Very abundant and widely distributed. Found at all elevations. A very lively and beautiful species. A peculiarity of this lizard is the effect upon it of whistling or music, causing it to stop and listen attentively and even allow itself to be caught. Family, Ter 2. 9. Amiva plei D. and B., var. brachiosquamatus, nov. Cope. “ Arbalo” (Pat.). Prof. E. D. Cope describes this new sub-species as follows: “Differs from typical forms in having numerous rows of small ‘ brachial scales as in A. major, instead of one large row as in typical A, plei. Three supraorbital plates. Otherwise as in A. ple7.” Very abundant in the lowlands, particularly in the cane-fields, where on a hot, sunny day they may be seen by hundreds. They are exceedingly quick in their motions and run with great rapidity, so that they can only be procured by shooting. This species grows very large, frequently attaining a length of two or three feet. I think there are at least two species of ‘‘ Arbalos,” but we only succeeded in obtaining one. Family, Scrncip 2. 10. Mabuia agilis nigropunctata Spix. Skink. Common, but shy and difficult to catch. Generally found in rather damp places and at quite an elevation. Order, CHELONIA. Family, Tesruprnip®. 11. Testudo tabulata Linn. Turtle. Our specimen came from the island of Tortola, but we were told that they were also found in Dominica, though rare. Species obtained by Mr. Fred. A. Ober, in addition to the above List. Mr. Ober obtained four species of reptiles (no batrachians), in Dominica, which are described by Prof. E. D. Cope in the Proe. Amer. Philos. Soc., vol. xviii, p. 274. Of these four species one was also obtained by us, Opheomorphus juice, the others I give below to complete so far as possible, the herpetology of this island, though I feel sure the list of species is still far from complete, especially among the lizards. 12. (1.) Mabuia cepedei Gray. 18, (2.) Xiphosurus oculatus Cope. 14, (8.) Alsophis sibonius Cope. G. E. Verrill—Fauna of the Island of Dominica. 353 List of Land and Fresh-water Crustacea obtained. 1. Paleemon jamaicensis Oliv. “Crawfish.” Prawn. Common in the fresh-water streams and extensively used as food, being of excellent flavor. One or more species of small grey shrimp were frequently seen in the river at Bass-en-ville, but owing to their very lively habits and our lack of proper means we were unable to procure any. 2. Cenobita diogenes Latr. “Sojer” (Soldier). Hermit Crab. Not very common. “Found only on the windward or Atlantic side of the island.”—(a. B. V.) 3. Gecarcinus ruricola Latr. ‘“ Crabe,”’ Pat. and Fr. (Crab). Land Crab. Common, but not found among the mountains nor at any great ele- vation. Very good eating and much used for food. 4. Pseudotelphusa dentata (H. Milne-Edw.). ‘“Surique,” Pat. Land Crab. Pseudotelphusa tenuipes. R. 1. Pocock (Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist., vol. iii, p. 7, 1889). Very common in the interior and among the mountains. We found this species extremely abundant in the neighborhood of Bass- en-ville. They were seen running around everywhere in the woods, though also found along the shores of the streams and in the streams themselves, but apparently it made no difference whether water was near or not, though of course the ground is everywhere very damp from the frequent rains. When disturbed or pursued they run very rapidly and generally get into some hole or under a log or stone, but I could never see that they had any particular hole or burrow. When unable to reach some such shelter they sit back on the hind part of the carapax, after the manner of our common Fiddler Crab, and defend themselves savagely. By throwing out a piece of meat a number could always be brought around the camp in a very short time. Though not usually sold in the market, like the former species, and: not considered so good eating, they are by no means bad, as I can testify from personal experience, and they are frequently eaten by the natives up among the mountains. Mr. R. I. Pocock in the Ann. and Mag., vol. ili, p. 6, 1889, has recorded an additional species of land crab (G. lateralis), and sev- eral additional species of shrimp and prawns collected in Dominica by Mr. Ramage. B54 G. FE. Verritl—Fauna of the Island of Dominica. Notes on the Insects. The collection of insects has not yet been worked up and so no list of the species can be given. We found the Coleoptera and Lepidoptera quite abundant, the other orders much less so, Our collection contains about twenty species of beetles, some of which are very interesting, to an ordinary observer at least, on account of their difference from New England forms. Probably the most striking is the Hercules Beetle. These enor- mous beetles are quite rare and found mainly among the mountains. According to the inhabitants there are several species, but we pro- cured but one, dark brown with greenish grey wing coverts, spotted with black. According to my brother, they feed on the locust and cocobolo trees, and he also says that on the windward side of the island this species is replaced by another that is still larger and entirely brown. Another large brown ‘“horn-bug” has a big white larva, called in Patois “Gru Gru Worm” which lives in the buds of the palm trees, and which is roasted and eaten by the natives. The “fire-beetles” of this island are of several species, very num- erous, and exceedingly brilliant, the hght being constant and com- ing from the body under the wing coverts and from two round spots on the side of the thorax. They are a kind of snapping-beetle, dark brown, and about an inch long. A few of them flying about a room make enough light to distinguish large objects, and two or three in a small bottle give light enough, when held near the page, to read ordinary print. ‘They are found mainly in the interior. At Bass- en-ville they were very abundant. We also took a number of large yellow and black weevils which were found on the plantain and banana plants. The name “ La Belle” is applied by the natives to all beetles. Several large green katydids, called by the inhabitants ‘ Crak Crak,” were also taken, and enormous cockroaches, or “ Drummers,” were very abundant, especially in the houses. We also found a few mole-crickets and a walking-stick but they were both rare. No true scorpions were seen but a large whip-scorpion was ob- tained and also several large myriapods or centipedes, The collection of Land Mollusca, consisting of about twenty species, several of them probably new, is now in the hands of Mr. H. A. Pilsbry of Philadelphia, for working up. As soon as this is done a list will be published. G. EF. Verrill—Fauna of the Island of Dominica. 35: or Lo EXPLANATION OF PLATES. PLATE XXV. Fig. 1. Nest and female of Hulampis juguiaris, ‘‘ Fou Fou Mardet,” 4 natural size. [Dp oaks Fig. 2, Cup-shaped nest and eggs of Eulampis holosericeus, ‘Fou Fou Téte-longue,” 4 natural size. p. 332. Fig. 3. Nest of Cwreba dominicana, ‘Sucrier,” 3 natural size. p. 341. Fig. 4. Nest of Cichiherminia dominicensis, ‘‘ Morvy,” 35 natural size. p. 347. Figs. 5 and 6. Eggs of Blacicus brunneicapillus, ‘‘ Gobe-mouche,” natural size. p. 337. Figs. 7 and 8. Eggs of Hlenea pagana martinica, ‘‘ Cheweck,” natural size. p. 337. Figs. 9 and 10. Kggs of Careba dominicana, “ Sucrier,” natural size. p. 341. Fig. 11. Egg of Dendroica petechia melanoptera, ‘‘ Teeteen,” natural size, p. 342. PLATE XXVI. Figs. 1 and 2, Nests of Hulampis holosericeus, ‘‘Fou Fou Téte-longue,” natural size. p. 332. Fig. 3. Nest of Bellona exilis, ‘‘ Fou Fou Bequar,” natural size. p. 335. Figs. 4 and5. Nests of Thalurania bicolor, ‘‘ Fou Fou Bleu,” natural size. pp. 334 and 333. Fig. 6. Nest of Bellona exilis ‘‘ Fou Fou Bequar,” natural size. p. 334. Puatse XXVIII. Fig. 1. Thryothorus rufescens, ‘‘ Rosingnole,” adult male, $ natural size. p. 343. Fig. 2. Dendroica plumbea, ‘‘ Pa-pia,” adult female, $ natural size. p. 342. Fig. 3. Mimocichla verrillorum, ‘' Perro-vanter,” adult female, $ natural size. p. 347. The above photo-lithographic plates, by Mr. EK. Crisand, of New Haven, are made directly from photographs of the original specimens. Nore.—Since the previous pages were printed I find that in preparing my list of the Reptiles and Batrachians, I unfortunately overlooked an article by Dr. A. Ginuther (Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist. (6), II, p. 362), on the collection made by Mr. Ramage, and one by Mr. Samuel Garman (Bull. Ess. Inst., XTX, p. 1), on the collections in the Museum of Comparative Zoology, at Cambridge. Dr. Giinther enumerates ten species, of which two, 7’hecadactylus rapicauda (Houtt.) and Ameiva fuscata Garman (1. ec. p. 5), are additional to my list, though the latter is probably the other ‘‘ Arbalo” seen, but not obtained, by us. Spherodactylus copii (Steind.), also recorded by him, is possibly the same as our S. oayrhinus Gosse, In this paper Dr. Giinther unites Xiphoswrus oculatus Cope with Anolis alliaceus Cope, and Mabuia dominicana Garman with M. agilis (Radde), of these, the two former are doubtless the same as our A. leachii Gray, and the two latter identical with our JW. agilis nigropunctata Spix. ErrAtuM.—Page 350, fifth line from bottom, and page 351, third line from bottom, for ‘‘ Lawr.” read ‘‘ Laur.” Trans. Conn. Acap., Vou. VIII. 47 APRIL, 1892, XX.—On a Coxiection oF Lanp Mo.tiusca FRoM THE ISLAND oF Dominica, West INpirs. By Henry A. Pitspry. Cotiections of the land mollusks of Dominica have been made by Mr. R. Lechmere Guppy,* Mr. A. D. Brown,t Mr. G. F. Angas,{ Mr. G. A. Ramage$ and Dr. Benj. Sharp.|| The present list is based upon a collection made in March, April and May, 1890, by Messrs. G. E. and A. H. Verrill.4] In Mr. E, A. Smith’s reports upon the collections made by Mr. Ramage, a full list of the land molluscan fauna of the island is compiled from the reports of previous investigators. To that paper, therefore, the student is referred for references to the literature of the fauna. HELICIDA. Helix (Dentellaria) nigrescens Wood. (11845).** A color variety (11854) is yellowish-olive, becoming brown toward the lip and in front of the aperture. H. (Dentellaria) badia Fér. (11826). H. (Dentellaria) josephinz Fér. (11844, 11829), EULIMULID. Bulimulus laticinctus Guppy. (11846). This is no doubt a local variety of the five-banded B. multifascia- tus, in which two of the bands are confluent, the band formula being 1(23)45, whilst that of typical multifasciatus is 12345. * See Guppy’s report in Annals and Magazine of Nat. Hist. (4), I, p. 429, 1868. + American Naturalist, 1881, p. 56. Mr. Brown’s specimens are now in the collec- tion of the Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia. + Proc. Zool. Soc., 1883, p. 594. § See E. A. Smith’s reports in Ann. and Mag. N. H. (6) II, p. 22%, 419. || The specimens collected by Dr. Sharp are in the collection of the Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia. “| This collection is in the Museum of Yale College. te ** The figures refer to the museum numbers of the Yale College collection. H, A. Pilsbry—Mollusca from the Island of Dominica. 357 B. exilis Gmel. (11827, 11856, 11851, 11855, 11847). The following color-forms are represented: (1) Horn colored, bandless (11827). (2) Horn colored, having a faint peripheral band (11847, 11851). (3) Horn colored, having a conspicuous dark band (11856). (4) Having three dark purple-brown bands, the upper and lower bands wider (11855), B. nichollsii A. D. Brown. (11850, 11848, 11849). A species peculiar to Dominica. Amphibulima patula Brug. (11828, 11835). STENOGYRIDA. Stenogyra octona Chemn. (11852, 11840). VAGINULIDA. Vaginula punctatissima Semper. (11830). Not before reported from Dominica. The black blotches of the ventral surface are much more conspicuous than one would suppose from Semper’s figure, HELICINIDA. Helicina rhodostoma Gray. (11842, 11853, 11841). The usual variations in lip coloring, from yellow to deep red, are represented. H. epistilia Guppy. (11839). A single specimen may be referred to this unfigured and rare species. H. velutina Guppy. (11837, 11838). The specimens are a trifle more depressed than HZ. rufa Pfr. from Yuma, Haiti, but the difference is so slight that I am wholly dis- posed to consider Guppy’s species a synonym of the earlier described Haitian form. Pfeiffer’s description of HZ. rufa is imperfect, as the delicate velvety character of the cuticle is not noticed by him. I have, however, compared specimens from Yuma with the Dominican shells, and am satisfied that they are identical. NERITIDZ. Neritina punctulata Lam. (11825). The specimens were collected from the Layou River at Bass-en- Ville, at an altitude of about 2000 ft. They are large, and have the mouth-callus of a dull reddish color. 358 HH. A, Pilsbry—Mollusea from the Island of Dominica. CYCLOPHORID. Cyclophorus (Amphicyclotus) amethystinus Guppy. (11843). There can be no doubt that this species is distinct from C. schrammi, although the young greatly resemble the latter. It is known only from Dominica. Norr. —In the above article it will be seen that Mr. Pilsbry makes but fourteen species and none of them are new, several specimens which had been supposed, in a hasty examination, to be different species proving to be only color varieties of the other described forms. The small number of species obtained by us was doubtless due to the fact that our collections, as stated at the beginning of my article, were made almost exclusively at a considerable elevation (from 1000 to 2500 feet), and no doubt mainly above the range of many species such as Succinea approximans, Amphibulima rubes- cens, Leptinaria lamellata, Helix dentiens, Helicina fasciata, H. antillarum, ete. A large part of the Mollusca were collected in the vicinity of Bass-en-ville, at about 2000 feet elevation, and in the midst of the deep woods, which may also account for the absence of some species that frequent the gardens and plantations. Here we found /elicina rhodostoma abundant on the trunks of trees and old stumps about our camp. The Layou River flowed past our camp at this point, and in it Neritina punctulata was exceedingly abundant. All the speci- mens we saw, and we examined hundreds, were marked by cavities, varying much in size but often very deep and wide, which had the appearance of having been drilled or bored out. In many cases these holes covered the whole shell, but I think we never found any that had penetrated entirely through it. Stenogyra octona was very abundant under logs and stones in the vicinity of all our camps. Vaginula punctatissima was not common, but we found several specimens under logs and stones in the vicinity of Spring Hill. Bulinnilus laticinctus was found rather commonly near Laudat on the plantain and banana plants. In Mr. KE, A. Smith’s articles, mentioned above by Mr. Pilsbry, there are enumerated thirty-four species of land mollusks inhabit- ing Dominica; of these a few seem to be of doubtful identity, or hardly entitled to specific rank, but there are probably over thirty good species now known from this island.—G, E. Verrun. XXI.—New EnciLanp Spipers or THE Faminy THomISID». By J. H. Emerton. Thomiside. In the Zhomiside the cephalothorax and abdomen are both flat- tened. The cephalothorax is about as wide as long, and the abdomen is usually widest behind. The legs are turned outward and forward more than downward, so that the body is carried close to the ground, and some species walk more readily sidewise than forward. The family consists 6f two groups or sub-families, the Thomisinw and the Philodromine. In the Thomisine the first and second pairs of legs are about equal in length and much longer than the third and fourth. The feet have two claws and under them a small cluster of hairs like the rest of the hairs on the leg. In the Philodromine the legs are more nearly equal in length, all long and slender, and the second pair usually longest. The feet have two claws and under them a large cluster of long hairs, wid- ened and flat at the end. The eyes of the Thomiside are small and nearly of the same size and have a simple arrangement in two rows. The maxille are short and narrow at the ends. The males usually differ considerably in size and color from the females, and in some species the males are very much smaller than the females. The Thomiside live mostly on plants, and in winter hide in cracks and under stones and bark. heir colors resemble the plants on which they live, most species being marked with gray and brown like bark, while those living on flowers are brightly colored, white and yellow. ‘They make no webs and no nests except a few threads to hold the cocoon and conceal it by drawing together a leaf over it. A large part of the New England species have been described, a few of them by Hentz in the Journal of the Boston Soc. Nat. Hist., vol. v, but more by E. Keyserling in the Proceedings of the zool. botan. gesellschaft of Vienna and in a separate book on the “ Spinnen Americas, Laterigrade,” published in 1880. The spiders in the Mu- seum of Comparative Zoology at Cambridge have, been named by Keyserling and among them are several of the New England species which have been compared with my own specimens. While this paper was printing, Mr. Nathan Banks published in the Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci of Philadelphia, a Catalogue of the spiders 360 J. H. Emerton—Spiders of the Family Thomiside. of the upper Cayuga Lake basin (Ithaca, N. Y.), with descriptions of many new species. Mr. Banks has let me examine his spiders and his names have been used for several species. Xysticus. The body is short and flat. The cephalothorax is as wide as long, nearly square in front and half as wide across the eyes as it is at the widest part. The front row of eyes is almost straight and the four middle eyes form a square or a rectangle wider than long. The abdomen is not much larger than the cephalothorax, widest across the hinder half and not pointed behind. The legs are short in the females, the first and second pairs nearly equal and longer than the third and fourth which are also of nearly the same length. The males have the legs longer and the first and second pairs proportion- ally longer than the females. The males are a little smaller than the females and darker colored. The male palpi are short. The tibia has a short simple process on the outer side and a crooked and more complicated one underneath. The tube of the palpal organ begins on the inner side of the tarsus and extends around the bulb to the outer side where it rests in a small thin process turned outward. On the under side of the bulb are two processes of various shapes in different species. The epigynum has a rounded opening variable in shape even in the same species, sometimes simple and sometimes divided by a median ridge. Xysticus limbatus Keys., Spinnen Americas, 1880. The female X. crudelis Banks, and XY. brunneus Banks, appear to be this species, but the male Y. limbatus Banks is different from my XX. limbatus and nearer the male X, limbatus Keyserling. PLATE XXVIII, FIGURES 1-Ih. This is one of the largest species, the females measuring 8 or 10™™ long and the cephalothorax 4™™ wide. The colors are light brown spots of various shades on a nearly white ground, some individuals being very pale and others nearly covered by the brown spots. In half grown individuals the mark- ings are most distinct and are like those of Hentz’s figure of Thom- ésus ferox which is very likely this species, Pl. xxv1t, fig. 16. In these the sides of the thorax are light brown and the abdomen has on each side three or four nearly square brown spots darkest on the J. H. Emerton—Spiders of the Family Thomiside. 361 front and outer edges. The middle of the cephalothorax has a light marking tapering behind to the dorsal groove which is marked by a dark spot. The legs have a distinct fine light line on the dorsal side and are marked all over with small light brown spots without any distinct bands or patches except that the fourth femur and tibia are darker at the ends. In the adults the markings are less distinct and that of the middle of the cephalothorax darker so as to obscure the lateral stripes. Pl. xxvin, figs. 1, la. The males have the same markings but darker. Fig. 1a. The epigynum, figs. 1d, le, 17, has a simple opening of various shapes, sometimes with a low and indis- tinct ridge through the middle. The male palpus has a large and complicated hook under the tibia turned a little toward the outer side so as to be visible from above. Fig. 14. The processes of the bulb are large and dark colored, the under one pointed and directed inward, and the other wide at the end and turned backward to the base of the bulb. Fig. 1g. Males from Medford and Peabody, Mass. Females, Dedham, Pea- body, Cambridge, Malden, Salem, Mass; Simsbury, Conn. Both sexes from Brooklyn, Long Island, N. Y., N. Pike. A female with cocoon partly covered by a folded leaf was found June 10. The specimens in the Museum Comp. Zool. at Cambridge, named by Keyserling, are all females. The male which I suppose to belong to this species is not the /imbatus Keys., but probably YX. elegans Keys. Xysticus gulosus Keys. 4 = X. locuples Keys., Spinnen Americas, 1880 ; and ZX. /entus Banks. PLATE XXVIII, riguRES 2—2c. The female is 6 to 8™™" long with the cephalothorax 3"™" wide. The color is grayish brown and very uniform, the usual marking showing indistinctly among the fine brown spots that nearly cover the body. The femora are light on the ventral side and have two or three large spots along the middle. The femora are darker toward the end, those of the fourth pair having a distinct black spot near the end. The abdomen has usually only a pair of irregular black lines across near the middle, and several smaller and less distinct behind it. Pl. xxvin, figs. 2, 2a. The epigynum has an oval opening wider than long, in which are two oval ridges directed backward. Fig. 2c. The male palpus has the under tibial process wide and turned out- ward at the end. The tube of the palpal organ is unusually long and 362 J. H. Emerton—Spiders of the Family Thomiside. slender and has a long outward curve at the tip and a long thin pro- cess to support it. Fig. 26. j Salem and Beverly, Mass., under stones ; Long Island, N. Y., N. Pike. Xysticus stomachosus Keys., Spmnen Americas, 1880. A small female apparently of this species is named XX. benefactor in the Mus. Comp. Zool. Cambridge. : PLATE XXVIII, FIGURES 3-3d. This is a little smaller than Zimbatus. A mature female measures 6™™" Jong and the thorax 3™" wide. The largest males are as large as small males of Jimbatus. The brown markings are grayer than in limbatus and less evenly distributed over the body. The lateral dark bands of the cephalothorax are very distinct and have a darker line on the outer edge and two darker spots behind under the front of the abdomen. The middle of the cephalothorax is light, but a little darker toward the front of the head. The brown markings of the abdomen are light with black spots along the front and outer edges of each marking. The first and second legs are covered with small brown spots darker and closer at the ends of the joints. The third and fourth legs are lighter and have darker spots at the ends of the joints, the fourth legs having conspicuous dark spots on the ends of patella and tibia. Pl. xxvmt, figs. 3, 3a. The epigynum has a wider opening than /imbatus, divided by a flat ridge at the hinder edge. Fig. 34. The male palpus has the under process of the tibia small and divided at the end into two blunt knobs. The tube is stout and black and ends between two large thin processes on the outer side. Pl. xxvii, figs. 36, 3c. The processes of the bulb are small but ex- tend outward from its surface. The anterior process is attached near its middle and pointed at both ends. Figs. 3, 3¢. Readville, Brookline, Saugus, Swampscott, Mass.; New Haven, Conn.; Long Island, N. Y., N. Pike’s collection. Xysticus nervosus Banks. PLATE XXVIII, rigurEs 4—4d. Female 6™" long, and cephalothorax 3"" wide. The markings of both sexes are very indistinct and much alike. The general color is light brownish yellow with darker and lighter markings scattered in J. H. Emerton— Spiders of the Family Thomiside. 363 small spots all over the body. The middle of the cephalothorax is as usual light colored with a few brown markings in the middle and toward the eyes. The sides of the cephalothorax are darker with irregular brownish lines. The abdomen has three or four ‘pairs of indistinct brown spots, in front of which and on the front. of the abdomen are irregular small white spots. The legs are marked in the same way with irregular light and dark spots, the first and second pairs a little darker than the others. Pl. xxvmt, figs. 4, 4a. In the males the first and second legs are very long and slender, the second twice as long as the third pair. The markings are a little brighter and more distinct than in the female. The under process of the tibia of the male palpus is curved and turned outward at the end as in gulosus. ‘The processes of the bulb are long and the ante- rior one has a complicated twist at the end. Figs. 4c, 4d, 4e. The epigynum has a large oval opening, widest behind, in which are two smaller openings divided by a narrow ridge, fig. 40. Medford, Readville, Mass. ; Long Island, N. Y., N. Pike. Xysticus triguttatus Keys. Spinnen Americas, 1880. The spider named X. feroclus by Keyserling in the Museum of Comp. Zoology, Cambridge, is the female of this species and so is X. feroclus Banks. PLATE XXIX, FIGURES 1-1]d. - The female is 5 or 6"™ long and the cephalothorax 2"". The legs of the female are white or yellowish with a few black hairs and small spots around the ends of the femora. The cephalothorax is yellowish brown with a line of black marks each side ending in a distinct black spot at the hinder end. The third black spot is just behind the dorsal groove. The middle of the cephalothorax is very light behind and darker toward the front and middle of the head, Pl. xxrx, fig. 1, and the area between the eyes is white. The abdomen is white with two small black spots in front and several lines of black spots broken in the middle across the hinder half. The male is as large as the female and much darker in color. The markings of the cephalothorax are like those of the female, but darker. The femora of the first and second legs are dark brown and the rest of the legs dull yellow. The tarsus of the male palpus is white and the rest dark. The abdomen has very dark markings, those of the hinder half usually running entirely across, with white between. Fig. la. The epigynum has a large shallow oval opening, in the middle of which is a small hole with a hard projecting ridge each side. Fig. le. TRANS. Conn. ACAD., Vou. VIII. 48 APRIL, 1892. 364 J. H. Emerton—Spiders of the Family Thomiside. The male palpus has the tube stout and extending almost entirely around it. The processes of the bulb are small and the posterior one blunt and notched at the end. Fig. 1d. This is a very common species in grass and low plants all over New England. In Psyche, vol. v, I have described the pairing of this species. The female held herself on a blade of grass, head downward, with the abdomen turned away far enough for the male to reach under, from above, to the epigynum. Xysticus graminis, new sp. PLATE XXIX, FIGURES 2-20. This species resembles in color and markings the male of X. triguttatus. It is a little larger and darker, and there is less con- trast between the light and dark portions. The legs are shorter and stouter and the patella and tibia of the first and second legs, as well as the femur, are dark brown. he ends of these legs, as well as the third and fourth pairs, are light yellow brown, not as white as in triguttatus. The dark bands on the cephalothorax are not so distinctly broken into black marks as in ¢riguttatus, nor are the three spots as distinct. The markings of the abdomen do not extend across the front half and the lighter parts are not as white as in triguttatus. Pl. xxix, fig. 2. The male palpus resembles that of triguttatus, but the processes of the bulb are longer and both pointed and directed inward. Fig. 2a. The female is 6"" long and the cephalothorax is 3"™ long and 3™™ wide. ‘The legs are short and stout. The color is dark brown with very small light markings. The front of the head is wide and light colored, with a distinct white band under the upper row of eyes, behind which is a very dark brown line. The dark patches on the sides of the thorax are partly divided into two, the inner halves ending in darker spots, as in ¢triguttatus and stomachosus, but less distinctly marked, In the middle of the cephalothorax is a triangu- lar dark area narrowing to a dark spot behind, and each side of this a light line narrowing forward to the eyes. The abdomen is dark with alternate narrow darker and white markings across the hinder half and obliquely down the sides, The legs are covered with small brown spots. The first and second femora are lighter on the front side, and the third and fourth legs have a light line on the dorsal side. The femora of the third and fourth legs have a dark spot at the end. The under side is dark with small brown spots, and the —————— J. H. Emerton—Spiders of the Family Thomiside. 365 spinnerets and epigynum are each covered by a very dark round spot. The epigynum resembles that of triguttatus. Males from Peabody and Saugus, Mass. Females, Brookline, Mass., S. Henshaw. Xysticus formosus Banks. PLATE XXIX, FIGURES 3, 3a. The male is 5"" long and the cephalothorax 2°5"™ wide. The dark sides of the cephalothorax extend toward the middle behind the eyes so that the middle light portion is narrower than usual. The parts around the eyes are white and so is the back of the cephalo- thorax around the dorsal groove. The hinder ends of the dark bands are nearly black where they pass under the front part of the abdomen. The abdomen is white in the middle with irregular brown spots, and the sides are dark brown, in angular patches that do not extend as far toward the middle as usual. The legs are covered with irregular brown spots and the patella and tibia of the first and second legs are much darker than the rest. PI. xx1x, fig. 2. The tibia of the male palpus has a very small hook underneath, but the outer process is longer than usual and between it and the inferior process is a wide flat tooth. Fig. 2a. The palpal organ is very simple, the usual processes of the bulb being represented only by a very short flat ridge. Fig. 2a. Only one male from West Roxbury, Mass. Xysticus quadrilineatus Keys., Spinnen Americas, 1880. PLATE XXIX, FIGURES 4, 4a. Female 7™ long. Cephalothorax 2°5"" wide. In this species the cephalothorax is unusually wide in front. The color is light yellow with light brown markings and black spots. The cephalothorax has four narrow brown stripes, one each side close to the edge, and the others running back from the lateral eyes. There are also two fine brown lines in the middle, sometimes extending from the eyes to the dorsal groove, but usually broken in the middle. There is a brown spot just behind the dorsal groove and two others on the middle of the back, half way between the groove and the middle eyes. On the abdomen there are two black spots at the front end, two in the middle and two near the hinder end, besides several smaller ones along the sides. There are four light brown lines across the hinder half, each with a white line behind it, and there are oblique brown lines alternating with white at the sides. Pl. xxix, fig. 4. The 366 J. H. Emerton—Spiders of the Family Thomiside. legs have the usual light line along the dorsal side and are covered with fine brown spots without any distinct markings. The epigynum has an oblong opening, widest behind. Fig. 4a. Medford, Swampscott, Beverly, Mass.; Long Island, N. Y., N. Pike. Xysticus inornatus, new sp. PLATE XXIX, FIGURES 5-5d. The adult female is 5™™ long, with the cephalothorax 2™™ wide, It is less flattened than most species and has the cephalothorax rounded up in the middle, where it is much higher than the eyes. Pl. xxrx, fig. 5. The cephalothorax is dark brown, almost black, with a lighter line in the middle and a white line each side near the edge. The legs are colored in the same way, but the thin parts between the joints are white. The tarsi of all the legs are lighter than the rest. At the base of the first and second femora, in front, are white spots, and the third and fourth legs have white longitud- inal stripes. The under side of the cephalothorax and legs are of the same color, with white joints. The abdomen is light gray with indistinct lighter lines at the sides and small light spots in the middle. Pl. xx1x, fig. 5. The epigynum has a small opening, with two wide anterior and two sharp posterior projections from its edges. Fig. 50. Two young specimens less than half as large, have all the dark portions light yellowish brown. Adult from Medford, Mass.; young from Beverly, Mass., and New Haven, Conn. Oxyptila Simon, 1864. This genus differs little from ysticws. The cephalothorax is flatter in the middle and the head narrower. The middle eyes of both rows are nearer together so that they form a rectangle longer than wide. The middle eyes of the front row and usually of both rows are farther forward than in Nysticus, so that both rows of eyes are more curved. There is less difference between the length of the front and hind legs in the males than in Yystiews. The dark mark- ings of the thorax often approach each other behind, as in our species. Oxyptila cinerea, new sp. PLATE XXIX, FIGURES 6, 6a. ia Bh) ed 4 ‘. ‘ . This male is 4°5"™ long and the cephalothorax 25" long and 2™™ wide, ‘The colors are grayish brown and white. The light portion J. H. Emerton—Spiders of the Family Thomiside. 367 of the cephalothorax is narrowed near the dorsal groove and widened in front a little behind the eyes. Pl. xxtx, fig. 6. The abdomen has the usual markings, all indistinct. The legs are marked more nearly alike than in the other species. The femora are all thickly spotted with brown, and the third and fourth have a large dark spot at the end. The other joints are all light with dark rings at the ends. The inferior process of the tibia of the male palpus is large, rounded at the base, and turned outward at the tip. Pl. xx1x, fig. 6a. ‘The processes of the bulb are small and both turned inward at the points. The tarsus is curved downward a little at the end. One male, only, from the White Mountains, New Hampshire. Coriarachne Thorell. The cephalothorax and abdomen are both very much flattened, not more than half as high in proportion to their width as in NXysticus. The cephalothorax is flat on the top, not rounded up from the middle, as in Nysticus. The head is narrower and more distinctly separated from the thorax by depressions at the sides. The arrangement of the eyes is the same as in Vysticus, except that the two rows are nearer together and lower. The male palpus has -asmall thin tooth on the end of the outer process of the tibia and there are no appendages to the under side of the bulb as there are in Nysticus. Coriarachne versicolor Keys., Spinnen Americas, Laterigrads, 1880. PLate XXIX, FIGURES 7-Ta. 7 The female is 5 or 6™™ long with the cephalothorax 2°5"™ wide. The colors are black and gray on a white or yellowish ground, in irregular spots that vary in size in different individuals. There is usually a dark spot in the middle of the cephalothorax in front of the dorsal groove, and behind the eyes are four spots more or less run together and connected with smaller spots behind them. Along the sides of the thorax are four pairs of spots, the hinder pair largest. In the male these spots all connect together and the cephalothorax is often nearly black. The legs are covered with small dark spots and have larger spots near the ends of the joints and along the middle of the femur. In the male the femur, patella and tibia of the first and second legs are much darker than the other joints. El xxix, figs..7, 7a. The epigynum has the opening a long distance from the transverse fold and divided into two by a ridge that widens backward, PI. xx1x, fig. 7c, much like the epigynum of C. depressa, of Europe. 368 J. H. Emerton—Spiders of the Family Thomiside. The tibia of the male palpus has a large inferior process slightly bent inward at the end. The outer process is longer and the slender tip is on the inner side and s-shaped. Wig. 7d. The tube of the palpal organ is stout and has in the middle a thick portion, rough- ened like a file. The end of the tube is straight, not spiral as in C. depressa. All over New England, on fences and under stones. Misumena vatia Thorell = Thomisus fartus Hentz. Adult females of this and of aleatorius are both named valia by Keyserling. PLATE XXX, FIGURES 1-lg. The female of this species is the largest and best known of the genus. It is 8 or 10™ long and milk white, with sometimes a light crimson marking on each side of the abdomen. Pl. xxx, fig. 1. The cephalothorax is wide and high in front, the distance between the upper lateral eyes being twice their height. Fig. id. The sides of the cephalothorax are very light yellow or brownish, the dark color being most distinct in young spiders. The dark markings also extend between the eyes and around the sides of the head, but the front of the head has a white mark that widens below over the mandibles and above under the eyes and around the eyes of the upper row. This marking of the front of the head, Pl. xxx, fig. 16, distinguishes this species from aleatoria. The legs are white with light brown on the upper side of the first and second ; or even this is absent in some individuals. The epigynum has a deep rounded notch in the middle, the corners of which are prolonged backward over the spermathec. Each side of the large notch are two small ones. PI. xxx, fig. 1g. The male is only 3 or 4"™ long, with the front legs about twice the length of the body. The males are strongly marked with dark reddish brown on a light ground, The cephalothorax is dark at the sides, while the front of the head around the eyes is white, as in the female. The abdomen has a dark stripe at the sides extending, sometimes, its whole length, or in other individuals not more than half as far. In the middle of the abdomen are two parallel dark marks or lines of spots, figs. Id, le. The first and second legs have the femur dark brown, the patella dark on the outer half, The tibia dark at both ends, and the tarsus and metatarsus on the outer half. The palpi are light with the palpal organ brown. The third and fourth legs are light, The male palpi are small. The tarsi are short and nearly as wide ry’ ~ = S ~ as long. The tibial process is smaller than in the other species and J. H. Emerton—Spiders of the Family Thomiside. 369 has the littte hook on the end. Pl. xxx, fig. 1f The bulb is round at the base and has a shallow notch at the distal end, over which is the short and small tube, twisted once at the end. The young male has the form of the female with part of the markings of the male. The femora and palpi are light colored. JG 3:6.0m tical, The female and male from Menge’s collection of Prussian spiders in the Museum of Zoology at Cambridge, are exactly like American specimens, except that the female has the hairs on the legs a little more distinct and the epigynum has the lateral openings larger and the middle one proportionally smaller. Common all over New England, as far north as the White Moun- tains. Misumena aleatoria = Thomisus aleatorius Hentz = Runcinia Brendellii Keys Adult females are named by Keyserling Jf vatia, and young females Runcinia brendellii in the Museum of Comp. Zoology at Cambridge. PLATE XXX, FIGURES 2—2d. The female of this species, Pl. xxx, fig. 2, is easily mistaken for vatia. It is smaller, the color is more yellow, from light straw color to orange, and it does not have the crimson stripes on the abdomen, though it occasionally has dark reddish brown marks in the same places and a double row of dark spots in the middle of the back. Pl. xxx, fig. 2e. The cephalothorax is light yellow or greenish, with the sides a little darkened with brown. The legs are usually yellow without markings, but sometimes, especially in indi- viduals with spots on the abdomen, there are dark marks on the coxa and trochanter, patella, tibia, and metatarsus of the first and second legs. The front of the head is lower than in the other species and the distance between the upper lateral eyes is nearly three times their height. Below the eyes is a white stripe the lower corners of which are extended into lines over the mandibles and the upper corners into a very distinct white line that extends under the eyes and around the sides of the head. PI. xxx, figs. 2a, 20. The epigynum (fig. 20) has the notch less deep than in vatia and more open behind. The male is only 3"" long, but with the first and second legs 8"™ in length. The cephalothorax is much like that of the female, green with the sides dark brown. The abdomen is bright yellow. The first and second legs are dark brown without any markings, and the = 370 J. H. Emerton—Spiders of the Family Thomisidu. palpi are brown but not quite as dark, The third and fourth legs are light yellow. The immature males have the front Iegs no longer than those of the female and only partly colored brown. PI. xxx, fig. 2d. The young of both sexes have the abdomen darker in the middle, with light stripes in the hinder half. The male palpi, Pl. xxx, figs. 2f, 2g, are very small, The tibial process extends half the length of the tarsus and has a sharp point turned a little outward and just below the point a small hook turned upward. The palpal organ is much smaller than the tarsus, flat and circular with a short tube and without any other processes. The abdomen of the female is a little flatter than that of vatia, straighter at the sides and more truncated behind. Massachusetts and Connecticut. Misumena asperata = Thomisus asperatus Hentz. Misumena georgiana Keyserling, specimen in Mus. Comp. Zool., Cambridge ; and M. soliata Bauks. PLATE XXX, FIGURES 3-3e. This species does not grow as large as vatia and the color of the adult female is more generally yellow, sometimes deep yellow, but oftener pale and greenish. The legs are a little spotted with pale brown and more hairy than in vatia. The males and young are brightly colored with dull yellow and reddish brown markings, some of which are retained by the female until the last moult. A female half grown (Pl. xxx, fig. 3a) has the cephalothorax light in the middle with a brownish stripe each side covering half way to the edge. The abdomen has a dark red band on each side of the front half and in the middle a pattern in light brick red. The first and second legs are marked with dark red-brown spots on the end of the patella, both ends of tibia, and the end half of the meta- tarsus. The hairs are much longer than in the adult. A female just before the last moult had lost entirely the markings of the legs (Pl. xxx, fig. 3a), and had the pale markings of the adult behind the eyes, while the abdomen showed the two, side stripes broken into several spots and three pairs of spots on the hinder half darkest on the outer side, all brick red. This spider was perched on a plant of sorrel (Rumea acetocella) and its colors were exactly those of the flowers. The male has the colors of the young, but all deeper, the ground yellow or greenish and the mark- J. H. Emerton—Spiders of the Family Thomiside. 371 ings dark reddish brown. The femora of legs one and two are spotted with dark red, thickest toward the front (fig. 30). The epigynum has a wide oval opening divided into two round smaller ones by a wide ridge on which is a thin raised line in the middle (fig. 3c). The male palpus has a large complicated process on the outer side at the end of which is a small black point, hooked at the end. The tube of the palpal organ is wide and curved once around the end of the bulb (Pl. xxx, figs. 3d, 3¢), ending on the outer side. The male palpus is much longer than that of vatéa and more than twice as large as that of aleatoria. The abdomen of the adult female has often gray or reddish mark- ings along the sides or in the middle. Misumena oblonga Keys., Spinnen Americas, 1880. PLATE XXX, FIGURES 4—4c. Male 2°5™™ long. Front legs 8™™ long and very slender. Colors, in alcohol, greenish yellow on the cephalothorax and legs and white on the abdomen and around the eyes, with dark red markings. The front of the head is high, the distance between the upper lateral eyes being twice their height, as in IZ. vatia, but it does not have the white mark in front like that species. The eyes are all slightly raised on whitish tubercles. Pl. xxx, fig. 4. The sides of the cephalothorax are slightly darkened and around its edge is a fine red line, short in some and in others extending its whole length, and there are also, in one specimen, red lines across the ends of the mandibles. The first and second legs have a short red ring at the end of the femur and the patella. The tibia has the distal half red and also a short ring at the base. The metatarsus is red for three-fourths its length, and the tarsus half its length, There are also a few red spots on the front of the first femur and at the ends of patella and tibia of fourth leg, but these spots are absent in one specimen. The cephalothorax, abdomen, and femora have stiff black hairs, standing wide apart. The male palpi are as small as those of aleatoria, but shorter and more pointed, like those of vatia. he outer process of the tibia is much like that of vatia, but shorter and thicker, and the hook is placed more on the outer side. The tube is longer and straighter and more slender than in vatia, Pl. xxx, fig. 4. The only female that seems to belong to this species is an imma- ture specimen 4°5™" long. The color is pale yellow, darkened a Trans. Conn. ACAD., Vou. VIII. 49 APRIL, 1892. 372 J. H. Emerton—Spiders of the Family Thomiside. little at the sides of the cephalothorax and the ends of the legs. On the first and second legs there is a small dull red spot near the end of the tibia and a longer one on the metatarsus. The whole body is covered with long hairs arranged in rows. On the back of the abdomen there are about twenty rows of them nearly their length apart. On the legs they are in longitudinal rows a little nearer together. On the cephalothorax there is a middle row directed forward and another each side of it passing between the eyes. The other hairs of the cephalothorax point toward the middle. The body is smooth underneath, or with only very short hairs. Males from Blue Hills, Milton, Mass.; New Haven and Simsbury, Conn.; young female from Brookline, Mass.; Washington, D. C., Dr. Fox. Philodromus. . Cephalothorax as wide as long, rounded at the sides and much narrowed in front as far back as the base of the palpi. The front row of eyes is much shorter than the upper row. The legs are long and slender, the second pair longest. The third and fourth legs are not much shorter than the first and second. The hinder legs are wide apart and the sternum extends backward between them. The feet have the claws turned backward and under them a thick bunch of long hairs, wide and flattened at the end. The abdomen is longer than wide and a little pointed behind. The males are but little smaller than the females and much longer legged. The male palpi have two processes on the tibia, the usual hard hooked process on the outer side, and a flat, thinner one underneath. Philodromus vulgaris is ~ common and distinet species. The others are all small and much alike, especially the males, and the difference between the sexes is so great that it is difficult to tell the male and female of the same species, and the males which are referred to ornatus and lineatus may prove to belong to other species. Philodromus vulgaris Keys. = Thomisus vulgaris Hentz. P. vulgaris Banks. P. praelustris and P. signifer Banks are probably of this species. PLATE XXXI, FIauURES 1-19. Female, 8°" long. Cephalothorax, 3"" lone and the same wide. Head less than half as.wide as the middle of the cephalothorax. The abdomen is half longer than the cephalothorax and nearly as wide at the widest part. The colors are various shades of gray, J. H. Emerton—Spiders of the Family Thomiside. 373 resembling closely those of old unpainted wood. The ground color is dirty white and the under side is almost entirely of this color. The dark portion of the back of the abdomen is darkest at the edges and does not entirely cover the abdomen, showing a lighter band around it, plainest around the hinder half. The principal middle markings are a long oval spot in front, pointed before and behind, and a herring-bone pattern behind. The legs are spotted with tine spots closest along the front of the femora and largest at the ends of each joint. Pl. xxx1, fig. 1. The males are darker and longer legged, as in most species, fig. 1a. The epigynum has two openings, between which is a ridge that widens behind and extends to the transverse fold. Usually this ridge has waved or irregular sides, as in fig. 17, but in some the sides are rounded. Fig. 1g. The male palpus is long with the tibia nearly twice as long as wide. ‘The lateral process is as wide as long, square at the end, with the upper corner slightly hooked. The under process is smaller, rounded on the inner corner, and sharp pointed on the outer. PI. xxx1, fig. le. The tarsus is twice as long as wide and pointed at the end. The tube is short and very thick at the base. It starts on the middle of the inner side of the bulb and extends around the end. Under the tip of the tube is a short fine process. Fig. 1d. All over New England on houses and fences, but seldom on plants. Philodromus pictus, new sp.=P. rufus (Walck.) Banks. PLATE XXXI, FIGURES 2-2e. Female 5 or 6"™ long. Abdomen usually about twice as long as the cephalothorax. The widest part farther forward than in most species. Legs and palpi pale yellow with fine brown spots. Cephal- othorax light yellow in the middle and reddish brown at the sides, covered with fine spots. Abdomen dull red at the sides and bright yellow in the middle with a dark greenish marking in the middle of the front half and two dark marks behind it on the hinder half. Pl. xxx1, fig. 2. The eyes are surrounded by distinct light rings. In some specimens, usually immature, the abdomen has a more dis- tinct yellow and red pattern. Fig. 2a. The male has the cephalothorax and legs darker and the abdomen less bright red and yellow than the female, and sometimes gray and iridescent. In alcohol it shows a more distinct herring-bone pat- tern on the hinder half. Fig. 26. The male palpus has the tibia nearly as long as the tarsus. The lateral process is unusually long and the upper corner has a sharp 374 J. H. Emerton—Spiders of the Family Thomiside. hook. Fig. 2g. The under process is very thin and about as long as the lateral. The tarsus is widened on the inner side and the tube is long and slender, starting near the base of the bulb. The eyes are close in both sexes. Figs. 2¢, 2d, 2e. A very common species all over New England. Philodromus ornatus Banks. =P. minusculus Banks and P. placidus Banks. PLATE XXXT, FIGURES 3-3). The female of this species is small and very distinctly marked with dark brown on a white ground. The middle of the cephalo- thorax is white and the sides brown nearly to the edge. The abdomen is white with a distinct brown band each side from the front more than half its length. Pl. xxx1, fig. 3. Some- times there is also an indistinct brownish pattern in the middle, but — this is usually absent in adults and the middle is entirely white. The cox are brown and the rest of the legs white, except a little brown at the ends of the joints. Under the abdomen the lateral brown bands extend backward and meet across the spinnerets. The abdomen is nearly as wide as long and widest across the hinder half. The male which I suppose belongs to this species has the legs and cephalothorax orange brown, darker at the sides of the thorax and toward the ends of the legs. The abdomen is dark reddish-brown, strongly iridescent with red and green in a bright light. In alcohol it shows brown markings at the sides similar to those of the’ female, and also indistinct angular marks in the middle of the hinder half. The palpi are long, but the tibia is little longer than wide and narrower than the patella. The outer process is small and the under process wide and long, extending over the bulb a third its length. Pl. xxx1, figs. 3a, 3b. The tarsus is widest across the middle and straight on the outer side. The tube is very long and slender beginning at the base of the bulb near the under tibial process. Fig. 3a. All parts of New England; Ithaca, N. Y., Banks. Philodromus lineatus, new sp. PLATE XXXI, FIGURES 4—4¢, The female of this species is a little larger than ornatus and the brown markings are lighter, and in life, or when freshly killed, purplish in the lighter parts. ‘The markings are less distinct than in ornatus, the brown and white running into each other. The abdo- J. H. Emerton—Spiders of the Family Thomiside. 375 men has a brown band each side, often broken into several spots, and a brown band in the middle extending back half its length, behind which are several lighter marks. Between these are many oblique lighter markings and rows of spots. The legs are very light grayish brown, darker toward the ends of the joints. PI. xxxt, fig. 4. The upper middle eyes are farther apart than in ornatus. The supposed male of this species resembles closely the last, but is a little larger and has much larger palpal organs. The tibia is longer than wide. The outer process is very short and pointed obliquely outward. The under process is long and wide. Fig. 46. The tarstis is nearly as wide as long, and the palpal organ nearly round. The tube begins on the outer side beyond the end of the under process and extends around the inner side and outer end. Fig. 4c. All over New England. Not found by Banks at Ithaca, N. Y. Philodromus bidentatus, new sp. PLATE XXXI, FIGURES 5-5). Of this species I have only males, one from New Haven, Conn., and two from Mt. Tom, in the central part of Massachusetts. They are 3™" long and in their general appearance agree with the other species. The New Haven specimen is pale and has the markings very distinct, while the others are dark orange brown, like most -male Philodromus, after a long time in alcohol. The markings of the legs are more in irregular patches of gray and less in fine spots than in most species, and the dark middle line of the cephalothorax is unusually distinct. The abdomen has the usual markings. Fig. 5. The male palpi have the tibia shorter than the patella and widened at the distal end. The lateral process is stout and has two teeth at the end. Pl. xxx, fig. 5b. The under process is longer, but small com- pared with other species. Fig. 5a. The tube is shorter than in pictus, beginning near the middle of the side of the bulb. Philodromus brevis, new sp. PLATE XXXII, FIGURES 2—2d. Males, 2°5"" long. The color of both specimens is dark. The cephalothorax does not have the usual light area in the middle, but only a lighter spot just in front of the dorsal groove. The rest of the cephalothorax is nearly uniform in color. Fig. 2. The male palpi have the tibia short and straight, not widened at the ends. The laterai hook is long and stout and slightly curved 376 J. H. Emerton—Spiders of the Family Thomiside. down at the end. Fig. 2d. The inferior process is short and wide. The tarsus is short and blunt. The tube is very short, not half the length of the tarsus, and nearly straight. Pl. xxxn, fig. 2e, Two males only, from Readville, Mass. Philodromus robustus, new sp. PLATE XXXII, FIGURES 1-la. Male, 4°" long. Legs and palpi stouter and more hairy than in the other species, and the mandibles longer. The specimen is much faded and there are no traces of markings on the legs. The abdo- men shows.the usual markings and the cephalothorax had the middle light colored with a dark line, widening toward the head. The palpi have the tibia longer than wide and about as long as the patella. The outer process is slender and short, turned obliquely outward and blunt at the tip. Fig. la. The under process is thin but hard and as wide as long. The tarsus is as wide as long and the palpal organ nearly round. The tube is slender and extends half way around the bulb. Beverly, Mass. Tmarus E. Simon, 1864. Cephalothorax widest across the middle, farther forward than in most of the family. Front of the head and mandibles inclined far enough forward to be seen from above. Lateral eyes of both rows on large round tubercles. Middle eyes forming a quadrangle longer than wide and widest behind. Abdomen longer than wide, widest across the hinder half and high, and pointed behind with the point in some species prolonged into a tubercule of various shapes. Tmarus caudatus Keys. = Thomisus caudatus Heutz. PLATE XXXII, FIGURES 3-34. hI 2 ’ f - Female, 6™" long. Cephalothorax, 2™™ long and as wide at the widest part. The abdomen is as narrow as the cephalothorax in front and widens backward to nearly twice that width. Fig. 3. The abdomen rises from the front to a point over the spinnerets, where it forms a blunt conical point. Fig. 3a. The first and second legs are nearly equal and much longer than the third and fourth. The mandibles are inclined forward, their basal half is nearly: straight and the ends narrowed. The colors are gray and white, resembling light individuals of Phtlodromus vulgaris. The legs are J. H. Emerton—Spiders of the Family Thomiside. 377 spotted with a few black dots, largest and closest on the front pair. The markings of the cephalothorax radiate indistinctly from the dorsal groove. 'The abdomen is covered with fine gray spots and has three or four pairs of darker lines across the hinder half. PI. EXxii, fig. 3. The males differ little from the females except in the smaller abdomen, The male palpus has a short and blunt lateral process widened in the middle and thin and sharp at the end. Figs. 30, 3c. The tarsus is wide and the palpal organ round and without any processes in the middle. The tube is slender, passing almost entirely around the bulb and supported at the end by a soft appendage with a hard sharp point. Figs. 34, 3c. The epigynum has a small semicircular opening. Fig. 3d. A common species in Massachusetts and Connecticut. Ebo Keyserling, 1883. These spiders have a general resemblance to Philodromus. The whole body is flattened and wider than in that genus, the head is more rounded and the two rows of eyes more nearly of the same length. The legs of the second pair are much longer than the others. Ebo latithorax Keys., Zool. bot. ges., Wien, 1883. PLATE XXXII, FIGURES 4—4d. In this species the second pair of legs is more than twice as long as either of the others and has the claws of these legs much smaller than the others. The cephalothorax is wider than long and much flattened. The head is rounded in front. The mandibles are small and turned backward under the head. The eyes are arranged as in Philodromus, but there is less difference between the length of the two rows and the front middle eyes are larger than the others. Pl]. xxxu, figs. 40, 4c, 4d. The abdomen is as wide as long and a little pointed behind. Figs. 4, 4a. The length is 2 to 2°5™™. The color is light yellow with brownish markings on the cephalothorax and abdomen. On the cephalothorax are several radiating lines of spots running from the dorsal groove to the legs, and three shorter lines extending forward half way to the eyes. The abdomen has two dark spots at the sides in front and a line in the middle and an indistinct herring-bone pattern on the hinder half. 378 J. H. Emerton—Spiders of the Family Thomiside. There is little difference between the male and female. The male palpus is slender and the palpal organ small. The tibia is twice as long as wide and has a short process on the outer side. The tarsus is slightly widened across the middle and the palpal organ is oval, about twice as long as wide. The tube is short and curved in a half circle across the end of the bulb. Figs. 4e, 47° Medford, Mass.; Providence, R. I.; Long Island, N. Y., in N. Pike’s collection. The only males I have seen are in the latter collection. Tibellus Simon, 1875. Cephalothorax longer than wide. Abdomen very long and slender, narrower than the cephalothorax, and straight at the sides, Legs slender with long spines, second pair longest, and the fourth nearly as long as the first. Eyes on the top of the head. Both rows curved and the front row about half as long as the upper. The femur and patella of the female palpi a little thickened. Tibellus duttonii Keys. = Thomisus duttonii Hentz. PLATE XXXII, FIGURES 5-5e. Female, 8 or 10™™ long, the abdomen variable in length and thick- ness. The color is light yellow with light brown markings. The cephalothorax has a middle brown stripe and one on each side, all indistinct. The abdomen has two black spots on the hinder half and a light brown middle spot at the front end extending back half the length of the abdomen and ending in a point, or sometimes continuing the whole length. The abdomen is a little pointed behind and extends back far enough to cover the spinnerets. PI. kasd, fig. 5. The male is a little more slender than the female. The male palpus is bent downward. The patella and tibia are both short and the tibia shorter on the under side than above, so that the tarsus joins it obliquely. Fig. 5a. The tibial process is short and blunt. The tube is stout and black and twisted at the tip and has beside it a flat process of about its own length. Fig. 56. I have not been able to find the spider whose palpus was figured by me on plate 20 of the reprint of Hentz’s spiders of the United States in 1875. All that I have seen since have the slender portion of the tube longer, as here figured. The epigynum is very far forward and has its opening behind over the transverse fold. Fig. 5e. Massachusetts ; common in the White Mountains and Northern New York. J. H. Emerton—Spiders of the Fumily Thomiside. 379 Thanatus C. Koch. Cephalothorax as wide as long in males and almost as wide in females, resembling that of Micrommata and Dolomedes. The front row of eyes is much shorter than the upper row and both rows are curved. Pl. xxxu, fig. 6. The abdomen is oval and little flattened, but not as long and slender as in Z%bellus. The fourth legs are as long as the second or longer, which is unusual in this family. Thanatus lycosoides, new sp. PLATE XXXII, FIGURES 6-6c. This species is very near 7: coloradensis Keys., and may be the same. It is smaller than the spiders described by Keyserling in both sexes, but the proportions are the same, and the male palpi almost like those of coloradensis, being a little more slender and having a sharper tibial process. Keyserling’s specimens were all from Colorado and I have not seen any of them, The female is 6 to 8" long. Cephalothorax of largest specimen, 4™" long and nearly as wide. Length of legs, 4, 2,1, 3. The legs are slender and tapering, the fourth pair as long as the second or longer. The colors are white and brown covered with brown and gray scales and scattered brown hairs, and the whole appearance is much like Lycosa or Dolomedes. The middle of the cephalothorax is light from the eyes backward, and on each side is a dark brown band. The abdomen has a distinct brown spot extending from the front end beyond the middle, and pointed at both ends. This spot is found in several species of the genus. The legs are indistinctly marked on the femur and tibia with longitudinal brown lines. Pl. xxxu, fig. 6. The epigynum is close to the transverse fold and is divided by a flat ridge, widest in front. The openings are long and narrow and covered by a convex brown shell, each side opening widest toward the transverse fold. Fig. 6c. The male is, as usual, smaller and longer legged and resembles more Ocyale and Philodromus. 'The male palpus is somewhat like that of duttonii, but shorter and stouter, and it has a longer and larger tibial hook. The palpal organ is large and extends beyond the tarsus on the outer side. The tube is short and slender and a little curved. Over the tube is a small, flat, soft appendage. Figs. 6a, 6b. Wenham, Annisquam, Dedham, Mass.; and Mt. Carmel, Hamden, Conn. TRANS. CONN. ACAD., VQu. VIII. 50 JUNE, 1892. 380 Figure Figure Figure Figure Figure Figure Figure Figure Figure Figure Figure Figure Figure Figure Figure Figure Figure J. H. Emerton—Spiders of the Family Thomiside. EXPLANATION OF PLATES. PLuate XXVIII. 1.—Xysticus limbatus Keys., female, x 4; la, male, x 4; 1b, young female with more distinct markings; 1c, maxillee and labium; 1d, le, 1/; opening of epigynum of three different spiders; 1g, male palpus; 1h, tibia of male palpus from above. ‘ 2.—Xysticus gulosus Keys., female, x 4; 2a, male, x 4; 26, male palpus; 2c, epigynum. 3.—Yysticus stomachosus Keys., female, x +; 3a, male, x 4; 30, 3c, male pal- pus; 3d, epigynum. 4.—NXysticus nervosus, female, x 4; 4a, male, x 4; 4b, epigynum; 4c, tarsus and tibia of male palpus; 4d, under side of male palpus. PLATE X XIX. 1.—Xysticus triguttatus Keys., female, x 4; la, male, x 4; 1b, front of head of female; lc, epigynum; 1d, male palpus. 2.—Xysticus yraminis, male, x 4; 2a, male palpus; 2b, dorsal markings of female, x 4. 3.—Xysticus formosus, male, x 4: 3a, male palpus. 4.—Xysticus quadrilineatus Keys., female, x 4; 4a, epigynum. 5.—Xysticus inornatus, female, x 4; 5a, front of head of female; 5), epigynum. 6.— Oxyptila cinerea, male, x 4; 6a, male palpus. 7.—Coriarachne versicolor, female, x 4; Ta, male, x 4; 7b, front of head of female; 7c, epigynum; 7d, male palpus. LA O.O.# 1.—Misumena vatia Thor., female, x 4; la, cephalothorax, enlarged; 10, front of head; ic, young male, x 4; 1d, le, adult males of different sizes, x 4; 1f, male palpus; 1g, epigynum. 2.—Misumena aleatoria, female, x 4; 2a, front of head; 2b, top of head; 2c, male, x 4; 2d, young male, x 4; 2e, young female with dark mark- ings, x 4, from one in the collection of the Boston Soc. Nat. Hist. ; 27, 2g, male palpus; 2h, epigynum. 3.—Misumena asperata, female, x 4; 3a, young female, x 4; 3b, male, x 4; 3c, epigynum; 3d, male palpus; 3e, side of male palpus, less enlarged. 4,—Miswmena oblonga Keys., male, x 4; 4a, 4b, male palpus; 4c, young female, x 4. PLATE XXXI. 1.—Philodromus vulgaris Keys., female, x 4; la, male, x 4; 1b, first foot, outer side; 1c, first foot, inner side; 1d, male palpus; te, tibia of male palpus, outer side; 1f usual form of epigynum; lg, epigynum of a female from Providence, R. I. 2.—Philodromus pictus, female, x 4; 2a, dorsal markings of a younger female ; 2b, male, x 4; 2c, front of head of female; 2d, top of head of male; 2e, front of head of male; 2f, 29, male palpus. J. H. Emerton—Spiders of the Family Thomiside. 381 Figure 3.—Philodromus ornatus, female, x 4; 3a, 3b, male palpus; 3c, tibia of male palpus from above; 3d, epigynum. Figure 4.-—Philodromus lineatus. female, x 4; 4a, sternum; 40, side of male palpus; 4c, male palpus, under side. Figure 5.— Philodromus bidentatus, dorsal markings of light colored male. enlarged eight times; 5a, 50, male palpus. PLATE XXXII. Figure 1.—Philodromus robustus, palpus of male; la, outer side of tibia of male _ palpus. Figure 2.—Philodromus brevis, markings of cephalothorax of male, x 8; 2a, top of head; 2, front of head; 2c, 2d, male palpus. Figure 3.—Tmarus caudatus Keys., female, x 4; 3a, side of abdomen of female; 3b, 3c, male palpus; 3d, epigynum. Figure 4.—Ebo latithorax Keys., female, x 4; 4a, male, x 4, from a specimen in N. Pike’s collection of Long Island spiders; 46, 4c, 4d, head of female ; 4e, 4f, male palpus. Figure 5.—Tibellus duttonii Keys., female, x 4; 5a, 5b, male palpus; 5c, epigynum. Figure 6.—Thanatus lycosoides, female, x 4; 6a, 6b, male palpus; 6c, epigynum. XXII.—Tue Marine NEMERTEANS OF NEw Encuanp anp ApJa- ceEnT WatTeERs. By A. E. VERRILL. Tue following article is intended as a descriptive catalogue of all the Nemerteans of the North-eastern Coast of North America that have been observed with enough care to permit me to give a description presumably sufficient to enable ordinary observers to identify the species when seen living. Therefore all my own descriptions, herein given, have been made from living specimens, except in a few special instances, which are, in each case, particu- larly stated. ¥ As a rule, undetermined alcoholic specimens of Nemerteans, un- accompanied by notes on their forms and colors while living, cannot be identified with certainty unless they belong to genera containing very few and widely differing species. To distinguish the numer- ous species of Amphiporus, Tetrastemma, Lineus, etc., with alco- holic specimens alone, would be a hopeless task, at least in the present state of our knowledge of these groups. Possibly, when all the known species shall have been studied thoroughly by means of microscopic sections, it may be possible to distinguish many of the species by means of such sections of preserved specimens, but that will be a condition possible only in the distant future, and in any case would require much time and labor, Exceptional cases are, however, not uncommon in which some prominent feature may be preserved in the alcoholic specimens suf- ficiently well to enable the species to be recognized with certainty. Thus, among the EAnop/a, the stylets of the proboscis are frequently characteristic in form or number. The ocelli, often visible in alcoholic specimens, may also be characteristic. In a few cases, even the characteristic colors may be preserved many years in alcohol, and still better in glycerine. I have specimens of Amphi- porus angulatus (Stimpsoni), preserved in alcohol twenty years ago, in which the dark purple color of the body and the characteristic white patches on the sides of the head are still very distinct. These specimens have, however, been kept in dark drawers; those that were exposed to light faded many years ago. In consequence of the difficulty or impossibility of identifying alcoholic specimens, I have, in this article, made very little use of a A. E. Verrill—Marine Nemerteans of New England, etc. 383 large part of the vast collection of American Nemerteans preserved in the Museum of Yale University, and including those collected by myself and others during the explorations carried on from 1871 to 1887 by the United States Fish Commission, under the direction of the late Commissioner, Professor 8. F. Baird. These collections include several thousands of specimens, filling more than a thousand bottles and jars. They represent very fully the Nemertean and Planarian fauna of the coast, from Cape Hatteras to Labrador, and from high-water mark to 2000 fathoms. Fortun- ately I personally identified and labelled when captured a large number of those specimens that belonged to described species, and made copious descriptions and sketches of most of the unfamiliar forms that came, while still living, under my observation during all the sixteen seasons spent on the work of the U.S. Fish Com- mission, as well as during several summers (1864 to 1870) spent in independent researches in the waters of the Bay of Fundy and elsewhere. But there were many specimens, especially deep-water forms, that I did not see until they had been placed in alcohol. Most of those are entirely omitted from this paper. Probably they include a number of additional species. Many of the general figures accompanying this article were made from life by Mr. J. H. Emerton and Mr. J. H. Blake, under my direction, for the U. 8. Fish Commission. For the privilege of using these drawings for the present purpose, I am indebted to the late commissioner, Professor Baird, this article having been in pre- paration before his death. Other figures have been drawn by myself for this paper. Numerous figures, taken from my own field- notes and rough sketches, have been copied and put into shape by my son, A. H. Verrill, under my personal supervision. The latter are, therefore, quite as reliable as the former ones. A few anatomi- eal figures (on Pl. xxxix) have been copied from the works of McIntosh* and Hubrecht,t in order to illustrate more fully some of the differences between the orders and sub-orders of Nemerteans. It was originally a part of my intention to have included numer- ous anatomical details of our native species, based on new prepara- tions and studies, but various circumstances have compelled me to defer that portion of the subject to a future time. Such details are, however, less essential in the case of our Nemerteans than they * A Monograph of the British Annelids. PartI, The Nemerteans. Ray Society, 1873. + Voyage of the Challenger, vol. xix. 384 A. E. Verrill—Marine Nemerteans of New England, ete. otherwise would have been, because many of our native species are closely allied to, and several others are identical with, some of those that have been well studied anatomically by McIntosh and other European writers. Nemerteans are almost universally present on our shores, between tides at all levels, from near high-water (Lineus socialis) down- ward. They are also to be found, by dredging, at all depths down to 1000 fathoms or more, but are much more abundant in shallow water (1 to 60 fathoms) than at greater depths. They occur on all kinds of bottoms, but are usually more abundant in soft and partially organic mud than elsewhere. But in rather shallow water, on some hard bottoms overgrown with ascidians, hydroids, and sponges they are often very abundant, especially in the Bay of Fundy. The littoral Nemerteans occur in greater numbers and of more numerous species on the rocky shores of the Bay of Fundy, and especially in Eastport harbor, than in any other localities where I have collected them. On sandy shores, also, there are nearly always several species living buried in the sand, to be found easily by the use of a spade. These sand-dwelling forms include the largest species of Cerebratu- lus, which are, perhaps, the largest of all Nemerteans. NEMERTINA. The Nemertinea may be characterized as follows: Smooth, ciliated, often bright colored, and mostly marine worms, destitute of external paired appendages, usually with a long and somewhat flattened body, often almost linear; without definite body- cavity. Muscular walls of body thick and complex, not segmented. Head not very distinct from the body; mouth ventral, beneath the head, or subterminal, without teeth or jaws. Intestine large, usually straight and furnished with many short, lateral, saccular, often lobed appendages; anus posterior. A long, tubular, dorsal proboscis is contained in a special muscu- lar sheath, which is filled with a corpusculated fluid and situated above the intestine but entirely separated from it. The proboscis can be protruded by eversion from a special aperture at the front of the head. Two pairs of cephalic ganglions are present; they are united transversely by an upper and a lower commissure, between which pass the proboscis and its sheath. Most species have ciliated pits or sacs connected with the posterior ganglions by ducts leading from A, EF. Verrill— Marine Nemerteans of New England, ete. 385 fosse or grooves on the sides of the head. They are probably olfactory organs. Two large lateral nerves run back from the lower cephalic ganglions; often there is also a smaller median dorsal nerve trunk, and in many there is a continuous nervous plexus between the muscular layers of the body-wall. Vascular system closed ; a main longitudinal vessel runs along each side and usually a median dorsal one is situated above the intestine; the blood is usually colorless, rarely red. A paired nephridial system, consisting of ducts and tubules vari- ously arranged, is usually present in the cesophageal region. The sexes are almost always separate and nearly all the species are oviparous. Reproductive organs are very simple and similar in both sexes, consisting of simple saccular ovaries or spermaries, situated along the sides of the body, usually between the lateral saccules of the intestine. External genital openings are mere pores in the body-wall. Development is usually direct, but sometimes with a metamorphosis through a Pilidium, or free swimming larval form, very peculiar in structure. (Plate xxxrx, figures 1 to 6). Order I; ENOPLA. Enopla M. Schultz; McIntosh, Brit. Annelids, Part I, Nemerteans, pp. 36, 43, 134. Hoplonemertini Hubrecht; Carus, Fauna Mediterranez, p. 163, 1884. _ Hoplonemertea Hubrecht; Voy. Challenger, vol. xix, p. 15. Proboscis divided into three distinct regions (Plate xxx1x, figures 7, 8, 9); the first is evertible and tubular ; the middle region (wood- cut 1), is furnished with a hollow muscular bulb and a complex armature, consisting of a central calcareous stylet (c), or a toothed plate, usually accompanied by two or more lateral chambers con- taining small, pin-like, free spines or stylets (figures 7, 7a, and wood- cut 1, Dp, pv’). The central cavity of the bulb and the lateral stylifer- ous chambers communicate with the anterior evertible chamber of the proboscis by means of ducts. Proboscis-pore is either terminal, at the end of the snout, or subventral. Do <= Fig. 1. Armature of proboscis of Amphiporus lactifloreus; A, muscular bulb; B, its cavity; c, central stylet; D, D’, lateral stylet-sacs: b, duct of D; H, muscular band, (after McIntosh). 386 A. FE. Verrill—Marine Nemerteans of New England, ete. The mouth is small and inconspicuous when contracted, situated beneath the end of the snout and in front of the cephalic ganglions, often in close connection with the proboscis-pore. Lateral longitudinal cephalic slits are wanting and are generally replaced by shallow, transverse or oblique, ciliated grooves or fosse, connected by narrow ducts with small sacs (probably olfactory in function) that connect them with the posterior ganglions. Cephalic ganglions rounded, the upper or anterior ones closely united to and largely covering the lower ones. Lateral nerves arise from the posterior ends of the inferior ganglions and run back within the inner muscular layer of the body-wall. Ocelli various, often numerous; sometimes wanting. Three large, longitudinal vascular trunks are well developed; a vascular loop in the head. Intestine large and straight, sacculated. Muscular walls of the body consist mainly of two layers, an outer circular, and an inner longitudinal one. The young, so far as known, undergo no marked metamorphosis. The species are chiefly marine; a few fresh-water and terrestrial species are known. Family, Ampureorip2 McIntosh (restr.) Body moderately elongated. Proboscis with a thick, tubular, evertible anterior portion, its walls consisting of about seven layers, the inner surface (or outer when protruded) thickly covered with papille; middle region furnished with a simple central stylet and generally two or four lateral chambers containing pin-shaped stylets, but the lateral sacs are sometimes wanting; posterior region tubular, with two muscular layers, an outer circular and an inner longitudinal layer. C&sophagus with a dilated and plicated anterior portion in the head. The family Zetrastemmidw Wubr. is here included. I can find no characters that seem to me sufficient to warrant even a sub-family distinction between Tetrastemma and Amphiporus. On the other hand, I would separate Drepanophorus Hubr. as a separate family, DrepaNnoruorip®, characterized by having the central armature of the proboscis in the form of a lamina or plate, bearing several stylets or denticles; by the numerous styliferous sacs; and by the presence of lateral cecal sacs connected with the sheath of the proboscis. A. FE. Verrill—Marine Nemerteans of New England, ete. 387 Amphiporus Ehrenberg, 1831, McIntosh, non Dies., nec (Ersted. Ommatoplea Khr., Symbolee Physics, 1831. Omatoplea Diesmg, Syst. Helm., vol. i, p. 248, 1850. Polystemma Ehr., 1831; CErsted, Naturhist. Tidssk., iv, p. 579, 1844. Polia Quatr. (pars), Ann. des Sci. Nat., vi, p. 201, 1846, non Delle Chiaje, 1841. Cosmocephala Stimpson, Progromus, in Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci., Philad., vol. ix, p. 165 [21, sep. copy], 1857. Polina Stimpson, op. cit., p. 165. Ophionemertes Verrill, Amer. Journ. Sci , vol. vii, p.45, 1873; Proc. Amer. Assoc., 1873, p. 389, 1873. Body only moderately elongated, in some species slender, in others stout ; usually strongly convex dorsally and with rounded sides. Head often distinct from the narrowed neck, but in other cases of the same breadth as the body and without any definite limita- tion. Transverse or oblique ciliated fossz or shallow grooves, two of them connected with the ciliated sensory ducts, are, apparently, always present, though often very indistinct; usually there is a pair at the back of the head and nearly in line with, or just behind, the posterior ocelli and the ganglions; the other pair, situated in front of the ganglions, is usually less distinct and may be easily over- looked, and is perhaps absent in some species. One or both pairs of fossee may meet on the dorsal line in certain species. Ocelli usually numerous, variously arranged; perhaps the most common or typical arrangement is that of two anterior groups and two posterior or cerebral clusters, but either pair may be lacking, or the two groups may blend, and sometimes no ocelli are visible. Proboscis-pore terminal, or sometimes sub-terminal, just under the tip of the snout. Proboscis large and long. Central armature a simple, sharp stylet with thick base; lateral stylet-sacs usually two, each with two to four, or more, pin-shaped stylets. Mouth far forward, usually united with the proboscis-pore, and therefore not visible in contraction. The numerous species belonging to this genus* were distributed * Many authors, of whom a few are indicated in the syronymy, have used Omma- toplea Ehr. as the name of this genns, and on many accounts it seems to me that it would have been better to have continued that usage. McIntosh, in his monograph, has, however, seen fit to change the name to Amphiporus (of the same date) for reasons that are. to say the least, of questionable validity,—mainly because somebody may hereafter discover that the “type” of Ommatoplea is of a different genus, though he gives no reason for supposing that to be the case. In this instance long usage TRANS. Conn. AcAD., Vou. VIII. 51 JUNE, 1892. 388 A. BE. Verrill—Marine Nemerteans of New England, ete. among a large number of genera by the earlier writers, especially by those’ who did not observe the armature of the proboscis, or did not consider it of importance. In general, it is impossible to distinguish the species of this genus from other genera without an examination of the proboscis and its armature. Hence, no doubt, there are many still unrecognized species of the genus that were formerly described under other genera, from various foreign countries. I believe, however, that all the species hitherto described or mentioned as found on our coast are included in the following list, together with several that appear to be undescribed. (Ersted adopted Polystemma for this genus, and placed under it two typical species; P. rosewn and P. pulchrum. At the same time he restricted Amphiporus to the genus named Wemertes (new sense) by McIntosh, giving its essential character (a small proboscis) and naming A, WVeés?i as the type. Subgenera of Anphiporus. The genus may be conveniently divided into several groups or subgenera based primarily on the arrangement of the ocelli and nerves, as follows: I. Ocelli form four or more distinct groups; the two cerebral groups are distinct from the anterior ones.—Ommatoplea, subgenus. la. Anterior ocelli do not form curved rows parallel with the lateral margins of the head. Amphiporus angulatus (Fabr.). A. multisorus V., sp. nov. A. heterosorus V., sp. nov. A. tetrasorus V., sp. nov. 1b. Anterior groups of ocelli form curved rows parallel, at least in part, with the sides of the head.—Polystemma Qirs.; Polina Stimp. ; A, roseus (Miller). A, lactifloreus (Johnst.). A. ochraceus V. A. glutinosus VY. A, griseus (Stimp.). would have justified him im not making the change before there was any proof of the necessity for doing so. The change having been made in so important a work, has been generally adopted by later European authors, and I have, therefore, followed their example in this article, for uniformity of nomenclature in this group is at present of paramount importance, A. EF. Verrill— Marine Nemerteans of New England, etc. 389 Ii. Only two distinct groups of ocelli, anterior or sub-lateral; cerebral groups obscure or wanting.—Cosmocephala Stimp. . 2a. Only anterior groups of ocelli are evident. A. frontalis V., sp. nov. 2b. Only median lateral groups of ocelli are present; or else the median and cerebral groups are blended, A. mesosorus V., sp. nov. III. Ocelli form only elongated lateral rows more or less parallel with the sides of the head; cerebral groups are not distinct from the others. Body slender.—Ophionemertes Verrill. A. cruentatus V. A. virescens V. A. agilis V. IV. Only a single pair of anterior ocelli are present.-—-Dichilus Stimp. A. bioculatus McInt. V. Ocelli indistinct or absent.—Naredopsis Verrill, sub-gen. nov. A. ceecus V., sp. nov. VI. Ocelli doubtful, fprming at least a pair of antero-lateral groups (per- haps others that are not observed). A, thallius V., sp. nov. VII. Cerebral groups of ocelli(?) alone observed (perhaps anterior ocelli overlooked).—Nareda Girard. A. superbus (Gir.) AMPHIPORUS. Analytical Table of species based on the arrangement of the ocelli. A. Ocelli present. B. Ocelli numerous, arranged in groups. C. Ocelli arranged in four groups; two cerebral, near the ganglions. and two anterior or antero-lateral. D. Anterior clusters of ocelli transverse, at the front margin of the head: posterior groups roundish. a. Anterior groups transversely oblong or partly double. A. angulatus. aa. Anterior groups each divided into three subordinate clusters. A. mul- tisorus. DD. Anterior clusters are not transverse at the front margin. b. Anterior clusters subdorsal, not parallel with the margins of head. ¢. Anterior clusters are triangular with the acute angle backward. A. het- erosorus. ce. Anterior clusters are oblique rows parallel with the posterior ones. A. tetrasorus. bb. Anterior clusters lateral or sublateral, curved or crescent-shaped, ante- riorly partly parallel with the margins of head. e. Posterior groups form round or angular close clusters. f. Anterior groups are large, composed of several rows posteriorly, and nearly blend with posterior groups. 508 A, FE. Verrill—Marine Planarians of New England. it may be near the middle of the ventral side, or even behind the middle. It is often large and is sometimes simple, but more fre- quently it is surrounded by a slightly developed muscular ring or collar ; more rarely there is a rudimentary pharynx. The integu- ment is generally filled with clusters of rhabdites. There is often a . peculiar glandular frontal organ opening at the anterior end. The brain, longitudinal nervous trunks, and nervous branches are present, but not so well-defined as in the previous groups. A pair of ocelli may be present, but are oftener absent. A median otocyst is almost always present. Posterior tentacle-like organs or cirri are sometimes present. The reproductive organs are variable in structure and position. Sometimes there is but a single genital pore, but usually there are two median ones, posteriorly situated, the male orifice being be- hind the female. The ovaries are usually lateral and paired; special yolk-glands are not developed. A bursa seminalis or spermatheca may be present, or absent; sometimes there are two. The testes are folicular and imbedded in the parenchyma. The penis may be simple or armed; a seminal vesicle is usually present. Eggs are usually enclosed in capsules. The external form is exceedingly varied. Many species are flat, broad-elliptical or ovate; others are long and narrow ; some are - nearly terete; others are angular in outline. Some species ( Convo- luta) habitually curl the sides of the body inward and downward, so that they appear narrower than they really are. The size is generally small, the colors often bright. Family, APpHANostomiIp# Graff, Monog. Body usually more or less flattened, elliptical, ovate, or cordate, long or short, frequently with the sides curved downward. Mouth ventral, behind the otocyst, often median or submedian. Pharynx ru- dimentary or wanting. Otocyst present. Ocelli sometimes two, often absent. Genital orifices separate. Penis simple, unarmed, Bursa seminalis well-developed, with one, two, or several tubular outlets. Aphanostoma (rsted. Kroyer’s Naturhist. Tidssk., ser. 2, vol. i, p. 417, 1845; Carus, Fauna Med., p. 139, 1884; Graff, Monog., p. 220; Graff, Turbell. Accela, pp. 55, 59, 1891. Aphanostomum Jensen, Turbell. Lit. Norvegiv, p. 22, 1878. Body more or less flattened, oblong, ovate, or elliptical ; usually narrowed posteriorly. Mouth circular, before or near the middle, ee A, E. Verrill— Marine Planarians of New England. 509 A rudimentary pharynx. Otocyst single, near the anterior end. Otolith usually well developed. No ocelli. Frontal glandular organs present. Genital apertures, posterior; the male behind the female. Sper- marian folicles numerous, lateral. Openings of the bursa seminalis without chitinous parts. Ovaries paired, lateral. Aphanostoma diversicolor €rsted. Kroyer’s Naturhist. Tidssk., ser. 2, vol. i, p. 417, 1845; Carus, op. cit., p. 139; Graff, Monogr., p. 220; Graff, Turbell. Accela, p. 59, pl. 5, fig. 4, 1891, section. Aphanostomum diversicolor Jensen, Turbell. ad Lit. Norvegize, p. 26, pl. 1, figs. 12 to 21, 1878, anatomy. PLATE XLII, FIGURE 8. Body very changeable, in extension usually long-oval or elliptical, obtuse anteriorly, or tapering to both ends, but most so posteriorly; only a little depressed; in contraction short-ovate and thick. Color variable, generally with a sulphur-yellow spot on the ante- rior end and another on the back; a large spot of bluish or viola- ceous usually covers more or less of the back, and is sometimes divided posteriorly by a V-shaped white line; lateral borders whitish. Mouth subcentral beneath. A cluster of frontal glands is connected with a pore at the anterior end of the body. Otocyst small, much obscured by the pigment, gibbous, situated at about the anterior eighth. Length, in extension, 1°5 to 2™™; breadth 0°25 to 0°35™™, Newport, R. L, July 29, 1880, among alge at low-water mark. It occurs on the coasts of Norway and Great Britain, and in the Mediterranean at Naples, Trieste, etc. Aphanostoma aurantiacum sp. nov. PLATE XLII, FIGURES 10, 10a. Body long-ovate in extension, depressed, broadest in front of the middle, usually bluntly rounded anteriorly, but very soft and changeable. Otocyst rather large, conspicuous, situated at about the anterior eighth, gibbous, containing an inverted cup-shaped or bell-shaped otolith, situated at the anterior side of the nearly circu- lar and transparent vesicle. The otolith is almost continually in motion, while living. Ground-color light ocher-yellow, everywhere thickly covered with small, distinct spots or specks of bright orange- red, thus giving the whole surface an orange-yellow color, paler towards the margins. Reproductive organs are unknown. 510 A. EF. Verrill—Marine Planarians of New England. Length about 1°5™"; breadth 0°35 to 0°50™™. Newport, R. L, at low-water mark, among algx, July 29, 1880. This species is only provisionally referred to the genus Aphanos- toma, for its internal anatomy was not studied. The specimens were lost. Aphanostoma olivaceum sp. nov. PLATE XLII, FIGURE 9. Body ovate, broadest anteriorly, rather thick, convex. Otocyst conspicuous, at about the anterior eighth. Mouth rather behind the middle ; digestive cavity large, behind the middle; in the ex- ample figure it contained an amphipod crustacean. The ovaries are large, lateral; posteriorly, the oviducts are filled with two or three rows of large ova, which are dark green in color. The female orifice is about midway between the posterior border of the digestive cavity and the male orifice. The latter is near the posterior margin, in the center of a pale spot. It is flanked on each side by two small vesicles (probably seminal vesicles); two larger saccular organs (perhaps the posterior part of vasa deferentia) run forward and diverge, but their nature was not certainly ascertained’ owing to the dark color of the integument. The form and structure of the penis and spermatheca were not observed, for the same reason Color dark olive-green, or brownish green. Length 2™; breadth about 1:5™™. Provincetown, Mass., at low-water mark, among filamentous alge, Aug. 14, 1879. This species is referred to Aphanostoma only provisionally, for its reproductive organs are imperfectly known. It has considerable resemblance to certain species of Mecynostoma. Polychcerus Mark. Festschrift fiir Leuckart, p. 298, Oct., 1892. Body flattened, changeable in outline, usually cordate or ovate, narrowest anteriorly, emarginate or bilobed posteriorly, with one to five slender, contractile caudal cirri. The lateral margins are usually not inflexed. Mouth central or nearly so, with simple muscular margins. No proper pharynx. Digestive cavity large, separated posteriorly from the genital area by tissues more dense than those of other parts. Otocyst small, round, sometimes indistinct or wanting; otolith cup-shaped. Brain distinctly bilobed; each ganglion is somewhat stellate in form, and gives off three main nerves: anterior, lateral, and poste- A. EF. Verrill— Marine Planarians of New England. 511 rior. The superficial nerves are extensively anastomosed, so as to form a network of irregular meshes. Ovaries large, on each side of the digestive cavity; oviducts large, often much distended posteriorly by clusters of large mature ova. Spermarian folicles numerous, situated on each side of, and often extending nearly or quite around, the digestive cavity. Vasa de- Jerentia large, more or less saccular posteriorly, when distended with their contents, and connected with a circular seminal vesicle surrounding the base of the penis. The penis is unarmed and in contraction ovoid or conical, but rather long, tapered, and usually somewhat curved when fully ex- tended. (See plate xtiv, figs. 6, 8, 9). The male orifice is near the posterior margin, in front of the median caudal cirrus. ; The female orifice is situated a little farther forward and com- municates with a simple tubular vagina, which runs up dorsally beneath the saccular spermatheca, Spermatheca or bursa seminalis is large, complex, reniform or cordate, with numerous chitinous outlet-tubes scattered over the surface. Rhabdites and pigment-corpuscles are contained in the integument. Polychcerus caudatus Mark. Mark, op. cit., pp. 298-309, pl. xxi, figs. 1-22, anatomy. PLATE'XLI, FIGURES 11, 11a; PLATE XLIV, FIGURES 6 TO 10. Body. depressed, flat or concave beneath, somewhat convex above, and often gibbous or swollen dorsally, when filled with ova; in extension varying from broad cordate to narrow-ovate, according to the state of contraction ; front end bluntly pointed or evenly rounded ; sides often nearly parallel ; posterior end usually deeply emarginate, with a broad median notch and rounded lobes each side of it ; margin thin, sometimes inflexed, especially when swimming. Caudal cirri one to five. In adult examples.there are generally three slender, pale, translucent caudal cirri, one of which is median, while the others, which are usually a little smaller, arise from near the inner border of the posterior lobes. Sometimes, in large speci- mens, another smaller pair is developed external to the latter, on the posterior lobes (pl. xxrv, fig. 6). In young specimens the median cirrus appears first. The cirri all arise at a slight distance from the margin, on the dorsal side. Each one can be retracted into a small, basal, bulb-like, muscular, invaginated cavity of the 512 A. E. Verrill—Marine Planarians of New England. integument. The caudal cirri are often lost by injuries, but are quickly reproduced. The otocyst is small, circular, situated well forward at about the anterior fourth; otolith cup-shaped. In some specimens the otocyst appears to be rudimentary or wanting ; in many it can scarcely be seen while living, owing to its small size and the great amount of pigment in the integument; in others it is easily visible. Mouth central or subcentral, simple, circular or transversely ellip- tical, highly dilatable, surrounded by circular muscular fibers. The digestive cavity is capacious, more or less irregular in outline. It is usually filled with various Entomostraca and other small crustaceans. The genital openings are small, round, near together, and usually not very distinct. The male orifice is a little in advance of the base of the median caudal cirrus. The penis, as seen from beneath and foreshortened in mounted specimens, is usually ovoid or conical; when protruded it is rather elongated, cylindrical or tapered, often curved, with a conical tip. Its base is surrounded by a circular seminal vesicle. (pl. xniv, figs. 6-10, 7) which receives the vasa def- erentia (d) on the right and left sides. The latter are voluminous, more or less saccular and contorted posteriorly, when filled with their contents. The spermarian folicles (¢) are small, numerous, pyriform, and extend along each side above and partly external to the ovaries and oviducts, as far as the anterior margin of the digestive cavity, where they converge and nearly or quite blend at the median line, when fully developed. The oviducts are large and saccular and lie close to the digestive cavity, on each side; posteriorly they are often much swollen by large ciusters of relatively large mature ova, of which there are often six to ten, arranged in two or three rows, in each cluster; those farthest back often crowd against and more or less distort and conceal the spermatheca and other organs, and make that part of the body gibbous externally. The spermatheca (figs. 6, 7, 8, s) is large, glandular and saccular dorsally, variable in shape, but when least crowded it is generally broad-cordate or reniform ; the emargination of the posterior side includes the female orifice and vagina. Its ventral surface is covered with small brownish, chitinous, conical outlet-tubes or ‘‘mouth-pieces,” differing in size and varying in number in differ- ent specimens from six or eight up to thirty or forty; most fre- quently twelve to fifteen fully developed ones and several smaller = A. FE. Verril—Marine Planarians of New England. — 513 ones can be seen. Each of these is surrounded at base by a circle of glandular cells.* In small specimens the male organs are often well developed before the female organs appear. According to Professor Mark, the spermatozoa are long and fili- form, thickest in advance of the middle, with a very slender anterior portion, more active and more attenuated than the posterior portion. Color usually brick-red or dark orange-red, sometimes pale red, with a central paler spot over the digestive cavity, and usually with a circular or horse-shoe-shaped region of darker brownish red color over the ovaries, and almost entirely surrounding the digestive region, interrupted posteriorly; margins pale; caudal cirri translu- cent, whitish; ventral surface yellowish, The orange color, according to Professor Mark’s observations, is due to clusters of two kinds of minute pigment-corpuscles. Of these, the most numerous are greenish yellow; the others, which are smaller and less numerous, are purplish. The pale median patch is caused by whitish, mostly rod-like, corpuscles. Clusters of cigar- shaped rhabdites are also scattered in the integument. Length 3 to 4™™; breadth 1°5 to 2™™. Common from Great Egg Harbor, N. J. to Casco Bay, Me.; espe- cially in sheltered harbors, adhering to eel-grass (Zostera) and creep- ing over the vegetable debris, shells, etc., on the bottom in shallow water, where it is often extremely abundant. I have taken it in large numbers, especially in New Haven Har- bor, 1865 to 1870; Noank, Gonn., 1874; Newport, R. L, 1880; Wood’s Holl, Mass., 1871, 1875, 1881 to 1887. At Quahog Bay, Me., in 1873, I found it in small numbers, but have not observed it farther north. I have been familiar with this species for many years, and have had several drawings and descriptions of it made as early as 1874 and 1875, but had put them aside with those of various other Tur- him, as filled with the filiform spermatozoa, with clusters of them hanging from the basal portion. He also observed large masses of spermatozoa in the dorsal cavities of the spermatheca, with which the ‘‘mouth-pieces” communicate. The vagina ter- minates in proximity to the dorsal cavities of the spermatheca. + In the summer of 1874, while in charge of the invertebrate zodlogy of the U. 8. Fish Com., at Noank. Conn., I had the pleasure of studying this species in company with the late Professor Joseph Leidy, who was much interested in its anatomy. For that reason in my MSS. notes I had named it in honor of Professor Leidy. 514 A, E. Verrill— Marine Planarians of New England. it, and before his excellent paper had been published, I had resumed the study of the species and prepared descriptions of the genus and species for this article. Having received Professor Mark’s paper, just as the last pages of my own were going to press, I have been able to add several additional anatomical facts of importance, which I had not personally observed. Professor Mark, in his paper, moreover, describes in detail the nervous system, and also numerous additional features not here referred to, or only briefly mentioned. My own conclusions, in regard to the essential structure and affinities of the genus, were perfectly in accord with those of Professor Mark. The few additional details that I have given in the preceding description are due to the larger series that I have had for study, or to their different modes of preservation. Professor Mark informs me that he has found the egg-capsules of this species in abundance on dead shells and stones in the harbor of Wood’s Holl, Mass. They are circular, flat on the lower side, by which they are attached, and a little convex on the upper side, with thin margins. I have not met with them myself. In several in- stances I have seen living young individuals in the interior of the body of adults, but it is quite possible that they had been swallowed us food with other small prey. The mode of depositing the egg- capsules is unknown. There seems to be no special opening adapted to that purpose. Possibly they escape from the mouth. The speci- men figured on pl. x11, fig. lla, appears to contain egg-capsules in process of formation, but as the specimen was not preserved, this cannot now be confirmed. Doubtful Species. Typhlocolax acutus Stimpson, Prod, p. 3, 1857. Typhlolepta acuta Girard, in Stimpson, Invert. Grand Manan, p. 27, 1853; Diesing, Rev. Turbell., p. 523, 1861. “ Body depressed, ovoid, elongated, posteriorly rounded; anterior extremity terminating in an acute point; mouth underneath, and situated at about the middle of the body. Length about a sixteenth of an inch. Ground color pale, with reddish confluent blotches above. JTfound in considerable numbers creeping over the surface of Chirodota levis.” Dr. Stimpson (Prodromus, p. 3) referred this genus and species to the Digonopora, but its internal structure was not known to him. It is more probable that it belongs to the Accela or Rhabdocela. I have not observed it myself, although I have collected numerous specimens of the holothurian, on which it is said to be parasitic, in the original locality. INDEX TO THE GENERA AND SPECIES. Accela, 460, 507. Phagocata, 498, 503. Acotylea, 461. Phagocatidee, 503. Aphanostoma, 508. | Planaria affinis, 504. aurantiacum, 509. frequens, 506, diversicolor, 509. grisea, 504. olivaceum, 510. limuli, 499. Aphanostomide, 508. | ulvee, 506. Aphanostomum, 508. Planaridee, 503. diversicolor, 509 Planocera, 471. Bdelloura, 499. elliptica, 467. candida, 499. | nebulosa, 472. parasitica, 499. Planoceridz, 462. Bdellouride, 498. Planoceropsis, 471. Bdellura, 499. | Polycelis, 477. parasitica, 499. mutabilis, 493. Polychcerus, 510. Convoluta, 508. caudatus, 511. Cotylea, 494. Polycladidea, 460, 461. Cryptocelis, 487. Polyscelis variabilis, 480. Dendroccela, 459, 460. Procerodes, 506. Digonopora, 460, 461. frequens, 506. Bdelluridea, 498. Discocelis, 492. | ulvee, 506. mutabilis, 493. | Wheatlandii, 506. Elasmodes, 477. | Prosthiostomidee, 496. gracilis, 496. Prosthiostomum, 496. Hurylepta, 495. | gracile, 496. maculosa, 495. | Rhabdoceela, 460. Kuryleptidee, 495. | Stylochidee, 462. Eustylochus, 467. | Stylochoplana maculata, 468. ellipticus, 467. | Stylochopsis, 462. Fovia affinis, 504. | littoralis, 467. grisea, 504. | zebra, 463. Warreni, 504. Stylochus, 462. Heterostylochus, 468. | crassus, 466. maculatus, 468, 469. frontalis, 465. Imogine, 475. littoralis, 467. oculifera, 475. maculatus, 467, 469. Leptoplana, 477. zebra, 463. angusta, 485. | Tricladidea, 461, 497. Drobachiensis, 482. Trigonoporus, 486. ellipsoides, 483. | cephalophthalmus, 487. folium, 487. | dendriticus, 491. variabilis, 480. folium, 487. virilis, 478. Turbellaria, 460. Leptoplanide, 475. Typhlocoiax acutus, 514. Mecynostoma, 510. | Typhlolepta acuta, 514. Monogonopora, 461, 497. Vortex candida, 499. Notoceridez, 462. Trans. Conn. Acap. Vou. VIII. 67 JANUARY, 1893. EXPLANATION OF PLATES. PLATE XL. Figure 1.—Jmogine oculifera Girard, p. 475. Dorsal view of a young living specimen with dendritic, rose-colored makings; x20. Wood’s Holl, Mass. Figure 2.—Eustylochus ellipticus (Girard) V., p. 467. Dorsal view of a living speci- men, much compressed; x6. Savin Rock, near New Haven, Coun., 1868. Figure 3.—Stylochus zebra V., p. 463. Dorsal view of a living specimen; x4. Wood’s Holl, Mass., Sept. 23, 1882. Figure 4.—Planocera nebulosa Girard, p. 472. Dorsal view of a living specimen, x 5. New Haven, Conn., 1870. Figure 5.—Leptoplana ellipsoides Girard, p. 483. Dorsal view of a living specimen; x5. Eastport, Me., 1870, at low-water. Color orange-brown with irregular spots of dark brown and small specks of white. (The clusters of ocelli occupy unusual positions, owing to a peculiar state of contraction). Figure 6.—Leptoplana ellipsoides. Dorsal view of a large example, from life, in the act of creeping; x4. Eastport, Me., August 10, 1872. Figure 7.—Discocelis mutabilis V. (?), p. 493. Dorsal view of a young living speci- men; much enlarged. Surface, Wood’s Holl, Mass., August 16, 1882. Trans- parent, with yellow spots around the margin. Figure 8.——Leptoplana angusta V., p. 485. Dorsal view of a young living example, x10. Provincetown, Mass., from the bottom of a whaler. Figure 9.—Fovia affinis (?). See foot-note, p. 505. Dorsal view; x6. Noank, Conn., in harbor, July 16, 1874. Figure 10.—Bdellowra candida Girard, p. 499. Ventral view (a), from life; dorsal view (b); about natural size; 100, the same, posterior sucker; x 4. Figures 1, 3, 6, 7, 10 were drawn from life by J. H. Emerton; figure 9 by J. H. Blake; the rest by the author. PLATE XLI. Figure 1.—Hustylochus ellipticus (Girard) V., p. 467. Dorsal view of a living speci- men; x4. la, the same, one of the tentacles; more enlarged. Newport, R. I., on piles of railroad bridge, August 20, 1880. Figure 2.—Hwurylepta maculosa V., p. 495. Dorsal view of a living specimen; x 5. Wood's Holl, Mass., on piles, July 15, 1881. Figure 3.—The same. Dorsal view of a living specimen; x5. Naushon Island, at low-water mark, August 20, 1887. Figure 4.—Trigonoporus dendriticus V.,p. 491. Dorsal view of a living specimen ; x4, Sta. 317, off Cape Cod, 25 fath., 1879. Color light pink with a pale central area. (The clusters of ocelli are too angular and definite.) Figure 5.—TZrigonoporus folium V., p. 487. Dorsal view from life; x2. Fig. 5a, the same, ventral view. Sta. 784, off Point Judith, R. 1., in 20 fath., 1880. ——— A. FE. Verrill— Marine Planarians of New England. 517 Figure 6.—Trigonoporus folium V., p. 487. Dorsal view of a living specimen; x5. Sta. 134, off Cape Ann, Mass., in 26 fath., July 23, 1878. Color yellowish brown with the gastric region and margins pale; ganglions and nerves pink. Figure 7.—Leptoplana variabilis (Girard). No. 20, p. 480. Dorsal view, from life; x5. Sta. 156, off Gloucester, Mass., 42 fath., Aug. 15,1878. Color yellowish brown with pale margins and central stripe. The clusters of cerebral ocelli are too long and too divergent. Figure 8.—Bdellowra candida Girard, p. 499. Dorsal view of a living specimen slightly compressed between glasses, and seen by transmitted light; x 3. Figure 9.—Fovia affinis (Hrs.) Stimp. (var. grisea V.), p. 504. Dorsal view of a living specimen; x6. Fig. 9a, the same specimen strongly contracted while living; x6. Fig. 96, the same; dark-brown variety. Ventral view of a living specimen, seen by transmitted light; x3. Gloucester, Mass., on eel-grass (Zostera), 1878. Figure 10.—Procerodes ulve (CArs.) Stimp., p.506. Dorsal view of a living specimen ; x8. Casco Bay, at low-water mark, 1873. The ocelli are not shown, owing to the dark shading. Figure 11.—Polycherus caudatus Mark, p. 511. Dorsal view of a living specimen ; x 20. Noank, Conn., July 30, 1874. The caudal cirri should have been left without color. Figure 1la.—The same. Another individual seen as a transparent object, slightly compressed between glasses. Wood’s Holl, Mass., 1881. The bilobed body, covering the region of the spermatheca, was probably an egg-capsule (or two of them) in process of formation (see p. 514). Figures 3 and 11 were drawn by J. H. Blake; 4, 6, 7, 8, 9b by the author; the rest by J. H. Emerton. PLATE XLII. Figure 1.—ustylochus ellipticus (Girard) V., p. 466. Dorsai view of a living speci- men; x6. New Haven Harbor, Oct., 1892. Figure ]a.—The same specimen. Ventral view; x6; 6, one of the tentacles; c, brain; /, pharynx; m, mouth; d, vas deferens; 7, seminal vesicle; p, penis; p’, penis-bulb and granular gland; ¢, male orifice; 9, female orifice; s, sperma- theca; s’, duct of the same; v, vagina; wu, large oviduct or uterine sac; z, orifice of the median nephridial tube (z’). Figure 16.—The same. Male genital organs of a young mounted specimen; much enlarged; d, d, vasa deferentia; 7, seminal vesicle; p, penis; p’, penis-bulb and granular gland. New Haven Harbor, Oct., 1892. Figure 2.—Stylochus zebra V., p. 463. Ventral view of a living specimen; x4; /, pharynx; m, mouth; d, vas deferens; ¢, male orifice; ¢, female orifice; w, shell-glands. Off New Haven. Figure 2a.—The same. Dorsal view of the head and anterior portion of another specimen from the same locality, from life; x 4. Figure 3.—Planocera nebulosa Girard, p. 473. Genital organs of a young specimen ; much enlarged. New Haven Harbor, Oct., 1892. d, vas deferens; 7, seminal vesicle; 7’, its duct; p, penis and penis-sheath; p’, penis-bulb and granular gland; 4, male orifice; @, female orifice; v, vagina; s, spermatheca. Figure 4.—Trigonoporus dendriticus V., p. 491: Ventral view of a specimen mounted in balsam; x6. Station 317, off Cape Cod, 1879. +) 518 A. EL Verrili— Marine Planarians of New England. Figure 4¢.—The same specimen. Brain and clusters of ocelli; x25; c, brain; e, cerebral ocelli; e’, dorsal ocelli; g, gy, anterior branches of the stomach. Fig. 46, cerebral ocelli of the same specimen; x 25. Figure 5.—Trigonoporus folium V., p. 487. Ventral view of a specimen mounted in balsam; x6. Eastport, Me., 1870. Fig. 5a, ocelli of the left side of the same specimen, x 20; ¢, cerebral cluster; e’, dorsal cluster. Fig. 5b, ocelli of the right side of the same specimen; x 25; e, cerebral cluster; e’ dorsal cluster. Figure 6.—Discocelis mutabilis V., p. 493. Dorsal view of the original, type-speci- men mounted in balsam; x8. Thimble Islands, 1872. Figure 6a.—The same specimen. Clusters of ocelli; x 25; e, cerebral, and e’, dorsal clusters of ocelli. Figure 7.—Discocelis mutabilis V. (?), young, p. 494. Dorsal and cerebral ocelh of a mounted specimen; x 25. Wood’s Holl, Mass., 1882. Figure 8.—Aphanostoma diversicolor (CErst.), p. 509. Dorsal view of a living speci- men; x20. Newport, R. I., 1880. Figure 9.—Aphanostoma olivaceum V., p. 510. Ventral view of a living specimen ; x12; of, otocyst; g, digestive cavity containing an amphipod crustacean ; w, large oviduct containing ripe ova; ¢@, female orifice, 4, male orifice and penis. Figure 10.—Aphanostoma aurantiacum V., p. 509. Dorsal view of a living speci- men; x 20. Figure 10a,—The same specimen. Otocyst; more enlarged. Figure 11.—Procerodes ulvw (CErst.), p. 506. Dorsal view of head of a living speci- men; x12. Casco Bay, Me., 1873. Figure 1la.—The same. Dorsal view of another specimen mounted in balsam; x 8; o, ovaries; jf, pharynx; p, penis; 2 ¢, common genital orifice. (In this figure the number and form of the gastric branches are partly diagramatic, for many of them could be seen only indistinctly). Figures 1, la, 2, 2a, 4, 4a, 5, 6 were drawn from nature by A. H. Verrill; 8 and 10 were drawn from life by J. H. Emerton; the rest are camera-lucida drawings by the author. PLATE XLIII. Figure 1.—Leptoplana virilis V., p.478. Ventral view of the type-specimen, stained and mounted in balsam; x6. Sta. 307, Off Cape Cod, Mass., 31 fath , 1879. Figure 1a.—The same specimen. Posterior portion, ventral view; x15; /, pharynx; r, seminal vesicle; 4, granular gland and penis-bulb; p, penis; g, penis-sheath ; t, t, spermarian folicles or testes: ¢, male orifice; ¢, female orifice; 9, 0, 0, ovarian folicles; v, ventral portion of vagina; v’, dorsal portion of the same; s, spermatheca ; s’, anterior portion of the same and its connection with the vagina ; w, shell-glands; w, one of the uterine sacs. Figure 2.—Leptoplana variabilis (Girard) V., young, p. 480. Dorsal view of a mounted specimen; x8. Gloucester, Mass., in tide-pool, 1878. Figure 3.—Leptoplana variabilis (Girard) V. No. 20, Ventral view of a mounted specimen; x6. Sta. 156, off Cape Ann, Mass., 42 fath., 1878, Figure 3a.—The same specimen. Genital organs, dorsal view; x15; d, d, vasa deferentia; *, granular gland; p, penis, q, penis-sheath; @, female orifice; », ventral portion of vagina; ’, dorsal portion of the same; s, spermatheca; s’, an- terior division of the same and its connection with the vagina; w, w, shell- glands; w, %, large oviducts or uterine saes; uw’, duct of the same leading to the vagina; «, orifice of the nephridial duct (?); g', g’, posterior gastric branches. — ——-- A. EF. Verrill— Marine Planarians of New England. 519 Figure 3b.—The same specimen. Ocelli and brain; x25; ¢. brain; e¢, cerebral ocelli:; e’, dorsal ocelli. Figure 4.—Leptoplana ellipsoides Girard, p. 483. Ocelli; x25; e, cerebral, and ¢’. dorsal clusters. Eastport, Me., 1872. Figure 4a.—The same. Dorsal view of the genital organs; x15. The lettering is the same as that of 3a. Figure 4b.—The same parts; ventral view. Figure 5.—Trigonoporus dendriticus V., p. 491. Type-specimen. Sta. 317. Ventral view of the genital organs; x 2h; ¢, male orifice; p, penis; p’, penis-bulb; gq, penis-sheath; 4, granular gland; ¢, anterior female orifice; 7’, posterior female orifice ; w, shell-glands. Figure 6.— Polycherus caudatus Mark, p.512. Ventral view of a mounted specimen ; x15. Wood’s Holl, Mass., 1881. This specimen is noteworthy fer having five caudal cirri. The digestive cavity contains numerous small crustaceans. Figure 7.—The same. Ventral view of a mounted specimen having three caudal cirri; x15: @, female orifice; s, spermatheca; 0, one of the ovaries; #, sper- marian folicles or testes; p, retracted penis and male orifice. Figure 8.—The same. Ventral view of the genital organs of a mature specimen; x 30; d, d, vasa deferentia; 7, seminal vesicle; p, penis exserted; @, female orifice; s, spermatheca or bursa seminalis; 0, cluster of mature eges. Figure 9.—The same. Male genital organs of another specimen with the penis (p) fully exserted; 7, seminal vesicle; x 30. Figure 10.—The same, another specimen. A _ partially profile view of the genital organs; x30; ¢, female orifice; v, vagina; p, penis partly protruded; d, d, vasa deferentia; 7, seminal vesicle. Figure 11.— Bdellowra candida Girard, p. 499. Ventral view of a specimen containing a nearly mature egg-capsule; x6; c, brain and ocelli; h, longitudinal muscles of the sucker; n, one of the longitudinal nerve-trunks; 2’, frontal nerves; 4g, anterior division of the stomach; /, pharynx; 0, 0, ovaries; ca, egg-capsules; u, uterine sac or accessory gland. The large chitinous egg-capsule occupies the entire thickness of the body, no organs appearing over its central part, on either side, except the thin, stretched integument ; its front edge lies above the end of the pharynx, and the vasa deferentia run above its lateral borders. How it is expelled is not known. Figures 1, la, 2, 3, 3a, and 11 were drawn from nature by A. H. Verrill; the rest by the author. PLATE XLIV. Figure 1.—Stylochus frontalis V., p. 465. Ocelli and tentacles of the type-specimen, mounted in balsam; x30; b, b, tentacles retracted; e, e, cerebral clusters; e’, e’, dorsal clusters at base of tentacles; e”, e’, scattered frontal ocelli. Figure 2.—Leptoplana angusta V., p. 485. Ventral view of one of the type-specimens, mounted in balsam; x12; c, brain; f, pharynx; m, mouth; ¢, f, spermarian folicles; d, vas deferens; p, penis and penis-sheath; v, vagina and shell-glands ; s, spermatheca; 9, female orifice; w, uterine sac filled with mature ova. Figure 2a.—The same. Brain and ocelli; x30; c, brain; e, cerebral, and, e’ dorsal clusters. Figure 3.—The same. Reproductive organs of. another mounted specimen; x 20; p, penis; g, penis-bulb and sheath; v, female orifice and ventral portion of vagina ; v’, dorsal portion of vagina; w, u, large oviducts or uterine sacs filled with Mature ova. : 520 3A. E. Verrill—Marine Planarians of New England. Figures 4, 4a.—Trigonoporus folium V., p. 487, Original type-specimen mounted in balsam. 4, ventral view of the genital organs, x 15; ¢, male orifice; p, penis; k, penis-bulb and granular gland; ¢, anterior female orifice in a cup-like depres- sion; v, vagina mutilated; w, w, shell-glands. 4a, dorsal view of the same parts, with the same lettering. and p’, penis-sheath; v’, dorsal portion of vagina; 97, posterior female orifice. i Figure 4b.—The same specimen; e, cerebral ocelli; e’, dorsal ocelli; x 30. Figure 4c.—The same specimen. Part of front margin and marginal ocelli; x 30. Figure 4d.—The same specimen. Mouth and retracted pharynx, ventral view; x10. Figure 5).—The same. Brain and ocelli of a specimen from sta. 134, 1878. Ventral view; x50; c, ¢, cerebral ganglions; e, cerebral ocelli; e dorsal ocelli; n, n, large frontal nerves; g, median anterior gastric branch. Figure 6.—The same. Genital organs of a specimen from sta. 301. Ventral view ; x30; 4, male orifice; p, penis; p’, interior of penis-bulb; qg, | enis-sheath; , granular gland; ¢@, anterior female orifice; 9’, posterior female orifice; v, ven- tral part of vagina; v’, dorsal part of vagina; w, shell-glands; ~, supposed ori- fice of nephridial duct. Figure 7.—The same. Genital organs of a specimen from sta. 182, 1878 Ventral view; x30. Lettering is the same as in fig. 6. Figure 8.— Bdellowra candida Girard, p. 499. A specimen stained with borax-carmine and picric acid and mounted in balsam. New Haven, Oct., 1892, Ventral view; x10; A, posterior sucker; c, c, two cerebral ganglions of the brain, and the ocelli ; c’, main frontal nerves (five pairs are shown, by stippled lines, with a few of their branches); 2, one of the great longitudinal nerve-trunks; 2’, posterior commissure uniting the nerve-trunks, from this part large numbers of branches diverge to the borders of the posterior sucker; nv, one of the several serial transverse commissures uniting the nerve-trunks; 2’, marginal nerve and exterior branchlets; 7, pharynx, retracted; /', its open end; g, anterior median division of the stomach; g’, one of the two main posterior divisions of the stomach; g', one of the transverse lateral gastric branches. (The stomach and its branches are left unshaded for greater clearness; they are usually more deeply colored than the other organs); 0, left ovary; 0’, its duct: y, vitellaria or yolk-glands; x, left accessory female gland or ‘‘uterine sac” and its convoluted duct, going to the female genital organs; p, penis and penis-sheath; 2 ¢, common genital orifice; 7, ¢, testes or spermarian folicles. Figure 8a.—The same. Ventral view of the posterior part of a living specimen com- pressed between glasses; x 20. The gastric branches are distended by the pres- sure and the nervous system is omitted. The lettering is the same as in fig. 8, with the following additions; d, vas deferens of the right side; 7, seminal vesi- cle; v, vagina. Figure 8b.—The same. Side and profile views of an egg-capsule that was attached by both ends; x 8. Figures 2, 3, 4, 4a, 8, 8a, 8b were drawn from nature by A. H. Verrill; the rest by the author, | | : | | | | | IN DEX: Acetic acid precipitate, 83, 88, 94, 99. Acid, hydrofluoric, 158. pepsin-hydrochloric, 37, 79. sulphuric, at 100° C., 93. water at 100° C., 28, 37. Aceela, 460, 507. Acolea, 272. Acotylea, 461. Acrobolbee, 272. Acrobolbus, 272. wilsoni, 272. Acrolejeunea, 264. Acrostolia, 275. pinguis, 275. Actitis macularia, 322, 349. Adams, H. F., 48. Adelanthus, 268. decipiens, 268. falcatus, 268. lindbergianus, 268. magellanicus, 268. Agalena, 197. americana, 197, 199. neevia, 197. potteri, 197. Agalenide, 166, 178, 190, 191. Agalenopsis albipilis, 197. Agouti, 318. Agreeca, 168, 188, 190. erocata, 168, 171. pratensis, 190. Aigrette, 321. Aitonia, 277. cordata, 260. Albumin and sugar, Excretion of, 5. Alcedinide, 329. Aleyones, 529. Alevopora, 212. Alieularia, 272. Allenia montana, 345, 350. Alobiella, 267. Alsophis sibonius, 551, 352. Amaurobius, 183. Amazona augusta, 327, 349. bouqueti, 328, 549. Ameiva fuscata, 399. Amiva major, 392. plei, 392. var. brachiosquamatus, 352. Ammodramus savannarum passerinus, 338. Ammonium sulphate precipitate, 85. Amphibulima patula, 357. tubescens, 308. 'Amylolytic action. | Amphiporide, 386. Amphiporus, 382, 386-389, 412. agilis, 389, 390, 400. angulatus, 382, 388, 389, 590, 392, 393, 404, 439. Amphiporus beringianus, 392. bioculatus, 389, 390, 401. czecus, 389, 390, 402. cruentatus, 389, 390, 399. frontalis, 389, 390, 392, 398. fabricii, 390. glutinosus, 388, 390, 397, 398. griseus, 388, 590, 398. heterosorus, 388, 389, 393. japonicus, 392. lactifloreus, 385, 388, 390, 394, 405. mesosorus, 389, 390, 399. multisorus, 388, 389, 393. neésii, 388. ochraceus, 388, 390, 396, 402. pulcher, 395. roseus, 388, 389, 393, 395. sp., 403. stimpsoni, 582, 590. superbus, 389, 390, 403. tetrasorus, 388, 389, 394. thallius, 389, 590, 403. virescens, 389, 390, 400. Influence on, 60. Analysis of Acetic acid precipitate, 84, 88, 94, 99. Ammonium sulphate precipitate, 32, 85. Casein antipeptone, 101, 103. Deuterocaseose, 91, 94, 95, 97, 99. Deuteroelastose, 28, 33, 34. Deuteromyosinose, 145. Dyspeptone, 69, 71, 73, 74, 75. Elastin, 20, 22, 37. Myosin, 117-132, 140. Precipitate produced by salt-satur- ated acetic acid, 36. Protocaseose, 81, 88, 92, 93. f Protoelastose, 25, 26, 30, 33, 81, 88, 92, 93. Protomyosinose, 145, Sodium chloride precipitate, 35. Urine of a dog, 3, 4, 6, 8, 9, 10, 12, 45, 46, 47. ‘ of a man, 41, 42, 55-58. of a rabbit, 50-52. Anastrophyllum, 271. Anatidz, 320. Androeryphia, 273. 522 Aneura, 275. Aneuree, 275. Anopla, 415, 441. Anolis alliaceus, 355. leachii, 352, 355. Anomoclada, 268. mucosa, 268. Anonymus, 495. Anoplolejeunéa, 264. Anoura multifida, 260. pinnatifida, 260. palmata, 260. pectinata, 260. pinguis, 260. Anous stolidus, 349, 350. Anseres, 320. Anthelia, 268. julacea, 268. Anthoceros, 275. levis, 275. punctatus, 275. vesiculosus, 260. vincentianus, 260. Anthocerotacez, 275. Antifebrin, Influence of, 55, 61, 64. Antimony, Action of, on a fowl, 110- 112; rabbit, 115. Influence of, on the liver, 106. Antipyrin, Influence of, 48, 60, 64. Antoiria, 265. Anura, 350. Anypheena, 166, 185. calearata, 187. incerta, 186, 187, 190. rubra, 186. saltabunda, 187. Aphanostoma, 508, 510. aurantiacum, 509. diversicolor, 509. olivaceum, 510. Aphanostomum, 508. diversicolor, 509. Aphanostomide, 508. Aplozia, 271. Aplozie, 270, 272. Apotomanthus, 272. Arachniopsis, 267. Arbalo, 352. Archilejeunea, 264. Ardea czerulea, 321, 349. candidissima, 321, 349. egretta, 321, 349. herodias, 321, 349. virescens, 321, 349. Ardeidee, 321. Arenaria interpres, 549, Argiope, 245. Ariadne, 201. bicolor, 201. Arnellia, 271. fennica, 271. Arsenic, Action of, on a fowl, 108, 109; rabbit, 110. INDEX. | Arsenic, Influence of, on the liver, 106. _Ascolobia, 263. Askepas, 277. brevipes, 277. Astemma, 442. filiformis, 442. hemispherica, Asterella, 277. | Astia vittata, 2356. _Athalamia, 276. pinguis, 276. Attidee, 220. Attus, 223. audax, 227. binus, 239. capitatus, 228. castaneus, 224. elegans, 235. familiaris, 237. leopardus, 242. militaris, 230. mitratus, 252. mystaceus, 227. niger, 256. palustris, 223, 247. parvus, 228. pulex, 246. quadrilineatus, 259. rufus, 224. superciliosus, 233. sylvestris, 223, 247. tripunctatus, 227. vittatus, 256. Aulopora, 210, 212. subtenius, 212. Balantiopsis, 273. diplophyla, 273. erinacea, 273. Batrachia, 350. Bazzania, 267. bald winii, brighami, 255. cordistipula, 255. deflexa, 255. faleata, 255. integrifolia, minuta, 255. patens, 255. trilobata, 267. Bdellomorpha, 444. | Bdelloura, 499, 501. candida, 499. parasitica, 499. -Bdellouridie, 498. _ Bdellura, 499. parasitica, 499, Bdelluridea, 498. Bécasse, 322. Beecher, Charles E., Symmetrical cell development in the Favositidie, 215. The development of a paleozoie poriferous coral, 207. 250. INDEX. Bellincinia, 265. Bellona exilis, 334, 349. Blake, J. A. See Chittenden, Blacicus brunneicapillus, 336, 349. Blasia, 274. pusilla, 262, 27 Blepharidophyllum, 269. Blepharostoma, 268. palmatum, 268. trichophyllum, 268. Blepharozia, 265. Blind worm, 351. Blue jay, 346. Blyttia, 274. Boa, 351. diviniloquax, 351. Boidee, 351. Bonasa umbellus, 324. Borlasia, 417, 418. . alba, 394. octoculata, 423. olivacea, 419. Boschia, 278. weddellii, 278. Brachiolejeunea, 264. Bryolejeunea, 264. Bryopteris, 264. Buteo lastissimus, 325, 349. pennsylvanicus, 325 Butorides virescens, 321. Bulimulide, 356. Bulimulus exilis, 357. laticinctus, 356, 358. multifasciatus, 356. nichollsii, 357. Cesia, 272. Caffein and thein, 63, 65. Calbasco, 329. Calliethera, 222. scenica, 238. Calobryum, 273. blumii, 273. Calycularia, 273. Calypogeia, 268, 273 baldwinii, 256. bidentula, 256. bifurea, 256. ericetorum, 273. flagellifera, 273. Candollea, 264, 269, 270. Carinella, 445. Carinellide, 443. Carinina, 448. grata, 443. Carpolipum, 275. Caseoses, 78, 79, 90, 93, 96. casein dyspeptone, and casein pep- tone. R. H. Chittenden, 66. Casein, 76. antialbumid, 77 antipeptone, 101, 103. dyspeptone, 66. peptone, 66, 90-92, 100. TRANS. Conn. AcapD., Vou. VIII. Or NG Co Castianeira, 169. bivittata, 169, 170, 171, Cavendishia, 265. Cell development in the Favositide, 215. Cenobita diogenes, 553. Cephalothricide, 442. Cephalothrix, 442. bioculata, 442. filiformis, 442. linearis, 442, | Cephalozia, 267. multiflora, 256. | sandvicensis, 256. | Cephaloziella, 267. _ Ceratolejeunea, 264. | Cerebratulus, 384, 416, 417, 427, 452, 487. angulatus, 438, 439. fragilis, 438. fuscescens, 438. fuscus, 435, 438. grandis, 458. lacteus, 433, 436. leidyi, 436. lizzie, 436. luridus, 417, 482, 440. medullatus, 441. pocohontas, 436. roseus, 436. rubra, 437. sp., 438. striolenta, 456. truncatus, 427. | Certhiola dominicana, 340. | Ceryle aleyon, 529, 349. Cesia, 272. Cheetocolea, 266. Cheetopsis, 268. | Cheetura dominicana, 330, 549. poliura, 330. | Chameceros, 275. | Chameepelia passerina, 324. Chameleon, 352. | Chandonanthus, 268. setiformis, 268. squarrosa, 268. “Charadrius dominicus, 549, 350. | Chascostoma, 272. Chat, 348. | _Cheilolejennea, 264. ! Chelonia, 352. Cheweck, 357. tetlong, 540. Chiloscyphus, 270. polyanthos, 270 Chiracanthium, 166, 184. viride, 184. Chittenden, R. H., Influence of urethan, paraldehyde, antipyrin, and antife- brin on proteid metabolism, 39. and Blake, J. A. Some experi- ments on the influence of arsenic and antimony on glycogenic function and fatty degeneration of the liver, 106. 68 JANUARY, 1893. Chittenden, R. H., Cummins, G. W., Nature and chemical composition of the myosin of muscle tissue, 115. Hart, Horace S., Elastin and elas- tose bodies, 19. Joslin, E. P. and Meara, F. S., On the ferments contained in the juice INDEX. | Coelotes, hybridus, 193. longitarsus, 192, 193. medicinalis, 191. montanus, 192. | Coereba dominicana, 340, 344, 349. Coerebidee, 340. Coleochila, 270. of the pineapple (Ananassa sativa), | Cololejeunea, 264. together with some observations on | Columbee, 328. the composition and proteolytic action Columba corensis, 323, 349. of the juice, 281. | leucocephala, 323, 349. Kiihne, W., Myosinoses, 139. | Columbidee, 323. Lambert, A., Some experiments on Columbigallina passerina, 324, 349. the physiological action of uranium | Columbride, dol. salts, 1. |Columnopora, 212. Norris, Charles, Jr., Relative ab- Colura, 263. sorption of nickel and cobalt, 148. | Colurolejeunea, 264. Stewart, C. W., Influence of several | Conner, L. A., 66. new therapeutic agents on amylolytic | Conocephalus, 276. and proteolytic action, 60. Chomiocarpon, 276. Chonanthelia, 263. Chrysotis augusta, 327. bouqueti, 328. cyanopis, 328. nichollsi, 328. versicolor, 328. Ciceroo, 327. CGichlherminia dominicensis, 541, 390. fuscata densirostris, 346, 350. Cicurina, 194. complicata, 195. Cincinnulus, 268. Cinclocerthia ruficauda, 343, 348, 350. Ciniflonide, 178. Cladochonus, 210. Clasmatocolea, 269. Cleistopora geometrica, 215. Clevea, 276. hyalina, 276. Clubiona, 166, 178, 179, 185. abbottii, 182. canadensis, 181. crassipalpis, 180. excepta, 183. minuta, 181. mixta, 180. ornata, 183. pallens, 166, 183. pusilla, 181. rubra, 181, 182. saltabunda, 166, 187. tibialis, 180. Cobalt and nickel, Relative absorption of, 148. Coceyges, 329. Coceyzus americanus, 329. minor, 329, 349. seniculus, 329. Codonia, 273. Coelocaulez, 271. Coelotes, 191, 193, 194, 195, 197, 346, | conicus, 276. japonicus, 276, | Convoluta, 508. Coral, paleozoic poriferous, 207. | Cordzea, 274. | Coriarachne, 567. depressa, 367. versicolor, 367. Corsinia, 278. marchantioides, 278. | Cosmocephala, 387, 389, 392. beringiana, 392. japonica, 592. ochracea, 396. _Cotylea, 494. Coucoumioe, 529. Coulaveecou, 529. | Crab, 353. | Hermit, 395. Land, 353. | Crab-eater, 322. Black, 521. | Crabe, 353. Crabier, 322. | Black, 321. Green, 321. noir, 321. Crak erak, 354. | Crapaud, 390. | Crawfish, 353. Crazy Crazy, 330. Blue, 333. long-head, 331. Crossotolejeunea, 264. Cryptocarpus, 278. Cryptocelis, 487. Cryptomitrium, 277. tenerum, 277. Cuckoo, 829. yellow-billed, 329. Cuculidee, 329. Cummins, G. Wyckoff. See Chittenden. Cyanocitta cristata, 346. Cyathodium, 277. INDEX. Cyathodium, cavernosum, 277. Cyclophoridee, 558. Cyclophorus (Amphicyelotus) amethyst- inus, 358. Cypseloides niger, 330, 349. Cyrba pulex, 246. Cystignathidee, 350. Dendroceros, 275. clintoni, 260. Dendroceela, 459, 460. Dendroica estiva, 341. melanoptera, 341. petechia, 341. melanoptera, 341, 345, 349. plumbea, 342, 350. ° virens, 390. Dendrolejeunea, 264. Dendryphantes, 222. estivalis, 220, 222, capitatus, 228. elegans, 233. militaris, 220, 222, 229, 230 montanus, 222, 229. Deuteroelastose, 27, 31, 37. Deuteromyosinose, 144. Diablotin, 520. Diastaloba, 263. Dichilus, 389. Dichiton, 272. perpusillum, 272. Dicranolejeunea, 264. Diemyctylus virescens, 310. Digonopora, 460, 461, 497. Dilzena, 274. Dinophilide of New England, Verrill, 457. Dinophilus, 457. gyrociliatus, 458. pygmeus, 457. simplex, 457, 458. Diplasiolejeunea, 264. Diploleena, 274. Diplomitrium, 274. Diplophyllum, 269. albicans, 256, 269. Diploscyphus, 269. borneensis, 269. Discocelis, 492. mutabilis, 493. Dockendorff, J. E., 44. Dolomedes, 379. Dominica Island, Fauna of, 315. Dove, Ground, 324. Drasside, 166, 178, 190, 220. Drassus, 167, 178. lapidosus, 178. robustus, 179. saccatus, 178, 179. troglodytes, 178. variegatus, 174, 175. Drepanolejeunea, 264. Drepanophoridz, 386, 415. 228. Drepanophorus, 386, 415. lankesteri, 415. Drummer, 394. Dumortiera, 277. hirsuta, 260, nepalensis, 260. trichocephala, 260. Duriza, 278 Duvalia, 276. Dysdera, 185, 201. cerocata, 201. interrita, 200, 201. rubicunda, 201. Dysderide, 166, 200. | Dyspeptones, 76. 277. | Ebo, 377. latithorax, 377. | Echinogyna, 275. | Ege-albumen, 133. Elenea pagana martinica, 337, 349. | Elainea martinica, 337. | Elasmodes, 477, 486, 496. gracilis, 496. | Elastin, 37. | and the elastose bodies. R. H. Chittenden and Horace S. Hart, 19. decomposition of, 23. digestion of, 29, 54. preparation of, 19. | Emerton, J. H., New England spiders of | the family Attide, 220. Drasside, Agalenide and Dysder- ide, 166. Thomisidz, 359. Empidonax minimus, 337. Emplectonema, 412. camillea, 413. giganteum, 415. gracilis, 415. neésii, 413. Enopla, 385, 442, 446. Epeiridee, 220. Epiblemum, 222. faustum, 238. palmarum, 232. scenicum, 222, 238. Ereunetes petrificatus, 322. pusillus, 322, 349, 390. Ergane splendens, 244. Etching a sphere and crystals of quartz with hydrofluoric acid, Results ob- tained by, Dr. Otto Meyer and S. L. Penfield, 158. | Kucalyx, 272. | Eucephalozia, 267. Euetheia bicolor, 338, 349. Eulampis holosericeus, 331, 349. jugularis, 330, 349. | Eulejeunea, 264. | Eunardia, 272. | Euophrys, 223. cruciatus, 241. 526 Euophrys, monadnock, 223, 241. Euosmolejeunea, 264. Euphonia flavifrons, 339, 349. Eurylepta, 495. maculosa, 495. Euryleptidee, 495. Eustylochus, 462, 467. ellipticus, 467, 473, 474. Evans, A. W., An arrangement of the genera of Hepaticie, 262. A provisional list of the Hepaticz of the Hawaiian Islands, 253. Exormotheca, 276. Falco caribbearum, 326, 349. columbarius, 325, 349. sparverius, 326. Falconid, 325. Farrington, Oliver C., The nephrostomes of Rana, 309. Fasciola, 275. angulata, 390. candida, 404. rosea, 399. Favosites, 209, 210, 211, 215, 216, 218. forbesi, var. occidentalis, 210. Favositid, cell development in, 215. Fegatella, 276. Ferments contained in the juice of the pineapple, 281. Fibrin, 133. Fibrinogen, 155. Fimbriaria, 276. innovans, 260. tenella, 276. Fish hawk, 326. Flycatcher, 536. Fossombronia, 275. pusilla, 273. Fossombroniee, 275. Fou Fou, 380. bequar, 354. bleu, 333. mardet, 330. téte-longue, 331. Fovia, 503. affinis, 504. var. grisea, 505. var. warreni, 505. grisea, 504, littoralis, 504. warreni, 504, 505. Fregata aquila, 320, 349. Fregatidee, 820. Fringillide, 337. Frullania, 263. apiculata, 253. arietina, 253. explicata, 253. hutchinsie, 253. hypoleuca, 253. kunzei, 253. piligera, 253. INDEX. Frullania, sandvicensis, 253. squarrosa, 253. Frullaniz, 263. Frullaniex, 263. Gaulin, Black, 321. Night, 322. White, 321. Gecarcinus lateralis, 353. ruricola, 353. Gecko, 351. Geckonide, 351. Geocalyx, 269. graveolens, 269. Geotrecha, 168. bivittata, 169. crocata, 171. pinnata, 170. Geotrygon montana, 324, 349. mystacea, 325, 349. Gnaphosa, 175, 178. brumalis, 166, 175. conspersa, 166, 173, 175, 176. gigantea, 176. scudderi, 166, 175, Gobe-mouche, 336. Gongylanthus, 273. Gordius fragilis, 438. Gottschea, 271. Grimaldia, 276. barbifrons, 276. rupestris, 276. Grive, 345, 346. Grivette, 345. Grosbeak, 339. Grosbec, 339. Grosse grive, 346. Ground dove, 324. Gru gru worm, 354. Gue Gue, 325, 326. Gunda, 504. | Gymnanthe, 272, 273. | bolanderi, 256. | saccata, 272. Gymnanthes, 272. ; Gymnocephala, 441. Gymnocephalide, 441. Gymnocolea, 271. . Gymnomitrium, 272. | concinnatum, 272. Gymnoseyphus, 271. ; repens, 271. Habrocestum, 223. peregrinum, 225, 245. splendens, 223, 244. Hahnia, 195. bimaculata, 196. cinerea, 197. radula, 196. Haplomitrium, 273. Harpalejeunea, 264. Harpanthus, 270. — Harpanthus, flotovianus, 270. scutatus, 270. Harporhynchus rufus, 343, 346. Hart, Horace S. See Chittenden. Hasarius, 223. hoyi, 223, 248. Hawk, Fish, 326. Mountain, 325. Hecate elegans, 406. Helicide, 356. Helicina antillarum, 358. epistilia, 357. fasciata, 358. rhodostoma, 357, 358. velutina, 357. Helicinide, 357. Helix (Dentellaria) badia, 356. dentiens, 358. josephine, 356. nigrescens, 396. Hepatica, 276. Hepaticz, genera of, 262. of the Hawaiian Islands, 253. Herberta, 266. adunea, 266. sanguinea, 255. Hercules beetle, 354. Hermit crab, 353. Herodiones, 321. Herpetium, 267. Herpocladium, 267. Herpyllus, 166, 168. alarius, 189. ater, 166, 172. auratus, 167. bilineatus, 166, 175. conarius, 168. crocatus, 166, 168, 171. eruciger, 168. descriptus, 166, 168, 171. ecclesiasticus, 166, 173. longipalpus, 168. marmoratus, 168. ornatus, 168. pareus, 188. trilineatus, 168, 170. variegatus, 166, 174. zonarius, 170. Heterostylochus, 462, 467, 468. maculatus, 468, 469. Hirondelle, 330, 340. Hirundinide, 340. Holocephala, 441. Holostip, 264. Homalolejeunea, 264. Homotropantha, 265. Hoplonemertea, 385. Hoplonemertini, 385. Horn-bug, 354. House wren, 344. Hyalonemertes, 446, 451. atlantica, 451. Hygrobiella, 267. INDEX. , Hygrobiella, laxifolia, 267. myriocarpa, 267. nevicensis, 267. Hygrolejeunea, 264. Hylodes martinicensis, 351. Hymenophyton, 274. | Hypenantron, 276. “Teius, 222. elegans, 222, 253. formicarius, 222, 255. hartii, 222, 235. lineatus, 239. mitratus, 222, 232. | palmarum, 222, 252. | tibialis, 235. Iguana, 351. delicatissima, 351. Iguanide, 351. Imogine, 475. oculifera, 475. Tonornis martinica, 322, 349. Tsotachis, 266. Jaco, 339. Joslin, E. P. See Chittenden. Jubula, 263. hutchinsiz, 263. piligera, 253, 263. Jubulotypus, 263. Jungermannia, 265, 267, 268, 269, 271. albicans, 296. anomala, 270. eallithrix, 259. caudifera, 256. coriacea, 258. esenbeckii, 258. lucens, 258. lurida, 258. macrophylla, 258. mauli, 259. minuta, 259. nana, 258. piligera, 258. pulchella, 271. quadrifida, 271. rigida, 258. robusta, 258. sandvicensis, 256. subulata, 258. taylori, 258, 270. Jungermanniz, 267-270, 272. Jungermanniacee, 263. Jungermannier, 269. Kantia, 268. baldwinii, 256. bidentula, 256. bifurca, 256. _ trichomanis, 268. Kialee, 321. Killee Killee, 325, 326. Kiihne, W. See Chittenden. 528 La belle, 354. gotet, 336. Lacertilia, 351. Lambert, Alexander. Land erab, 353. Laride, 319. Leiomitra, 265. capillata, 265. tomentosa, 265, Leioscyphus, 270. Lejeunea, 263. albicans, 204. alcina, 253. anderssonii, 254. calearea, 264. calyptrata, 254. calyptrifolia, 254. cancellata, 254. ceratocarpa, 254. cucullata, 254, elongata, 253. gibbosa, 253. hillebrandii, 254. mannii, 253. obcordata, 254. oculata, 254. owaihiensis, 254. pacifica, 254. sandvicensis, 203, 254. serpyllifolia, 264. stenoschiza, 254. subligulata, 254. ungulata, 254. Lembidium, 266. dendroides, 266. nutans, 266. ventrosum, 266. Leodes striolenta, 436. Leperoma, 266. Lepicolea, 266. ochroleuca, 266. pruinosa, 266. scolopendra, 266. Lepidolena, 266. clavigera, 266. menziesii, 266. palpebrifolia, 266. Lepidozia, 267. filipendula, 255. reptans, 256, 267. sandvicensis, 250. succida, 267. Lepidoziex, 266. Leptinaria lamellata, 358. Leptodactylus pentadactylus, 350. Leptolejeunea, 264. Leptoplana, 477, 494. angusta, 485. drébachiensis, 482. ellipsoides, 482, 488. folium, 487. variabilis, 480, 484. virilis, 478. See Chittenden. INDEX. Leptoplanide, 475, 494. Leptoseyphus, 270. fragilifolius, 270. | Lethocolea, 272. | Lichenodes, 278. | Lindigia, 272. Lindigina, 272. granatensis, 272. | liebmanniana, 272. | Lineus, 382, 417, 432, 4383, 441. arenicola, 425. bicolor, 426. communis, 424. dubius, 426. gesserensis, 419, 422, 424. lacteus, 433, 436. longissimus, 418. marinus, 418. pallidus, 425. rubra, 422. sanguineus, 422, 423, 424. | socialis, 384, 424. truncatus, 427. | viridis, 417, 418, 425, 427, 429, 4389. var. fuscus, 420. var. obscurus, 420. var. olivaceus, 420. var. rufus, 420. Lineide, 417. Linyphia, 191. Limicolz, 322. | Liochlena, 270. lanceolata, 270. Liver, Influence of antimony and arsenic | on glycogenic function and fatty de- | generation of the, R. H. Chittenden | and J. A. Blake, 106. | Longipennes, 319. | Lophocolea, 269. | beecheyana, 256. bidentata, 256, 269. breutelii, 256. columbiea, 256. connata, 256. gaudichaudii, 256. heterophylla, 269. martiana, 256. orbigniana, 256. spinosa, 206. Lopholejeunea, 264. Lophozia, 271. | Loxigilla noctis, 337. | selateri, 337, 349. Lycosa, 190, 379. | Lycosidee, 166, 220. | Lunularia, 277. | vulgaris, | Lunulariez, 2 | Mabuia agilis, 355. nigropunctata, 352, 355. cepedei, 352. dominicana, 355. Macaria, 167. Macrochires, 330. Macrolejeunea, 264. Macronemertes, 412. gigantea, 413. Madotheea, 265. levigata, 254. ligulifera, 254. Madreporariaperforata, 212. Meevia, 228. pencillata, 236. vittata, 223, 236. Malacobdella, 444. grossa, 445. mercenaria, 445. obesa, 444. Malacobdellidee, 444. Malfeenee, 325. Manacou, 318. Marchantia, 260, 275. erenata, 260. disjuncta, 260. innovans, 260. polymorpha, 260, 275. Marchantiacex, 275. Marchantiez, 275. Marchesinia, 263. Margarops densirostris, 346. dominicensis, 346. herminieri, 346. montanus, 345, Marpissa, 222. Marptusa, 222. familiaris, 222, 257. Marsupella, 271. emarginata, 271. _ sphacelata, 271. Marsupia, 271. knightii, 273. orvilleanum, 273. setulosum, 275. . Marsupidium, 273. Martinellia, 264, 269, 270. Masong, 337. Mastigobryum, 267. brighami, 255. cordistipulum, 255. deflexum, 255. faleatum, 255. integrifolium, 255. minutum, 255. parvistipulum, 255. patens, 255. Mastigolejeunea, 264. Mastigophora, 266. gracilis, 255. woodsii, 266. Meara, F. S. See Chittenden. Meckelia, 417, 482. fragilis, 433. "ingens, 435. lactea, 433. lizzie, 453. INDEX 529 | Meckelia, lurida, 440. olivacea, 438. pocohontas, 436. rosea, 436. serpentaria, 488. Mecynostoma, 510. Menemerus, 222. binus, 222, 239. lineatus, 222, 239. paykullii, 239. | Mesophylla, 272. Metabolism, proteid, Influence of Ure- than, Paraldehyde, Antipyrin, and An- | tifebrin on, R. H. Chittenden, 39. Meteoriopsis, 263. | Metzgeria, 275. dichotoma, 260. fureata, 275. pubescens, 275. Metzgeriezx, 275. Meyer, Dr. Otto, and Penfield, 8S. L., Results obtained by etching a sphere and crystals of quartz with hydro- fluoric acid, 158. | Miearia, 167. longipes, 167, 168. montana, 168. Micariosoma, 1838. Michelinia, 207, 209, 211, 215, 218. convexa, 216, 218. lenticularis, 207. Microlejeunea, 264. Micrommata, 379. Micropodide, 330. Micropterygium, 266. Micrura, 416, 417, 482, 483, 441. affinis, 428. albida, 431. dorsalis, 429. fusca, 428, 435. inornata, 431. rubra, 450. Mimocichla albiventris, 347. ardesiaca, 347. albiventris, 347. plumbea, 348. rubripes, 348. verrillorum, 347, 350. , Misumena aleatoria, 369. | asperata, 370. foliata, 370. georgiana, 370). oblonga, 371. vatia, 368. Mittenia, 274. Mniopsis, 275. Mniotiltide, 341. Monoclea, 274.. forsteri, 274. gottschei, 274. Monoclee, 274. Monogonopora, 461, 497. 'Monoselenium, 277. 530 Morckia, 274. Morvy, 341, 346. Mountain hawk, 325. whistler, 344. Myadestes dominicanus, 344, 350. Mygalide, 200. Myiadestes genibarbis, 344. Myiarchus crinitus, 336. erythrocercus, 336. oberi, 336. sp., 336. tyrannulus, 336. oberi, 336, 349. Mylia, 270. taylori, 258. Myosin, 116, 118, 121, 126, 127, 188, 134, 137, 140. Myosin of muscle tissue, Nature and chemical composition of, R. H. Chit- tenden and C. W. Cummins, 115. Myosinoses, W. Kiihne and R. H. Chit- tenden, 1389. Myriocolea, 264. irrorata, 264. Myriorrhynchus, 278. fimbriatus, 278. Mytilopsis, 266. Nardia, 271. callithrix, 259. exserta, 259. mauii, 259. Nareda, 389, 403. superba, 403. Naredopsis, 389. Nectonemertes, 446, 447. mirabilis, 447. Nectonemertidz, 446. Nemerteans, Marine, of New England and adjacent waters, A. E. Verrill, 382. Nemertes, 388, 400, 402, affinis, 428. lactiflorea, 594. mandilla, 394. obseura, 418. (Borlasia) octoculata, 428. olivacea, 418. pulchra, 395. quadrioculata, 404. (Borlasia) rufifrons, 442. sanguinea, 423. socialis, 424. sp., 400, 402. vermiculus, 407, viridis, 419. Nemertina, 384. Nemertinea, 384. Neon, 228. nellii, 224, 240. Nephrostomes of Rana, O. C. Farring- | ton, 309. Neritidee, 357, 404, 412, 417. New England Attide, 220. _Opheomorphus juliz, 351, 352. | Oxyptila, 366. | Paleeonemertea, 441. INDEX. Neritina punctulata, 357, 358. Neurolejeunea, 264. Drassidee, Agalenidze, and Dysder- idee, 166. Thomiside, 359. Nickel and cobalt, Relative absorption of, 148. Nightingale, 343. Nonnette, 325. Norris, Charles, Jr., 78, 100. See Chittenden. Noteroclada, 273. Notoceridez, 462. Notoscyphus, 270. Notospermus, 417. Notothylas, 275. orbicularis, 275. Nyctiardea violacea, 322. Nycticorax nzvius, 522. violaceus, 522, 349. ra Ocyale, 379. Odontolejeunea, 264. Odontoschisma, 267. sandvicensis, 206. sphagni, 267. subjulacea, 256. CErstedia, 404. maculata, 409. vittata, 411. Officer bird, 348. Omatoplea, 387. alba, 394. mutabilis, 394. pulchra, 395. rosea, 394, 395. stimpsonii, 590, 392. Ommatoplea, 387, 388. pulchra, 395. Omphalanthus, 263. Omphalolejeunea, 264. Ophidia, #51. Ophionemertes, 387, 589. agilis, 400. Opossum, 318. Orthorhynchus exilis, 334. Ortolan, 324. Osprey, 325. Otigoniolejeunea, 264. Otiona, 277. Owl, 317, 326. Oxymitra, 278. cinerea, 366. Paleemon jamaicensis, 353. Paleeomertina, 441. Paleeonemertini, 441. Pallavicinia, 274. baldwinii, 259, rt) INDEX. 531 Pallavicinia eylindrica, 259, lyellii, 274, Paludicole, 322, Pandion haliztus, 326. carolinensis, 326, 349, Pa-pia, 342. Paraglobulin, 133. Paraldehyde, 62, 64. Influence of, 59, 44, Parrot, 328, 339. Partridge, Black, 324, Crescent, 325. Red, 324, Passeres, 335. Pedinophyllum, 270. Pelagonemertes, 446. Pelecanid, 320, Pelecanus fuscus, 320, 349. Pellenes nigriceps, 244, Pellia, 274, epiphylla, 274. Peltolejeunea, 264. Peltolepsis, 276, grandis, 276. Penfield, Samuel L, See Meyer, Penwe, 337, Pepsin-hydrochloric acid, 29, 37, 79. Perdrix keesong, 325. noire, 324. rouge, 324. Perforata, 210. Peritch, 339. Perroquet, 328. Perro-vanter, 347, Petalophyllum, 278. ralfsii, 273. Phaéthon flavirostris, 320, 349, Phaéthontide, 320. Phagocata, 498, 503. Phagocatide, 503. Phidippus, 221. albomaculatus, 2277. auctus, 224, Tunnens, 222, 295. galatea, 227. morsitans, 227, multiformis, 224. mystaceus, 222, 297. purpuratus, 227, Tuber, 222, 224 296. Tufus, 222, 224 996. tripunctatus, 222, 227. Philzeus militaris, 230, Philodromine, 359. Philodromus, 372. bidentatus, 375. brevis, 375, lineatus, 374, minusculus, 374, ornatus, 374. pictus, 373. placidus, 374, praelustris, 372. TRANS. Conn. AcaD., Vou. VIII. Philodromus, robustus, 376, rufus, 373. Signifer, 372. vulgaris, 372. Phlegra leopardus, 223, 242, Phonipara bicolor, 338, omissa, 338. Phragmicoma, 263. elongata, 253, sandvicensis, 253. subsquarrossa, 253. Phrurolithus, 188. alarius, 188, 189, pugnatus, 188. ysiotium, 265, cochleariforme, 255, conchefolium, 255. sphagnoides, 255. subinflatum, 255, | Pigafettoa, 268. crenulata, 268, Pineapple, Ferments contained in the juice of, 281, Pipiree, 335. | Plagiochasma, 277. cordata, 260. | Plagiochila, 264, 270, acutiuscula, 257. adiantoides, 257. asplenoides, 270. baldwinii, 257. biserialis, 257. brauniana, 257. deflexa, 257, deltoidea, 257, eatoni, 257. fissidentoides, 257. flava, 257. frondescens, 257, gaudichandii, 257, gracillima, 256, oppositifolia, 257. Owaihiensis, 257. patens, 257. patula, 257. simplex, 256. tenuis, 257, Planaria angulata, 390, 392, 439, 500. | affinis, 504, l candida, 404, 405. dorsalis, 409, filiformis, 449. | frequens, 506, | fusca, 438, 439, | Sesserensis, 418. grisea, 504, 505. | lactiflorea, 394, limuli, 499, linearis, 442, littoralis, 504, | octoculata, 423, quadrioculata, 404, | rosea, 395, 69 JANUARY, 1893. 532 Planaria sanguinea, 423. ulvee, 506. viridis, 418. INDEX. / | Prawn, 353. Preissia, 276. commutata, 276. Planarians, marine, of New England, A. | Prionolobus, 267. K. Verrill, 459. Planaridee, 503. Planocera, 471, 474. elliptica, 467, 471. nebulosa, 472. Planoceride, 462, 494. Planoceropsis, 471. Plantain-eater, 337. Platylejeunea, 264. Pleuranthe, 270. Pleuroclada, 268. albescens, 268. islandica, 268. Pleurodictyum, 207, 211. lenticulare, 207, 215. problematicum, 211. Pleuroschisma, 267. Pleuroschismotypus, 267. Pleurozia, 265. cochleariformis, 255, 265. concheefolia, 255. gigantea, 259. subinflata, 255. Podanthe, 272. Podanthes, 272. Podomitrium, 274. phyllanthus, 274. Peecilochroa, 174. bilineata, 175. montana, 175. variegata, 174. Polia, 387, 404. mandilla, 394. obseura, 419. vermiculus, 407. Polina, 387, 388. glutinosa, 397. grisea, 398. Polycelis, 477, 482. mutabilis, 493. Polycheerus, 510. caudatus, 511. Polycladidea, 460, 461, 501. Polyotus, 266. Polyscelis variabilis, 480. Polystemma, 387, 388. pulchrum, 388, 395. roseum, 388, 395. Porella, 265. hawaiiensis, 254. leevigata, 254. porella, 265. Porphyrio martinicus, 322. Poseidon, 417. affinis, 428. Potamolejeunea, 264. Poule deau, 322. Prasanthus, 272. suecicum, 272. 'Prionolejeunea, 264. Procellariide, 320. Procerodes, 506. frequens, 506. ulvee, 506. | wheatlandii, 506. Progne dominicensis, 340, 349, Prosthesima, 169, 172, 174. atra, 172. depressa, 173. ecclesiastica, 172, 173. funesta, 172. melancholica, 166, 172. propinqua, 173. Prosthiostomide, 496. Prosthiostomum, 496. | gracile, 496. _Proteid metabolism, Influence on, 2, 39. | Proteolytic action, 60, 638, 281, 286, 306. _Protocephalozia, 267. | Protoelastose, 25, 29, 37. | Protomyosinose, 142. Pseudoneura, 275. | Pseudotelphusa dentata, 317, 353. tenuipes, 353. | Psiloclada, 270. clandestina, 270. | Psittaci, 327. | Psittacide, 327. | Pteropsiella, 267. Ptilidieze, 265. Ptilidium, 265. | ciliare, 265. | Ptychanthus, 264. | Ptycholejunea, 264. Pyenolejeunea, 264. | Pycnoscenus, 278. | Pylarus bicolor, 201. Pythonissa, 177. imbecilla, 176, 177. Quartz, Etching a sphere and crystal of, Radula, 264, 269, 270. complanata, 264. javanica, 254. mannii, 254. reflexa, 254. xalapensis, 254. Radulze, 265. Radulotypus, 264. Rallidee, 322. Ramier, 3238. Black, 323. White-headed, 323. | Rana catesbiana, 310. virescens, 310. Nephrostomes of, 309. Raptores, 325. Reboulia, 277. Renieria rubra, 436, 437. Reptilia, 351. Rhabdoceela, 460. Rhacotheca, 277. azorica, 277. Rhagadocephala, 416, 442. Rhopalanthus, 273. mnioides, 273. Rhynchodemus sylvaticus, 498. Riceardia, 175. Riccia, 278. fimbriata, Ricciacew, 278. Ricciex, 278. Ricciella, 278. Ricciocarpus, 278. Richardia, 275. Riella, 278. Ringdove, 323. Robin, 337. Reemeria, 2795. Romingeria, 210, 212, 218. Rosingnole, 343. Runcinia brendellii, 369. Rupinia, 278. 278. Saccogyna, 269. australis, 269. bolanderi, 256. jugata, 269. viticulosa, 269. Saccogyneze, 268. Saitis, 223. pulex, 228, 246. x-notata, 246. Saltator albicollis, 339. guadelupensis, 339, 349. Salticus, 224. ephippiatus, 224, 249. scenicus, 238. Sandea, 276. supradecomposita, 276. Sarcomitrium, 275, Sarcoscyphus, 271. Sauteria, 276. alpina, 276. Sayornis phoebe, 3537. Sealia, 273. hookeri, 273. Scapania, 264, 269. chloroleuca, 269. densifolia, 269. nemorosa, 206, 269, oakesii, 256. planifolia, 256. undulata, 256, 269. Seapaniz, 269. Schisma, 266. Schistocalyx, 269. Schistochila, 271. Schizonemertea, 416. INDEX. Schi Schi Scin Seiu Schizonemertina, 442. zonemertini, 416. zostipe, 264. cidee, 352. Scolopacide, 322. | Scopulina, 274. rus noveboracensis, 343. Sendtnera, 266. gracilis, 259. juniperina var. sanguinea, 209. tristicha, 259. Serpentaria, 452. fragilis, 488. Setophaga ruticilla, 348, 350. | Shawah, 326. | Siffleur montagne, 344. Skink, 352. Snake, 301. | Snipe, 322. | Sojer, 353. | Soldier, 353. Soleil coucher, 356. | Solenostoma, 272. Southbya, 271. Sparrow, Chipping, 3845. Yellow-winged, 338. Spheerocarpeex, 278. Spheerocarpus, 278. terrestris, 278. Spheerodactylus copii, 355, oxyrhinus, 301, 355. Sphagneecetis, 267. sandvicensis, 296. Sphenolobus, 269, 271. Spiders of New England, 166, 220, 359. Spinus tristis, 343. Spiz ella socialis, 345. Spongodes, 278. Sprucella, 267. Stea succida, 267. toda marmorata, 194. Steetzia, 274. baldwinii, 259. cylindrica, 259. Steganopodes, 320. Stenogyra octona, 357, 358. Stenogyridx, 557. Sterna anezthetus, 349. | | | | antillarum, 349. dougalli, 349. fuliginosa, 319, 349. Stewart, C. W. See Chittenden. | Stictolejeunea, 264. | Striatopora, 209, 211. | Strigidee, 326. | Strix flammea nigrescens, 31 | Stylochide, 462. | Stylochoplana maculata, 468. | Stylochopsis, 462. | |Styl littoralis, 467. zebra, 463. ochus, 462, 467, 471, 474. crassus, 466. v 33 7, 326, 349. 534 Stylochus frontalis, 465. littoralis, 467, 471. maculatus, 467, 469. zebra, 463. Succinea approximans, 358. Sucrier, 340, 344. Sugar and Albumin, Excretion of, Sugarmaker, 540. Sulphate, Thallin, 62, 65. Sulphurie acid, 93-95. Sunset bird, 336. Surique, 353 Swallow, 330, 340. Sykorea, 269. Symphyogyna, 274. semi-involucrata, 260. Symphyomitra, 271. Synageles, 224. picata, 224, 25 Synemosyna, aa ephippiata, 249. formica, 224, 248. picata, 250, Synhymenium, 277. Syringopora, 210, 212. Syzygiella, 271. Tanagride, 339. Targionia, 277. hypophylla, 277. Targioniez, 277. Taxilejeunea, 264. Taylor, H. C., 538. Teeteen, 341. Tegenaria, 183, 191, 193, 195. brevis, 194. civilis, 193. derhamii, 193. domestica, 193. medicinalis, 191, 192, 193. Teiidee, 352. Temnoma, 271. Tessellina, 278. pyramidata, 278. Testudinide, 352. Testudo tabulata, 352. Tetlong, Cheweck, 340. Fou Fou, 331. Tetrastemma, 382, 386, 401, 404. agricola, 404. arenicola, 425. candida, 405. candidum, 404, 405. dorsale, 409. var. marmoratum, 410. var. unicolor, 410. dorsalis, 409. elegans, 406. fuscum, 409. groenlandicum, 405, marmoratum, 409. roseum, 412. varicolor, 404. INDEX. | Tetrastemma variegatum, 409. vermicula, 407. vermiculus, 407. var. catenulatum, 408. vittatum, 411, 412. Tetrastemmidee, 586. Thallin sulphate, 62, 65. Thallocarpus, 278. curtisii, 278. | Thalurania bicolor, 3381, 3338, 349. | wagleri, 333. |Thanatus, 379. coloradensis, 379. lycosoides, 379. Thecadactylus rapicauda, 355. Thein and caffein, 63, 65. Therapeutic agents on amylolytic and | proteolytic action, Influence of several new, R. H. Chittenden and C. W. Stewart, 60. | Theridide, 221. | Thomisidee, 359. Thomisine, 359. | Thomisus aleatorius, 369. | asperatus, 370. caudatus, 376. | duttonii, 378. fartus, 368. ferox, 360. vulgaris, d72. Nene ce Brown, 343. | Thricolea, § 265, Thrush, Brown, 343, 346. Large, 346. Small, 345. Wood, 346. Thryothorus rufescens, 348, 350. Thyopsiella, 263. | Thysananthus, 264. | Thysanolejeunea, 264. _Tibellus, 378. duttonii, 378. | “Tinnunculus caribbeearum, 326. sparverius antillarum, 326. | Tmarus, 376. | caudatus, 376. | Toad, 300. Tree, 351. | Tourterelle, 323. | Toxic action, 7. Trachelas, 184. ruber, 184. Trachycolea, 268. Trachylejeunea, 264. | Tree toad, 351. 'Trembler, 348. | Trembleur, 348, 348. Treubia, 274. Tricladidea, 461, 497, 501. Trichocolea, 265. gracillima, 2 tomentella, 2 ' Tricole sa, 265. 5. 5 65, INDEX Trigonanthus, 267. Trigonoporus, 478, 486. cephalophthalmus, 487. dendriticus, 491. folium, 487, 492. Tringa minutilla, 350. Tringoides macularius, 322. Trochilide, 330. Troglodytes aédon, 344. Troglodytide, 348. Trypsin, 35, 36, 96, 97, 99." Turbellaria, 460. Turbinares, 320. Turdidee, 344. Turdus mustelinus, 546, Turtle, 352. Turtledove, 323. Tuttle, C. A., 66, 78. Twar-oo, 319. Tylimanthus, 272. integrifolius, 259. Typhlocolax acutus, 514. Typhlolepta acuta, 514. Typhlopide, 351. Typhlops lumbricalis, 351. Tyrannide, 335. Tyrannus rostratus, 335, 349. tyrannus, 330. Umbraculum, 274. Uranium salts, Some experiments on the physiological action of, R. H. Chittenden and Alexander Lambert, 1. Uranium, toxic action of, 7. Urethan, 39, 61, 64. Vaginula punctatissima, 357, 308 Vaginulidie, 357. Verrill, A. E., Dinophilide of England, 457. Marine nemerteans of New land and adjacent waters, 382. Marine planarians of New land, 459. Verrill, G. E. Notes on the fauna of the Island of Dominica, British West Indies, with lists of the species ob- tained and observed by A. H. and G. E. Verrill, 315. New Eng- Eng- Vespertilio migricans, 317. Vireo calidris, 340, 349. olivaceus, 340. Vireonide, 340. Vireosylvia altiloqua, 340. ealidris, 340. var. dominicana, 340. Vortex candida, 499. warreni, 504. Washburn, N. P., 39. Water-hen, 322. Whistler, Mountain, 344. Wood thrush, 346. Worm, Blind, 351. Gru gru, 354. Wren, House, 344. Xiphosurus oculatus, 352, 355. Xysticus, 360. benefactor, 362. brunneus, 360. erudelis, 360. elegans, 361. feroclus, 363. formosus, 365. eraminis, 364. gulosus, 361. inornatus, 366. lentus, 361. limbatus, 360. locuples, 361. nervosus, 362. | quadrilineatus, 365. stomachosus, 362. triguttatus, 363. Zee zee zay, 338. Zee zee zeb, 538. Zenaida martinicana, 323, 349. Zobpsis, 267. Zygoballus, 228. bettini, 223, 230. terrestris, 223, 201. ERRATA. Page 166, fifth line from bottom, for mejancholia, read melancholica. Page 170, eleventh line from bottom, for C. crocata, read G. crocata. Page 170, seventh line from bottom, for C. bivittata, read G. bivittata ; also, p. 171, sixth and sixteenth lines from top and ninth line from bottom. Page 191, ninth line from top, for Czlotes, read Coelotes. Page 233, fourth line from bottom, for cius, read Icius. Page 317, sixth line from top, for A. flammea nigrescens, read 8S. flammea nigres- cens. Page 337, fourteenth line from bottom, for schlateri, read sclateri. . Page 442, second line from top, for Schizonertina, read Schizonemertina. Trans. Conn. Acad. Vol. VIII. ARTOTYPE, E. BIERSTADT, N.Y. Trans. Conn. Acad. Vol. VIII. Plate ll. ARTOTYPE,E. BIERSTADT, N.Y. PLATE IIL : iL "iyi fj f Ta oN ry | hd a et ‘¢ , 4) BTA TAT yj ill! yin 2 val! th THN yy, ge L.SPunderson,& Son Photo.Lith.New Haven. -Trans Conn Acad Vol VII PLATE IV wivind iH] on \| \ Iu \i ty ina JH.Emerton from nature. L.S.Punderson,& SonPhoto,Lith.New Haven. pt Trans Conn Acad Vol VI0 PLATE V «NNN ND ess JIN 7 fll f (| ‘ l : ©) iH O€ JHEmerton from nature. L.SPunderson,& Son Photo Lith.New Haven. i! Trans Conn Acad Vol VIIL PLATE VI i li 5b Ta nderson.& SonPAndto Lit J ven. JHEmerton from nature 1, S.Punderson,& SonPhoto. Lith.New Haven \ =~ . A = T 7 +t Ti Trans Conn Acad Vol VIIi PLATE VIL TS Fae = J.H.Emerton from nature. L.S:Punderson, & Son Photo. Lith.New Haven. PLATE VIL \ 1 saw ites \\ ‘ wee -\] H \\ “I ‘ By ft = ; L.S Punderson,é Son Photo Lith.New Haven. JHEmerton from nature. L.S.Punderson,é& = TRANS. CONN. ACAD., Vol. VIII. Plate IX. | | ? BQ Plate X. y = -—~_\ ( TRANS. CONN. ACAD., Vol. VIII. Plate XIil. TRANS. CONN. ACAD., Vol. VIII. Plate XIII. VIII. TRANS. CONN. ACAD., Vol. ) TRANS. CONN. ACAD., Vol. VIII. | THAN bly jth Plate XIV. ‘ Dat ch ae ee ie Oa bd AAS een : TRANS. CONN. ACAD., Vol. VIII. Plate XV. | ; 7 iin ; Pere ite, TRANS. CONN. ACAD. VOL. VIII. PLATE XVI, J. H. Emerton, from Nature. . Photo. Lith. by L. S. Punderson & Son, == Se. te TRANS. CONN. ACAD. VOL. VIII. PLATE XVII, Photo, Lith. by L. S, Punderson & Son, fas! ve Ms es. vel A | he ae TRANS. CONN. ACAD. VOL. VIII PLATE XVIII, \ win \\ a we NG AAW LN y J. H. Emerton, from Nature. ; Photo.-Lith. by L. 5, Punderson 4 Son, “TRANS. CONN. ACAD. VOL. VIIL * PLATE XIX, iui ll J. H. Emerton, from Nature. Photo. Lith. by L. S, Punderson & Son, in “an TRANS. CONN. ACAD. VOL. VIII. PLATE axes 3 SSX Photo. Lith. by L. S. Punderson & Son, J. H. Emerton, from Nature. TRANS. CONN. ACAD. VOL. VIII. PLATE XXI JH. Emerton, from Nature. Photo. Lith. by L. S. Punderson’& Son, r LATE AAU = + d, lith., New Haven, Ct. Trans.Conn. Acad.Sci.Vol VIII. Evans, from nature na) \ ! Trans.Conn. Acad.Sci. Vol. VIII. PLATE XXUL ° E. Crisand, lith, New Haven, Ct. . : (ke i J v al ei if A nn 7 fl . 4 : y 7 Wy ‘ Std rel i 0 cae = - b Nb rf fs _ ; ¥ ie ' ’ 1h ’ i a4 ' a. Lr : - i 7 - —- i — ‘ bi ‘ ‘ | be r Ce ‘ x . ~ ' ‘ de + Ze a Vey Agr Sag es frans.Conn. Acad.Sci. Vol.VIII PLATE XXIV +51 WO oD OO) C76.) nis ee Farrington, fron ture ihe 7 T gton, fron: nature E Crisand, lith, New Haven, Ct. a me. oie at = wy oe i} i f ‘ 4 es vy L uy ' j ” > t i - Trans.Conn Acad.Sci. Vol_VIII. PLATE XAV. E. Crisand, lith., New Haven, Ct + oe Trans.Conn Acad.Sci. Vol. VIII. E. Crisand, lith ,New Haven, Ct — t ae Ms PLATE XXVIL E Crisand, lith, New Haven, Ct « PLATE XAVII AT — os ke ar rey Sz = m nature vor Trans.Conn. Acad.Sci. Vol VIII Pe i att = a ee ci. Vol. VIII. aay ACL. S| a Oy onn. =| G lrans \ vi WY sll YN hela 11) 1 ) ) yt 1 My, ! = = om nature. ton, 2% J.H.Emez XYSTICUS. 0,0, ATE. X2 abel i. Vol VIII. 7 As Cc -- Yu frans.Conn. Acad ™ ew Haven, Ct. Ne Crisand, lith., E MISUMENA. i ‘ ay > vf 7 mu _ “ as rey a me. \) sgh ; 1 ’ x Trans.Conh Acad.Sci. Vol VIII. PLATE. XXXL. E, Crisand, lith., New Haven; Ct. JH Emerton, trom nature. REIEODROMUS, os Trans.Conn. Acad.Sci. Vol VIII. PLATE. XXXII PTH Nh, ffl il Il} 1 | i (l () | ‘ 2 i eee Ot, Oa aire’ E, Crisand, lith., New Haven, Ct PHO ROMUS, ETC. " 7 ji Ae s oa Cs roo , * % ¥ te 2 A : aa ) a» 5 ai. 4 - ae —_ + 5 Foal 1) aes Spe UP SE ME VE K +N 4 EASA DK HIS ETNA AY ACTA TYNES SHA TINE ® New ae th l 22 4 md, ~tlSc > i uy i EGuxns = ee a | 4 be nes pT AS ~b, ~ ‘3 xe ie | : es? Ro a _ | alt New Haven, Ct, th, h risand, Ss § { gE BaP ps Trans.Cont = lien Migs ai as ae a an = Ct ew Haven , Lith. Ni a ar aye b. Cris b+ i = me (2) es 2) wn ire) Q " S ie) ap) 2 ow eer! ; 1 TP 4 a L213 ce sy Se ce ay ee ( ae \ PLANARIANS. TEXLL. PL 7omn. Acad.Sci. Vol VIL. a J Se rans. ( w Haven, €t, Ne s a 2 a vl oO hy », hg - fa . a] <| Fe © < A.E.Verrill and A.-H.Verrill from nature. visand, lith.,,New Haven,Ct PEANARIANS. ; 2. Trans.Conn. Acad.$c1. Vol. VIII. «15 x15 «15 x15 A.E-Verrill and A.H.Verrill frorn nature PLANARIANS. FE. Crisand, lith., New Haven, Ct. PLATE XLIV a Trans.Conn Acad.Sci. Vol VIII. a) oars Haven, Ct New d, lith., Crisan * wee th tee i Scie a ae fe | = a © Q Connecticut Academy of Arts La and Sciences, New Haven C9 Transactions Physical & Applied Sei. Serials PLEASE DO NOT REMOVE CARDS OR SLIPS FROM THIS POCKET a UNIVERSITY OF TORONTO LIBRARY RAGE STC athe Ashi bye heed te 1 ¢ Pa ete EL eee lef here ae es ie « ae tehitee ‘ f patete shed atte x fic ou bes. We eee ‘ ereras Sur cet risa \%) Leteeeaiee ge ‘ : Veyat Wee ads bod UEP se tig Btn ew aeetbeeed Pe ees eepihows dh etee tere 38 : ohn eenites . Paes isteas poe i ebeteubasbe ta heee wee K Pp Sr ras iad Ny DM cary? +8 pe eAy ig MORE SEwey eye Mae ST LAUT Pleats aN eee oars yh payin v8» wr By Pare et Spe VeSs ATT EME TE PGE VERE N EPR EWNET ELT US ETS STEN FP grkow eg Ura Et typhi ta ce appyns eee ster VB yeu ved ee Pera TS hve YM RAN THRE EY FE STONY STR a nia eon g Pye coh STORE. 29, sg rye HU phage . eye yea pee LN Ow AD aren Le Pyrates yrUb ke eee FAST NAAN EH Vranas WUE Taare ye dese De Bia " eee ceuey Rhye oN Pury VEQAe? herrecitae ryewe tba yee ae arner yy ove oy ES Ee anebe pet * at am 44 seri atu TV. WN Y, poy Serta : i RULES tas aupor et hits b Hf ¥ nay Head rat he Cavite ay yan 30 ATR i? ate aa Ty Re tareay The Weer bt SPR AnAS We BA: ’ 4 Btw rth aie i id a hulaad Be ae > rz 3s =e 9 S283 t ‘ ety, weyhaeye say tye Wa EE Wane een eastiareates VPSEU OE BV PERN LCE OFT Ree iY haa! d t Sry Lava) EQ eb nUCEA © Paget Atay at Meaney RUM sila Nbaaee ee! ving Watedh aert SS wo 8 ae ee ey ESE GE Marti ’ 4 peys vob 52 Vib Mina eis peo tal Wane yar Leona ay Wen sane 5 Tener tas crea red Wa ene ent Pett cy \ ’ wn a, 2 RFC ROA CT fom ry Lees Ps Spee = po, ~~ +-' ano,